This is a modern-English version of The Dawn of Day, originally written by Nietzsche, Friedrich Wilhelm. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.



Friedrich Nietzsche

Friedrich Nietzsche

The Dawn of Day

The Rise of Day

Translated by

Translated by

John McFarland Kennedy

John McFarland Kennedy

Author of The Quintessence of Nietzsche, Religions and Philosophers of the East

Writer of “The Essence of Nietzsche”, Eastern Religions and Philosophers

There are many dawns which have yet to shed their light.—Rig-Veda.

There are many mornings that have yet to reveal their light.—Rigveda.

New York

NYC

The MacMillan Company

MacMillan Publishing

1911

1911


[pg v]

Intro.

When Nietzsche called his book The Dawn of Day, he was far from giving it a merely fanciful title to attract the attention of that large section of the public which judges books by their titles rather than by their contents. The Dawn of Day represents, figuratively, the dawn of Nietzsche's own philosophy. Hitherto he had been considerably influenced in his outlook, if not in his actual thoughts, by Schopenhauer, Wagner, and perhaps also Comte. Human, all-too-Human, belongs to a period of transition. After his rupture with Bayreuth, Nietzsche is, in both parts of that work, trying to stand on his own legs, and to regain his spiritual freedom; he is feeling his way to his own philosophy. The Dawn of Day, written in 1881 under the invigorating influence of a Genoese spring, is the dawn of this new Nietzsche. “With this book I open my campaign against morality,” he himself said later in his autobiography, the Ecce Homo.

When Nietzsche titled his book *The Dawn of Day*, he wasn’t just picking a catchy name to grab the attention of the many who judge books by their titles instead of their content. The Beginning of Day symbolizes, metaphorically, the beginning of Nietzsche's own philosophy. Until that point, his perspective had been greatly shaped, if not directly influenced, by Schopenhauer, Wagner, and possibly Comte. Human, All Too Human represents a transitional phase. After his break with Bayreuth, Nietzsche is, in both parts of that work, attempting to stand on his own and regain his spiritual independence; he is exploring the path to his own philosophy. *The Dawn of Day*, written in 1881 under the refreshing influence of a Genoese spring, marks the rise of this new Nietzsche. “With this book, I begin my campaign against morality,” he later stated in his autobiography, Behold the Man.

Just as in the case of the books written in his prime—The Joyful Wisdom, Zarathustra, Beyond Good and Evil, and The Genealogy of Morals—we cannot fail to be impressed in this work by Nietzsche's deep psychological insight, the insight that showed him to be a powerful judge of men and things unequalled in the nineteenth or, perhaps, any [pg vi] other century. One example of this is seen in his searching analysis of the Apostle Paul (Aphorism 68), in which the soul of the “First Christian” is ruthlessly and realistically laid bare to us. Nietzsche's summing-up of the Founder of Christianity—for of course, as is now generally recognised, it was Paul, and not Christ, who founded the Christian Church—has not yet called forth those bitter attacks from theologians that might have been expected, though one reason for this apparent neglect is no doubt that the portrait is so true, and in these circumstances silence is certainly golden on the part of defenders of the faith, who are otherwise, as a rule, loquacious enough. Nor has the taunt in Aphorism 84 elicited an answer from the quarter whither it was directed; and the “free” (not to say dishonest) interpretation of the Bible by Christian scholars and theologians, which is still proceeding merrily, is now being turned to Nietzsche's own writings. For the philosopher's works are now being “explained away” by German theologians in a most naïve and daring fashion, and with an ability which has no doubt been acquired as the result of centuries of skilful interpretation of the Holy Writ.

Just like in the books he wrote during his prime—The Joyful Wisdom, Zarathustra, Beyond Good and Evil, and The Genealogy of Morals—this work showcases Nietzsche's profound psychological insights, making him an unparalleled judge of people and things in the nineteenth century, or perhaps any other century. One example is found in his in-depth analysis of the Apostle Paul (Aphorism 68), where the essence of the "First Christian" is brutally and realistically exposed. Nietzsche's assessment of the founder of Christianity—since it’s now generally accepted that it was Paul, not Christ, who established the Christian Church—has surprisingly not prompted the expected harsh criticisms from theologians. One reason for this apparent lack of response is likely because the portrayal is so accurate, and in this context, silence is indeed golden for faith defenders, who are usually quite talkative. Additionally, the jab in Aphorism 84 has not received a reply from its intended target; meanwhile, the "complimentary" (not to mention dishonest) interpretation of the Bible by Christian scholars and theologians continues unabated, now being applied to Nietzsche's own works. The philosopher's writings are being "made excuses for" by German theologians in a remarkably naïve and bold manner, a skill undoubtedly developed over centuries of adept interpretation of the Holy Scriptures.

Nor are professional theologians the only ones who have failed to answer Nietzsche; for in other than religious matters the majority of savants have not succeeded in plumbing his depths. There is, for example, the question of race. Ten years ago, twenty years after the publication of The Dawn of Day, Nietzsche's countrymen enthusiastically hailed a book which has recently been translated into English, Chamberlain's Foundations of [pg vii]the Nineteenth Century. In this book the Teutons are said to be superior to all the other peoples in the world, the reason given being that they have kept their race pure. It is due to this purity of race that they have produced so many great men; for every “good” man in history is a Teuton, and every bad man something else. Considerable skill is exhibited by the author in filching from his opponents the Latins their best trump cards, and likewise the trump card, Jesus Christ, from the Jews; for Jesus Christ, according to Chamberlain's very plausible argument, was not a Jew but an Aryan, i.e. a member of that great family of which the Teutons are a branch.

Nor are professional theologians the only ones who have failed to respond to Nietzsche; in other areas beyond religion, most scholars haven't managed to fully grasp his ideas. Take the issue of race, for example. Ten years ago, twenty years after the publication of The Break of Day, Nietzsche's fellow countrymen enthusiastically celebrated a book that has recently been translated into English, Chamberlain's Origins of [pg vii]the 1800s. In this book, the Teutons are claimed to be superior to all other peoples in the world, with the explanation being that they have maintained their race's purity. It is this racial purity that has allowed them to produce so many great individuals; every "great" person in history is portrayed as a Teuton, while every bad person is described as something else. The author skillfully steals the best arguments from his opponents, the Latins, and also takes the best card, Jesus Christ, from the Jews; according to Chamberlain's compelling argument, Jesus Christ was not a Jew but an Aryan, i.e. a member of that great family of which the Teutons are a branch.

What would Nietzsche have said to this legerdemain? He has constantly pointed out that the Teutons are so far from being a pure race that they have, on the contrary, done everything in their power to ruin even the idea of a pure race for ever. For the Teutons, through their Reformation and their Puritan revolt in England, and the philosophies developed by the democracies that necessarily followed, were the spiritual forbears of the French Revolution and of the Socialistic régime under which we are beginning to suffer nowadays. Thus this noble race has left nothing undone to blot out the last remnant of race in Europe, and it even stands in the way of the creation of a new race. And with such a record in history the Germans write books, eulogising themselves as the salt of the earth, the people of peoples, the race of races, while in truth they are nothing else than nouveaux-riches endeavouring to draw up a decent pedigree for themselves. [pg viii] We know that honesty is not a prerequisite of such pedigrees, and that patriotism may be considered as a good excuse even for a wrong pedigree; but the race-pandemonium that followed the publication of Mr. Chamberlain's book in Germany was really a very unwise proceeding in view of the false and misleading document produced. What, it may be asked again, would Nietzsche have said if he had heard his countrymen screaming odes to their own glory as the “flower of Europe”? He would assuredly have dismissed their exalted pretensions with a good-natured smile; for his study of history had shown him that even slaves must have their saturnalia now and then. But as to his philosophical answer there can be no doubt; for in Aphorism 272 of The Dawn of Day there is a single sentence which completely refutes the view of modern racemongers like Chamberlain and his followers: “It is probable,” we read, “that there are no pure races, but only races which have become purified, and even these are extremely rare.” There are even stronger expressions to be met with in “Peoples and Countries” (Aphorism 20; see the Genealogy of Morals, p. 226): “What quagmires and mendacity must there be about if it is possible, in the modern European hotch-potch, to raise the question of ‘race’!” and again, in Aphorism 21: “Maxim—to associate with no man who takes any part in the mendacious race-swindle.”

What would Nietzsche have thought of this trickery? He consistently pointed out that the Teutons are far from being a pure race; instead, they have done everything they can to completely destroy even the concept of a pure race. Through their Reformation and the Puritan uprising in England, as well as the philosophies that emerged with the democracies that followed, the Teutons became the spiritual ancestors of the French Revolution and the socialist regime that we are starting to endure today. This so-called noble race has done everything possible to erase the last remnants of race in Europe and even hinders the creation of a new race. Despite this historical record, the Germans write books praising themselves as the salt of the earth, the people of peoples, the race of races, while in reality, they are nothing more than newly wealthy trying to build a respectable lineage for themselves. [pg viii] We know that honesty isn't a requirement for such lineages, and that patriotism can serve as a good excuse for a false lineage; but the race frenzy that followed the release of Mr. Chamberlain's book in Germany was truly a foolish move considering the misleading nature of the document produced. One might wonder again, what would Nietzsche have said if he heard his fellow countrymen singing praises to themselves as the “flower of Europe”? He would likely have shrugged off their inflated claims with a friendly smile; his study of history indicated that even slaves need their moment of celebration now and then. However, there's no doubt about his philosophical response; in Aphorism 272 of *The Dawn of Day*, there's a single sentence that completely contradicts the views of modern racists like Chamberlain and his followers: “It’s likely,” we read, "that there are no pure races, only races that have been refined, and even those are very rare." Even stronger statements can be found in "People and Countries" (Aphorism 20; see the Genealogy of Morals, p. 226): "What messy situations and lies must exist about whether it's possible, in the modern European melting pot, to ask the question of ‘race’!" and again, in Aphorism 21: "Maxim—don't associate with anyone involved in the deceitful race scam."

A man like Nietzsche, who makes so little impression upon mankind in general, is certainly not, as some people have thought and openly said, a public danger, so the guardians of the State need not [pg ix] be uneasy. There is little danger of Nietzsche's revolutionising either the masses or the classes; for, as Goethe used to say, “Seulement celui qui ressemble le peuple, l'émeut.” Nietzsche's voice has as yet hardly been lifted in this country; and, until it is fully heard, both masses and classes will calmly proceed on their way to the extremes of democracy and anarchy, as they now appear to be doing. Anarchy, though, may be too strong a word; for there is some doubt whether, throughout Europe and America at all events, the people are not now too weak even for anarchy. A revolt is a sign of strength in a slave; but our modern slaves have no strength left.

A man like Nietzsche, who doesn’t make much of an impact on society in general, isn’t, as some people have thought and said, a public threat, so those in charge don’t need to [pg ix] worry. There’s little risk of Nietzsche actually changing the masses or the elites; as Goethe used to say, "Only someone who is like the people can inspire them." Nietzsche's ideas have barely been voiced in this country; and, until they are fully acknowledged, both the masses and the elites will continue on their path toward extremes of democracy and chaos, as they seem to be doing now. However, calling it chaos might be too much; there’s some uncertainty about whether, across Europe and America at least, people are even strong enough for chaos at this point. A revolt shows strength in a oppressed person; but our modern oppressed seem to have no strength left.

In the meantime, however, it will have become clear that Nietzsche tried to stop this threatening degradation of the human race, that he endeavoured to supplant the morality of altruism—the cause of this degradation—by another, a super-Christian morality, and that he has succeeded in this aim, if not where the masses and the classes are concerned, at any rate in the case of that small minority of thinkers to which he really wished to appeal. And this minority is naturally grateful to the philosopher for having supplied them with a morality which enables them to be “good” without being fools—an unpleasant combination which, unfortunately, the Nazarene morality is seldom able to avoid. This Nazarene morality has doubtless its own merits, and its “good” and “evil” in many cases coincide with ours; but common sense and certain intellectual qualities are not too highly appreciated in the table of Christian values (see, for instance, 1 Cor. iii. 19), whence it will be observed that the enlightenment [pg x] of a Christian is not always quite equal to his otherwise excellent intentions. We Nietzschians, however, must show that patience to them which they always pretend to show to their opponents. Nietzsche himself, indeed, recommends this in Aphorism 103 of this book, an aphorism which is almost too well known to need repetition; for it likewise disproves the grotesque though widely circulated supposition that all kinds of immorality would be indulged in under the sway of the “Immoralistic” philosopher:

In the meantime, it has become clear that Nietzsche attempted to stop the alarming decline of humanity. He aimed to replace the morality of altruism— which he saw as the source of this decline—with a different kind of morality, a super-Christian one. He managed to achieve this, at least for the small group of thinkers he really wanted to reach, even if not for the general public or the elite. This small minority is naturally thankful to the philosopher for providing them with a morality that allows them to be “awesome” without being naive—an unfortunate combination that the Nazarene morality often fails to avoid. While Nazarene morality certainly has its merits, and its notions of "great" and "bad" often align with ours, practicality and certain intellectual traits aren't highly valued within the Christian value system (see, for example, 1 Cor. iii. 19). Thus, it's evident that a Christian's enlightenment doesn't always match their otherwise commendable intentions. As Nietzscheans, we must show them the patience they always claim to show to their adversaries. Nietzsche himself suggests this in Aphorism 103 of this book, an aphorism that is almost too familiar to need repetition, as it also disproves the absurd but common belief that all kinds of immorality would flourish under the influence of the Unethical philosopher:

“I should not, of course, deny—unless I were a fool—that many actions which are called immoral should be avoided and resisted; and in the same way that many which are called moral should be performed and encouraged; but I hold that in both cases these actions should be performed from motives other than those which have prevailed up to the present time. We must learn anew in order that at last, perhaps very late in the day, we may be able to do something more: feel anew.”

"I shouldn't deny—unless I were foolish—that many actions labeled as immoral should be avoided and resisted; and likewise, many actions seen as moral should be performed and encouraged. However, I think that in both cases, these actions should be taken for reasons different from those that have guided us until now. We need to learn again so that, perhaps very late, we can finally do something more: feel again."

In regard to the translation itself—which owes a good deal to many excellent suggestions made by Mr. Thomas Common—it adheres, as a rule, closely to the German text; and in only two or three instances has a slightly freer rendering been adopted in order to make the sense quite clear. There are one or two cases in which a punning or double meaning could not be adequately rendered in English: e.g. Aphorism 50, where the German word “Rausch” means both “intoxication” and also “elation” (i.e. the exalted feelings of the religious fanatic). Again, we have “Einleid,” “Einleidigkeit,” [pg xi] in Aphorism 63—words which do not quite correspond to pity, compassion, or fellow-feeling, and which, indeed, are not yet known to German lexicographers. A literal translation, “one-feeling,” would be almost meaningless. What is actually signified is that both sufferer and sympathiser have nerves and feelings in common: an experience which Schopenhauer, as Nietzsche rightly points out, mistook for compassion or pity (“Mitleid”), and which lacked a word, even in German, until the later psychologist coined “Einleid.” Again, in Aphorism 554 we have a play upon the words “Vorschritt” (leading, guidance) and “Fortschritt” (progress).

Regarding the translation itself—which greatly benefits from many excellent suggestions made by Mr. Thomas Common—it generally sticks closely to the German text; only in a couple of instances has a slightly freer interpretation been adopted to clarify the meaning. There are one or two cases where a pun or double meaning couldn’t be effectively captured in English: for example Aphorism 50, where the German word “Rausch” conveys both "intoxication" and "excitement" (i.e. the heightened feelings of a religious fanatic). Additionally, we have "Intro," "Uniqueness," [pg xi] in Aphorism 63—words that don’t quite match pity, compassion, or fellow-feeling and which, in fact, are not yet recognized by German lexicographers. A literal translation, "one feeling," would be nearly meaningless. What it actually means is that both the sufferer and the sympathizer share nerves and feelings: an experience that Schopenhauer, as Nietzsche rightly notes, confused with compassion or pity (“Compassion”), which even lacked a term in German until a later psychologist coined "Intro." Furthermore, in Aphorism 554, we encounter a play on the words “Progress” (leading, guidance) and "Progress" (progress).

All these, however, are trifling matters in comparison with the substance of the book, and they are of more interest to philologists than to psychologists. It is for psychologists that this book was written; and such minds, somewhat rare in our time, may read in it with much profit.

All of these, however, are minor details compared to the main content of the book, and they are more relevant to linguists than to psychologists. This book was written for psychologists; and those minds, which are somewhat uncommon in today's world, can read it with great benefit.

J. M. Kennedy.

J.M. Kennedy.

London, September 1911.

London, September 1911.

[pg 001]

Author's Introduction.

In this book we find a “subterrestrial” at work, digging, mining, undermining. You can see him, always provided that you have eyes for such deep work,—how he makes his way slowly, cautiously, gently but surely, without showing signs of the weariness that usually accompanies a long privation of light and air. He might even be called happy, despite his labours in the dark. Does it not seem as if some faith were leading him on, some solace recompensing him for his toil? Or that he himself desires a long period of darkness, an unintelligible, hidden, enigmatic something, knowing as he does that he will in time have his own morning, his own redemption, his own rosy dawn?—Yea, verily he will return: ask him not what he seeketh in the depths; for he himself will tell you, this apparent Trophonius and subterrestrial, whensoever he once again becomes man. One easily unlearns how to hold one's tongue when one has for so long been a mole, and all alone, like him.—

In this book, we encounter a “subterranean” at work, digging, mining, undermining. You can see him, as long as you're able to appreciate such deep labor—how he moves slowly, carefully, gently yet surely, without showing the fatigue that usually comes with a long absence of light and air. He might even be considered happy, despite his work in the darkness. Doesn’t it seem like some kind of faith is guiding him, some comfort rewarding him for his effort? Or perhaps he truly seeks a long stretch of darkness, an incomprehensible, hidden, enigmatic something, fully aware that eventually he will have his own morning, his own redemption, his own beautiful dawn?—Yes, indeed, he will return: don’t ask him what he’s searching for in the depths; for he will tell you himself, this seemingly elusive Trophonius and subterrestrial, whenever he becomes human again. One easily forgets how to stay silent after having been a mole for so long, all alone, like him.—

2.

Indeed, my indulgent friends, I will tell you—here, in this late preface,1 which might easily have [pg 002] become an obituary or a funeral oration—what I sought in the depths below: for I have come back, and—I have escaped. Think not that I will urge you to run the same perilous risk! or that I will urge you on even to the same solitude! For whoever proceeds on his own path meets nobody: this is the feature of one's “own path.” No one comes to help him in his task: he must face everything quite alone—danger, bad luck, wickedness, foul weather. He goes his own way; and, as is only right, meets with bitterness and occasional irritation because he pursues this “own way” of his: for instance, the knowledge that not even his friends can guess who he is and whither he is going, and that they ask themselves now and then: “Well? Is he really moving at all? Has he still ... a path before him?”—At that time I had undertaken something which could not have been done by everybody: I went down into the deepest depths; I tunnelled to the very bottom; I started to investigate and unearth an old faith which for thousands of years we philosophers used to build on as the safest of all foundations—which we built on again and again although every previous structure fell in: I began to undermine our faith in morals. But ye do not understand me?—

Indeed, my indulgent friends, I will tell you—here, in this late preface, which might easily have become an obituary or a funeral speech—what I sought in the depths below: for I have come back, and—I have escaped. Don't think that I will encourage you to take the same perilous risk! Or that I will push you into the same isolation! For whoever travels his own path meets nobody: that’s the nature of one’s “own path.” No one comes to assist him in his task: he must face everything all alone—danger, bad luck, wickedness, foul weather. He goes his own way; and, as is only right, faces bitterness and occasional irritation because he pursues this “own way” of his: for example, the realization that not even his friends can understand who he really is and where he is headed, and that they occasionally wonder: “Well? Is he really making any progress? Does he still ... have a path ahead of him?”—At that time I had undertaken something that not everyone could do: I went down into the deepest depths; I dug to the very bottom; I started to investigate and unearth an old faith which for thousands of years we philosophers used to build on as the safest foundation—which we rebuilt on time and again although every previous structure collapsed: I began to undermine our faith in morals. But you don’t understand me?—

3.

So far it is on Good and Evil that we have meditated least profoundly: this was always too dangerous a subject. Conscience, a good reputation, hell, and at times even the police, have not [pg 003] allowed and do not allow of impartiality; in the presence of morality, as before all authority, we must not even think, much less speak: here we must obey! Ever since the beginning of the world, no authority has permitted itself to be made the subject of criticism; and to criticise morals—to look upon morality as a problem, as problematic—what! was that not—is that not—immoral?—But morality has at its disposal not only every means of intimidation wherewith to keep itself free from critical hands and instruments of torture: its security lies rather in a certain art of enchantment, in which it is a past master—it knows how to “enrapture.” It can often paralyse the critical will with a single look, or even seduce it to itself: yea, there are even cases where morality can turn the critical will against itself; so that then, like the scorpion, it thrusts the sting into its own body. Morality has for ages been an expert in all kinds of devilry in the art of convincing: even at the present day there is no orator who would not turn to it for assistance (only hearken to our anarchists, for instance: how morally they speak when they would fain convince! In the end they even call themselves “the good and the just”). Morality has shown herself to be the greatest mistress of seduction ever since men began to discourse and persuade on earth—and, what concerns us philosophers even more, she is the veritable Circe of philosophers. For, to what is it due that, from Plato onwards, all the philosophic architects in Europe have built in vain? that everything which they themselves honestly believed to be aere perennius [pg 004] threatens to subside or is already laid in ruins? Oh, how wrong is the answer which, even in our own day, rolls glibly off the tongue when this question is asked: “Because they have all neglected the prerequisite, the examination of the foundation, a critique of all reason”—that fatal answer made by Kant, who has certainly not thereby attracted us modern philosophers to firmer and less treacherous ground! (and, one may ask apropos of this, was it not rather strange to demand that an instrument should criticise its own value and effectiveness? that the intellect itself should “recognise” its own worth, power, and limits? was it not even just a little ridiculous?) The right answer would rather have been, that all philosophers, including Kant himself were building under the seductive influence of morality—that they aimed at certainty and “truth” only in appearance; but that in reality their attention was directed towards majestic moral edifices,” to use once more Kant's innocent mode of expression, who deems it his “less brilliant, but not undeserving” task and work “to level the ground and prepare a solid foundation for the erection of those majestic moral edifices” (Critique of Pure Reason, ii. 257). Alas! He did not succeed in his aim, quite the contrary—as we must acknowledge to-day. With this exalted aim, Kant was merely a true son of his century, which more than any other may justly be called the century of exaltation: and this he fortunately continued to be in respect to the more valuable side of this century (with that solid piece of sensuality, for example, which he introduced into his theory of [pg 005] knowledge). He, too, had been bitten by the moral tarantula, Rousseau; he, too, felt weighing on his soul that moral fanaticism of which another disciple of Rousseau's, Robespierre, felt and proclaimed himself to be the executor: de fonder sur la terre l'empire de la sagesse, de la justice, et de la vertu. (Speech of June 4th, 1794.) On the other hand, with such a French fanaticism in his heart, no one could have cultivated it in a less French, more deep, more thorough and more German manner—if the word German is still permissible in this sense—than Kant did: in order to make room for his “moral kingdom,” he found himself compelled to add to it an indemonstrable world, a logical “beyond”—that was why he required his critique of pure reason! In other words, he would not have wanted it, if he had not deemed one thing to be more important than all the others: to render his moral kingdom unassailable by—or, better still, invisible to, reason,—for he felt too strongly the vulnerability of a moral order of things in the face of reason. For, when confronted with nature and history, when confronted with the ingrained immorality of nature and history, Kant was, like all good Germans from the earliest times, a pessimist: he believed in morality, not because it is demonstrated through nature and history, but despite its being steadily contradicted by them. To understand this “despite,” we should perhaps recall a somewhat similar trait in Luther, that other great pessimist, who once urged it upon his friends with true Lutheran audacity: “If we could conceive by reason alone how that God who shows so much [pg 006] wrath and malignity could be merciful and just, what use should we have for faith?” For, from the earliest times, nothing has ever made a deeper impression upon the German soul, nothing has ever “tempted” it more, than that deduction, the most dangerous of all, which for every true Latin is a sin against the intellect: credo quia absurdum est.—With it German logic enters for the first time into the history of Christian dogma; but even to-day, a thousand years later, we Germans of the present, late Germans in every way, catch the scent of truth, a possibility of truth, at the back of the famous fundamental principle of dialectics with which Hegel secured the victory of the German spirit over Europe—“contradiction moves the world; all things contradict themselves.” We are pessimists—even in logic.

So far, we haven't deeply contemplated Good and Evil because it's always been too risky a topic. Conscience, a good reputation, hell, and sometimes even the police have never allowed for impartiality; when it comes to morality, just like before any authority, we absolutely must not think, much less speak: here we must obey! Since the dawn of time, no authority has allowed itself to be subject to criticism; and to criticize morals—to view morality as a problem, as something questionable—what! Is that not—was that not—immoral? Morality has at its disposal not just every means of intimidation to keep critical hands and instruments of torture at bay: its security lies instead in a certain art of enchantment, where it excels—it knows how to “enrapture.” It can often paralyze the critical will with just one look or even lure it to its side: in fact, there are instances where morality can turn the critical will against itself, so that, like a scorpion, it stings its own body. Morality has been a master of all kinds of trickery in the art of persuasion for ages: even today, there's no orator who wouldn't seek its help (just listen to our anarchists, for example: how morally they speak when they want to convince! In the end, they even call themselves “the good and the just”). Morality has proven to be the greatest seducer ever since humans began to argue and persuade on Earth—and, what concerns us philosophers even more, she is truly the Circe of philosophers. For, why is it that, from Plato onwards, all the philosophical builders in Europe have built in vain? Why does everything they honestly believed to be aere perennius threaten to crumble or is already in ruins? Oh, how misguided is the answer that rolls easily off the tongue when this question is raised: “Because they all neglected the prerequisite, the examination of the foundation, a critique of all reason”—that fatal response made by Kant, who has certainly not drawn us modern philosophers onto firmer and less treacherous ground! (And one might ask, was it not a bit strange to expect an instrument to critique its own value and effectiveness? That the intellect itself should “recognize” its worth, power, and limits? Was it not just a little ridiculous?) The right answer would rather have been that all philosophers, including Kant himself, were building under the seductive influence of morality—that they aimed for certainty and “truth” only in appearance; but in reality, their focus was directed towards “majestic moral edifices,” to use Kant's innocent expression, who believes it is his “less brilliant, but not undeserving” task to “level the ground and prepare a solid foundation for the erection of those majestic moral edifices” (Critique of Pure Reason, ii. 257). Alas! He did not achieve his goal; quite the contrary—as we must acknowledge today. With this lofty ambition, Kant was truly a child of his century, which more than any other can justly be called the century of exaltation: and this he thankfully remained with regard to the more valuable aspects of his time (like that solid piece of sensuality, for instance, that he integrated into his theory of knowledge). He, too, had been bitten by the moral tarantula, Rousseau; he, too, felt the weight on his soul of that moral fanaticism that another disciple of Rousseau’s, Robespierre, felt and claimed to uphold: de fonder sur la terre l'empire de la sagesse, de la justice, et de la vertu. (Speech of June 4th, 1794.) On another note, with such French fanaticism in his heart, no one could have cultivated this in a less French, more profound, thorough, and more German manner—if “German” can still be applied in this context—than Kant did: to make space for his moral kingdom, he found himself compelled to add an indemonstrable world, a logical “beyond”—that was the reason he required his critique of pure reason! In other words, he wouldn’t have wanted it if he hadn’t considered one thing to be more important than all others: to make his moral kingdom impervious to—or better put, invisible to—reason, for he felt too keenly the frailty of a moral order in the face of reason. When confronted with nature and history, with the ingrained immorality of nature and history, Kant was, like all good Germans from the earliest times, a pessimist: he believed in morality, not because it is demonstrated by nature and history, but despite the fact that it is consistently contradicted by them. To understand this “despite,” we might recall a somewhat similar trait in Luther, that other great pessimist, who once urged his friends with true Lutheran boldness: “If we could understand by reason alone how that God who shows so much wrath and malignity could be merciful and just, what need would we have for faith?” For, since ancient times, nothing has impacted the German soul more deeply, nothing has ever “tempted” it more than that deduction, the most dangerous of all, which for every true Latin is a sin against the intellect: credo quia absurdum est.—With this, German logic enters, for the first time, into the history of Christian dogma; but even today, a thousand years later, we late Germans in every sense catch a whiff of truth, a possibility of truth, behind the famous fundamental principle of dialectics by which Hegel secured the victory of the German spirit over Europe—“contradiction moves the world; all things contradict themselves.” We are pessimists—even in logic.

4.

But logical judgments are not the deepest and most fundamental to which the daring of our suspicion descends: the confidence in reason which is inseparable from the validity of these judgments, is, as confidence, a moral phenomenon ... perhaps German pessimism has yet to take its last step? Perhaps it has once more to draw up its “credo” opposite its “absurdum” in a terrible manner? And if this book is pessimistic even in regard to morals, even above the confidence in morals—should it not be a German book for that very reason? For, in fact, it represents a contradiction, and one which it does not fear: in it confidence in morals is retracted—but why? Out of morality! Or how [pg 007] shall we call that which takes place in it—in us? for our taste inclines to the employment of more modest phrases. But there is no doubt that to us likewise there speaketh a “thou shalt”; we likewise obey a strict law which is set above us—and this is the last cry of morals which is still audible to us, which we too must live: here, if anywhere, are we still men of conscience, because, to put the matter in plain words, we will not return to that which we look upon as decayed, outlived, and superseded, we will not return to something “unworthy of belief,” whether it be called God, virtue, truth, justice, love of one's neighbour, or what not; we will not permit ourselves to open up a lying path to old ideals; we are thoroughly and unalterably opposed to anything that would intercede and mingle with us; opposed to all forms of present-day faith and Christianity; opposed to the lukewarmness of all romanticism and fatherlandism; opposed also to the artistic sense of enjoyment and lack of principle which would fain make us worship where we no longer believe—for we are artists—opposed, in short, to all this European feminism (or idealism, if this term be thought preferable) which everlastingly “draws upward,” and which in consequence everlastingly “lowers” and “degrades.” Yet, being men of this conscience, we feel that we are related to that German uprightness and piety which dates back thousands of years, although we immoralists and atheists may be the late and uncertain offspring of these virtues—yea, we even consider ourselves, in a certain respect, as their heirs, the executors of their inmost will: a pessimistic will, as I have already [pg 008] pointed out, which is not afraid to deny itself, because it denies itself with joy! In us is consummated, if you desire a formula—the autosuppression of morals.

But logical judgments aren’t the deepest and most fundamental ones that our doubts reach. The trust in reason that goes hand in hand with the validity of these judgments is, as trust, a morality phenomenon... Maybe German pessimism hasn’t taken its final step yet? Perhaps it needs to once again present its "credo" against its nonsense in a dramatic way? And if this book is pessimistic even concerning morals, even regarding confidence in morals—should it not be a German book for that very reason? Because it indeed shows a contradiction, one it isn’t afraid of: in it, trust in morals is withdrawn—but why? For the sake of ethics! Or how shall we describe what happens within it—in us? Because we prefer to use more modest phrases. But there’s no doubt that a "you shall" speaks to us too; we follow a strict law that’s above us—and this is the last echo of morals we still hear, which we must live: here, if anywhere, we still are people with a conscience, because, to be clear, we will not return to what we see as rotten, outdated, and surpassed; we will not revert to something “not credible,” whether it’s called God, virtue, truth, justice, love for one’s neighbor, or whatever; we won’t allow ourselves to create a deceitful path to old ideals; we are completely and unchangingly against anything that would interfere with us; against all forms of modern faith and Christianity; against the indifference of all romanticism and nationalism; also against the artistic pleasure and lack of principles that would like to make us worship where we no longer believe—because we are artists—against, in short, all this European feminism (or idealism, if that term is preferred), which endlessly “pulls up,” and consequently endlessly "lowers" and "lowers." Yet, being people of this conscience, we feel we are connected to that German integrity and piety that goes back thousands of years, even though we immoralists and atheists may be the late and uncertain descendants of these virtues—yes, we even consider ourselves, in a certain way, as their heirs, the executors of their deepest will: a pessimistic will, as I’ve already [pg 008] mentioned, that isn’t afraid to deny itself because it denies itself with happiness! In us is fulfilled, if you want a formula—the suppression of morals.

5.

But, after all, why must we proclaim so loudly and with such intensity what we are, what we want, and what we do not want? Let us look at this more calmly and wisely; from a higher and more distant point of view. Let us proclaim it, as if among ourselves, in so low a tone that all the world fails to hear it and us! Above all, however, let us say it slowly.... This preface comes late, but not too late: what, after all, do five or six years matter? Such a book, and such a problem, are in no hurry; besides, we are friends of the lento, I and my book. I have not been a philologist in vain—perhaps I am one yet: a teacher of slow reading. I even come to write slowly. At present it is not only my habit, but even my taste—a perverted taste, maybe—to write nothing but what will drive to despair every one who is “in a hurry.” For philology is that venerable art which exacts from its followers one thing above all—to step to one side, to leave themselves spare moments, to grow silent, to become slow—the leisurely art of the goldsmith applied to language: an art which must carry out slow, fine work, and attains nothing if not lento. For this very reason philology is now more desirable than ever before; for this very reason it is the highest attraction and incitement in an age of “work”: that is to say, of haste, of unseemly and immoderate hurry-skurry, [pg 009] which is intent upon “getting things done” at once, even every book, whether old or new. Philology itself, perhaps, will not “get things done” so hurriedly: it teaches how to read well: i.e. slowly, profoundly, attentively, prudently, with inner thoughts, with the mental doors ajar, with delicate fingers and eyes ... my patient friends, this book appeals only to perfect readers and philologists: learn to read me well!

But, after all, why do we have to shout so loudly and intensely about who we are, what we want, and what we don’t want? Let’s consider this more calmly and wisely, from a higher and more distant perspective. Let’s express it, as if among ourselves, in such a quiet tone that the whole world fails to hear it and us! Above all, however, let us say it slowly.... This preface comes late, but not too late: what does it matter if it takes five or six years? Such a book, and such a problem, have no rush; besides, we are fans of the slow, my book and I. I haven’t been a philologist for nothing—maybe I still am: a teacher of slow reading. I even find myself writing slowly. Right now, it’s not just my habit, but even my preference—a twisted preference, perhaps—to write only what will frustrate anyone who is “rushing.” Because philology is that respected art that requires its followers to do one thing above all—step aside, allow themselves some spare moments, stay quiet, and slow down—the leisurely art of the goldsmith applied to language: an art that must perform slow, detailed work and achieves nothing if not slow. For this very reason philology is now more valuable than ever; for this very reason it is the greatest attraction and inspiration in an age of "job": that is to say, of haste, of inappropriate and excessive rushing, [pg 009] which is focused on “getting stuff done” immediately, even every book, whether old or new. Philology itself, perhaps, won’t "get stuff done" so quickly: it teaches how to read good: i.e. slowly, deeply, attentively, carefully, with inner thoughts, with the mental doors ajar, with delicate fingers and eyes ... my patient friends, this book is intended only for perfect readers and philologists: learn to read me well!

Ruta, near Genoa,

Ruta, near Genoa

Autumn, 1886.

Autumn, 1886.

[pg 011]

Book 1.

Please provide the text you would like modernized.

Subsequent Judgment.—All things that endure for a long time are little by little so greatly permeated by reason that their origin in unreason becomes improbable. Does not almost every exact statement of an origin strike us as paradoxical and sacrilegious? Indeed, does not the true historian constantly contradict?

Follow-up Judgment.—Everything that lasts a long time is gradually infused with logic to the point that its beginnings in irrationality seem unlikely. Doesn't almost every precise account of origins feel paradoxical and blasphemous? In fact, doesn’t the true historian often contradict themselves?

2.

Prejudice of the Learned.—Savants are quite correct in maintaining the proposition that men in all ages believed that they knew what was good and evil, praiseworthy and blamable. But it is a prejudice of the learned to say that we now know it better than any other age.

Prejudice of the Educated.—Scholars are right about the idea that people throughout history believed they knew what was good and bad, commendable and blameworthy. However, it’s a bias of the scholars to claim that we get it better than any previous era.

3.

A Time for Everything.—When man assigned a sex to all things, he did not believe that he [pg 012] was merely playing; but he thought, on the contrary, that he had acquired a profound insight:—it was only at a much later period, and then only partly, that he acknowledged the enormity of his error. In the same way, man has attributed a moral relationship to everything that exists, throwing the cloak of ethical significance over the world's shoulders. One day all that will be of just as much value, and no more, as the amount of belief existing to-day in the masculinity or femininity of the sun.2

A Time for Everything.—When humans assigned genders to all things, they didn’t think they were just having fun; instead, they believed they had gained deep understanding. It wasn’t until much later, and only partially, that they recognized the scale of their mistake. Similarly, humans have ascribed a moral relationship to everything that exists, draping a cloak of ethical importance over the world. One day, all that will be valued no more and no less than the belief people have today in the sun's masculinity or femininity.2

4.

Against the Fanciful Disharmony of the Spheres.—We must once more sweep out of the world all this false grandeur, for it is contrary to the justice that all things about us may claim. And for this reason we must not see or wish the world to be more disharmonic than it is!

Against the Imaginary Disharmony of the Spheres.—We need to once again clear out all this false grandeur from the world, as it goes against the fairness that everything around us deserves. For this reason, we shouldn't acknowledge or wish for the world to be more disharmonious than it actually is!

5.

Be Thankful!—The most important result of the past efforts of humanity is that we need no longer go about in continual fear of wild beasts, barbarians, gods, and our own dreams.

Be Grateful!—The biggest outcome of humanity's past efforts is that we no longer have to live in constant fear of wild animals, savages, deities, and our own nightmares.

6.

The Juggler and his Counterpart.—That which is wonderful in science is contrary to that [pg 013] which is wonderful in the art of the juggler. For the latter would wish to make us believe that we see a very simple causality, where, in reality, an exceedingly complex causality is in operation. Science, on the other hand, forces us to give up our belief in the simple causality exactly where everything looks so easily comprehensible and we are merely the victims of appearances. The simplest things are very “complicated”—we can never be sufficiently astonished at them!

The Juggler and His Counterpart.—What's amazing in science contrasts with what’s amazing in the art of juggling. The juggler wants us to think we see a straightforward cause-and-effect relationship, while, in reality, there's a highly complex set of causes at play. On the other hand, science challenges us to abandon our belief in straightforward causality exactly when everything appears so easy to understand, and we’re simply fooled by appearances. The simplest things are very “complex”—we can never be amazed enough by them!

7.

Reconceiving Our Feeling of Space.—Is it real or imaginary things which have built up the greater proportion of man's happiness? It is certain, at all events, that the extent of the distance between the highest point of happiness and the lowest point of unhappiness has been established only with the help of imaginary things. As a consequence, this kind of a conception of space is always, under the influence of science, becoming smaller and smaller: in the same way as science has taught us, and is still teaching us, to look upon the earth as small—yea, to look upon the entire solar system as a mere point.

Redefining Our Sense of Space.—Are it real or imaginary things that have contributed more to human happiness? It’s clear, at least, that the range between the highest level of happiness and the lowest level of unhappiness has only been defined through imaginary things. As a result, this way of understanding space is continuously shrinking under the influence of science, just as science has taught us—and continues to teach us—to see the earth as small, yes, to view the whole solar system as merely a tiny point.

8.

Transfiguration.—Perplexed sufferers, confused dreamers, the hysterically ecstatic—here we have the three classes into which Raphael divided mankind. We no longer consider the world in this [pg 014] light—and Raphael himself dare not do so: his own eyes would show him a new transfiguration.

Transfiguration.—Confused victims, bewildered dreamers, the wildly ecstatic—these are the three categories Raphael assigned to humanity. We no longer view the world in this [pg 014] way—and even Raphael wouldn’t say that: his own eyes would reveal a new transformation.

9.

Conception of the Morality of Custom.—In comparison with the mode of life which prevailed among men for thousands of years, we men of the present day are living in a very immoral age: the power of custom has been weakened to a remarkable degree, and the sense of morality is so refined and elevated that we might almost describe it as volatilised. That is why we late comers experience such difficulty in obtaining a fundamental conception of the origin of morality: and even if we do obtain it, our words of explanation stick in our throats, so coarse would they sound if we uttered them! or to so great an extent would they seem to be a slander upon morality! Thus, for example, the fundamental clause: morality is nothing else (and, above all, nothing more) than obedience to customs, of whatsoever nature they may be. But customs are simply the traditional way of acting and valuing. Where there is no tradition there is no morality; and the less life is governed by tradition, the narrower the circle of morality. The free man is immoral, because it is his will to depend upon himself and not upon tradition: in all the primitive states of humanity “evil” is equivalent to “individual,” “free,” “arbitrary,” “unaccustomed,” “unforeseen,” “incalculable.” In such primitive conditions, always measured by this standard, any action performed—not because tradition commands [pg 015] it, but for other reasons (e.g. on account of its individual utility), even for the same reasons as had been formerly established by custom—is termed immoral, and is felt to be so even by the very man who performs it, for it has not been done out of obedience to the tradition.

Understanding the Morality of Custom.—Compared to the way people lived for thousands of years, we today are in a very immoral time: the influence of custom has significantly weakened, and our sense of morality feels so refined and elevated that it could almost be described as evaporated. That’s why we newcomers struggle to grasp a basic idea of where morality comes from; even if we manage to get it, our explanations sound so clumsy that we hesitate to say them out loud! They would sound harsh or seem like an insult to morality! For instance, the core idea is that morality is essentially (and most importantly, nothing more than) following customs, whatever they may be. Customs are just the traditional ways of acting and valuing things. Without tradition, there’s no morality; and the less life adheres to tradition, the smaller the circle of morality becomes. The free individual is considered immoral because they choose to rely on themselves rather than on tradition: in all early stages of humanity, "evil" is synonymous with “person,” "no cost," “random,” "unknown," "surprising," "unpredictable." In such early conditions, always measured by this standard, any action taken—not because tradition demands it, but for other reasons (e.g. due to its personal benefit), even if the reasoning was established by custom—would be labeled immoral, and even the person doing it would feel that way, since it wasn’t done out of obedience to tradition.

What is tradition? A higher authority, which is obeyed, not because it commands what is useful to us, but merely because it commands. And in what way can this feeling for tradition be distinguished from a general feeling of fear? It is the fear of a higher intelligence which commands, the fear of an incomprehensible power, of something that is more than personal—there is superstition in this fear. In primitive times the domain of morality included education and hygienics, marriage, medicine, agriculture, war, speech and silence, the relationship between man and man, and between man and the gods—morality required that a man should observe her prescriptions without thinking of himself as individual. Everything, therefore, was originally custom, and whoever wished to raise himself above it, had first of all to make himself a kind of lawgiver and medicine-man, a sort of demi-god—in other words, he had to create customs, a dangerous and fearful thing to do!—Who is the most moral man? On the one hand, he who most frequently obeys the law: e.g. he who, like the Brahmins, carries a consciousness of the law about with him wherever he may go, and introduces it into the smallest divisions of time, continually exercising his mind in finding opportunities for obeying the law. On the other [pg 016] hand, he who obeys the law in the most difficult cases. The most moral man is he who makes the greatest sacrifices to morality; but what are the greatest sacrifices? In answering this question several different kinds of morality will be developed: but the distinction between the morality of the most frequent obedience and the morality of the most difficult obedience is of the greatest importance. Let us not be deceived as to the motives of that moral law which requires, as an indication of morality, obedience to custom in the most difficult cases! Self-conquest is required, not by reason of its useful consequences for the individual; but that custom and tradition may appear to be dominant, in spite of all individual counter desires and advantages. The individual shall sacrifice himself—so demands the morality of custom.

What is tradition? It's a higher authority that we follow, not because it offers us something useful, but simply because it demands it. How can this sense of tradition be different from a general feeling of fear? It's the fear of a higher intelligence that commands, the fear of a power we can't fully understand, of something that feels bigger than personal experience—there's a sense of superstition in this fear. In ancient times, morality covered education, hygiene, marriage, medicine, agriculture, war, speaking and silence, relationships between people, and between humans and the gods—morality insisted that a person follow its rules without considering themselves as an individual. So, everything was originally based on customs, and anyone who wanted to rise above them had to first become a kind of lawmaker and healer, almost like a demigod—in other words, they had to create new customs, which is a risky and daunting task! Who is the most moral person? On one hand, it's someone who obeys the law most often: e.g. someone like the Brahmins, who carries a sense of the law wherever they go and applies it to the smallest moments, constantly finding ways to obey. On the other [pg 016]__A_TAG_PLACEH

On the other hand, those moralists who, like the followers of Socrates, recommend self-control and sobriety to the individual as his greatest possible advantage and the key to his greatest personal happiness, are exceptions—and if we ourselves do not think so, this is simply due to our having been brought up under their influence. They all take a new path, and thereby bring down upon themselves the utmost disapproval of all the representatives of the morality of custom. They sever their connection with the community, as immoralists, and are, in the fullest sense of the word, evil ones. In the same way, every Christian who “sought, above all things, his own salvation,” must have seemed evil to a virtuous Roman of the old school. Wherever a community exists, and consequently also a [pg 017] morality of custom, the feeling prevails that any punishment for the violation of a custom is inflicted, above all, on the community: this punishment is a supernatural punishment, the manifestations and limits of which are so difficult to understand, and are investigated with such superstitious fear. The community can compel any one member of it to make good, either to an individual or to the community itself, any ill consequences which may have followed upon such a member's action. It can also call down a sort of vengeance upon the head of the individual by endeavouring to show that, as the result of his action, a storm of divine anger has burst over the community,—but, above all, it regards the guilt of the individual more particularly as its own guilt, and bears the punishment of the isolated individual as its own punishment—“Morals,” they bewail in their innermost heart, “morals have grown lax, if such deeds as these are possible.” And every individual action, every individual mode of thinking, causes dread. It is impossible to determine how much the more select, rare, and original minds must have suffered in the course of time by being considered as evil and dangerous, yea, because they even looked upon themselves as such. Under the dominating influence of the morality of custom, originality of every kind came to acquire a bad conscience; and even now the sky of the best minds seems to be more overcast by this thought than it need be.

On the other hand, those moralists who, like the followers of Socrates, advocate self-control and sobriety as the best possible advantage for the individual and the key to personal happiness are exceptions—and if we don’t think so, it’s just because we’ve been raised under their influence. They choose a different path, which brings them harsh criticism from those who uphold traditional morality. They cut their ties with the community, seen as immoralists, and are, in every sense, considered evil. Similarly, every Christian who “sought, above all things, his own salvation” must have seemed evil to a virtuous Roman of the old school. Whenever a community exists, and thus a morality based on customs, there’s a feeling that any punishment for breaking a custom primarily impacts the community: this punishment is seen as supernatural, with aspects and limits that are tough to grasp and are examined with a superstitious dread. The community can force any one of its members to make amends, whether to an individual or to the community itself, for any negative consequences resulting from that member’s actions. It can also invoke some sort of revenge on that individual, suggesting that due to their act, a storm of divine anger has descended upon the community—but above all, it views the individual’s guilt more as its own guilt and feels the punishment of the isolated individual as its own punishment—“Morals,” they lament deep down, “morals have become lax, if such deeds as these are possible.” Each individual action and way of thinking sparks fear. It’s hard to say how much the more selective, unique, and original minds have suffered over time being labeled as evil and dangerous, especially since they often see themselves that way. Under the prevailing influence of customary morality, every form of originality came to carry a sense of guilt; and even now, the best minds seem to be overshadowed by this thought more than necessary.

10.

Counter-motion between the Sense of Morality and the Sense of Causality.—As [pg 018] the sense of causality increases, so does the extent of the domain of morality decrease: for every time one has been able to grasp the necessary effects, and to conceive them as distinct from all incidentals and chance possibilities (post hoc), one has, at the same time, destroyed an enormous number of imaginary causalities, which had hitherto been believed in as the basis of morals—the real world is much smaller than the world of our imagination—and each time also one casts away a certain amount of one's anxiousness and coercion, and some of our reverence for the authority of custom is lost: morality in general undergoes a diminution. He who, on the other hand, wishes to increase it must know how to prevent results from becoming controllable.

Counter-motion between the Sense of Morality and the Sense of Causality.—As [pg 018] the sense of causality grows, the area of morality shrinks: every time one is able to understand the necessary effects and see them as separate from all the random and chance events (after the fact), one simultaneously eliminates a large number of imaginary casualties that were previously believed to form the basis of morals—the actual world is much smaller than our imaginative world—and each time, one also sheds some anxiety and pressure, and loses some of the respect for the authority of custom: morality overall diminishes. Conversely, anyone wanting to increase it must learn to keep outcomes from becoming predictable.

11.

Morals and Medicines of the People.—Every one is continuously occupied in bringing more or less influence to bear upon the morals which prevail in a community: most of the people bring forward example after example to show the alleged relationship between cause and effect, guilt and punishment, thus upholding it as well founded and adding to the belief in it. A few make new observations upon the actions and their consequences, drawing conclusions therefrom and laying down laws; a smaller number raise objections and allow belief in these things to become weakened.—But they are all alike in the crude and unscientific manner in which they set about their work: if it is a question of objections to a law, or examples or [pg 019] observations of it, or of its proof, confirmation, expression or refutation, we always find the material and method entirely valueless, as valueless as the material and form of all popular medicine. Popular medicines and popular morals are closely related, and should not be considered and valued, as is still customary, in so different a way: both are most dangerous and make-believe sciences.

Ethics and Remedies of the People.—Everyone is constantly trying to influence the morals of their community: most people present various examples to demonstrate the alleged link between cause and effect, guilt and punishment, thus reinforcing the belief that these connections are valid. A few offer new insights into actions and their outcomes, drawing conclusions and establishing rules; an even smaller group raises objections, which leads to a weakening of belief in these notions. Yet, they all share the same crude and not based on science approach to their efforts: whether questioning a law, providing examples or [pg 019] observations, or proof, confirmation, expression or refutation, the materials and methods they use are entirely lacking value, just as the content and form of all popular medicine are. Popular medicines and popular morals are closely intertwined and should not be regarded or valued in such differing ways as is often done: both are highly risky and pseudo-scientific practices.

12.

Consequence as Adjuvant Cause.—Formerly the consequences of an action were considered, not as the result of that action, but a voluntary adjuvant—i.e. on the part of God. Can a greater confusion be imagined? Entirely different practices and means have to be brought into use for actions and effects!

Consequence as Supporting Cause.—In the past, the outcomes of an action were viewed not as direct results of that action, but as a voluntary assistance—i.e. from God. Is there any greater confusion? Completely different methods and practices have to be applied for actions and their effects!

13.

Towards the New Education of Mankind.—Help us, all ye who are well-disposed and willing to assist, lend your aid in the endeavour to do away with that conception of punishment which has swept over the whole world! No weed more harmful than this! It is not only to the consequences of our actions that this conception has been applied—and how horrible and senseless it is to confuse cause and effect with cause and punishment!—but worse has followed: the pure accidentality of events has been robbed of its innocence by this execrable manner of interpreting conception of punishment. Yea, they have even pushed their folly to such extremes [pg 020] that they would have us look upon existence itself as a punishment—from which it would appear that the education of mankind had hitherto been confided to cranky gaolers and hangmen.

Moving Forward with Humanity's New Education.—We need your help, everyone who is kind-hearted and willing to support this cause. Join us in the effort to eliminate the harmful idea of punishment that has spread across the globe! There is no greater weed than this! This idea has not only been applied to the consequences of our actions—but how awful and unreasonable it is to confuse cause and effect with cause and punishment!—but even worse has occurred: the simple randomness of events has been tainted by this awful way of interpreting punishment. Indeed, they've taken their madness to such extremes [pg 020] that they want us to see existence itself as a punishment—which suggests that the education of mankind has until now been left in the hands of deranged jailers and executioners.

14.

The Signification of Madness in the History of Morality.—If, despite that formidable pressure of the “morality of custom,” under which all human communities lived—thousands of years before our own era, and during our own era up to the present day (we ourselves are dwelling in the small world of exceptions, and, as it were, in an evil zone):—if, I say, in spite of all this, new and divergent ideas, valuations, and impulses have made their appearance time after time, this state of things has been brought about only with the assistance of a dreadful associate: it was insanity almost everywhere that paved the way for the new thought and cast off the spell of an old custom and superstition. Do ye understand why this had to be done through insanity? by something which is in both voice and appearance as horrifying and incalculable as the demoniac whims of wind and sea, and consequently calling for like dread and respect? by something bearing upon it the signs of entire lack of consciousness as clearly as the convulsions and foam of the epileptic, which appeared to typify the insane person as the mask and speaking-trumpet of some divine being? by something that inspired even the bearer of the new thought with awe and fear of himself, and that, suppressing all remorse, drove [pg 021] him on to become its prophet and martyr?—Well, in our own time, we continually hear the statement reiterated that genius is tinctured with madness instead of good sense. Men of earlier ages were far more inclined to believe that, wherever traces of insanity showed themselves, a certain proportion of genius and wisdom was likewise present—something “divine,” as they whispered to one another. More than this, they expressed their opinions on the point with sufficient emphasis. “All the greatest benefits of Greece have sprung from madness,” said Plato, setting on record the opinion of the entire ancient world. Let us take a step further: all those superior men, who felt themselves irresistibly urged on to throw off the yoke of some morality or other, had no other resource—if they were not really mad—than to feign madness, or actually to become insane. And this holds good for innovators in every department of life, and not only in religion and politics. Even the reformer of the poetic metre was forced to justify himself by means of madness. (Thus even down to gentler ages madness remained a kind of convention in poets, of which Solon, for instance, took advantage when urging the Athenians to reconquer Salamis.)—“How can one make one's self mad when one is not mad and dare not feign to be so?” Almost all the eminent men of antiquity have given themselves up to this dreadful mode of reasoning: a secret doctrine of artifices and dietetic jugglery grew up around this subject and was handed down from generation to generation, together with the feeling of the innocence, even sanctity, of such plans and meditations. The means of becoming [pg 022] a medicine-man among the Indians, a saint among Christians of the Middle Ages, an angecok among Greenlanders, a Pagee among Brazilians, are the same in essence: senseless fasting, continual abstention from sexual intercourse, isolation in a wilderness, ascending a mountain or a pillar, “sitting on an aged willow that looks out upon a lake,” and thinking of absolutely nothing but what may give rise to ecstasy or mental derangements.

The Meaning of Madness in the History of Morality.—If, despite the immense pressure of the “ethics of tradition,” that all human communities have experienced—thousands of years before our time and continuing to the present (we ourselves are living in a rare situation, almost like being in a zone of evil):—if, despite all this, new and different ideas, values, and impulses keep emerging, this has only happened with the help of a terrible companion: it was madness that, almost everywhere, cleared the way for new thinking and broke the hold of old customs and superstitions. Do you understand why this had to happen through madness? Through something that is as terrifying and unpredictable as the wild whims of wind and sea, and thus demands a similar fear and respect? Through something that clearly bears the signs of complete lack of consciousness, much like the convulsions and foam of an epileptic, which seemed to symbolize the insane person as the mask and voice of some divine being? Through something that inspired even those who carried the new ideas with awe and fear of themselves and that, suppressing all remorse, drove [pg 021] them to become its prophet and martyr?—Well, in our own time, we constantly hear the claim that genius is mixed with madness instead of common sense. People in earlier times were much more inclined to believe that wherever there were signs of insanity, there was also some degree of genius and wisdom—something “heavenly,” as they whispered among themselves. In fact, they stated their views on this quite emphatically. "All the greatest advantages of Greece have come from madness." said Plato, capturing the belief of the entire ancient world. Let’s go further: all those exceptional individuals who felt an irresistible urge to break free from the constraints of some morality or another had no other option—if they weren't really crazy—than to pretend to be mad, or actually to lose their sanity. And this is true for innovators in every part of life, not just in religion and politics. Even the reformer of poetic meter had to validate his position through madness. (Thus, even in softer eras, madness remained somewhat of a convention among poets, as seen with Solon, for example, when he urged the Athenians to reclaim Salamis.)—"How can someone go crazy when they're not actually crazy and wouldn’t dare to pretend to be?" Almost all the great thinkers of antiquity subscribed to this dreadful line of reasoning: a hidden doctrine of strategies and dietary tricks developed around this subject and was passed down through generations, along with the belief in the innocence, even sanctity, of such plans and reflections. The ways to become [pg 022] a medicine-man among the Indians, a saint among medieval Christians, an angecok among Greenlanders, or a Pagee among Brazilians, are essentially the same: pointless fasting, constant abstention from sex, isolation in the wilderness, climbing a mountain or a pillar, "sitting on an old willow tree that overlooks a lake," and thinking of absolutely nothing but what may lead to ecstasy or mental disturbances.

Who would dare to glance at the desert of the bitterest and most superfluous agonies of spirit, in which probably the most productive men of all ages have pined away? Who could listen to the sighs of those lonely and troubled minds: “O ye heavenly powers, grant me madness! Madness, that I at length may believe in myself! Vouchsafe delirium and convulsions, sudden flashes of light and periods of darkness; frighten me with such shivering and feverishness as no mortal ever experienced before, with clanging noises and haunting spectres; let me growl and whine and creep about like a beast, if only I can come to believe in myself! I am devoured by doubt. I have slain the law, and I now dread the law as a living person dreads a corpse. If I am not above the law, I am the most abandoned of wretches. Whence cometh this new spirit that dwelleth within me but from you? Prove to me, then, that I am one of you—nothing but madness will prove it to me.” And only too often does such a fervour attain its object: at the very time when Christianity was giving the greatest proof of its fertility in the production of saints and martyrs, believing that it was thus proving itself, Jerusalem [pg 023] contained large lunatic asylums for shipwrecked saints, for those whose last spark of good sense had been quenched by the floods of insanity.

Who would dare to look at the desert filled with the darkest and most unnecessary pain of the soul, where some of the most creative individuals in history have slowly wasted away? Who could hear the sighs of those lonely and tormented minds: "O heavenly powers, grant me madness! Madness, so I can finally believe in myself! Give me delirium and convulsions, sudden moments of clarity and dark times; scare me with shivers and feverish feelings like no one has ever experienced before, with loud noises and haunting visions; let me growl and whine and crawl around like a beast, if only I can come to believe in myself! I am consumed by doubt. I have broken the law, and now I fear the law like a living person fears a corpse. If I am not above the law, I am the most miserable wretch. Where does this new spirit within me come from if not from you? Prove to me, then, that I am one of you—only madness will convince me of this." And far too often, such passionate desires are fulfilled: at the very moment when Christianity was demonstrating its greatest capacity to produce saints and martyrs, believing that it was thus proving itself, Jerusalem [pg 023] had large mental hospitals for broken saints, for those whose last glimmer of sanity had been drowned by the waves of madness.

15.

The most Ancient Means of Solace.—First stage: In every misfortune or discomfort man sees something for which he must make somebody else suffer, no matter who—in this way he finds out the amount of power still remaining to him; and this consoles him. Second stage: In every misfortune or discomfort, man sees a punishment, i.e. an expiation of guilt and the means by which he may get rid of the malicious enchantment of a real or apparent wrong. When he perceives the advantage which misfortune bring with it, he believes he need no longer make another person suffer for it—he gives up this kind of satisfaction, because he now has another.

The most ancient ways to find comfort.—First stage: In every misfortune or discomfort, a person finds a reason to make someone else suffer, regardless of who that might be—this helps them realize how much power they still have, which provides some comfort. Second stage: In every misfortune or discomfort, a person sees a punishment, i.e. a way to atone for guilt and a method to escape the harmful effects of a real or perceived wrong. When they recognize the advantage that misfortune brings, they feel they no longer need to make someone else suffer for it—they let go of this type of satisfaction because they now have a different one.

16.

First Principle of Civilisation.—Among savage tribes there is a certain category of customs which appear to aim at nothing but custom. They therefore lay down strict, and, on the whole, superfluous regulations (e.g. the rules of the Kamchadales, which forbid snow to be scraped off the boots with a knife, coal to be stuck on the point of a knife, or a piece of iron to be put into the fire—and death to be the portion of every one who shall act contrariwise!) Yet these laws serve to keep people continually reminded of the custom, and [pg 024] the imperative necessity on their parts to conform to it: and all this in support of the great principle which stands at the beginning of all civilisation: any custom is better than none.

First Principle of Civilization.—Among primitive tribes, there are certain customs that seem to serve no purpose other than to be followed for the sake of tradition. They impose strict and often unnecessary rules (e.g. the regulations of the Kamchadales, which prohibit scraping snow off boots with a knife, placing coal on the knife's tip, or inserting a piece of iron into the fire—and anyone who disobeys faces death!) However, these laws keep people constantly aware of the customs and emphasize the need for conformity: all of this supports the fundamental principle that forms the foundation of all civilization: any custom is better than none.

17.

Goodness and Malignity.—At first men imposed their own personalities on Nature: everywhere they saw themselves and their like, i.e. their own evil and capricious temperaments, hidden, as it were, behind clouds, thunder-storms, wild beasts, trees, and plants: it was then that they declared Nature was evil. Afterwards there came a time, that of Rousseau, when they sought to distinguish themselves from Nature: they were so tired of each other that they wished to have separate little hiding-places where man and his misery could not penetrate: then they invented “nature is good.”

Good and Evil.—At first, people projected their own personalities onto Nature: everywhere they saw reflections of themselves and their flaws, i.e. their own negativity and unpredictable natures, masked, so to speak, behind clouds, storms, wild animals, trees, and plants: it was during this time that they claimed Nature was evil. Later came the era of Rousseau, when people tried to separate themselves from Nature: they were so fed up with one another that they yearned for little private retreats where humanity and its suffering couldn’t intrude: then they created the idea of "Nature is good."

18.

The Morality of Voluntary Suffering.—What is the highest enjoyment for men living in a state of war in a small community, the existence of which is continually threatened, and the morality of which is the strictest possible? i.e. for souls which are vigorous, vindictive, malicious, full of suspicion, ready to face the direst events, hardened by privation and morality? The enjoyment of cruelty: just as, in such souls and in such circumstances, it would be regarded as a virtue to be ingenious and insatiable in cruelty. Such a community would [pg 025] find its delight in performing cruel deeds, casting aside, for once, the gloom of constant anxiety and precaution. Cruelty is one of the most ancient enjoyments at their festivities. As a consequence it is believed that the gods likewise are pleased by the sight of cruelty and rejoice at it—and in this way the belief is spread that voluntary suffering, self-chosen martyrdom, has a high signification and value of its own. In the community custom gradually brings about a practice in conformity with this belief: henceforward people become more suspicious of all exuberant well-being, and more confident as they find themselves in a state of great pain; they think that the gods may be unfavourable to them on account of happiness, and favourable on account of pain—not compassionate! For compassion is looked upon with contempt, and unworthy of a strong and awe-inspiring soul—but agreeable to them, because the sight of human suffering put these gods into good humour and makes them feel powerful, and a cruel mind revels in the sensation of power. It was thus that the “most moral man” of the community was considered as such by virtue of his frequent suffering, privation, laborious existence, and cruel mortification—not, to repeat it again and again, as a means of discipline or self-control or a desire for individual happiness—but a a virtue which renders the evil gods well-disposed towards the community, a virtue which continually wafts up to them the odour of an expiatory sacrifice. All those intellectual leaders of the nations who reached the point of being able to stir up the sluggish though [pg 026] prolific mire of their customs had to possess this factor of voluntary martyrdom as well as insanity in order to obtain belief—especially, and above all, as is always the case, belief in themselves! The more their minds followed new paths, and were consequently tormented by pricks of conscience, the more cruelly they battled against their own flesh, their own desires, and their own health—as if they were offering the gods a compensation in pleasure, lest these gods should wax wroth at the neglect of ancient customs and the setting up of new aims.

The Morality of Voluntary Suffering.—What brings the greatest enjoyment to people living in a state of conflict within a small community, whose existence is constantly at risk, and where the moral code is as strict as possible? i.e. for individuals who are spirited, vindictive, malicious, suspicious, prepared to confront the worst events, and hardened by hardship and morality? The enjoyment of cruelty: in such individuals and situations, being inventive and relentless in cruelty would be seen as a virtue. Such a community would [pg 025] find joy in committing cruel acts, momentarily shedding the gloom of ongoing anxiety and caution. Cruelty is one of the oldest sources of enjoyment during their celebrations. Consequently, it is believed that the gods too take pleasure in witnessing cruelty and are delighted by it—leading to the belief that voluntary hardship, self-imposed martyrdom, holds significant meaning and value. Over time, customs within the community shape practices aligned with this belief: people grow more wary of any excessive happiness and more assured in states of intense pain; they believe that the gods may disapprove of them due to their happiness but favor them because of their suffering—not out of compassion! Because compassion is viewed with disdain, seen as unworthy of a strong and awe-inspiring spirit—but appealing to the gods, as the sight of human suffering brings them pleasure and reinforces their power, and a cruel nature revels in this sense of dominance. Thus, the "most moral person" of the community is regarded as such due to his frequent suffering, hardship, arduous existence, and cruel self-denial—not, to repeat, for the sake of discipline or self-control or a pursuit of individual happiness—but as a virtue that endears the spiteful gods to the community, a virtue that continually sends the aroma of a sacrificial offering skyward. All the intellectual leaders of nations who managed to rouse the stagnant yet [pg 026] fertile swamp of their traditions had to embody this element of voluntary martyrdom, along with madness, to gain belief—especially, and above all, as is often the case, belief in themselves! The more their minds explored new avenues and were thus tormented by pangs of conscience, the more fiercely they fought against their own bodies, desires, and well-being—as if they were offering the gods a bribe of pleasure, lest these gods should grow angry at the abandonment of old customs and the pursuit of new objectives.

Let no one be too hasty in thinking that we have now entirely freed ourselves from such a logic of feeling! Let the most heroic souls among us question themselves on this very point. The least step forward in the domain of free thought and individual life has been achieved in all ages to the accompaniment of physical and intellectual tortures: and not only the mere step forward, no! but every form of movement and change has rendered necessary innumerable martyrs, throughout the entire course of thousands of years which sought their paths and laid down their foundation-stones, years, however, which we do not think of when we speak about “world-history,” that ridiculously small division of mankind's existence. And even in this so-called world-history, which in the main is merely a great deal of noise about the latest novelties, there is no more important theme than the old, old tragedy of the martyrs who tried to move the mire. Nothing has been more dearly bought than the minute portion of human reason and feeling of liberty upon which we now pride ourselves. But [pg 027] it is this very pride which makes it almost impossible for us to-day to be conscious of that enormous lapse of time, preceding the period of “world-history” when “morality of custom” held the field, and to consider this lapse of time as the real and decisive epoch that established the character of mankind: an epoch when suffering was considered as a virtue, cruelty as a virtue, hypocrisy as a virtue, revenge as a virtue, and the denial of the reason as a virtue, whereas, on the other hand, well-being was regarded as a danger, longing for knowledge as a danger, peace as a danger, compassion as a danger: an epoch when being pitied was looked upon as an insult, work as an insult, madness as a divine attribute, and every kind of change as immoral and pregnant with ruin! You imagine that all this has changed, and that humanity must likewise have changed its character? Oh, ye poor psychologists, learn to know yourselves better!

Let no one be too quick to assume that we’ve completely freed ourselves from this way of feeling! Let the most courageous among us question this very point. The slightest advancement in free thought and individual life has, throughout history, come with immense physical and intellectual suffering. And not just the small progress, no! Every movement and change has required countless martyrs over the thousands of years that carved out their pathways and laid their foundations, years that we overlook when we talk about "world history," that absurdly narrow slice of human existence. Even within this so-called world-history, which mainly consists of a lot of noise about the latest trends, there’s no more significant theme than the age-old tragedy of the martyrs who attempted to change the current situation. Nothing has been more dearly earned than the tiny portion of human reason and feeling of freedom that we take pride in today. But [pg 027] it’s this very pride that makes it almost impossible for us today to grasp that vast stretch of time before the era of “world history” when the “morality of tradition” prevailed and to see that time as the true and defining era that shaped humanity: a time when suffering was seen as a virtue, cruelty as a virtue, hypocrisy as a virtue, revenge as a virtue, and denying reason as a virtue, while well-being was deemed a threat, a desire for knowledge a threat, peace a threat, and compassion a threat: a time when being pitied was viewed as an insult, work as an insult, madness as a divine trait, and any kind of change as immoral and likely to bring ruin! You think all this has changed and that humanity must have transformed its character too? Oh, you poor psychologists, learn to better understand yourselves!

19.

Morality and Stupefaction.—Custom represents the experiences of men of earlier times in regard to what they considered as useful and harmful; but the feeling of custom (morality) does not relate to these feelings as such, but to the age, the sanctity, and the unquestioned authority of the custom. Hence this feeling hinders our acquiring new experiences and amending morals: i.e. morality is opposed to the formation of new and better morals: it stupefies.

Morality and Confusion.—Custom reflects the experiences of people from the past regarding what they viewed as valuable or harmful; however, the sense of custom (morality) isn't just about those feelings, but about the era, the sacredness, and the unchallenged authority of the custom itself. As a result, this feeling prevents us from gaining new insights and improving our morals: i.e. morality stands in the way of developing new and better morals: it dulls our minds.

[pg 028]

20.

Free-doers and Free-thinkers.—Compared with free-thinkers, free-doers are at a disadvantage, because it is evident that men suffer more from the consequences of actions than of thoughts. If we remember, however, that both seek their own satisfaction, and that free-thinkers have already found their satisfaction in reflection upon and utterance of forbidden things, there is no difference in the motives; but in respect of the consequences the issue will be decided against the free-thinker, provided that it be not judged from the most superficial and vulgar external appearance, i.e. not as every one would judge it. We must make up for a good deal of the calumny with which men have covered all those who have, by their actions, broken away from the authority of some custom—they are generally called criminals. Every one who has hitherto overthrown a law of established morality has always at first been considered as a wicked man: but when it was afterwards found impossible to re-establish the law, and people gradually became accustomed to the change, the epithet was changed by slow degrees. History deals almost exclusively with these wicked men, who later on came to be recognised as good men.

Free spirits and free thinkers.—When you compare free-thinkers to free-doers, free-doers have the upper hand because it’s clear that people face more consequences from their actions than from their thoughts. However, if we remember that both are pursuing their own satisfaction and that free-thinkers have already found theirs in reflecting on and expressing forbidden ideas, their motives are the same. But when it comes to consequences, the scales tip against the free-thinker, unless judged by deeper and more thoughtful standards, i.e. not just by what everyone else sees. We need to counteract a lot of the negative labels that society places on those who, through their actions, have broken away from traditional norms—they're often labeled as criminals. Anyone who has tried to change an established moral law was initially seen as a bad man: but when it became clear that the law could not be restored and people adjusted to the change, the label gradually shifted. History primarily focuses on these bad people, who eventually get recognized as good people.

21.

Fulfilment of the Law.—In cases where the observance of a moral precept has led to different consequence from that expected and [pg 029] promised, and does not bestow upon the moral man the happiness he had hoped for, but leads rather to misfortune and misery, the conscientious and timid man has always his excuse ready: “Something was lacking in the proper carrying out of the law.” If the worst comes to the worst, a deeply-suffering and down-trodden humanity will even decree: “It is impossible to carry out the precept faithfully: we are too weak and sinful, and, in the depths of our soul, incapable of morality: consequently we have no claim to happiness and success. Moral precepts and promises have been given for better beings than ourselves.”

“Fulfillment of the Law.”—When following a moral guideline leads to results that are different from what was expected and [pg 029] promised, and doesn’t bring the happiness the moral person hoped for but instead leads to misfortune and suffering, the conscientious and anxious person always has their excuse ready: "Something was missing in the proper execution of the law." If things go very wrong, a deeply suffering and oppressed humanity will even declare: “It’s impossible to adhere strictly to the rules: we are too weak and flawed, and at our core, incapable of true morality. Therefore, we don’t have the right to happiness and success. Moral guidelines and promises were meant for beings who are better than we are.”

22.

Works and Faith.—Protestant teachers are still spreading the fundamental error that faith only is of consequence, and that works must follow naturally upon faith. This doctrine is certainly not true, but it is so seductive in appearance that it has succeeded in fascinating quite other intellects than that of Luther (e.g. the minds of Socrates and Plato): though the plain evidence and experience of our daily life prove the contrary. The most assured knowledge and faith cannot give us either the strength or the dexterity required for action, or the practice in that subtle and complicated mechanism which is a prerequisite for anything to be changed from an idea into action. Then, I say, let us first and foremost have works! and this means practice! practice! practice! The necessary faith will come later—be certain of that!

Works and Faith.—Protestant teachers are still promoting the basic mistake that only faith matters and that good deeds will naturally follow from faith. This belief is definitely incorrect, but it’s so appealing that it has captivated minds beyond just Luther (for example the thoughts of Socrates and Plato): even though our everyday experiences clearly show the opposite. Having strong knowledge and faith cannot provide us with the strength or skills needed for action, nor can they prepare us for the intricate and complicated process required to turn an idea into reality. So, I say, let’s prioritize works! And that means practice! practice! practice! The faith we need will come later—trust me on that!

[pg 030]

23.

In what Respect we are most Subtle.—By the fact that, for thousands of years, things (nature, tools, property of all kinds) were thought to be alive and to possess souls, and able to hinder and interfere with the designs of man, the feeling of impotence among men has become greater and more frequent than it need have been: for one had to secure one's things like men and beasts, by means of force, compulsion, flattery, treaties, sacrifices—and it is here that we may find the origin of the greater number of superstitious customs, i.e. of an important, perhaps paramount, and nevertheless wasted and useless division of mankind's activity!—But since the feeling of impotence and fear was so strong, and for such a length of time in a state of constant stimulation, the feeling of power in man has been developed in so subtle a manner that, in this respect, he can compare favourably with the most delicately-adjusted balance. This feeling has become his strongest propensity: and the means he discovered for creating it form almost the entire history of culture.

In what way we are most insightful.—For thousands of years, stuff (nature, tools, properties of all kinds) were believed to be alive, possessing souls and able to obstruct and interfere with human plans. This led to a growing sense of powerlessness among people, more than necessary: one had to protect one's belongings like men and animals, using force, coercion, persuasion, agreements, and sacrifices. This is where we can trace the origin of many superstitious customs, i.e. an important, maybe essential, yet wasted and useless aspect of human activity!—However, since feelings of powerlessness and fear were so intense and consistently triggered for such a long time, the sense of energy in humans has developed in such a subtle way that, in this regard, they can favorably compare to the most finely tuned balance. This feeling has become their strongest inclination, and the methods they discovered for cultivating it make up almost the entire history of culture.

24.

The Proof of a Precept.—The worth or worthlessness of a recipe—that for baking bread, for example—is proved, generally speaking, by the result expected coming to pass or not, provided, of course, that the directions given have been carefully [pg 031] followed. The case is different, however, when we come to deal with moral precepts, for here the results cannot be ascertained, interpreted, and divined. These precepts, indeed, are based upon hypotheses of but little scientific value, the proof or refutation of which by means of results is impossible:—but in former ages, when all science was crude and primitive, and when a matter was taken for granted on the smallest evidence, then the worth or worthlessness of a moral recipe was determined as we now determine any other precept: by reference to the results. If the natives of Alaska believe in a command which says: “Thou shalt not throw a bone into the fire or give it to a dog,” this will be proved by the warning: “If thou dost thou wilt have no luck when hunting.” Yet, in one sense or another, it almost invariably happens that one has “no luck when hunting.” It is no easy matter to refute the worth of the precept in this way, the more so as it is the community, and not the individual, which is regarded as the bearer of the punishment; and, again, some occurrence is almost certain to happen which seems to prove the rule.

The Proof of a Rule.—The value or lack of value of a recipe—like one for baking bread, for example—is typically proven by whether or not the expected outcome occurs, assuming the instructions have been closely [pg 031] followed. However, when it comes to moral guidelines, the situation is different because the outcomes can't be accurately determined, interpreted, or predicted. These principles are based on ideas that have little scientific support, and proving or disproving them through results is not possible:—but in earlier times, when science was primitive and basic, and people accepted things on minimal evidence, the value or lack of value of a moral guideline was assessed in the same way we assess other guidelines: by looking at the results. If the people of Alaska believe in a rule that says: "Don't throw a bone into the fire or give it to a dog." this belief is supported by the warning: “If you do, you won’t have any luck while hunting.” Yet, in one way or another, it almost always happens that someone ends up with "no luck while hunting." It's not easy to disprove the value of the guideline this way, especially since it is the community, rather than the individual, that is seen as the source of punishment; furthermore, some event is almost guaranteed to occur that seems to confirm the rule.

25.

Customs and Beauty.—In justice to custom it must not be overlooked that, in the case of all those who conform to it whole-heartedly from the very start, the organs of attack and defence, both physical and intellectual, begin to waste away; i.e. these individuals gradually become more beautiful! For it is the exercise of these organs and their corresponding [pg 032] feelings that brings about ugliness and helps to preserve it. It is for this reason that the old baboon is uglier than the young one, and that the young female baboon most closely resembles man, and is hence the most handsome.—Let us draw from this our own conclusions as to the origin of female beauty!

Customs and Beauty.—To be fair to tradition, we should note that for those who fully embrace it from the very beginning, both their physical and mental abilities start to decline; i.e. these people gradually become more beautiful! It's the use of these abilities and their related emotions that cause and maintain ugliness. That's why an old baboon looks uglier than a young one, and why the young female baboon resembles humans the most, making her the most attractive. —Let’s draw our own conclusions about the source of female beauty!

26.

Animals and Morals.—The rules insisted upon in polite society, such, for example, as the avoidance of everything ridiculous, fantastic, presumptuous; the suppression of one's virtues just as much as of one's most violent desires, the instant bringing of one's self down to the general level, submitting one's self to etiquette and self-depreciation: all this, generally speaking, is to be found, as a social morality, even in the lowest scale of the animal world—and it is only in this low scale that we see the innermost plan of all these amiable precautionary regulations: one wishes to escape from one's pursuers and to be aided in the search for plunder. Hence animals learn to control and to disguise themselves to such an extent that some of them can even adapt the colour of their bodies to that of their surroundings (by means of what is known as the “chromatic function”). Others can simulate death, or adopt the forms and colours of other animals, or of sand, leaves, moss, or fungi (known to English naturalists as “mimicry”).

Animals and Ethics.—The expectations in polite society, such as avoiding anything ridiculous, fantastical, or arrogant; suppressing one’s virtues as much as one’s intense desires; instantly fitting in with everyone else, following etiquette, and being modest: all this can be found, as a form of social morality, even among the lowest levels of the animal kingdom—and it’s only at this low level that we see the true purpose of these considerate rules: to evade predators and assist in the hunt for resources. As a result, animals learn to regulate and conceal themselves to the point that some can even change the color of their bodies to match their environment (through what’s known as the “color function”). Others can imitate death or take on the shapes and colors of other animals, or of sand, leaves, moss, or fungi (which English naturalists refer to as "mimicry").

It is in this way that an individual conceals himself behind the universality of the generic term [pg 033] “man” or “society,” or adapts and attaches himself to princes, castes, political parties, current opinions of the time, or his surroundings: and we may easily find the animal equivalent of all those subtle means of making ourselves happy, thankful, powerful, and fascinating. Even that sense of truth, which is at bottom merely the sense of security, is possessed by man in common with the animals: we do not wish to be deceived by others or by ourselves; we hear with some suspicion the promptings of our own passions, we control ourselves and remain on the watch against ourselves. Now, the animal does all this as well as man; and in the animal likewise self-control originates in the sense of reality (prudence). In the same way, the animal observes the effects it exercises on the imagination of other beasts: it thus learns to view itself from their position, to consider itself “objectively”; it has its own degree of self-knowledge. The animal judges the movements of its friends and foes, it learns their peculiarities by heart and acts accordingly: it gives up, once and for all, the struggle against individual animals of certain species, and it likewise recognises, in the approach of certain varieties, whether their intentions are agreeable and peaceful. The beginnings of justice, like those of wisdom—in short, everything which we know as the Socratic virtues—are of an animal nature: a consequence of those instincts which teach us to search for food and to avoid our enemies. If we remember that the higher man has merely raised and refined himself in the quality of his food and in the conception of what is contrary to his nature, it [pg 034] may not be going too far to describe the entire moral phenomenon as of an animal origin.

It is through this method that a person hides behind the general terms [pg 033] "person" or "community," or connects himself to rulers, social classes, political groups, popular opinions of the time, or his environment: and we can easily find the animal equivalent of all those subtle ways we make ourselves happy, grateful, powerful, and appealing. Even that sense of truth, which ultimately is just the desire for security, is something humans share with animals: we don't want to be misled by others or by ourselves; we listen to our own urges with some doubt, we control our impulses and stay alert against ourselves. Now, animals do all of this just as humans do; self-control in animals also comes from a sense of reality (prudence). Similarly, animals observe the impact they have on the perceptions of other creatures: they learn to see themselves from others' perspectives, to consider themselves "objectively"; they possess their own level of self-awareness. Animals assess the movements of their friends and foes, memorize their quirks, and behave accordingly: they give up, once and for all, the fight against certain species, and they also recognize, upon encountering particular kinds of animals, whether their intentions are friendly and peaceful. The roots of justice, like those of wisdom—in short, everything we refer to as the Socratic values—have an animal nature: they stem from those instincts that teach us to seek food and avoid threats. If we remember that advanced humans have simply elevated and refined themselves in the quality of their sustenance and in their understanding of what opposes their true nature, it [pg 034] may not be too bold to characterize the entire moral phenomenon as having an animal origin.

27.

The Value of the Belief in Superhuman Passions.—The institution of marriage stubbornly upholds the belief that love, although a passion, is nevertheless capable of duration as such, yea, that lasting, lifelong love may be taken as a general rule. By means of the tenacity of a noble belief, in spite of such frequent and almost customary refutations—thereby becoming a pia fraus—marriage has elevated love to a higher rank. Every institution which has conceded to a passion the belief in the duration of the latter, and responsibility for this duration, in spite of the nature of the passion itself, has raised the passion to a higher level: and he who is thenceforth seized with such a passion does not, as formerly, think himself lowered in the estimation of others or brought into danger on that account, but on the contrary believes himself to be raised, both in the opinion of himself and of his equals. Let us recall institutions and customs which, out of the fiery devotion of a moment, have created eternal fidelity; out of the pleasure of anger, eternal vengeance; out of despair, eternal mourning; out of a single hasty word, eternal obligation. A great deal of hypocrisy and falsehood came into the world as the result of such transformations; but each time, too, at the cost of such disadvantages, a new and superhuman conception which elevates mankind.

The Importance of Believing in Extraordinary Passions.—The institution of marriage stubbornly maintains the belief that love, although a passion, can nonetheless last over time; in fact, that lasting, lifelong love can be considered a general rule. Through the persistence of this noble belief, despite frequent and almost customary disproofs—thereby becoming a pie fraud—marriage has elevated love to a higher status. Every institution that has allowed a passion to carry the belief in its longevity and the responsibility for that duration, regardless of the passion's true nature, has lifted that passion to a higher level: and those who are then overwhelmed by such a passion no longer feel they are devalued in the eyes of others or endangered by it; on the contrary, they believe they are elevated, both in their own opinion and in the eyes of their peers. Let us consider institutions and customs that, born out of the fiery devotion of a moment, have created eternal fidelity; out of the heat of anger, eternal vengeance; out of despair, eternal mourning; and out of a single rash word, eternal obligation. A great deal of hypocrisy and falsehood emerged because of such transformations; but each time, alongside these disadvantages, a new and superhuman concept has elevated humanity.

[pg 035]

28.

State of Mind as Argument.—Whence arises within us a cheerful readiness for action?—such is the question which has greatly occupied the attention of men. The most ancient answer, and one which we still hear, is: God is the cause; in this way He gives us to understand that He approves of our actions. When, in former ages, people consulted the oracles, they did so that they might return home strengthened by this cheerful readiness; and every one answered the doubts which came to him, if alternative actions suggested themselves, by saying: “I shall do whatever brings about that feeling.” They did not decide, in other words, for what was most reasonable, but upon some plan the conception of which imbued the soul with courage and hope. A cheerful outlook was placed in the scales as an argument and proved to be heavier than reasonableness; for the state of mind was interpreted in a superstitious manner as the action of a god who promises success; and who, by this argument, lets his reason speak as the highest reasonableness. Now, let the consequences of such a prejudice be considered when shrewd men, thirsting for power, availed themselves of it—and still do so! “Bring about the right state of mind!”—in this way you can do without all arguments and overcome every objection!

State of Mind as Argument.—Where does our cheerful readiness for action come from?—that's the question that has intrigued people for a long time. The oldest answer, which we still hear today, is: God is the cause; this way, He shows us that He approves of our actions. In ancient times, people consulted oracles to return home feeling empowered and ready for action; everyone faced their uncertainties by saying: "I'll do whatever it takes to create that feeling." They didn’t choose based on what was most logical, but rather on a plan that filled their hearts with courage and hope. A positive outlook was weighed as an argument and turned out to be more compelling than rationality; the state of mind was understood superstitiously as a sign from a god promising success, which made it seem like the highest form of logic. Now, consider the consequences of such a bias when cunning individuals, eager for power, took advantage of it—and still do! "Get into the right mindset!"—this way, you can bypass all arguments and dismiss every objection!

29.

Actors of Virtue and Sin.—Among the ancients who became celebrated for their virtue [pg 036] there were many, it would seem, who acted to themselves, especially the Greeks, who, being actors by nature, must have acted quite unconsciously, seeing no reason why they should not do so. In addition, every one was striving to outdo some one else's virtue with his own, so why should they not have made use of every artifice to show off their virtues, especially among themselves, if only for the sake of practice! Of what use was a virtue which one could not display, and which did not know how to display itself!—Christianity put an end to the career of these actors of virtue; instead it devised the disgusting ostentation and parading of sins: it brought into the world a state of mendacious sinfulness (even at the present day this is considered as bon ton among orthodox Christians).

Actors of Virtue and Sin.—Among the ancients who became famous for their virtue [pg 036] there were many, it seems, who acted in their own interest, especially the Greeks, who, by nature, were performers and must have acted almost unconsciously, seeing no reason not to do so. Additionally, everyone was trying to outshine someone else's virtue with their own, so why wouldn't they have used every trick in the book to showcase their virtues, particularly among their peers, even just for practice! What good was a virtue that couldn’t be displayed, one that didn’t know how to show itself!—Christianity put an end to the way these actors performed virtue; instead, it introduced the repulsive display and flaunting of sins: it created a world of viral deception (even today this is seen as good manners among orthodox Christians).

30.

Refined Cruelty as Virtue.—Here we have a morality which is based entirely upon our thirst for distinction—do not therefore entertain too high an opinion of it! Indeed, we may well ask what kind of an impulse it is, and what is its fundamental signification? It is sought, by our appearance, to grieve our neighbour, to arouse his envy, and to awaken his feelings of impotence and degradation; we endeavour to make him taste the bitterness of his fate by dropping a little of our honey on his tongue, and, while conferring this supposed benefit on him, looking sharply and triumphantly into his eyes.

Refined Cruelty as a Virtue.—Here we have a morality that’s entirely based on our desire for distinction—so don’t hold it in too high regard! In fact, we should really question what kind of impulse this is, and what it fundamentally means. It’s pursued through our appearance to upset our neighbor, to provoke his envy, and to stir up his feelings of powerlessness and humiliation; we try to make him feel the bitterness of his fate by sharing a bit of ours sweetness with him, all while looking sharply and triumphantly into his eyes.

Behold such a man, now become humble, and perfect in his humility—and seek those for whom, through his humility, he has for a long time been [pg 037] preparing a torture; for you are sure to find them! Here is another man who shows mercy towards animals, and is admired for doing so—but there are certain people on whom he wishes to vent his cruelty by this very means. Look at that great artist: the pleasure he enjoyed beforehand in conceiving the envy of the rivals he had outstripped, refused to let his powers lie dormant until he became a great man—how many bitter moments in the souls of other men has he asked for as payment for his own greatness! The nun's chastity: with what threatening eyes she looks into the faces of other women who live differently from her! what a vindictive joy shines in those eyes! The theme is short, and its variations, though they might well be innumerable, could not easily become tiresome—for it is still too paradoxical a novelty, and almost a painful one, to affirm that the morality of distinction is nothing, at bottom, but joy in refined cruelty. When I say “at bottom,” I mean here, every time in the first generation. For, when the habit of some distinguished action becomes hereditary, its root, so to speak, is not transmitted, but only its fruits (for only feelings, and not thoughts, can become hereditary): and, if we presuppose that this root is not reintroduced by education, in the second generation the joy in the cruelty is no longer felt: but only pleasure in the habit as such. This joy, however, is the first degree of the “good.”

Look at this man, now humble and perfect in his humility—and seek out those he has been secretly preparing to torment through that humility; you’re bound to find them! Here’s another guy who shows kindness to animals and gets praised for it—but there are certain people he wants to unleash his cruelty on through this very act. Look at that great artist: the pleasure he took in outdoing his rivals kept his talents from going to waste until he became successful—how many painful moments in the lives of others has he demanded as the price for his own success! The nun’s chastity: look at the threatening way she gazes at other women who live differently! What a vengeful joy shines in her eyes! The topic is brief, and while its variations could be countless, they wouldn’t easily become boring—it's still a too paradoxical and almost painful novelty to claim that the morality of being distinguished is, at its core, just a joy in refined cruelty. When I say “at its core,” I mean it as it first appears. Because when the habit of some distinguished action becomes hereditary, its root isn’t passed down, only its outcomes (as feelings, not thoughts, can be inherited): and if we assume that this root isn’t reintroduced through education, in the second generation, the joy in the cruelty fades away, replaced only by the pleasure in the habit itself. This joy, however, is the first step toward the “good.”

31.

Pride in Spirit.—The pride of man, which strives to oppose the theory of our own descent [pg 038] from animals and establishes a wide gulf between nature and man himself—this pride is founded upon a prejudice as to what the mind is; and this prejudice is relatively recent. In the long prehistorical period of humanity it was supposed that the mind was everywhere, and men did not look upon it as a particular characteristic of their own. Since, on the contrary, everything spiritual (including all impulses, maliciousness, and inclinations) was regarded as common property, and consequently accessible to everybody, primitive mankind was not ashamed of being descended from animals or trees (the noble races thought themselves honoured by such legends), and saw in the spiritual that which unites us with nature, and not that which severs us from her. Thus man was brought up in modesty—and this likewise was the result of a prejudice.

Pride in Spirit.—The pride of humanity, which seeks to challenge the idea of our origins [pg 038] being linked to animals and creates a significant divide between nature and humans—this pride is based on a misconception about what the mind is, and this misconception is relatively new. In the long stretch of human prehistory, people believed that the mind was universal, and they didn’t see it as something unique to them. Instead, everything spiritual (including all motivations, malice, and desires) was viewed as collective property, accessible to all. As a result, early humans weren’t ashamed of their ties to animals or trees (the noble lineages took pride in such stories) and recognized spirituality as something that connected us to nature rather than separated us from it. Thus, humanity was raised in humility—and this too was a consequence of a misunderstanding.

32.

The Brake.—To suffer morally, and then to learn afterwards that this kind of suffering was founded upon an error, shocks us. For there is a unique consolation in acknowledging, by our suffering, a “deeper world of truth” than any other world, and we would much rather suffer and feel ourselves above reality by doing so (through the feeling that, in this way, we approach nearer to that “deeper world of truth”), than live without suffering and hence without this feeling of the sublime. Thus it is pride, and the habitual fashion of satisfying it, which opposes this new interpretation of morality. What power, then, must we bring into operation to [pg 039] get rid of this brake? Greater pride? A new pride?

The Brake.—Experiencing moral pain, only to later find out that it stemmed from a mistake, is jarring. There’s a unique comfort in recognizing that our suffering points to a “deeper truth” than anything else, and we’d much rather endure pain and feel elevated above reality by doing so (because we believe that this way we get closer to that “deeper truth”) than live without suffering and miss out on this sense of the sublime. Hence, it’s our pride and the usual way we satisfy it that resist this new interpretation of morality. So what kind of power do we need to [pg 039] eliminate this brake? Should it be greater pride? Or a different kind of pride?

33.

The Contempt of Causes, Consequences, and Reality.—Those unfortunate occurrences which take place at times in the community, such as sudden storms, bad harvests, or plagues, lead members of the community to suspect that offences against custom have been committed, or that new customs must be invented to appease a new demoniac power and caprice. Suspicion and reasoning of this kind, however, evade an inquiry into the real and natural causes, and take the demoniac cause for granted. This is one source of the hereditary perversion of the human intellect; and the other one follows in its train, for, proceeding on the same principle, people paid much less attention to the real and natural consequences of an action than to the supernatural consequences (the so-called punishments and mercies of the Divinity). It is commanded, for instance, that certain baths are to be taken at certain times: and the baths are taken, not for the sake of cleanliness, but because the command has been made. We are not taught to avoid the real consequences of dirt, but merely the supposed displeasure of the gods because a bath has been omitted. Under the pressure of superstitious fear, people began to suspect that these ablutions were of much greater importance than they seemed; they ascribed inner and supplementary meanings to them, gradually lost their sense of and pleasure in reality, and finally reality is considered as valuable [pg 040] only to the extent that it is a symbol. Hence a man who is under the influence of the morality of custom comes to despise causes first of all, secondly consequences, and thirdly reality, and weaves all his higher feelings (reverence, sublimity, pride, gratitude, love) into an imaginary world: the so-called higher world. And even to-day we can see the consequences of this: wherever, and in whatever fashion, man's feelings are raised, that imaginary world is in evidence. It is sad to have to say it; but for the time being all higher sentiments must be looked upon with suspicion by the man of science, to so great an extent are they intermingled with illusion and extravagance. Not that they need necessarily be suspected per se and for ever; but there is no doubt that, of all the gradual purifications which await humanity, the purification of the higher feelings will be one of the slowest.

The Disregard of Causes, Effects, and Reality.—The unfortunate events that sometimes occur in a community, like sudden storms, poor harvests, or epidemics, cause people to suspect that violations of custom have happened, or that new customs need to be created to appease a new demonic power and its whims. However, this suspicion and reasoning avoid looking into the real and natural causes, taking the demonic cause as a given. This is one way that the human intellect becomes inherently distorted; the other follows suit, as people tend to pay much less attention to the real and natural consequences of actions than to the supernatural ones (the so-called punishments and mercies of the divine). For example, it is required that specific baths be taken at certain times: these baths are taken not for cleanliness but because they are commanded. We are not taught to avoid the actual consequences of dirt but merely the assumed displeasure of the gods if a bath is missed. Under the weight of superstitious fear, people began to suspect that these washings were way more important than they appeared; they assigned inner and additional meanings to them, gradually losing their sense of and enjoyment in reality, and eventually reality is valued [pg 040] only to the extent that it acts as a symbol. Consequently, a person influenced by the morality of custom comes to disregard causes first, then consequences, and finally reality, weaving all his higher feelings (reverence, sublimity, pride, gratitude, love) into a virtual world: the so-called higher world. Even today, we can see the fallout from this: wherever and however people's feelings are stirred, that imaginary world is present. It’s unfortunate to say this, but at this moment all higher feelings must be viewed with skepticism by the man of science, given how much they are mixed with illusion and excess. They don't need to be doubted per se or forever; but it's clear that of all the gradual cleansings that await humanity, the purification of higher feelings will be one of the slowest.

34.

Moral Feelings and Conceptions.—It is clear that moral feelings are transmitted in such a way that children perceive in adults violent predilections and aversions for certain actions, and then, like born apes, imitate such likes and dislikes. Later on in life, when they are thoroughly permeated by these acquired and well-practised feelings, they think it a matter of propriety and decorum to provide a kind of justification for these predilections and aversions. These “justifications,” however, are in no way connected with the origin or the degree of the feeling: people simply [pg 041] accommodate themselves to the rule that, as rational beings, they must give reasons for their pros and cons, reasons which must be assignable and acceptable into the bargain. Up to this extent the history of the moral feelings is entirely different from the history of moral conceptions. The first-mentioned are powerful before the action, and the latter especially after it, in view of the necessity for making one's self clear in regard to them.

Ethical Emotions and Ideas.—It's clear that moral feelings are passed down in such a way that children notice adults' strong likes and dislikes for certain actions and then, like little mimics, copy those feelings. As they grow older and these learned feelings become ingrained, they start to think it's only proper to justify their preferences and aversions. However, these "reasons," are not really linked to how these feelings originated or how intense they are: people just [pg 041] adapt to the idea that, as rational beings, they must provide reasons for their opinions, and those reasons need to be defendable and acceptable. In this way, the evolution of moral feelings is completely different from the evolution of moral concepts. The former are strong before the action, while the latter come into play especially after, as there is a need to clarify them.

35.

Feelings and their Descent from Judgments.“Trust in your feelings!” But feelings comprise nothing final, original; feelings are based upon the judgments and valuations which are transmitted to us in the shape of feelings (inclinations, dislikes). The inspiration which springs from a feeling is the grandchild of a judgment—often an erroneous judgment!—and certainly not one's own judgment! Trusting in our feelings simply means obeying our grandfather and grandmother more than the gods within ourselves: our reason and experience.

Emotions and Their Origin from Judgments."Trust your feelings!" But feelings aren't final or original; they're based on the judgments and valuations that we receive in the form of feelings (likes, dislikes). The inspiration that comes from a feeling is the offspring of a judgment—often one that's mistaken!—and definitely not our own judgment! Trusting our feelings simply means following our ancestors more than the gods within ourselves: our reason and experience.

36.

A Foolish Piety, with Arrière-pensées.—What! the inventors of ancient civilisations, the first makers of tools and tape lines, the first builders of vehicles, ships, and houses, the first observers of the laws of the heavens and the multiplication tables—is it contended that they were entirely different from the inventors and observers of our own time, [pg 042] and superior to them? And that the first slow steps forward were of a value which has not been equalled by the discoveries we have made with all our travels and circumnavigations of the earth? It is the voice of prejudice that speaks thus, and argues in this way to depreciate the importance of the modern mind. And yet it is plain to be seen that, in former times, hazard was the greatest of all discoverers and observers and the benevolent prompter of these ingenious ancients, and that, in the case of the most insignificant invention now made, a greater intellect, discipline, and scientific imagination are required than formerly existed throughout long ages.

A Foolish Piety, with Arrière-pensées.—What! The creators of ancient civilizations, the first makers of tools and measuring tapes, the original builders of vehicles, ships, and homes, and the early observers of the laws of the heavens and multiplication tables—are we really saying they were completely different from the inventors and observers of our time, [pg 042] and even better than them? And that the initial small steps they took have a value that hasn’t been matched by the discoveries we’ve made through all our travels and explorations of the earth? It is the voice of bias that speaks this way, trying to downplay the significance of modern thinking. Yet it’s clear that, in the past, chance was the greatest discoverer and observer and a generous motivator for these clever ancients, and that even the simplest invention made today requires greater intellect, training, and scientific imagination than ever existed for long periods before.

37.

Wrong Conclusions From Usefulness.—When we have demonstrated the highest utility of a thing, we have nevertheless made no progress towards an explanation of its origin; in other words, we can never explain, by mere utility, the necessity of existence. But precisely the contrary opinion has been maintained up to the present time, even in the domain of the most exact science. In astronomy, for example, have we not heard it stated that the (supposed) usefulness of the system of satellites—(replacing the light which is diminished in intensity by the greater distance of the sun, in order that the inhabitants of the various celestial bodies should not want for light)—was the final object of this system and explained its origin? Which may remind us of the conclusions of Christopher Columbus The earth has been [pg 043] created for man, ergo, if there are countries, they must be inhabited. “Is it probable that the sun would throw his rays on nothing, and that the nocturnal vigils of the stars should be wasted upon untravelled seas and unpeopled countries?”

Misleading Conclusions From Usefulness.—Even when we’ve shown that something is extremely useful, it doesn’t help us understand where it came from; in other words, we can’t just rely on usefulness to explain why something exists. However, many people have believed the opposite up until now, even in the most precise fields of science. For instance, in astronomy, haven’t we heard it claimed that the (assumed) usefulness of the system of satellites—(which compensates for the reduced light from the sun due to its greater distance, so the inhabitants of different celestial bodies don’t lack light)—was the main purpose of this system and explained its origin? This is reminiscent of Christopher Columbus's conclusions: The earth was created for man; therefore, if there are lands, they must be inhabited. "Is it likely that the sun would shine on nothing, and that the nights filled with stars would be wasted on uncharted seas and uninhabited lands?"

38.

Impulses Transformed by Moral Judgments.—The same impulse, under the impression of the blame cast upon it by custom, develops into the painful feeling of cowardice, or else the pleasurable feeling of humility, in case a morality, like that of Christianity, has taken it to its heart and called it good. In other words, this instinct will fall under the influence of either a good conscience or a bad one! In itself, like every instinct, it does not possess either this or indeed any other moral character and name, or even a definite accompanying feeling of pleasure or displeasure; it does not acquire all these qualities as its second nature until it comes into contact with impulses which have already been baptized as good and evil, or has been recognised as the attribute of beings already weighed and valued by the people from a moral point of view. Thus the ancient conception of envy differed entirely from ours. Hesiod reckons it among the qualities of the good, benevolent Eris, and it was not considered as offensive to attribute some kind of envy even to the gods. This is easy to understand in a state of things inspired mainly by emulation, but emulation was looked upon as good, and valued accordingly.

Impulses Transformed by Moral Judgments.—The same impulse, influenced by the blame assigned to it by society, can develop into the painful feeling of cowardice or the pleasurable feeling of humbleness, especially if a morality, like that of Christianity, embraces it and labels it as great. In other words, this instinct can be shaped by either a clear conscience or a guilty one! By itself, like every intuition, it doesn’t inherently possess any moral quality or label, nor does it have a specific accompanying feeling of pleasure or displeasure; it only gains these characteristics as a part of its nature when it interacts with impulses that have already been defined as good or evil, or when it is recognized as a trait of beings that have already been assessed and assigned value by society from a moral perspective. Thus, the ancient concept of envy was completely different from ours. Hesiod considered it one of the qualities of the good, benevolent Eris, and it was not seen as inappropriate to attribute some form of envy even to the gods. This makes sense in a context largely guided by competition, but competition was regarded as good and valued accordingly.

[pg 044]

The Greeks were likewise different from us in the value they set upon hope: they conceived it as blind and deceitful. Hesiod in one of his poems has made a strong reference to it—a reference so strong, indeed, that no modern commentator has quite understood it; for it runs contrary to the modern mind, which has learnt from Christianity to look upon hope as a virtue. Among the Greeks, on the other hand, the portal leading to a knowledge of the future seemed only partly closed, and, in innumerable instances, it was impressed upon them as a religious obligation to inquire into the future, in those cases where we remain satisfied with hope. It thus came about that the Greeks, thanks to their oracles and seers, held hope in small esteem, and even lowered it to the level of an evil and a danger.

The Greeks had a different view of hope than we do today; they saw it as blind and misleading. In one of his poems, Hesiod makes a powerful reference to it—so powerful, in fact, that no modern commentator has fully grasped it, as it contradicts the modern perspective shaped by Christianity, which regards hope as a virtue. For the Greeks, the gateway to understanding the future seemed only partially shut, and in many cases, they felt it was their religious duty to seek knowledge of the future, while we often settle for hope. As a result, the Greeks, thanks to their oracles and seers, held hope in low regard, even viewing it as an evil and a danger.

The Jews, again, took a different view of anger from that held by us, and sanctified it: hence they have placed the sombre majesty of the wrathful man at an elevation so high that a European cannot conceive it. They moulded their wrathful and holy Jehovah after the images of their wrathful and holy prophets. Compared with them, all the Europeans who have exhibited the greatest wrath are, so to speak, only second-hand creatures.

The Jews, once more, had a different perspective on anger than we do and treated it with reverence: they elevated the intense authority of an angry person to a level that a European cannot fully grasp. They shaped their fierce and sacred God in the likeness of their fierce and sacred prophets. In comparison, all the Europeans who have shown the greatest anger are, in a sense, just imitations.

39.

The Prejudice concerning Pure Spirit.—Wherever the doctrine of pure spirituality has prevailed, its excesses have resulted in the destruction of the tone of the nerves: it taught that the [pg 045] body should be despised, neglected, or tormented, and that, on account of his impulses, man himself should be tortured and regarded with contempt. It gave rise to gloomy, strained, and downcast souls—who, besides, thought they knew the reason of their misery and how it might possibly be relieved! “It must be in the body! For it still thrives too well!”—such was their conclusion, whilst the fact was that the body, through its agonies, protested time after time against this never-ending mockery. Finally, a universal and chronic hyper-nervousness seized upon those virtuous representatives of the pure spirit: they learned to recognise joy only in the shape of ecstasies and other preliminary symptoms of insanity—and their system reached its climax when it came to look upon ecstasy as the highest aim of life, and as the standard by which all earthly things must be condemned.

The Prejudice concerning “Pure Spirit.”—Wherever the idea of genuine spirituality has taken hold, its extremes have led to damaging the state of the nerves: it preached that the [pg 045] body should be scorned, neglected, or tortured, and that, because of his impulses, man himself should be punished and looked down upon. It produced gloomy, tense, and depressed individuals—who also believed they understood the cause of their suffering and how it could possibly be alleviated! "It has to be in the body! Because it still thrives way too much!"—such was their conclusion, while the reality was that the body, through its pain, protested repeatedly against this endless ridicule. Eventually, a widespread and chronic tension gripped those virtuous champions of the pure spirit: they came to recognize joy only in the form of ecstasies and other early signs of madness—and their philosophy peaked when it began to view ecstasy as the ultimate goal of life, and as the measure by which all earthly matters must be cursed.

40.

Meditations upon Observances.—Numerous moral precepts, carelessly drawn from a single event, quickly became incomprehensible; it was as difficult a matter to deduce their intentions with any degree of certainty as it was to recognise the punishment which was to follow the breaking of the rule. Doubts were even held regarding the order of the ceremonies; but, while people guessed at random about such matters, the object of their investigations increased in importance, it was precisely the greatest absurdity [pg 046] of an observance that developed into a holy of holies. Let us not think too little of the energy wasted by man in this regard throughout thousands of years, and least of all of the effects of such meditations upon observances! Here we find ourselves on the wide training-ground of the intellect—not only do religions develop and continue to increase within its boundaries: but here also is the venerable, though dreadful, primeval world of science; here grow up the poet, the thinker, the physician, the lawgiver. The dread of the unintelligible, which, in an ambiguous fashion, demanded ceremonies from us, gradually assumed the charm of the intricate, and where man could not unravel he learnt to create.

Meditations on Observances.—Many moral teachings, carelessly taken from a single event, quickly became confusing; figuring out their true meanings was just as challenging as understanding the consequences of breaking the rule. There were even doubts about the correct order of the ceremonies; but while people randomly speculated on these issues, the significance of their inquiries only grew. It was precisely the most ridiculous aspects of a practice that turned into something sacred [pg 046]. Let's not underestimate the energy wasted by humanity in this pursuit over thousands of years, especially the impact of such reflections on practices! Here we find ourselves in the vast training ground of the mind—not only do religions evolve and flourish within this space, but also the ancient, albeit frightening, world of science; here arise poets, thinkers, doctors, and lawmakers. The fear of the incomprehensible, which ambiguously demanded rituals from us, gradually transformed into the allure of the complex, and where humans couldn't decipher, they learned to invent.

41.

To Determine the Value of the Vita Contemplativa.—Let us not forget, as men leading a contemplative life, what kind of evil and misfortunes have overtaken the men of the vita activa as the result of contemplation—in short, what sort of contra-account the vita activa has to offer us, if we exhibit too much boastfulness before it with respect to our good deeds. It would show us, in the first place, those so-called religious natures, who predominate among the lovers of contemplation and consequently represent their commonest type. They have at all times acted in such a manner as to render life difficult to practical men, and tried to make them disgusted with it, if possible: to darken the sky, to obliterate the [pg 047] sun, to cast suspicion upon joy, to depreciate hope, to paralyse the active hand—all this they knew how to do, just as, for miserable times and feelings, they had their consolations, alms, blessings, and benedictions. In the second place, it can show us the artists, a species of men leading the vita contemplativa, rarer than the religious element, but still often to be met with. As beings, these people are usually intolerable, capricious, jealous, violent, quarrelsome: this, however, must be deduced from the joyous and exalting effects of their works.

To Determine the Value of the Vita Contemplativa.—Let’s not forget, as we pursue a contemplative life, what kind of evils and misfortunes have affected those living the active life as a result of contemplation—in short, what kind of counters the active life holds against us if we become too prideful about our good deeds. It would first show us those so-called religious types, who dominate among those who love contemplation and therefore represent the most common example. They have always acted in ways that make life hard for practical people, trying to make them feel disgusted with it if possible: they darken the sky, erase the [pg 047] sun, cast doubt on joy, belittle hope, and paralyze the active hand—all of this they know how to do, just as they had their comforts, charity, blessings, and benedictions for miserable times and feelings. Secondly, it can show us the artists, a group of people leading the contemplative life, who are rarer than the religious types, but still often found. As individuals, these people are usually unbearable, capricious, jealous, violent, and quarrelsome; however, this must be inferred from the joyful and uplifting effects of their works.

Thirdly, we have the philosophers, men who unite religious and artistic qualities, combined, however, with a third element, namely, dialectics and the love of controversy. They are the authors of evil in the same sense as the religious men and artists, in addition to which they have wearied many of their fellow-men with their passion for dialectics, though their number has always been very small. Fourthly, the thinkers and scientific workers. They but rarely strove after effects, and contented themselves with silently sticking to their own groove. Thus they brought about little envy and discomfort, and often, as objects of mockery and derision, they served, without wishing to do so, to make life easier for the men of the vita activa. Lastly, science ended by becoming of much advantage to all; and if, on account of this utility, many of the men who were destined for the vita activa are now slowly making their way along the road to science in the sweat of their brow, and not without brain-racking and maledictions, this is not the [pg 048] fault of the crowd of thinkers and scientific workers: it is “self-wrought pain.”3

Thirdly, we have the philosophers, individuals who blend religious and artistic qualities, along with a third component: dialectics and a love for debate. They contribute to evil in the same way as religious folks and artists, and they have worn out many of their peers with their passion for argument, even though their numbers have always been quite small. Fourth, we have the thinkers and scientists. They rarely sought attention and instead focused on their own paths. Consequently, they stirred little envy and discomfort, and often, as objects of mockery and ridicule, they unintentionally made life easier for those engaged in the active life. Ultimately, science turned out to be greatly beneficial for everyone; and if, due to this usefulness, many men who were meant for the active life are now gradually making their way into the realm of science, sweating through their efforts and not without mental strain and curses, this is not the [pg 048] fault of the community of thinkers and scientists: it is “self-inflicted pain.”3

42.

Origin of the Vita Contemplativa.—During barbarous ages, when pessimistic judgments held sway over men and the world, the individual, in the consciousness of his full power, always endeavoured to act in conformity with such judgments, that is to say, he put his ideas into action by means of hunting, robbery, surprise attacks, brutality, and murder: including the weaker forms of such acts, as far as they are tolerated within the community. When his strength declines, however, and he feels tired, ill, melancholy, or satiated—consequently becoming temporarily void of wishes or desires—he is a relatively better man, that is to say, less dangerous; and his pessimistic ideas will now discharge themselves only in words and reflections—upon his companions, for example, or his wife, his life, his gods,—his judgments will be evil ones. In this frame of mind he develops into a thinker and prophet, or he adds to his superstitions and invents new observances, or mocks his enemies. Whatever he may devise, however, all the productions of his brain will necessarily reflect his frame of mind, such as the increase of fear and weariness, and the lower value he attributes to action and enjoyment. The substance of these productions must correspond to the substance of [pg 049] these poetic, thoughtful, and priestly moods; the evil judgment must be supreme.

Origin of the Vita Contemplativa.—In ancient times, when negative views dominated people's minds, individuals, feeling empowered, tended to act according to those views. This meant taking action through hunting, theft, surprise attacks, violence, and killing, along with milder forms of these acts that were accepted in society. However, when a person's strength wavers and they experience fatigue, illness, sadness, or satisfaction—leading to a temporary lack of desires—they become relatively better individuals, meaning less dangerous. Their negative thoughts then primarily manifest in words and reflections—about their companions, spouses, lives, or deities—and their judgments become bad. In this mindset, they may become thinkers and prophets, add to their superstitions, create new rituals, or ridicule their enemies. Regardless of what they create, the products of their minds will reflect this mindset characterized by heightened fear and exhaustion, as well as a diminished value placed on action and enjoyment. The essence of these creations must align with the nature of [pg 049] these poetic, contemplative, and priestly states; the perception of evil must dominate.

In later years, all those who acted continuously as this man did in those special circumstances—i.e. those who gave out pessimistic judgments, and lived a melancholy life, poor in action—were called poets, thinkers, priests, or “medicine-men.” The general body of men would have liked to disregard such people, because they were not active enough, and to turn them out of the community; but there was a certain risk in doing so: these inactive men had found out and were following the tracks of superstition and divine power, and no one doubted that they had unknown means of power at their disposal. This was the value which was set upon the ancient race of contemplative natures—despised as they were in just the same degree as they were not dreaded! In such a masked form, in such an ambiguous aspect, with an evil heart and often with a troubled head, did Contemplation make its first appearance on earth: both weak and terrible at the same time, despised in secret, and covered in public with every mark of superstitious veneration. Here, as always, we must say: pudenda origo!

In later years, everyone who behaved like this man did in those unique situations—i.e., those who shared gloomy judgments and lived a sorrowful life, lacking in action—were labeled poets, thinkers, priests, or “medicine-men.” Most people would have preferred to ignore such individuals because they were not active enough and wanted to exclude them from the community; however, there was a certain risk in doing so: these inactive individuals had discovered and were pursuing the paths of superstition and divine power, and no one doubted that they possessed unknown means of influence. This was the value placed on the ancient race of contemplative natures—looked down upon just as much as they were not feared! In such a hidden form, in such a ambiguous guise, with a malevolent heart and often a troubled mind, did Contemplation first appear on earth: both weak and formidable at once, secretly scorned, yet publicly cloaked in every sign of superstitious reverence. Here, as always, we must say: pudenda origo!

43.

How many Forces must now be united in a Thinker.—To rise superior to considerations of the senses, to raise one's self to abstract contemplations: this is what was formerly regarded as elevation; but now it is not practicable for us to share the same feelings. Luxuriating in the [pg 050] most shadowy images of words and things; playing with those invisible, inaudible, imperceptible beings, was considered as existence in another and higher world, a world that sprang from the deep contempt felt for the world which was perceptible to the senses, this seductive and wicked world of ours. “These abstracta no longer mislead us, but they may lead us”—with such words men soared aloft. It was not the substance of these intellectual sports, but the sports themselves, which was looked upon as “the higher thing” in the primeval ages of science. Hence we have Plato's admiration for dialectics, and his enthusiastic belief in the necessary relationship of dialectics to the good man who has risen superior to the considerations of his senses. It was not only knowledge that was discovered little by little, but also the different means of acquiring it, the conditions and operations which precede knowledge in man. And it always seemed as if the newly-discovered operation or the newly-experienced condition were not a means of acquiring knowledge, but was even the substance, goal, and sum-total of everything that was worth knowing. What does the thinker require?—imagination, inspiration, abstraction, spirituality, invention, presentiment, induction, dialectics, deduction, criticism, ability to collect materials, an impersonal mode of thinking, contemplation, comprehensiveness, and lastly, but not least, justice, and love for everything that exists—but each one of these means was at one time considered, in the history of the vita contemplativa, as a goal and final purpose, and they all secured for [pg 051] their inventors that perfect happiness which fills the human soul when its final purpose dawns upon it.

How many Forces must now come together in a Thinker.—To rise above sensory concerns, to elevate oneself to abstract thoughts: this is what was once seen as elevation; but now it's not possible for us to share the same feelings. Indulging in the [pg 050] most elusive images of words and things; playing with those invisible, inaudible, imperceptible entities was viewed as existence in another and higher realm, a realm born from a deep disdain for the world that could be sensed, this alluring and sinful world of ours. "These abstracta no longer confuse us, but they might guide us."—with such words, people soared high. It was not the material of these intellectual pursuits, but the pursuits themselves that were regarded as "the higher thing" in the early days of science. Hence we have Plato's admiration for dialectics, and his passionate belief in the essential link between dialectics and the good person who has transcended the concerns of their senses. It wasn't just knowledge that was gradually discovered, but also the various ways of acquiring it, the conditions and actions that precede knowledge in humans. And it often seemed as if the newly-discovered process or the newly-experienced condition was not just a way to gain knowledge, but the very essence, destination, and totality of everything worth knowing. What does the thinker need?—imagination, inspiration, abstraction, spirituality, creativity, intuition, induction, dialectics, deduction, critique, the ability to gather information, an objective way of thinking, contemplation, thoroughness, and lastly, but importantly, fairness, and love for all that exists—but each of these tools was once considered, in the history of the contemplative life, as a goal and ultimate aim, granting their creators that deep happiness that fills the human soul when its true purpose becomes clear.

44.

Origin and Meaning.—Why does this thought come into my mind again and again, always in more and more vivid colours?—that, in former times, investigators, in the course of their search for the origin of things, always thought that they found something which would be of the highest importance for all kinds of action and judgment: yea, that they even invariably postulated that the salvation of mankind depended upon insight into the origin of things—whereas now, on the other hand, the more we examine into origins, the less do they concern our interests: on the contrary, all the valuations and interestedness which we have placed upon things begin to lose their meaning, the more we retrogress where knowledge is concerned and approach the things themselves. The origin becomes of less significance in proportion as we acquire insight into it; whilst things nearest to ourselves, around and within us, gradually begin to manifest their wealth of colours, beauties, enigmas, and diversity of meaning, of which earlier humanity never dreamed. In former ages thinkers used to move furiously about, like wild animals in cages, steadily glaring at the bars which hemmed them in, and at times springing up against them in a vain endeavour to break through them: and happy indeed was he who could look through a gap to the outer world and could fancy that [pg 052] he saw something of what lay beyond and afar off.

Origin and Meaning.—Why do I keep thinking about this, again and again, with more vivid details each time?—In the past, researchers believed that by delving into the origins of things, they discovered vital truths that were crucial for all actions and decisions: indeed, they often insisted that mankind's salvation hinged on understanding the origin of stuff—while now, on the contrary, the more we explore these origins, the less relevant they seem to our interests. Instead, the values and significance we’ve placed on things start to lose their meaning as we dig deeper into knowledge and get closer to the things themselves. The origin matters less as we come to understand it better.; meanwhile, the things closest to us, around us and within us, begin to reveal their rich colors, beauty, mysteries, and varied meanings that earlier generations never even imagined. In earlier times, thinkers would flail about like wild animals in cages, fixated on the bars confining them, sometimes leaping at them in a futile attempt to break free: and those who could glimpse through a gap to the outside world felt truly fortunate, imagining they could see even a little of what lay beyond and far away.

45.

A Tragic Termination to Knowledge.—Of all the means of exaltation, human sacrifices have at times done most to elevate man. And perhaps the one powerful thought—the idea of self-sacrificing humanity—might be made to prevail over every other aspiration, and thus to prove the victor over even the most victorious. But to whom should the sacrifice be made? We may already swear that, if ever the constellation of such an idea appeared on the horizon, the knowledge of truth would remain the single but enormous object with which a sacrifice of such a nature would be commensurate—because no sacrifice is too great for it. In the meantime the problem has never been expounded as to how far humanity, considered as a whole, could take steps to encourage the advancement of knowledge; and even less as to what thirst for knowledge could impel humanity to the point of sacrificing itself with the light of an anticipated wisdom in its eyes. When, perhaps, with a view to the advancement of knowledge, we are able to enter into communication with the inhabitants of other stars, and when, during thousands of years, wisdom will have been carried from star to star, the enthusiasm of knowledge may rise to such a dizzy height!

A Tragic End to Knowledge.—Among all the ways to elevate humanity, at times, human sacrifices have done the most to uplift people. Perhaps the powerful idea of selfless humanity could triumph over all other aspirations and prove to be the ultimate victor, even against the most powerful forces. But who should we sacrifice for? We can confidently say that if such an idea ever appeared on the horizon, the pursuit of truth would remain the singular, monumental goal worthy of this kind of sacrifice—because no sacrifice is too great for it. However, the question of how far humanity as a whole could take steps to promote the advancement of knowledge has never been addressed; even less has been discussed regarding what desire for knowledge could drive humanity to the point of sacrificing itself while anticipating the wisdom that awaits. When, perhaps, in the interest of advancing knowledge, we are able to communicate with beings from other stars, and when wisdom travels from one star to another for thousands of years, the zeal for knowledge may reach such staggering heights!

46.

Doubt in Doubt.“What a good pillow doubt is for a well-balanced head!” This saying of [pg 053] Montaigne always made Pascal angry, for nobody ever wanted a good pillow so much as he did. Whatever was the matter with him?

Doubt in Doubt.“What a great support doubt is for a balanced mind!” This quote from [pg 053] Montaigne always frustrated Pascal, because no one needed a good support as much as he did. What was wrong with him?

47.

Words block up our Path.—Wherever primitive men put down a word, they thought they had made a discovery. How different the case really was!—they had come upon a problem, and, while they thought they had solved it, they had in reality placed an obstacle in the way of its solution. Now, with every new piece of knowledge, we stumble over petrified words and mummified conceptions, and would rather break a leg than a word in doing so.

Words block our way.—Whenever early humans came up with a word, they believed they had made a breakthrough. How mistaken they were!—they had encountered a problem, and while they thought they had figured it out, they had actually created a barrier to finding the real solution. Now, with every new piece of knowledge, we trip over frozen words and outdated ideas, and we'd rather injure ourselves than change a single word to get past them.

48.

Know Thyself is the Whole of Science.—Only when man shall have acquired a knowledge of all things will he be able to know himself. For things are but the boundaries of man.

Know Thyself is the core of Science.—It's only when a person gains knowledge of everything that they can truly know themselves. Because things are just the limits of a person.

49.

The New Fundamental Feeling: our Final Corruptibility.—In former times people sought to show the feeling of man's greatness by pointing to his divine descent. This, however, has now become a forbidden path, for the ape stands at its entrance, and likewise other fearsome animals, showing their teeth in a knowing fashion, as if to say, No further this way! Hence people now try the opposite direction: the road along which humanity is proceeding shall stand as an indication of their [pg 054] greatness and their relationship to God. But alas! this, too, is useless! At the far end of this path stands the funeral urn of the last man and grave-digger (with the inscription, Nihil humani a me alienum puto). To whatever height mankind may have developed—and perhaps in the end it will not be so high as when they began!—there is as little prospect of their attaining to a higher order as there is for the ant and the earwig to enter into kinship with God and eternity at the end of their career on earth. What is to come will drag behind it that which has passed: why should any little star, or even any little species on that star, form an exception to that eternal drama? Away with such sentimentalities!

The New Essential Emotion: our Ultimate Ability to be Corrupted.—In the past, people tried to demonstrate the greatness of humanity by highlighting its divine origins. However, that approach is now off-limits, as it is blocked by the ape and other fearsome creatures, showing their teeth as if to say, "No further this way!" Therefore, people now look in the opposite direction: the path humanity is on is meant to reflect their greatness and their connection to God. But sadly, this effort is in vain! At the end of this road lies the urn of the last person and grave-digger (with the inscription, I consider nothing human to be foreign to me). No matter how high humanity may reach—and perhaps in the end, it won’t be as high as at the beginning!—there’s no chance of achieving a higher order, just as ants and earwigs aren't going to become related to God and eternity at the end of their time on earth. What’s to come will carry along what has passed: why should any tiny star, or even any small species on that star, be an exception to that eternal drama? Enough with such sentimental nonsense!

50.

Belief in Inebriation.—Those men who have moments of sublime ecstasy, and who, on ordinary occasions, on account of the contrast and the excessive wearing away of their nervous forces, usually feel miserable and desolate, come to consider such moments as the true manifestation of their real selves, of their “ego,” and their misery and dejection, on the other hand, as the effect of the “non-ego”. This is why they think of their environment, the age in which they live, and the whole world in which they have their being, with feelings of vindictiveness. This intoxication appears to them as their true life, their actual ego; and everywhere else they see only those who strive to oppose and prevent this intoxication, whether of an intellectual, moral, religious, or artistic nature.

Faith in Getting Drunk.—Those men who experience moments of intense joy, and who, in everyday life, due to the contrast and the constant drain on their nervous energy, typically feel unhappy and alone, start to see those moments as the genuine expression of their true selves, their "ego" while their sadness and despair are viewed as the result of the "no ego". This is why they view their surroundings, the era they live in, and the entire world with a sense of bitterness. This state of intoxication feels like their real life, their true ego; everywhere else, they perceive only those who try to oppose and hinder this intoxication, whether it's intellectual, moral, religious, or artistic.

[pg 055]

Humanity owes no small part of its evils to these fantastic enthusiasts; for they are the insatiable sowers of the weed of discontent with one's self and one's neighbour, of contempt for the world and the age, and, above all, of world-lassitude. An entire hell of criminals could not, perhaps, bring about such unfortunate and far-reaching consequences, such heavy and disquieting effects that corrupt earth and sky, as are brought about by that “noble” little community of unbridled, fantastic, half-mad people—of geniuses, too—who cannot control themselves, or experience any inward joy, until they have lost themselves completely: while, on the other hand, the criminal often gives a proof of his admirable self-control, sacrifice, and wisdom, and thus maintains these qualities in those who fear him. Through him life's sky may at times seem overcast and threatening, but the atmosphere ever remains brisk and vigorous.—Furthermore, these enthusiasts bring their entire strength to bear on the task of imbuing mankind with belief in inebriation as in life itself: a dreadful belief! As savages are now quickly corrupted and ruined by “fire-water,” so likewise has mankind in general been slowly though thoroughly corrupted by these spiritual “fire-waters” of intoxicating feelings and by those who keep alive the craving for them. It may yet be ruined thereby.

Humanity owes a significant portion of its troubles to these passionate dreamers; they relentlessly spread the seeds of dissatisfaction with oneself and others, foster disdain for the world and the times, and, most importantly, instill a sense of world-weariness. A whole hell of criminals couldn't possibly cause such unfortunate and far-reaching consequences, such heavy and unsettling effects that taint both earth and sky, as this "noble" little group of uncontrolled, imaginative, half-crazy individuals—who are also geniuses—does, as they cannot find any inner joy until they have completely lost themselves. In contrast, a criminal often demonstrates remarkable self-control, sacrifice, and wisdom, maintaining these traits in those who fear him. Although life under his influence may sometimes seem gloomy and threatening, the atmosphere remains lively and vigorous. Moreover, these enthusiasts dedicate all their energy to instilling in humanity the belief that intoxication is akin to life itself: a dreadful belief! Just as savages are easily corrupted and doomed by "fire-water," humanity as a whole has been slowly but thoroughly led astray by these spiritual "fire-waters" of intoxicating emotions and by those who sustain the desire for them. This could lead to its eventual ruin.

51.

Such as we still are.“Let us be indulgent to the great one-eyed!” said Stuart Mill, as if it [pg 056] were necessary to ask for indulgence when we are willing to believe and almost to worship them. I say: Let us be indulgent towards the two-eyed, both great and small; for, such as we are now, we shall never rise beyond indulgence!

Just like we still are."Let's be forgiving to the great one-eyed being!" said Stuart Mill, as if it [pg 056] were necessary to ask for forgiveness when we’re eager to believe and almost to idolize them. I say: Let’s be forgiving toward the two-eyed, both great and small; for, the way we are today, we’ll never rise above forgiveness!

52.

Where are the New Physicians of the Soul?—It is the means of consolation which have stamped life with that fundamental melancholy character in which we now believe: the worst disease of mankind has arisen from the struggle against diseases, and apparent remedies have in the long run brought about worse conditions than those which it was intended to remove by their use. Men, in their ignorance, used to believe that the stupefying and intoxicating means, which appeared to act immediately, the so-called “consolations,” were the true healing powers: they even failed to observe that they had often to pay for their immediate relief by a general and profound deterioration in health, that the sick ones had to suffer from the after-effects of the intoxication, then from the absence of the intoxication, and, later on, from a feeling of disquietude, depression, nervous starts, and ill-health. Again, men whose illness had advanced to a certain extent never recovered from it—those physicians of the soul, universally believed in and worshipped as they were, took care of that.

Where are the New Healers of the Soul?—It's the methods of consolation that have given life its fundamentally melancholic nature that we believe today: the greatest disease of humanity has come from the fight against ailments, and the so-called remedies have, over time, created worse conditions than those they were meant to cure. People, in their ignorance, used to think that the numbing and intoxicating methods, which seemed to work immediately, the so-called “comforts,” were the actual healing forces: they often didn’t realize that they had to pay for this immediate relief with a general and significant decline in health, that the sick had to endure the after-effects of the intoxication, then the lack of it, and later experienced feelings of unease, sadness, anxiety, and poor health. Moreover, people whose illness had progressed to a certain point never truly recovered from it—those physicians of the soul, who were universally believed in and revered, made sure of that.

It has been justly said of Schopenhauer that he was one who again took the sufferings of humanity seriously: where is the man who will at length take [pg 057] the antidotes against these sufferings seriously, and who will pillory the unheard-of quackery with which men, even up to our own age, and in the most sublime nomenclature, have been wont to treat the illnesses of their souls?

It has been rightly said about Schopenhauer that he really took the suffering of humanity seriously: where is the person who will finally take the solutions to these sufferings just as seriously, and who will expose the outrageous quackery with which people, even to this day, and in the most grandiose terms, have been known to address the ailments of their souls?

53.

Abuse of the Conscientious Ones.—It is the conscientious, and not the unscrupulous, who have suffered so greatly from exhortations to penitence and the fear of hell, especially if they happened to be men of imagination. In other words, a gloom has been cast over the lives of those who had the greatest need of cheerfulness and agreeable images—not only for the sake of their own consolation and recovery from themselves, but that humanity itself might take delight in them and absorb a ray of their beauty. Alas, how much superfluous cruelty and torment have been brought about by those religions which invented sin! and by those men who, by means of such religions, desired to reach the highest enjoyment of their power!

Abuse of the Conscientious.—It’s the conscientious, not the ruthless, who have suffered the most from calls to repent and the fear of hell, especially if they were imaginative. In other words, a shadow has been cast over the lives of those who needed joy and uplifting images the most—not just for their own comfort and healing, but so that humanity could appreciate them and benefit from their beauty. Unfortunately, how much unnecessary cruelty and torment have been caused by those religions that created the concept of sin! And by those individuals who, through such religions, sought to attain the ultimate enjoyment of their power!

54.

Thoughts on Disease.—To soothe the imagination of the patient, in order that he may at least no longer keep on thinking about his illness, and thus suffer more from such thoughts than from the complaint itself, which has been the case hitherto—that, it seems to me, is something! and it is by no means a trifle! And now do ye understand our task?

Thoughts on Illness.—To calm the mind of the patient, so that they can stop focusing on their illness and suffer less from those thoughts than from the actual condition itself, which has been the case until now—that, in my opinion, is significant! It's definitely not a small matter! So now, do you understand our task?

[pg 058]

55.

The Ways.—So-called “short cuts” have always led humanity to run great risks: on hearing the “glad tidings” that a “short cut” had been found, they always left the straight path—and lost their way.

The "Ways."—So-called “shortcuts” have always put humanity at great risk: upon hearing the "great news" that a “shortcut” was discovered, they always left the straight path—and got lost.

56.

The Apostate of the Free Spirit.—Is there any one, then, who seriously dislikes pious people who hold formally to their belief? Do we not, on the contrary, regard them with silent esteem and pleasure, deeply regretting at the same time that these excellent people do not share our own feelings? But whence arises that sudden, profound, and unreasonable dislike for the man who, having at one time possessed freedom of spirit, finally becomes a “believer”? In thinking of him we involuntarily experience the sensation of having beheld some loathsome spectacle, which we must quickly efface from our recollection. Should we not turn our backs upon even the most venerated man if we entertained the least suspicion of him in this regard? Not, indeed, from a moral point of view, but because of sudden disgust and horror! Whence comes this sharpness of feeling? Perhaps we shall be given to understand that, at bottom, we are not quite certain of our own selves? Or that, early in life, we build round ourselves hedges of the most pointed contempt, in order that, when old age makes us weak and forgetful, we may not feel inclined to brush our own contempt away from us?

The Apostate of the Free Spirit.—Is there anyone who genuinely dislikes devout people who strictly adhere to their beliefs? On the contrary, don’t we often feel quiet respect and pleasure towards them, while simultaneously wishing they shared our own feelings? But where does that sudden, intense, and unreasonable dislike for someone who once had a free spirit but eventually becomes a "believer" come from? When we think of him, we involuntarily feel like we’ve witnessed something repulsive that we must quickly forget. Shouldn’t we distance ourselves from even the most respected person if we held even the slightest suspicion in this regard? Not necessarily for moral reasons, but out of immediate disgust and horror! What causes this sharp feeling? Perhaps it reveals that, deep down, we aren’t entirely sure of ourselves? Or that, early in life, we build barriers of intense contempt around us so that when old age renders us weak and forgetful, we won’t want to dismiss our own contempt?

[pg 059]

Now, speaking frankly, this suspicion is quite erroneous, and whoever forms it knows nothing of what agitates and determines the free spirit: how little, to him, does the changing of an opinion seem contemptible per se! On the contrary, how highly he prizes the ability to change an opinion as a rare and valuable distinction, especially if he can retain it far into old age! And his pride (not his pusillanimity) even reaches so high as to be able to pluck the fruits of the spernere se sperni and the spernere se ipsum: without his being troubled by the sensation of fear of vain and easy-going men. Furthermore, the doctrine of the innocence of all opinions appears to him to be as certain as the doctrine of the innocence of all actions: how could he act as judge and hangman before the apostate of intellectual liberty! On the contrary, the sight of such a person would disgust him as much as the sight of a nauseous illness disgusts the physician: the physical repulsion caused by everything spongy, soft, and suppurating momentarily overcomes reason and the desire to help. Hence our goodwill is overcome by the conception of the monstrous dishonesty which must have gained the upper hand in the apostate from the free spirit: by the conception of a general gnawing which is eating its way down even to the framework of the character.

Now, to be honest, this suspicion is completely mistaken, and anyone who believes it doesn’t understand what drives and shapes the free spirit: they hardly see how the changing of an opinion could possibly seem contemptible per se! On the contrary, they highly value the skill to change one’s opinion as a rare and valuable trait, especially if they can hold onto it well into old age! And their pride (not their cowardice) even goes so far as to allow them to reap the benefits of reject yourself, you are rejected and to despise oneself: without being affected by the fear of vain and easy-going people. Moreover, the idea of all opinions being innocent seems as certain to them as the idea of all actions being innocent: how could they act as judge and executioner against the defector from intellectual freedom! In fact, the sight of such a person disgusts them just as much as a doctor is disgusted by a repulsive illness: the physical aversion to anything soft, spongy, and festering temporarily overwhelms reason and the desire to help. Thus, our goodwill is overshadowed by the notion of the monstrous dishonesty that must have taken over the defector from the free spirit: by the idea of a pervasive rot gnawing away at the very foundation of their character.

57.

Other Fears, other Safeties.—Christianity overspread life with a new and unlimited insecurity, thereby creating new safeties, enjoyments [pg 060] and recreations, and new valuations of all things. Our own century denies the existence of this insecurity, and does so with a good conscience, yet it clings to the old habit of Christian certainties, enjoyments, recreations, and valuations!—even in its noblest arts and philosophies. How feeble and worn out must all this now seem, how imperfect and clumsy, how arbitrarily fanatical, and, above all, how uncertain: now that its horrible contrast has been taken away—the ever-present fear of the Christian for his eternal salvation!

Different Fears, different Safeties.—Christianity spread a new and unlimited insecurity over life, which led to the creation of new safety nets, pleasures [pg 060] and recreation, as well as new values for everything. Our century denies this insecurity exists, and does so with a clear conscience, yet it still clings to the old habits of Christian certainties, pleasures, recreations, and values!—even in its highest arts and philosophies. How weak and outdated all of this must seem now, how flawed and awkward, how irrationally fanatical, and, most importantly, how uncertain: now that its terrifying contrast has been removed—the constant fear of the Christian for their everlasting salvation!

58.

Christianity and the Emotions.—In Christianity we may see a great popular protest against philosophy: the reasoning of the sages of antiquity had withdrawn men from the influence of the emotions, but Christianity would fain give men their emotions back again. With this aim in view, it denies any moral value to virtue such as philosophers understood it—as a victory of the reason over the passions—generally condemns every kind of goodness, and calls upon the passions to manifest themselves in their full power and glory: as love of God, fear of God, fanatic belief in God, blind hope in God.

Christianity and Emotions.—In Christianity, we see a significant popular backlash against philosophy: the reasoning of ancient sages had distanced people from their emotions, but Christianity aims to restore those emotions. To achieve this, it rejects any moral value associated with virtue as philosophers defined it—where reason triumphs over passion—generally condemns all forms of goodness, and encourages passions to express themselves with full intensity and greatness: as love for God, fear of God, fanatical belief in God, blind hope in God.

59.

Error as a Cordial.—Let people say what they will, it is nevertheless certain that it was the aim of Christianity to deliver mankind from the yoke of moral engagements by indicating what it [pg 061] believed to be the shortest way to perfection: exactly in the same manner as a few philosophers thought they could dispense with tedious and laborious dialectics, and the collection of strictly-proved facts, and point out a royal road to truth. It was an error in both cases, but nevertheless a great cordial for those who were worn out and despairing in the wilderness.

Error as a cordial.—No matter what people say, it’s clear that the goal of Christianity was to free humanity from the burden of moral obligations by showing what it [pg 061] believed to be the quickest path to perfection: similarly, a few philosophers thought they could skip the tedious and laborious process of dialectics and the gathering of well-established facts, suggesting instead a straightforward path to truth. This was a mistake in both cases, but nonetheless, it provided great comfort to those who were exhausted and hopeless in the wilderness.

60.

All Spirit finally becomes Visible.—Christianity has assimilated the entire spirituality of an incalculable number of men who were by nature submissive, all those enthusiasts of humiliation and reverence, both refined and coarse. It has in this way freed itself from its own original rustic coarseness—of which we are vividly reminded when we look at the oldest image of St. Peter the Apostle—and has become a very intellectual religion, with thousands of wrinkles, arrière-pensées, and masks on its face. It has made European humanity more clever, and not only cunning from a theological standpoint. By the spirit which it has thus given to European humanity—in conjunction with the power of abnegation, and very often in conjunction with the profound conviction and loyalty of that abnegation—it has perhaps chiselled and shaped the most subtle individualities which have ever existed in human society: the individualities of the higher ranks of the Catholic clergy, especially when these priests have sprung from a noble family, and have brought to their work, from the very beginning, the innate grace of gesture, the dominating glance [pg 062] of the eye, and beautiful hands and feet. Here the human face acquires that spiritualisation brought about by the continual ebb and flow of two kinds of happiness (the feeling of power and the feeling of submission) after a carefully-planned manner of living has conquered the beast in man. Here an activity, which consists in blessing, forgiving sins, and representing the Almighty, ever keeps alive in the soul, and even in the body, the consciousness of a supreme mission; here we find that noble contempt concerning the perishable nature of the body, of well-being, and of happiness, peculiar to born soldiers: their pride lies in obedience, a distinctly aristocratic trait; their excuse and their idealism arise from the enormous impossibility of their task. The surpassing beauty and subtleties of these princes of the Church have always proved to the people the truth of the Church; a momentary brutalisation of the clergy (such as came about in Luther's time) always tended to encourage the contrary belief. And would it be maintained that this result of beauty and human subtlety, shown in harmony of figure, intellect, and task, would come to an end with religions? and that nothing higher could be obtained, or even conceived?

All Spirit finally becomes visible.—Christianity has absorbed the entire spirituality of countless people who were naturally humble, including those who passionately embraced humility and reverence, both refined and rough. In doing so, it has freed itself from its original rustic roughness—something we are vividly reminded of when we see the oldest image of St. Peter the Apostle—and transformed into a highly intellectual religion, with many complexities, hidden agendas, and façades. It has made European humanity more astute, not only shrewd from a theological perspective. Through the spirit it has instilled in European humanity—alongside the power of self-denial, and often accompanied by a deep conviction and loyalty to that self-denial—it has perhaps shaped the most nuanced individualities that have ever existed in human society: the individualities of the upper ranks of the Catholic clergy, especially when these priests come from noble families and bring to their work, from the very start, the innate grace of their gestures, the commanding gaze [pg 062] of their eyes, and elegant hands and feet. Here, the human face gains that spiritual quality brought about by the continuous interplay of two types of happiness (the feeling of power and the feeling of submission) after a well-ordered way of living has subdued the more primal aspects of human nature. Here, an activity centered on blessing, forgiving sins, and representing the Almighty keeps alive in the soul, and even in the body, the awareness of a supreme mission; here we encounter that noble disdain for the transient nature of the body, well-being, and happiness, characteristic of born leaders: their pride lies in obedience, a distinctly aristocratic quality; their justification and their idealism stem from the immense challenge of their mission. The extraordinary beauty and subtleties of these princes of the Church have always shown the people the truth of the Church; a temporary degradation of the clergy (like what occurred during Luther's time) often reinforced the opposite belief. And could it really be argued that this manifestation of beauty and human subtlety, evident in the harmony of body, intellect, and purpose, would end with religions? And that nothing higher could be achieved or even imagined?

61.

The Needful Sacrifice.—Those earnest, able, and just men of profound feelings, who are still Christians at heart, owe it to themselves to make one attempt to live for a certain space of time without Christianity! they owe it to their faith that they should thus for once take up their [pg 063] abode “in the wilderness”—if for no other reason than that of being able to pronounce on the question as to whether Christianity is needful. So far, however, they have confined themselves to their own narrow domain and insulted every one who happened to be outside of it: yea, they even become highly irritated when it is suggested to them that beyond this little domain of theirs lies the great world, and that Christianity is, after all, only a corner of it! No; your evidence on the question will be valueless until you have lived year after year without Christianity, and with the inmost desire to continue to exist without it: until, indeed, you have withdrawn far, far away from it. It is not when your nostalgia urges you back again, but when your judgment, based on a strict comparison, drives you back, that your homecoming has any significance!—Men of coming generations will deal in this manner with all the valuations of the past; they must be voluntarily lived over again, together with their contraries, in order that such men may finally acquire the right of shifting them.

The Essential Sacrifice.—Those dedicated, capable, and fair-minded individuals with deep feelings, who still consider themselves Christians at heart, owe it to themselves to try living without Christianity for a while! They owe it to their beliefs to spend some time dwelling [pg 063] “in the wilderness”—if only to determine whether Christianity is truly necessary. However, so far, they have limited themselves to their own narrow space and have insulted anyone outside of it: indeed, they even get quite upset when someone points out that beyond their little realm lies the vast world and that Christianity is, after all, just a small part of it! No; your perspective on this will have no value until you have lived for years without Christianity, genuinely wanting to maintain that way of life: until you have distanced yourself far, far away from it. It’s not your nostalgia that pushes you back, but rather your well-reasoned judgment—based on a careful comparison—that makes your return meaningful!—People in future generations will approach all past values this way; they must voluntarily relive them, along with their opposites, in order to gain the right to change them.

62.

On the Origin of Religions.—How can any one regard his own opinion of things as a revelation? This is the problem of the formation of religions: there has always been some man in whom this phenomenon was possible. A postulate is that such a man already believed in revelations. Suddenly, however, a new idea occurs to him one day, his idea; and the entire blessedness of a great [pg 064] personal hypothesis, which embraces all existence and the whole world, penetrates with such force into his conscience that he dare not think himself the creator of such blessedness, and he therefore attributes to his God the cause of this new idea and likewise the cause of the cause, believing it to be the revelation of his God. How could a man be the author of so great a happiness? ask his pessimistic doubts. But other levers are secretly at work: an opinion may be strengthened by one's self if it be considered as a revelation; and in this way all its hypothetic nature is removed; the matter is set beyond criticism and even beyond doubt: it is sanctified. It is true that, in this way, a man lowers himself to playing the rôle of “mouthpiece,” but his thought will end by being victorious as a divine thought—the feeling of finally gaining the victory conquers the feeling of degradation. There is also another feeling in the background: if a man raises his products above himself, and thus apparently detracts from his own worth, there nevertheless remains a kind of joyfulness, paternal love, and paternal pride, which compensates man—more than compensates man—for everything.

On the Origin of Religions.—How can anyone think their own opinion of things is a revelation? This is the challenge of how religions form: there has always been someone who can experience this phenomenon. One assumption is that such a person already believed in revelations. Then, one day, a new idea pops into their head, their idea; and the intense joy of a significant [pg 064] personal hypothesis, encompassing all existence and the universe, hits their conscience so hard that they can't see themselves as the creator of such joy, so they credit their God as the source of this new idea and the reason behind it, believing it to be a revelation from God. How could anyone be the author of such happiness? their pessimistic doubts ask. But there are other forces quietly working: a belief can gain strength when seen as a revelation; this way, all its hypothetical aspects are removed; it becomes immune to criticism or doubt: it is made sacred. It’s true that, in doing this, a person lowers themselves to being a “mouthpiece,” but ultimately their thought triumphs as divine thought—the feeling of finally winning overshadows the feeling of humiliation. There’s another emotion at play as well: if someone elevates their creations above themselves, seemingly reducing their own worth, there still lingers a sense of joy, fatherly love, and paternal pride that compensates for everything.

63.

Hatred of One's Neighbour.—Supposing that we felt towards our neighbour as he does himself—Schopenhauer calls this compassion, though it would be more correct to call it auto-passion, fellow-feeling—we should be compelled to hate him, if, like Pascal, he thought himself hateful. And this was [pg 065] probably the general feeling of Pascal regarding mankind, and also that of ancient Christianity, which, under Nero, was “convicted” of odium generis humani, as Tacitus has recorded.

Hating Your Neighbor.—If we felt toward our neighbor the same way he feels about himself—Schopenhauer refers to this as compassion, though it would be more accurate to call it self-passion or empathy—we would be forced to hate him if, like Pascal, he viewed himself as despicable. This was probably the general sentiment of Pascal regarding humanity, and it was also shared by early Christianity, which, under Nero, was "found guilty" of hate of mankind, as recorded by Tacitus.

64.

The Broken-Hearted Ones.—Christianity has the instinct of a hunter for finding out all those who may by hook or by crook be driven to despair—only a very small number of men can be brought to this despair. Christianity lies in wait for such as those, and pursues them. Pascal made an attempt to find out whether it was not possible, with the help of the very subtlest knowledge, to drive everybody into despair. He failed: to his second despair.

The Heartbroken.—Christianity has a knack for uncovering those who can be pushed into despair by any means necessary—only a tiny fraction of people can be brought to this point of despair. Christianity patiently waits for these individuals and chases after them. Pascal tried to determine if it was possible, using the most refined knowledge, to lead everyone into despair. He did not succeed: adding to his own despair.

65.

Brahminism and Christianity.—There are certain precepts for obtaining a consciousness of power: on the one hand, for those who already know how to control themselves, and who are therefore already quite used to the feeling of power; and, on the other hand, for those who cannot control themselves. Brahminism has given its care to the former type of man; Christianity to the latter.

Brahminism and Christianity.—There are certain principles for gaining a sense of power: for those who already know how to manage themselves and are accustomed to that feeling of power, and for those who struggle with self-control. Brahminism has focused on the first group, while Christianity has addressed the second.

66.

The Faculty of Vision.—During the whole of the Middle Ages it was believed that the real distinguishing trait of higher men was the faculty of [pg 066] having visions—that is to say, of having a grave mental trouble. And, in fact, the rules of life of all the higher natures of the Middle Ages (the religiosi) were drawn up with the object of making man capable of vision! Little wonder, then, that the exaggerated esteem for these half-mad fanatics, so-called men of genius, has continued even to our own days. “They have seen things that others do not see”—no doubt! and this fact should inspire us with caution where they are concerned, and not with belief!

The Department of Vision.—Throughout the Middle Ages, people believed that the key characteristic of exceptional individuals was their ability to have visions—essentially, a serious mental disturbance. In fact, the guidelines for living among the elite of the Middle Ages (the religiosi) were created to help individuals achieve this visionary state! It's no surprise that the intense admiration for these slightly unhinged visionaries, often referred to as geniuses, has carried through to our time. “They have witnessed things that others cannot see.”—and that's true! This should make us cautious about them, rather than just believing everything they say!

67.

The Price of Believers.—He who sets such a value on being believed in has to promise heaven in recompense for this belief: and every one, even a thief on the Cross, must have suffered from a terrible doubt and experienced crucifixion in every form: otherwise he would not buy his followers so dearly.

The Cost of Believers.—Someone who values being believed in that much has to offer heaven as a reward for that belief: and everyone, even a thief on the Cross, must have dealt with intense doubt and faced suffering in every way: otherwise, they wouldn't pay such a high price for their followers.

68.

The First Christian.—The whole world still believes in the literary career of the “Holy Ghost,” or is still influenced by the effects of this belief: when we look into our Bibles we do so for the purpose of “edifying ourselves,” to find a few words of comfort for our misery, be it great or small—in short, we read ourselves into it and out of it. But who—apart from a few learned men—know that it likewise records the history of one of the most ambitious and importunate souls that ever [pg 067] existed, of a mind full of superstition and cunning: the history of the Apostle Paul? Nevertheless, without this singular history, without the tribulations and passions of such a mind, and of such a soul, there would have been no Christian kingdom; we should have scarcely have even heard of a little Jewish sect, the founder of which died on the Cross. It is true that, if this history had been understood in time, if we had read, really read, the writings of St. Paul, not as the revelations of the “Holy Ghost,” but with honest and independent minds, oblivious of all our personal troubles—there were no such readers for fifteen centuries—it would have been all up with Christianity long ago: so searchingly do these writings of the Jewish Pascal lay bare the origins of Christianity, just as the French Pascal let us see its destiny and how it will ultimately perish. That the ship of Christianity threw overboard no inconsiderable part of its Jewish ballast, that it was able to sail into the waters of the heathen and actually did do so: this is due to the history of one single man, this apostle who was so greatly troubled in mind and so worthy of pity, but who was also very disagreeable to himself and to others.

The First Christian.—The entire world still believes in the literary legacy of the “Holy Spirit,” or is still impacted by the effects of this belief: when we open our Bibles, we do so to “improve ourselves,” looking for a few words of comfort for our suffering, whether it's significant or minor—in short, we interpret it to find ourselves in it. But who—besides a few scholars—knows that it also details the life of one of the most ambitious and relentless souls that ever [pg 067] existed, a mind filled with superstition and cunning: the story of the Apostle Paul? Yet, without this unique account, without the struggles and passions of such a mind and spirit, there wouldn't have been a Christian kingdom; we would barely have heard of a small Jewish sect whose founder died on the Cross. It’s true that if this history had been understood earlier, if we had truly read the writings of St. Paul, not as the revelations of the “Holy Spirit,” but with open and independent minds, free from our personal issues—there were no such readers for fifteen centuries—it would have all come to an end for Christianity long ago: the writings of the Jewish Pascal expose the roots of Christianity, just as the French Pascal reveals its fate and how it will ultimately fade away. That the ship of Christianity cast off a significant part of its Jewish foundation and successfully navigated into the seas of the Gentiles: this is all due to the history of one troubled man, this apostle who was deeply conflicted and deserving of sympathy, but who was also quite unpleasant to himself and others.

This man suffered from a fixed idea, or rather a fixed question, an ever-present and ever-burning question: what was the meaning of the Jewish Law? and, more especially, the fulfilment of this Law? In his youth he had done his best to satisfy it, thirsting as he did for that highest distinction which the Jews could imagine—this people, which raised the imagination of moral loftiness to a greater elevation than any other people, and which alone succeeded [pg 068] in uniting the conception of a holy God with the idea of sin considered as an offence against this holiness. St. Paul became at once the fanatic defender and guard-of-honour of this God and His Law. Ceaselessly battling against and lying in wait for all transgressors of this Law and those who presumed to doubt it, he was pitiless and cruel towards all evil-doers, whom he would fain have punished in the most rigorous fashion possible.

This man struggled with a fixed idea, or rather a fixed question, an ever-present and burning question: what was the meaning of the Jewish Law? And, more specifically, the execution of this Law? In his youth, he did everything he could to find an answer, hungry for the highest distinction that the Jews could imagine—this people, which had the capacity to elevate the imagination of moral greatness beyond any other, and which uniquely managed [pg 068] to combine the idea of a holy God with the notion of sin viewed as an offense against that holiness. St. Paul became both the fanatic defender and the guard-of-honor for this God and His Law. He relentlessly fought against and waited for all violators of this Law and anyone who dared to question it; he was merciless and harsh towards all wrongdoers, whom he wanted to punish in the severest way possible.

Now, however, he was aware in his own person of the fact that such a man as himself—violent, sensual, melancholy, and malicious in his hatred—could not fulfil the Law; and furthermore, what seemed strangest of all to him, he saw that his boundless craving for power was continually provoked to break it, and that he could not help yielding to this impulse. Was it really “the flesh” which made him a trespasser time and again? Was it not rather, as it afterwards occurred to him, the Law itself, which continually showed itself to be impossible to fulfil, and seduced men into transgression with an irresistible charm? But at that time he had not thought of this means of escape. As he suggests here and there, he had many things on his conscience—hatred, murder, sorcery, idolatry, debauchery, drunkenness, and orgiastic revelry,—and to however great an extent he tried to soothe his conscience, and, even more, his desire for power, by the extreme fanaticism of his worship for and defence of the Law, there were times when the thought struck him: “It is all in vain! The anguish of the unfulfilled Law cannot be overcome.” Luther must have experienced similar [pg 069] feelings, when, in his cloister, he endeavoured to become the ideal man of his imagination; and, as Luther one day began to hate the ecclesiastical ideal, and the Pope, and the saints, and the whole clergy, with a hatred which was all the more deadly as he could not avow it even to himself, an analogous feeling took possession of St. Paul. The Law was the Cross on which he felt himself crucified. How he hated it! What a grudge he owed it! How he began to look round on all sides to find a means for its total annihilation, that he might no longer be obliged to fulfil it himself! And at last a liberating thought, together with a vision—which was only to be expected in the case of an epileptic like himself—flashed into his mind: to him, the stern upholder of the Law—who, in his innermost heart, was tired to death of it—there appeared on the lonely path that Christ, with the divine effulgence on His countenance, and Paul heard the words: “Why persecutest thou Me?”

Now, however, he was aware that a man like him—violent, sensual, melancholy, and full of hatred—could not fulfill the Law. Even stranger to him was the realization that his endless craving for power constantly pushed him to break it, and he couldn’t resist this urge. Was it really “the flesh” that made him stumble time and again? Or was it the Law itself, which he later thought about, that continually proved impossible to keep and seduced people into breaking it with an irresistible allure? But at that time, he hadn’t considered this escape route. He had a lot weighing on his conscience—hatred, murder, witchcraft, idolatry, debauchery, drunkenness, and wild partying—and no matter how hard he tried to calm his conscience, and even more so, his desire for power, through extreme devotion to defending the Law, there were moments when the thought hit him: “It’s all in vain! The pain of the unfulfilled Law cannot be overcome.” Luther must have felt similar things when, in his monastery, he tried to become the ideal man he envisioned; and just as Luther eventually began to detest the ecclesiastical ideal, the Pope, the saints, and the entire clergy with a particularly intense hatred that he couldn’t even admit to himself, a similar feeling overtook St. Paul. The Law was the Cross on which he felt himself crucified. How he hated it! What a grudge he had against it! He began to look around desperately for a way to completely eliminate it so he wouldn’t have to fulfill it anymore! And finally, a liberating thought, along with a vision—which was only to be expected for someone like him—struck him: to him, the strict enforcer of the Law—who, deep down, was utterly exhausted by it—there appeared on that lonely path Christ, with divine light shining on His face, and Paul heard the words: “Why are you persecuting Me?”

What actually took place, then, was this: his mind was suddenly enlightened, and he said to himself: “It is unreasonable to persecute this Jesus Christ! Here is my means of escape, here is my complete vengeance, here and nowhere else have I the destroyer of the Law in my hands!” The sufferer from anguished pride felt himself restored to health all at once, his moral despair disappeared in the air; for morality itself was blown away, annihilated—that is to say, fulfilled, there on the Cross! Up to that time that ignominious death had seemed to him to be the principal argument against the “Messiahship” [pg 070] proclaimed by the followers of the new doctrine: but what if it were necessary for doing away with the Law? The enormous consequences of this thought, of this solution of the enigma, danced before his eyes, and he at once became the happiest of men. The destiny of the Jews, yea, of all mankind, seemed to him to be intertwined with this instantaneous flash of enlightenment: he held the thought of thoughts, the key of keys, the light of lights; history would henceforth revolve round him! For from that time forward he would be the apostle of the annihilation of the Law! To be dead to sin—that meant to be dead to the Law also; to be in the flesh—that meant to be under the Law! To be one with Christ—that meant to have become, like Him, the destroyer of the Law; to be dead with Him—that meant likewise to be dead to the Law. Even if it were still possible to sin, it would not at any rate be possible to sin against the Law: “I am above the Law,” thinks Paul; adding, “If I were now to acknowledge the Law again and to submit to it, I should make Christ an accomplice in the sin”; for the Law was there for the purpose of producing sin and setting it in the foreground, as an emetic produces sickness. God could not have decided upon the death of Christ had it been possible to fulfil the Law without it; henceforth, not only are all sins expiated, but sin itself is abolished; henceforth the Law is dead; henceforth “the flesh” in which it dwelt is dead—or at all events dying, gradually wasting away. To live for a short time longer amid this decay!—this is the Christian's fate, until the time when, having become [pg 071] one with Christ, he arises with Him, sharing with Christ the divine glory, and becoming, like Christ, a “Son of God.” Then Paul's exaltation was at its height, and with it the importunity of his soul—the thought of union with Christ made him lose all shame, all submission, all constraint, and his ungovernable ambition was shown to be revelling in the expectation of divine glories.

What actually happened was this: his mind was suddenly illuminated, and he said to himself: "It's unfair to go after this Jesus Christ! Here’s my escape, here’s my ultimate revenge, right here and nowhere else do I have the destroyer of the Law in my grasp!" The person tormented by pride felt instantly restored to health; his moral despair vanished into thin air; morality itself was blown away, annihilated—that is to say, fulfilled, right there on the Cross! Until that moment, that humiliating death had seemed to him to be the main argument against the "Messiah role" [pg 070] claimed by the followers of the new doctrine: but what if it was necessary to eliminate the Law? The huge implications of this thought, this solution to the enigma, danced before his eyes, and he instantly became the happiest of men. The fate of the Jews, indeed, of all humanity, seemed to be intertwined with this sudden flash of insight: he held the thought of thoughts, the key of keys, the light of lights; history would now revolve around him! From that moment on, he would be the apostle of the abolition of the Law! To be dead to sin—that meant to be dead to the Law as well; to be in the flesh—that meant to be under the Law! To be one with Christ—that meant to have become, like Him, the destroyer of the Law; to be dead with Him—that meant also to be dead to the Law. Even if it were still possible to sin, it would no longer be possible to sin against the Law: “I’m above the law,” thinks Paul; adding, "If I were to recognize the Law again and submit to it, I would make Christ a partner in the sin."; because the Law existed to produce sin and put it in the spotlight, like an emetic induces sickness. God couldn’t have chosen Christ’s death if it were possible to fulfill the Law without it; from now on, not only are all sins forgiven, but sin itself is abolished; from now on, the Law is dead; from now on "the body" where it resided is dead—or at least dying, gradually fading away. To live a little longer in this decay!—this is the Christian’s fate, until the time when, having become [pg 071] one with Christ, he rises with Him, sharing in the divine glory with Christ, and becoming, like Christ, a “Son of God.” Then Paul’s exaltation reached its peak, and with it the fervor of his soul—the thought of union with Christ made him shed all shame, all submission, all restraint, and his uncontrollable ambition reveled in the anticipation of divine glories.

Such was the first Christian, the inventor of Christianity! before him there were only a few Jewish sectaries.

Such was the first Christian, the creator of Christianity! Before him, there were only a few Jewish sect members.

69.

Inimitable.—There is an enormous strain and distance between envy and friendship, between self-contempt and pride: the Greek lived in the former, the Christian in the latter.

Unique.—There is a huge gap and tension between envy and friendship, and between self-hatred and pride: the Greeks lived in the former, while the Christians lived in the latter.

70.

The Use of a Coarse Intellect.—The Christian Church is an encyclopædia of primitive cults and views of the most varied origin; and is, in consequence, well adapted to missionary work: in former times she could—and still does—go wherever she would, and in doing so always found something resembling herself, to which she could assimilate herself and gradually substitute her own spirit for it. It is not to what is Christian in her usages, but to what is universally pagan in them, that we have to attribute the development of this universal religion. Her thoughts, which have their origin at once in the Judaic and in the Hellenic spirit, were able from the very beginning to raise [pg 072] themselves above the exclusiveness and subtleties of races and nations, as above prejudices. Although we may admire the power which makes even the most difficult things coalesce, we must nevertheless not overlook the contemptible qualities of this power—the astonishing coarseness and narrowness of the Church's intellect when it was in process of formation, a coarseness which permitted it to accommodate itself to any diet, and to digest contradictions like pebbles.

The Use of a Coarse Intellect.—The Christian Church is a collection of ancient beliefs and practices from various origins, which makes it well-suited for missionary work. In the past, it could—and still can—go wherever it wanted and consistently found something similar to itself to connect with, gradually replacing it with its own spirit. The growth of this universal religion is not due to what’s Christian in its practices, but to what’s universally pagan in them. Its ideas, rooted in both Judaic and Hellenic thought, were able from the start to rise above the exclusiveness and complexities of different races and nations, as well as biases. While we may admire the ability to bring together even the most challenging aspects, we must not ignore the petty traits of this power—the remarkable coarseness and narrow-mindedness of the Church's intellect during its formation, a coarseness that allowed it to adapt to any context and to swallow contradictions like stones.

71.

The Christian Vengeance against Rome.—Perhaps nothing is more fatiguing than the sight of a continual conqueror: for more than two hundred years the world had seen Rome overcoming one nation after another, the circle was closed, all future seemed to be at an end, everything was done with a view to its lasting for all time—yea, when the Empire built anything it was erected with a view to being aere perennius. We, who know only the “melancholy of ruins,” can scarcely understand that totally different melancholy of eternal buildings, from which men endeavoured to save themselves as best they could—with the light-hearted fancy of a Horace, for example. Others sought different consolations for the weariness which was closely akin to despair, against the deadening knowledge that from henceforth all progress of thought and heart would be hopeless, that the huge spider sat everywhere and mercilessly continued to drink all the blood within its reach, no matter where it might spring forth. [pg 073] This mute, century-old hatred of the wearied spectators against Rome, wherever Rome's domination extended, was at length vented in Christianity, which united Rome, “the world,” and “sin” into a single conception. The Christians took their revenge on Rome by proclaiming the immediate and sudden destruction of the world; by once more introducing a future—for Rome had been able to transform everything into the history of its own past and present—a future in which Rome was no longer the most important factor; and by dreaming of the last judgment—while the crucified Jew, as the symbol of salvation, was the greatest derision on the superb Roman prætors in the provinces; for now they seemed to be only the symbols of ruin and a “world” ready to perish.

Christian Revenge on Rome.—Maybe nothing is more exhausting than watching a constant conqueror: for over two hundred years, the world saw Rome defeating one nation after another, the circle was complete, and the future seemed bleak—everything was done to last forever—yes, when the Empire built anything, it was meant to be aere perennius. We, who only know the “melancholy of ruins,” can hardly comprehend that entirely different melancholy of timeless buildings, from which people tried to escape as best they could—with the carefree imagination of someone like Horace, for instance. Others sought different comforts for the exhaustion that teetered on despair, facing the grim reality that from now on, any progress in thought and emotion would be futile, that the huge spider was everywhere, mercilessly draining the blood in reach, no matter where it might arise. [pg 073] This silent, centuries-old resentment of the weary spectators against Rome, wherever its rule spread, finally erupted in Christianity, which combined Rome, “the world,” and "wrongdoing" into one concept. The Christians got their revenge on Rome by declaring the immediate and sudden end of the world; by reintroducing a future—since Rome had managed to turn everything into the narrative of its own past and present—a future where Rome was no longer the centerpiece; and by envisioning the last judgment—while the crucified Jew, as the symbol of salvation, became the greatest mockery of the magnificent Roman prætors in the provinces; for now they appeared to be merely symbols of decay and a “world” on the brink of destruction.

72.

The Life after Death.—Christianity found the idea of punishment in hell in the entire Roman Empire: for the numerous mystic cults have hatched this idea with particular satisfaction as being the most fecund egg of their power. Epicurus thought he could do nothing better for his followers than to tear this belief up by the roots: his triumph found its finest echo in the mouth of one of his disciples, the Roman Lucretius, a poet of a gloomy, though afterwards enlightened, temperament. Alas! his triumph had come too soon: Christianity took under its special protection this belief in subterranean horrors, which was already beginning to die away in the minds of men; and that [pg 074] was clever of it. For, without this audacious leap into the most complete paganism, how could it have proved itself victorious over the popularity of Mithras and Isis? In this way it managed to bring timorous folk over to its side—the most enthusiastic adherents of a new faith! The Jews, being a people which, like the Greeks, and even in a greater degree than the Greeks, loved and still love life, had not cultivated that idea to any great extent: the thought of final death as the punishment of the sinner, death without resurrection as an extreme menace: this was sufficient to impress these peculiar men, who did not wish to get rid of their bodies, but hoped, with their refined Egypticism, to preserve them for ever. (A Jewish martyr, about whom we may read in the Second Book of the Maccabees, would not think of giving up his intestines, which had been torn out: he wanted to have them at the resurrection: quite a Jewish characteristic!)

“Life after Death.”—Christianity adopted the idea of punishment in hell across the Roman Empire: many mystic cults embraced this concept, seeing it as a powerful tool. Epicurus believed he could do nothing better for his followers than to completely uproot this belief; his victory was expressed beautifully by one of his disciples, the Roman poet Lucretius, who had a dark yet eventually enlightened perspective. Unfortunately, his victory was premature: Christianity took this belief in underground horrors under its wing, just as it was starting to fade from people's minds; and that [pg 074] was a smart move. Without this bold embrace of stark paganism, how could it have triumphed over the popularity of Mithras and Isis? In doing so, it attracted fearful individuals to its cause—the most passionate supporters of a new faith! The Jews, a people who, like the Greeks and even more so, cherished life, had not developed this idea extensively: the concept of final death as punishment for sinners, death without resurrection as an ultimate threat—this was enough to resonate with those who didn’t want to abandon their bodies but hoped, with their refined Egyptian influences, to preserve them forever. (A Jewish martyr mentioned in the Second Book of the Maccabees wouldn’t even consider parting with his intestines after they were torn out: he wanted them back at the resurrection—a very Jewish trait!)

Thoughts of eternal damnation were far from the minds of the early Christians: they thought they were delivered from death, and awaited a transformation from day to day, but not death. (What a curious effect the first death must have produced on these expectant people! How many different feelings must have been mingled together—astonishment, exultation, doubt, shame, and passion! Verily, a subject worthy of a great artist!) St. Paul could say nothing better in praise of his Saviour than that he had opened the gates of immortality to everybody—he did not believe in the resurrection of those who had not been saved: more [pg 075] than this, by reason of his doctrine of the impossibility of carrying out the Law, and of death considered as a consequence of sin, he even suspected that, up to that time, no one had become immortal (or at all events only a very few, solely owing to special grace and not to any merits of their own): it was only in his time that immortality had begun to open its gates—and only a few of the elect would finally gain admittance, as the pride of the elect cannot help saying.

Thoughts of eternal damnation were far from the minds of the early Christians: they believed they were delivered from death and looked forward to a transformation every day, but not death. (What an intriguing impact the first death must have had on these hopeful people! How many different emotions must have mixed together—surprise, joy, doubt, shame, and passion! Truly, a topic fit for a great artist!) St. Paul couldn’t say anything better in praise of his Savior than that he had opened the gates of immortality to everyone—he did not believe in the resurrection of those who had not been saved: more [pg 075] than this, due to his belief in the impossibility of fulfilling the Law and that death was a result of sin, he even suspected that, until then, no one had become immortal (or at least only a very few, solely due to special grace and not because of any merits of their own): it was only in his time that immortality began to open its gates—and only a few of the chosen would eventually gain entry, as the pride of the chosen can't help but claim.

In other places, where the impulse towards life was not so strong as among the Jews and the Christian Jews, and where the prospect of immortality did not appear to be more valuable than the prospect of a final death, that pagan, yet not altogether un-Jewish addition of Hell became a very useful tool in the hands of the missionaries: then arose the new doctrine that even the sinners and the unsaved are immortal, the doctrine of eternal damnation, which was more powerful than the idea of a final death, which thereafter began to fade away. It was science alone which could overcome this idea, at the same time brushing aside all other ideas about death and an after-life. We are poorer in one particular: the “life after death” has no further interest for us! an indescribable blessing, which is as yet too recent to be considered as such throughout the world. And Epicurus is once more triumphant.

In other places, where the desire for life wasn't as strong as among the Jews and the Christian Jews, and where the idea of immortality didn't seem more valuable than the prospect of final death, that pagan, yet not entirely un-Jewish concept of Hell became a very useful tool for missionaries. This led to the new belief that even sinners and the unsaved are immortal, the idea of eternal damnation, which became more powerful than the notion of a final demise, which then began to fade away. It was science alone that could overcome this idea, while discarding all other notions about death and an afterlife. We are lacking in one particular: the "life after death" holds no further interest for us! An indescribable blessing that is still too new to be widely recognized as such around the world. And Epicurus is once again victorious.

73.

For the Truth!“The truth of Christianity was attested by the virtuous lives of the [pg 076] Christians, their firmness in suffering, their unshakable belief and above all by the spread and increase of the faith in spite of all calamities.”—That's how you talk even now. The more's the pity. Learn, then, that all this proves nothing either in favour of truth or against it; that truth must be demonstrated differently from conscientiousness, and that the latter is in no respect whatever an argument in favour of the former.

For the "Truth"!“The truth of Christianity was demonstrated by the good lives of the [pg 076] Christians, their resilience in suffering, their steadfast beliefs, and especially by the growth and spread of the faith in spite of all challenges.”—That's still how people talk today. It's unfortunate. Understand, then, that none of this supports or disproves the truth; that truth must be shown in a different way than honesty, and that honesty is not at all an argument in favor of the truth.

74.

A Christian Arrière-pensée.—Would not this have been a general reservation among Christians of the first century: “It is better to persuade ourselves into the belief that we are guilty rather than that we are innocent; for it is impossible to ascertain the disposition of so powerful a judge—but it is to be feared that he is looking out only for those who are conscious of guilt. Bearing in mind his great power, it is more likely that he will pardon a guilty person than admit that any one is innocent, in his presence.” This was the feeling of poor provincial folk in the presence of the Roman prætor: “He is too proud for us to dare to be innocent.” And may not this very sentiment have made its influence felt when the Christians endeavoured to picture to themselves the aspect of the Supreme Judge?

A Christian Hidden agenda.—Wouldn't this have been a common thought among Christians in the first century: “It’s better to convince ourselves that we’re guilty rather than innocent because we can’t know what a powerful judge is thinking—but we can worry that he only pays attention to those who confess their guilt. Considering his immense power, it’s more likely he will forgive someone who is guilty than believe anyone is innocent in his presence.” This was the feeling of the humble provincial people when faced with the Roman prætor: "He's too proud for us to believe we could be innocent." And might this very feeling have influenced how the Christians tried to imagine the Supreme Judge?

75.

Neither European nor Noble.—There is something Oriental and feminine in Christianity, and [pg 077] this is shown in the thought, “Whom the Lord loveth, He chasteneth”; for women in the Orient consider castigations and the strict seclusion of their persons from the world as a sign of their husband's love, and complain if these signs of love cease.

Neither European nor Noble.—There’s something Eastern and feminine in Christianity, and [pg 077] this is expressed in the saying, “Whom the Lord loves, He corrects.”; because women in the East view punishments and being kept away from the outside world as signs of their husband's affection, and they feel upset if these displays of love stop.

76.

If you think it Evil, you make it Evil.—The passions become evil and malignant when regarded with evil and malignant eyes. It is in this way that Christianity has succeeded in transforming Eros and Aphrodite—sublime powers, capable of idealisation—into hellish genii and phantom goblins, by means of the pangs which every sexual impulse was made to raise in the conscience of the believers. Is it not a dreadful thing to transform necessary and regular sensations into a source of inward misery, and thus arbitrarily to render interior misery necessary and regular in the case of every man! Furthermore, this misery remains secret with the result that it is all the more deeply rooted, for it is not all men who have the courage, which Shakespeare shows in his sonnets, of making public their Christian gloom on this point.

If you think of it as Evil, you create Evil.—The emotions turn evil and harmful when viewed through evil and harmful perspectives. This is how Christianity has managed to transform Eros and Aphrodite—elevated forces, capable of being idealized—into demonic spirits and haunting figures, through the anguish caused by every sexual desire that was instilled in the conscience of the believers. Isn’t it horrifying to change necessary and natural feelings into a source of inner suffering, and thereby unjustly make inner suffering a regular and necessary part of every individual's life? Moreover, this suffering remains hidden, making it even more deeply ingrained, as not everyone has the courage, like Shakespeare does in his sonnets, to openly express their Christian despair on this issue.

Must a feeling, then, always be called evil against which we are forced to struggle, which we must restrain even within certain limits, or, in given cases, banish entirely from our minds? Is it not the habit of vulgar souls always to call an enemy evil! and must we call Eros an enemy? The sexual feelings, like the feelings of pity and adoration, possess the particular characteristic that, in their case, one being [pg 078] gratifies another by the pleasure he enjoys—it is but rarely that we meet with such a benevolent arrangement in nature. And yet we calumniate and corrupt it all by our bad conscience! We connect the procreation of man with a bad conscience!

Must a feeling always be labeled as evil if we have to fight against it, hold it back within certain limits, or, in some cases, completely erase it from our minds? Isn't it typical for common-minded people to label an foe as evil? Should we really consider Eros an enemy? Sexual feelings, like feelings of compassion and admiration, have the unique quality that one person satisfies another through the pleasure they experience—this kind of mutually beneficial arrangement is quite rare in nature. Yet, we tarnish and sabotage it all because of our guilty conscience! We tie human procreation to a guilty conscience!

But the outcome of this diabolisation of Eros is a mere farce: the “demon” Eros becomes an object of greater interest to mankind than all the angels and saints put together, thanks to the mysterious Mumbo-Jumboism of the Church in all things erotic: it is due to the Church that love stories, even in our own time, have become the one common interest which appeals to all classes of people—with an exaggeration which would be incomprehensible to antiquity, and which will not fail to provoke roars of laughter in coming generations. All our poetising and thinking, from the highest to the lowest, is marked, and more than marked, by the exaggerated importance bestowed upon the love story as the principal item of our existence. Posterity may perhaps, on this account, come to the conclusion that its entire legacy of Christian culture is tainted with narrowness and insanity.

But the result of demonizing Eros is just a joke: the “demon” Eros becomes more interesting to people than all the angels and saints combined, thanks to the Church's confusing approach to anything erotic. Because of the Church, love stories, even today, have become the one thing that connects everyone, appealing to all social classes—with an exaggeration that would baffle people from the past and will undoubtedly make future generations laugh. Our poetry and thoughts, from the highest to the lowest, are heavily influenced by the overblown significance we place on love stories as the central aspect of our lives. Future generations might conclude that all of Christian culture is marked by narrow-mindedness and madness because of this.

77.

The Tortures of the Soul.—The whole world raises a shout of horror at the present day if one man presumes to torture the body of another: the indignation against such a being bursts forth almost spontaneously. Nay; we tremble even at the very thought of torture being inflicted on a man or an animal, and we undergo unspeakable [pg 079] misery when we hear of such an act having been accomplished. But the same feeling is experienced in a very much lesser degree and extent when it is a question of the tortures of the soul and the dreadfulness of their infliction. Christianity has introduced such tortures on an unprecedented scale, and still continues to preach this kind of martyrdom—yea, it even complains innocently of backsliding and indifference when it meets with a state of soul which is free from such agonies. From all this it now results that humanity, in the face of spiritual racks, tortures of the mind, and instruments of punishment, behaves even to-day with the same awesome patience and indecision which it exhibited in former times in the presence of the cruelties practised on the bodies of men or animals. Hell has certainly not remained merely an empty sound; and a new kind of pity has been devised to correspond to the newly-created fears of hell—a horrible and ponderous compassion, hitherto unknown; with people “irrevocably condemned to hell,” as, for example, the Stony Guest gave Don Juan to understand, and which, during the Christian era, should often have made the very stones weep.

The Tortures of the Soul.—Nowadays, the whole world reacts with horror if one person dares to harm another physically; it’s almost a reflex to express outrage against such a person. We even shudder at the mere idea of torture being inflicted on a human or an animal, and we experience immense distress when we learn about such acts taking place. However, the same level of concern is not reflected when it comes to the torment of the soul and the severity of such suffering. Christianity has introduced these spiritual tortures on an unprecedented level, and it continues to promote this form of martyrdom—indeed, it even innocently laments backsliding and indifference when it encounters a state of being that is free from such turmoil. As a result, humanity still responds to spiritual pain, mental anguish, and forms of psychological punishment with the same fearful patience and uncertainty that it did in the past regarding physical cruelty inflicted on people or animals. Hell is certainly not just an empty concept; a new type of pity has emerged to address the new fears of hell—a heavy and dreadful compassion, previously unknown; with people “permanently condemned to hell,” as the Stony Guest made clear to Don Juan, and which, during the Christian era, should have often brought tears even to the stones.

Plutarch presents us with a gloomy picture of the state of mind of a superstitious man in pagan times: but this picture pales when compared with that of a Christian of the Middle Ages, who supposes that nothing can save him from “torments everlasting.” Dreadful omens appear to him: perhaps he sees a stork holding a snake in his beak and hesitating to swallow it. Or all nature suddenly becomes pale; or bright, fiery colours appear across the surface [pg 080] of the earth. Or the ghosts of his dead relations approach him, with features showing traces of dreadful sufferings. Or the dark walls of the room in which the man is sleeping are suddenly lighted up, and there, amidst a yellow flame, he perceives instruments of torture and a motley horde of snakes and devils. Christianity has surely turned this world of ours into a fearful habitation by raising the crucifix in all parts and thereby proclaiming the earth to be a place “where the just man is tortured to death!” And when the ardour of some great preacher for once disclosed to the public the secret sufferings of the individual, the agonies of the lonely souls, when, for example, Whitefield preached “like a dying man to the dying,” now bitterly weeping, now violently stamping his feet, speaking passionately, in abrupt and incisive tones, without fearing to turn the whole force of his attack upon any one individual present, excluding him from the assembly with excessive harshness—then indeed did it seem as if the earth were being transformed into a “field of evil.” The huge crowds were then seen to act as if seized with a sudden attack of madness: many were in fits of anguish; others lay unconscious and motionless; others, again, trembled or rent the air with their piercing shrieks. Everywhere there was a loud breathing, as of half-choked people who were gasping for the breath of life. “Indeed,” said an eye-witness once, “almost all the noises appeared to come from people who were dying in the bitterest agony.”

Plutarch gives us a bleak view of how a superstitious person thinks in pagan times, but this image is nothing compared to that of a Christian in the Middle Ages, who believes that nothing can save him from “everlasting torment.” Terrifying omens appear to him; perhaps he sees a stork holding a snake in its beak, hesitating to swallow it. Or nature suddenly turns pale; or bright, fiery colors spread across the earth. Or the ghosts of his deceased relatives appear, showing signs of terrible suffering. Or the dark walls of the room where he's sleeping suddenly light up, revealing, amidst a yellow flame, instruments of torture and a chaotic mix of snakes and devils. Christianity has truly transformed our world into a terrifying place by raising the crucifix everywhere and declaring the earth to be a place “where the just man is tortured to death!” And when the passion of a great preacher occasionally revealed to the public the hidden sufferings of individuals, the anguish of lonely souls—like when Whitefield preached “like a dying man to the dying,” sometimes crying bitterly, sometimes stamping his feet violently, speaking with fervor in sharp, cutting tones, fearlessly directing the full intensity of his message at anyone present, excluding them from the congregation with excessive severity—it really did seem as if the earth was turning into a “field of evil.” Huge crowds acted as if they were suddenly taken by madness: many were in fits of anguish; others lay unconscious and motionless; still others trembled or filled the air with their piercing screams. Everywhere there was loud breathing, like half-choked people gasping for breath. “Indeed,” said an eyewitness once, “almost all the sounds seemed to come from people dying in the deepest agony.”

Let us never forget that it was Christianity which first turned the death-bed into a bed of agony, and [pg 081] that, by the scenes which took place there, and the terrifying sounds which were made possible there for the first time, it has poisoned the senses and the blood of innumerable witnesses and their children. Imagine the ordinary man who can never efface the recollection of words like these: “Oh, eternity! Would that I had no soul! Would that I had never been born! My soul is damned, damned; lost for ever! Six days ago you might have helped me. But now all is over. I belong to the devil, and with him I will go down to hell. Break, break, ye poor hearts of stone! Ye will not break? What more can be done for hearts of stone? I am damned that ye may be saved! There he is! Yea; there he is! Come, good devil! Come!”

Let us never forget that it was Christianity that first turned the deathbed into a scene of agony, and [pg 081] that, through the events that unfolded there and the terrifying sounds that were heard for the first time, it has poisoned the senses and the blood of countless witnesses and their children. Imagine the average person who can never erase the memory of words like these: “Oh, eternity! I wish I didn’t have a soul! I wish I had never been born! My soul is doomed, doomed; lost forever! Six days ago you could have helped me. But now it’s too late. I belong to the devil, and with him, I will go down to hell. Break, break, you poor hearts of stone! You won’t break? What more can be done for hearts of stone? I am doomed so that you may be saved! There he is! Yes; there he is! Come, good devil! Come!”

78.

Avenging Justice.—Misfortune and guilt: these two things have been put on one scale by Christianity; so that, when the misfortune which follows a fault is a serious one, this fault is always judged accordingly to be a very heinous one. But this was not the valuation of antiquity, and that is why Greek tragedy—in which misfortune and punishment are discussed at length, and yet in another sense—forms part of the great liberators of the mind to an extent which even the ancients themselves could not realise. They remained ingenuous enough not to set up an “adequate relation” between guilt and misfortune. The guilt of their tragic heroes is, indeed, the little pebble that makes them stumble, and on which account they [pg 082] sometimes happen to break an arm or knock out an eye. Upon this the feeling of antiquity made the comment, “Well, he should have gone his way with more caution and less pride.” It was reserved for Christianity, however, to say: “Here we have a great misfortune, and behind this great misfortune there must lie a great fault, an equally serious fault, though we cannot clearly see it! If, wretched man, you do not feel it, it is because your heart is hardened—and worse than this will happen to you!”

Retributive Justice.—Misfortune and guilt: Christianity has weighed these two together; so that, when a serious misfortune follows a fault, this fault is typically judged to be very serious as well. However, this was not the perspective of ancient times, which is why Greek tragedy—where misfortune and punishment are explored in depth, but in a different way—helped liberate the mind in ways that even the ancients couldn't quite recognize. They were innocent enough not to establish an "satisfactory relationship" between guilt and misfortune. The guilt of their tragic heroes is really just a small stone that trips them up, and for this reason they [pg 082] sometimes end up breaking an arm or losing an eye. To this, the ancient mindset commented, "Well, he should have been more cautious and less arrogant." However, it was Christianity that stated: "We're facing a huge misfortune, and with this great misfortune, there has to be a significant flaw, an equally serious flaw, even if it's not obvious! If, unfortunate man, you don't see it, it's because your heart is hardened—and worse things will come your way!"

Besides this, antiquity could point to examples of real misfortunes, misfortunes that were pure and innocent; it was only with the advent of Christianity that all punishment became well-merited punishment: in addition to this it renders the imagination of the sufferer still more suffering, so that the victim, in the midst of his distress, is seized with the feeling that he has been morally reproved and cast away. Poor humanity! The Greeks had a special word to stand for the feeling of indignation which was experienced at the misfortune of another: among Christian peoples this feeling was prohibited and was not permitted to develop; hence the reason why they have no name for this more virile brother of pity.

Besides this, ancient times could show examples of real, innocent misfortunes; it was only with the rise of Christianity that all punishment became deserved punishment. Additionally, it makes the imagination of the sufferer suffer even more, so that the victim, in the middle of his distress, feels morally judged and abandoned. Poor humanity! The Greeks had a special word for the feeling of outrage experienced at someone else's misfortune; among Christian societies, this feeling was discouraged and not allowed to grow, which is why they have no word for this more manly sibling of pity.

79.

A Proposal.—If, according to the arguments of Pascal and Christianity, our ego is always hateful, how can we permit and suppose other people, whether God or men, to love it? It would be contrary to all good principles to let ourselves be [pg 083] loved when we know very well that we deserve nothing but hatred—not to speak of other repugnant feelings. “But this is the very Kingdom of Grace.” Then you look upon your love for your neighbour as a grace? Your pity as a grace? Well, then, if you can do all this, there is no reason why you should not go a step further: love yourselves through grace, and then you will no longer find your God necessary, and the entire drama of the Fall and Redemption of mankind will reach its last act in yourselves!

A Proposal.—If, based on Pascal's arguments and Christianity, our ego is always detestable, how can we allow or expect others, whether God or people, to love it? It would go against all good principles to accept being [pg 083] loved when we know deep down that we deserve nothing but disdain—not to mention other unpleasant feelings. “But this is truly the Kingdom of Grace.” So, do you view your love for your neighbor as a grace? Your compassion as a grace? If that’s the case, there’s no reason you shouldn’t take it a step further: love yourselves through grace, and then you won't find the need for your God, and the whole story of the Fall and Redemption of humanity will reach its final act within you!

80.

The Compassionate Christian.—A Christian's compassion in the presence of his neighbour's suffering has another side to it: viz. his profound suspicion of all the joy of his neighbour, of his neighbour's joy in everything that he wills and is able to do.

The Caring Christian.—A Christian's compassion towards his neighbor's suffering also reveals a deeper concern: namely, a strong suspicion regarding all of his neighbor's happiness, as well as any joy his neighbor finds in what he desires and is capable of achieving.

81.

The Saint's Humanity.—A saint had fallen into the company of believers, and could no longer stand their continually expressed hatred for sin. At last he said to them: “God created all things, except sin: therefore it is no wonder that He does not like it. But man has created sin, and why, then, should he disown this only child of his merely because it is not regarded with a friendly eye by God, its grandfather? Is that human? Honour to whom honour is due—but one's heart and duty must speak, above all, in favour of the child—and only in the second place for the honour of the grandfather!”

The Saint's Humanity.—A saint had joined a group of believers but could no longer tolerate their constant disdain for sin. Finally, he said to them: “God created everything except for sin, so it's no wonder He doesn't like it. But humans made sin, so why should they reject this creation just because God, its grandfather, doesn’t view it positively? Is that really human? We should give respect where it's deserved—but our hearts and responsibilities should mainly support the child—and only secondarily for the honor of the grandfather!”

[pg 084]

82.

The Theological Attack.“You must arrange that with yourself; for your life is at stake!”—Luther it is who suddenly springs upon us with these words and imagines that we feel the knife at our throats. But we throw him off with the words of one higher and more considerate than he: “We need form no opinion in regard to this or that matter, and thus save our souls from trouble. For, by their very nature, the things themselves cannot compel us to express an opinion.”

The Theological Attack."You need to figure this out on your own; your life depends on it!"—It's Luther who suddenly confronts us with these words, trying to make us feel the pressure. But we push back with the words of someone wiser and more compassionate than him: “We don’t have to take a position on this or that issue, which helps us avoid distress. The issues themselves can’t compel us to take a side.”

83.

Poor Humanity!—A single drop of blood too much or too little in the brain may render our life unspeakably miserable and difficult, and we may suffer more from this single drop of blood than Prometheus from his vulture. But the worst is when we do not know that this drop is causing our sufferings—and we think it is “the devil!” Or “sin!”

Poor Humanity!—Just one drop of blood too much or too little in the brain can make our lives incredibly miserable and hard, and we might suffer more from that single drop than Prometheus did from his vulture. But the worst part is when we don’t realize that this drop is causing our pain—and we blame it on "the devil!" Or "sin!"

84.

The Philology of Christianity.—How little Christianity cultivates the sense of honesty can be inferred from the character of the writings of its learned men. They set out their conjectures as audaciously as if they were dogmas, and are but seldom at a disadvantage in regard to the interpretation of Scripture. Their continual cry is: “I am right, for it is written”—and then follows an explanation so shameless and capricious that a [pg 085] philologist, when he hears it, must stand stock-still between anger and laughter, asking himself again and again: Is it possible? Is it honest? Is it even decent?

The Language Study of Christianity.—It's clear how little Christianity values honesty when we look at the writings of its scholars. They present their guesses as confidently as if they were established truths, and they rarely struggle when interpreting Scripture. Their constant refrain is: "I'm correct because it states that."—and then comes an explanation so shameless and unpredictable that a [pg 085] philologist, upon hearing it, must pause in disbelief, caught between frustration and laughter, asking themselves over and over: Is this real? Is it honest? Is it even respectable?

It is only those who never—or always—attend church that underestimate the dishonesty with which this subject is still dealt in Protestant pulpits; in what a clumsy fashion the preacher takes advantage of his security from interruption; how the Bible is pinched and squeezed; and how the people are made acquainted with every form of the art of false reading.

It’s only those who never—or always—go to church who underestimate the dishonesty with which this topic is still handled in Protestant sermons; how awkwardly the preacher exploits his freedom from interruption; how the Bible is twisted and manipulated; and how the congregation is shown every kind of the skill of misreading.

When all is said and done, however, what can be expected from the effects of a religion which, during the centuries when it was being firmly established, enacted that huge philological farce concerning the Old Testament? I refer to that attempt to tear the Old Testament from the hands of the Jews under the pretext that it contained only Christian doctrines and belonged to the Christians as the true people of Israel, while the Jews had merely arrogated it to themselves without authority. This was followed by a mania of would-be interpretation and falsification, which could not under any circumstances have been allied with a good conscience. However strongly Jewish savants protested, it was everywhere sedulously asserted that the Old Testament alluded everywhere to Christ, and nothing but Christ, more especially His Cross, and thus, wherever reference was made to wood, a rod, a ladder, a twig, a tree, a willow, or a staff, such a reference could not but be a prophecy relating to the wood of the Cross: even the setting-up [pg 086] of the Unicorn and the Brazen Serpent, even Moses stretching forth his hands in prayer—yea, the very spits on which the Easter lambs were roasted: all these were allusions to the Cross, and, as it were, preludes to it! Did any one who kept on asserting these things ever believe in them? Let it not be forgotten that the Church did not shrink from putting interpolations in the text of the Septuagint (e.g. Ps. xcvi. 10), in order that she might later on make use of these interpolated passages as Christian prophecies. They were engaged in a struggle, and thought of their foes rather than of honesty.

When everything is said and done, what can we expect from the impact of a religion that, during the centuries when it was being firmly established, carried out that large-scale linguistic deception regarding the Old Testament? I'm referring to the effort to take the Old Testament away from the Jews under the pretense that it contained only Christian teachings and belonged to the Christians as the true people of Israel, while the Jews had merely taken it for themselves without any right to do so. This was followed by a frenzy of attempts at interpretation and distortion that couldn’t possibly align with a clear conscience. No matter how strongly Jewish scholars protested, it was constantly claimed that the Old Testament referred everywhere to Christ and nothing but Christ, especially His Cross. So, whenever there was mention of wood, a rod, a ladder, a twig, a tree, a willow, or a staff, it was asserted that these could only be prophecies about the wood of the Cross. Even the raising of the Unicorn and the Brazen Serpent, even Moses raising his hands in prayer—yes, even the spits on which the Easter lambs were roasted: all of these were said to hint at the Cross and serve as preludes to it! Did anyone who kept insisting on these ideas ever actually believe them? Let’s not forget that the Church didn’t hesitate to insert changes into the text of the Septuagint (e.g. Ps. xcvi. 10) so that they could later use those altered passages as Christian prophecies. They were caught up in a struggle and thought more about their enemies than about being honest.

85.

Subtlety in Penury.—Take care not to laugh at the mythology of the Greeks merely because it so little resembles your own profound metaphysics! You should admire a people who checked their quick intellect at this point, and for a long time afterwards had tact enough to avoid the danger of scholasticism and hair-splitting superstition.

Subtlety in Poverty.—Be careful not to mock Greek mythology just because it differs so much from your own deep philosophical ideas! You should appreciate a culture that paused their rapid thinking at this point and, for a long time afterwards, had the wisdom to steer clear of the pitfalls of complicated reasoning and nitpicky beliefs.

86.

The Christian Interpreters of the Body.—Whatever originates in the stomach, the intestines, the beating of the heart, the nerves, the bile, the seed—all those indispositions, debilities, irritations, and the whole contingency of that machine about which we know so little—a Christian like Pascal considers it all as a moral and religious phenomenon, asking himself whether God or the [pg 087] devil, good or evil, salvation or damnation, is the cause. Alas for the unfortunate interpreter! How he must distort and worry his system! How he must distort and worry himself in order to gain his point!

The Christian Interpreters of the Body.—Everything that comes from the stomach, intestines, heart, nerves, bile, or seed—all those ailments, weaknesses, irritations, and the whole complexity of that system about which we know so little—a Christian like Pascal views it all as a moral and religious issue, pondering whether God or the [pg 087] devil, good or evil, salvation or damnation, is to blame. Poor interpreter! How he must twist and strain his understanding! How he must contort and stress himself to prove his point!

87.

The Moral Miracle.—In the domain of morality, Christianity knows of nothing but the miracle; the sudden change in all valuations, the sudden renouncement of all habits, the sudden and irresistible predilection for new things and persons. Christianity looks upon this phenomenon as the work of God, and calls it the act of regeneration, thus giving it a unique and incomparable value. Everything else which is called morality, and which bears no relation to this miracle, becomes in consequence a matter of indifference to the Christian, and indeed, so far as it is a feeling of well-being and pride, an object of fear. The canon of virtue, of the fulfilled law, is established in the New Testament, but in such a way as to be the canon of impossible virtue: men who still aspire to moral perfections must come to understand, in the face of this canon, that they are further and further removed from their aim; they must despair of virtue, and end by throwing themselves at the feet of the Merciful One.

The Moral Miracle.—In the realm of morality, Christianity recognizes only the miracle; the sudden shift in all values, the abrupt abandonment of old habits, the sudden and overwhelming attraction to new ideas and people. Christianity views this phenomenon as the work of God and refers to it as the act of regeneration, giving it a unique and unmatched significance. Everything else that is labeled as morality, which has no connection to this miracle, becomes irrelevant to the Christian, and indeed, as far as it contributes to a sense of well-being and pride, it becomes something to be feared. The standard of virtue, the fulfilled law, is established in the New Testament, but in such a way that it represents the benchmark of impossible ideal: individuals who still strive for moral perfection must come to realize, in light of this standard, that they are increasingly removed from their goal; they must hopelessness of virtue, ultimately finding themselves at the mercy of the Merciful One.

It is only in reaching a conclusion like this that moral efforts on the part of the Christian can still be regarded as possessing any value: the condition that these efforts shall always remain sterile, painful, and melancholy is therefore indispensable; and it [pg 088] is in this way that those efforts could still avail to bring about that moment of ecstasy when man experiences the “overflow of grace” and the moral miracle. This struggle for morality is, however, not necessary; for it is by no means uncommon for this miracle to happen to the sinner at the very moment when he is, so to speak, wallowing in the mire of sin: yea, the leap from the deepest and most abandoned sinfulness into its contrary seems easier, and, as a clear proof of the miracle, even more desirable.

It's only by reaching a conclusion like this that a Christian's moral efforts can still be considered valuable: it's essential that these efforts remain unproductive, painful, and sad; and it's through this that they can lead to that moment of ecstasy when a person experiences the “abundance of grace” and the moral miracle. However, this struggle for morality is not needed; it’s actually quite common for this miracle to happen to a sinner right when they seem to be stuck in their sins: indeed, the leap from the deepest and most abandoned sinfulness to its opposite seems easier, and as a clear proof of the miracle, even more desirable.

What, for the rest, may be the signification of such a sudden, unreasonable, and irresistible revolution, such a change from the depths of misery into the heights of happiness? (might it be a disguised epilepsy?) This should at all events be considered by alienists, who have frequent opportunities of observing similar “miracles”—for example, the mania of murder or suicide. The relatively “more pleasant consequences” in the case of the Christian make no important difference.

What, then, could explain such a sudden, unreasonable, and unstoppable change, going from deep misery to great happiness? (Could it be a hidden form of epilepsy?) This is something that mental health experts should definitely think about, as they often see similar "wonders"—like the obsession with murder or suicide. The relatively “better outcomes” for Christians really don’t change much.

88.

Luther, the Great Benefactor.—Luther's most important result is the suspicion which he awakened against the saints and the entire Christian vita contemplativa; only since his day has an un-Christian vita contemplativa again become possible in Europe, only since then has contempt for laymen and worldly activity ceased. Luther continued to be an honest miner's son even after he had been shut up in a monastery, and there, for lack of other [pg 089] depths and “borings,” he descended into himself, and bored terrifying and dark passages through his own depths—finally coming to recognise that an introspective and saintly life was impossible to him, and that his innate “activity” in body and soul would end by being his ruin. For a long time, too long, indeed, he endeavoured to find the way to holiness through castigations; but at length he made up his mind, and said to himself: “There is no real vita contemplativa! We have been deceived. The saints were no better than the rest of us.” This was truly a rustic way of gaining one's case; but for the Germans of that period it was the only proper way. How edified they felt when they could read in their Lutheran catechism: “Apart from the Ten Commandments there is no work which could find favour in the eyes of God—these much-boasted spiritual works of the saints are purely imaginary!”

Luther, the Great Donor.—Luther's most significant outcome is the doubt he stirred about the saints and the whole Christian contemplative life; it wasn't until his time that a non-Christian contemplative life became possible again in Europe, and only since then has there been a shift away from disdain for everyday people and worldly pursuits. Luther remained the honest son of a miner even after he was confined to a monastery, and there, lacking other [pg 089] depths and “boring” he turned inward, drilling through his own depths—ultimately realizing that a life focused on self-reflection and sainthood was unattainable for him, and that his inherent “activity” in both body and soul could lead to his downfall. For a long time, far too long, he tried to achieve holiness through severe self-discipline; but eventually, he resolved and told himself: "There is no real vita contemplativa! We’ve been deceived. The saints were just like the rest of us." This was indeed a straightforward way to make his point; but for the Germans of that era, it was the only appropriate way. How enlightened they felt when they could read in their Lutheran catechism: “Other than the Ten Commandments, there’s nothing you can do to please God—those highly praised spiritual achievements of the saints are completely made up!”

89.

Doubt As Sin.—Christianity has done all it possibly could to draw a circle round itself, and has even gone so far as to declare doubt itself to be a sin. We are to be precipitated into faith by a miracle, without the help of reason, after which we are to float in it as the clearest and least equivocal of elements—a mere glance at some solid ground, the thought that we exist for some purpose other than floating, the least movement of our amphibious nature: all this is a sin! Let it be noted that, following this decision, the proofs and demonstration of the faith, and all meditations upon its origin, [pg 090] are prohibited as sinful. Christianity wants blindness and frenzy and an eternal swan-song above the waves under which reason has been drowned!

Doubt Is a Sin.—Christianity has done everything it can to create a boundary around itself and has even labeled doubt as a sin. We’re expected to leap into faith through a miracle, without any support from reason, and then to exist in that faith as if it’s the most obvious and straightforward thing—merely catching a glimpse of some solid ground, considering that we have a purpose beyond just drifting, or the slightest stir of our dual nature: all of this is considered a sin! It’s important to point out that, after this ruling, any proofs and discussions about faith, as well as reflections on its origins, [pg 090] are deemed sinful. Christianity seeks ignorance and madness, celebrating a perpetual farewell above the waves that have drowned reason!

90.

Egoism versus Egoism.—How many are there who still come to the conclusion: “Life would be intolerable were there no God!” Or, as is said in idealistic circles: “Life would be intolerable if its ethical signification were lacking.” Hence there must be a God—or an ethical signification of existence! In reality the case stands thus: He who is accustomed to conceptions of this sort does not desire a life without them, hence these conceptions are necessary for him and his preservation—but what a presumption it is to assert that everything necessary for my preservation must exist in reality! As if my preservation were really necessary! What if others held the contrary opinion? if they did not care to live under the conditions of these two articles of faith, and did not regard life as worth living if they were realised!—And that is the present position of affairs.

Egoism vs. Egoism.—How many people still arrive at the conclusion: "Life would be unbearable without God!" Or, as it's said in idealistic groups: "Life would be intolerable without its moral significance." Therefore, there must be a God—or an ethical meaning to existence! But in reality, the situation is this: Those who are used to such concepts do not want a life without them, so these ideas are essential for them and their survival—but what arrogance it is to claim that everything necessary for my survival must exist in real life! As if my survival were truly necessary! What if others held a different view? What if they didn't want to live under the conditions of these two beliefs and didn't see life as worthwhile if they were realized? —And that is the current state of affairs.

91.

The Honesty of God.—An omniscient and omnipotent God who does not even take care that His intentions shall be understood by His creatures—could He be a God of goodness? A God, who, for thousands of years, has permitted innumerable doubts and scruples to continue unchecked as if they were of no importance in the salvation of mankind, [pg 091] and who, nevertheless, announces the most dreadful consequences for any one who mistakes his truth? Would he not be a cruel god if, being himself in possession of the truth, he could calmly contemplate mankind, in a state of miserable torment, worrying its mind as to what was truth?

The Honesty of God.—Could an all-knowing and all-powerful God, who doesn’t ensure that His intentions are clear to His creations, truly be a good God? A God who has allowed countless doubts and worries to persist for thousands of years, treating them as if they were insignificant for the salvation of humanity, [pg 091] yet warns of severe consequences for anyone who misunderstands His truth? Wouldn’t He be a cruel God if, possessing the truth Himself, He could look at humanity in a state of distress, troubled by questions of what is true?

Perhaps, however, he really is a God of goodness, and was unable to express Himself more clearly? Perhaps he lacked intelligence enough for this? Or eloquence? All the worse! For in such a case he may have been deceived himself in regard to what he calls his “truth,” and may not be far from being another “poor, deceived devil!” Must he not therefore experience all the torments of hell at seeing His creatures suffering so much here below—and even more, suffering through all eternity—when he himself can neither advise nor help them, except as a deaf and dumb person, who makes all kinds of equivocal signs when his child or his dog is threatened with the most fearful danger? A distressed believer who argues thus might be pardoned if his pity for the suffering God were greater than his pity for his “neighbours”; for they are his neighbours no longer if that most solitary and primeval being is also the greatest sufferer and stands most in need of consolation.

Maybe, he really is a good God, and just couldn’t express Himself clearly? Or maybe He didn’t have the intelligence for it? Or the eloquence? That’s even worse! Because if that’s the case, He might be misled about what He calls His “truth” and could be close to being just another “poor, fooled devil!” Doesn’t He have to suffer all the torments of hell at seeing His creations endure such pain down here—and even worse, to suffer for all eternity—when He can’t offer them advice or help, except like a deaf and dumb person making vague signs while His child or dog is in terrible danger? A distressed believer who thinks this way might be forgiven if his compassion for the suffering God outweighs his compassion for his "neighbors" because they are no longer his neighbors if that most isolated and ancient being is also the greatest sufferer and needs consolation the most.

Every religion shows some traits of the fact that it owes its origin to a state of human intellectuality which was as yet too young and immature: they all make light of the necessity for speaking the truth: as yet they know nothing of the duty of God, the duty of being clear and truthful in His communications with men. No one was more [pg 092] eloquent than Pascal in speaking of the “hidden God” and the reasons why He had to keep Himself hidden, all of which indicates clearly enough that Pascal himself could never make his mind easy on this point: but he speaks with such confidence that one is led to imagine that he must have been let into the secret at some time or other. He seemed to have some idea that the deus absconditus bore a few slight traces of immorality; and he felt too much ashamed and afraid of acknowledging this to himself: consequently, like a man who is afraid, he spoke as loudly as he could.

Every religion shows some signs that it originated from a stage of human thinking that was still too immature: they all downplay the importance of telling the truth; they don’t yet understand the God's duty, the obligation to be clear and honest in His communications with humans. No one was more [pg 092] eloquent than Pascal when discussing the “hidden God” and the reasons He needed to remain hidden, which clearly shows that Pascal himself could never fully reconcile this issue: yet he speaks with such confidence that one might think he was privy to the secret at some point. He seemed to have some sense that the hidden god carried some hints of immorality; and he was too ashamed and scared to admit this to himself: therefore, like someone who is frightened, he spoke as loudly as possible.

92.

At the Death-bed of Christianity.—All truly active men now do without inward Christianity, and the most moderate and thoughtful men of the intellectual middle classes possess only a kind of modified Christianity; that is, a peculiarly simplified Christianity. A God who, in his love, ordains everything so that it may be best for us, a God who gives us our virtue and our happiness and then takes them away from us, so that everything at length goes on smoothly and there is no reason left why we should take life ill or grumble about it: in short, resignation and modesty raised to the rank of divinities—that is the best and most lifelike remnant of Christianity now left to us. It must be remembered, however, that in this way Christianity has developed into a soft moralism: instead of “God, freedom, and immortality,” we have now a kind of benevolence and honest sentiments, and the belief that, in the entire universe, benevolence [pg 093] and honest sentiments will finally prevail: this is the euthanasia of Christianity.

At the dying moments of Christianity.—Today, truly active individuals are living without genuine Christianity, and the most reasonable and thoughtful people in the middle-class intellectual sphere hold onto only a simplified version of Christianity. They believe in a God who, out of love, arranges everything for our benefit, who grants us virtue and happiness only to take them away, ensuring that life runs smoothly and leaving no room for us to feel unhappy or complain about life: essentially, we have turned resignation and humility into divine ideals—this is the most authentic and lifelike remnant of Christianity left to us. However, it’s important to note that Christianity has transformed into a soft morality: instead of "Faith, freedom, and eternal life," we now have a sort of kindness and sincere emotions, along with the belief that, throughout the universe, kindness [pg 093] and sincere emotions will ultimately prevail: this is the peaceful end of Christianity.

93.

What is Truth?—Who will not be pleased with the conclusions which the faithful take such delight in coming to?—“Science cannot be true; for it denies God. Hence it does not come from God; and consequently it cannot be true—for God is truth.” It is not the deduction but the premise which is fallacious. What if God were not exactly truth, and if this were proved? And if he were instead the vanity, the desire for power, the ambitions, the fear, and the enraptured and terrified folly of mankind?

What is Truth?—Who wouldn't be happy with the conclusions that the faithful love to reach?—"Science can't be true because it rejects God. So, it can't come from God and therefore isn't true—because God is truth." It's not the conclusion that's flawed, but the assumption behind it. What if God isn't exactly truth, and someone could prove that? What if he represents the vanity, the desire for power, the ambitions, the fears, and the ecstatic yet terrified folly of humanity?

94.

Remedy for the Displeased.—Even Paul already believed that some sacrifice was necessary to take away the deep displeasure which God experienced concerning sin: and ever since then Christians have never ceased to vent the ill-humour which they felt with themselves upon some victim or another—whether it was “the world,” or “history,” or “reason,” or joy, or the tranquillity of other men—something good, no matter what, had to die for their sins (even if only in effigie)!

Fix for the Unhappy.—Even Paul believed that some kind of sacrifice was needed to remove the deep displeasure that God felt about sin: and ever since then, Christians have never stopped projecting the frustration they felt with themselves onto some victim or another—whether it was “the world,” or "history" or "why," or joy, or the peace of others—something good, no matter what, had to suffer for their sins (even if only in effigy)!

95.

The Historical Refutation as the Decisive One.—Formerly it was sought to prove that there was no God—now it is shown how the belief that a God existed could have originated, [pg 094] and by what means this belief gained authority and importance: in this way the counterproof that there is no God becomes unnecessary and superfluous.—In former times, when the “evidences of the existence of God” which had been brought forward were refuted, a doubt still remained, viz. whether better proofs could not be found than those which had just been refuted: at that time the atheists did not understand the art of making a tabula rasa.

The Historical Refutation as the Key One.—In the past, the aim was to prove that there was no God—now the focus is on showing how the belief in God could have started, [pg 094] and how this belief gained authority and significance: as a result, the challenge to prove that there is no God becomes unnecessary and irrelevant.—In earlier times, when the "evidence of the existence of God" presented were countered, doubts still lingered, specifically whether better proofs could exist than those that had just been disproven: at that time, atheists did not grasp the idea of making a blank slate.

96.

In hoc signo vinces.—To whatever degree of progress Europe may have attained in other respects, where religious affairs are concerned it has not yet reached the liberal naïveté of the ancient Brahmins, which proves that, in India, four thousand years ago, people meditated more profoundly and transmitted to their descendants more pleasure in meditating than is the case in our own days. For those Brahmins believed in the first place that the priests were more powerful than the gods, and in the second place that it was observances which constituted the power of the priests: as a result of which their poets were never tired of glorifying those observances (prayers, ceremonies, sacrifices, chants, improvised melodies) as the real dispensers of all benefits. Although a certain amount of superstition and poetry was mingled with all this, the principles were true! A step further, and the gods were cast aside—which Europe likewise will have to do before very long! One more step further, and priests and intermediaries [pg 095] could also be dispensed with—and then Buddha, the teacher of the religion of self-redemption, appeared. How far Europe is still removed from this degree of culture! When at length all the customs and observances, upon which rests the power of gods, priests, and saviours, shall have been destroyed, when as a consequence morality, in the old sense, will be dead, then there will come ... yea, what will come then? But let us refrain from speculating; let us rather make certain that Europe will retrieve that which, in India, amidst this people of thinkers, was carried out thousands of years ago as a commandment of thought!

“In this sign, you will conquer.”—Regardless of how advanced Europe may be in other areas, when it comes to religion, it has yet to achieve the open-mindedness that the ancient Brahmins had. Four thousand years ago, people in India were more deeply contemplative and passed down a greater enjoyment of meditation than we do today. These Brahmins believed that priests held more power than the gods and that their rituals were what empowered the priests. Consequently, their poets endlessly celebrated these rituals (prayers, ceremonies, sacrifices, chants, improvised melodies) as the true sources of all good fortune. While there was definitely some superstition and poetry mixed in, the underlying principles were true! Take one step further, and the gods were set aside—which Europe will also have to do sooner or later! One more step beyond that, and priests and middlemen [pg 095] could be eliminated as well—and then Buddha, the teacher of self-redemption, emerged. Europe is still a long way from this level of understanding! Once all the traditions and rituals that support the power of gods, priests, and saviors are destroyed, and with it, the old notion of morality fades away, what will happen then...? But let’s not get carried away with speculation; instead, let's ensure that Europe regains what was established thousands of years ago in India, among this community of thinkers, as a principle of thought!

Scattered among the different nations of Europe there are now from ten to twenty millions of men who no longer “believe in God”—is it too much to ask that they should give each other some indication or password? As soon as they recognise each other in this way, they will also make themselves known to each other; and they will immediately become a power in Europe, and, happily, a power among the nations! among the classes! between rich and poor! between those who command, and those who obey! between the most restless and the most tranquil, tranquillising people!

Scattered across the different countries of Europe, there are now between ten and twenty million people who no longer "believe in a higher power"—is it too much to ask that they give each other some sign or code? Once they recognize each other this way, they'll start to connect, and they will quickly become a force in Europe, and, hopefully, a force among the nations! among the classes! between the rich and the poor! between those who lead and those who follow! between the most restless and the most peaceful, calming people!

[pg 097]

Book 2.

97.

One becomes Moral—but not because one is moral! Submission to morals may be due to slavishness or vanity, egoism or resignation, dismal fanaticism or thoughtlessness. It may, again, be an act of despair, such as submission to the authority of a ruler; but there is nothing moral about it per se.

One becomes moral—but not because one is moral! Following morals can be due to people-pleasing or pride, selfishness or giving up, bleak zealotry or carelessness. It can also be a desperate act, like submitting to a ruler's authority; but there’s nothing inherently moral about it per se.

98.

Alterations in Morals.—Morals are constantly undergoing changes and transformations, occasioned by successful crimes. (To these, for example, belong all innovations in moral judgments.)

Changes in Morals.—Morals are always changing and transforming, influenced by successful crimes. (For instance, all innovations in moral judgments fall into this category.)

99.

Wherein we are all Irrational.—We still continue to draw conclusions from judgments which we consider as false, or doctrines in which we no longer believe,—through our feelings.

Where we're all irrational.—We still keep making conclusions based on judgments we think are wrong, or beliefs we no longer hold—driven by our emotions.

100.

Awaking from a Dream.—Noble and wise men once upon a time believed in the music of the [pg 098] spheres; there are still noble and wise men who believe in “the moral significance of existence,” but there will come a day when this music of the spheres also will no longer be audible to them. They will awake and perceive that their ears have been dreaming.

Waking from a dream.—Once, noble and wise people believed in the music of the [pg 098] spheres; there are still noble and wise people who believe in "the importance of existence," but a day will come when this music of the spheres will no longer be heard by them. They will wake up and realize that their ears have been dreaming.

101.

Open to Doubt.—To accept a belief simply because it is customary implies that one is dishonest, cowardly, and lazy.—Must dishonesty, cowardice, and laziness, therefore, be the primary conditions of morality?

Open to Doubt.—Accepting a belief just because it’s the norm suggests that a person is dishonest, cowardly, and lazy.—So, does that mean dishonesty, cowardice, and laziness are the main traits of morality?

102.

The most Ancient Moral Judgments.—What attitude do we assume towards the acts of our neighbour?—In the first place, we consider how they may benefit ourselves—we see them only in this light. It is this effect which we regard as the intention of the acts,—and in the end we come to look upon these intentions of our neighbour as permanent qualities in him, and we call him, for example, “a dangerous man.” Triple error! Triple and most ancient mistake! Perhaps this inheritance comes to us from the animals and their faculty of judgment! Must not the origin of all morality be sought in these detestable narrow-minded conclusions: “Whatever injures me is evil (something injurious in itself), whatever benefits me is good (beneficial and profitable in itself), whatever injures me once or several times is hostile per se; whatever benefits me once or several times is [pg 099] friendly per se.” O pudenda origo! Is not this equivalent to interpreting the contemptible, occasional, and often merely accidental relations of another person to us as his primary and most essential qualities, and affirming that towards himself and every one else he is only capable of such actions as we ourselves have experienced at his hands once or several times! And is not this thorough folly based upon the most immodest of all mental reservations: namely, that we ourselves must be the standard of what is good, since we determine good and evil?

The Most Ancient Moral Judgments.—What attitude do we take toward our neighbor's actions?—First, we think about how they might benefit us—we see them only from this perspective. It's this effect that we interpret as the intention behind their actions,—and eventually, we start viewing these intentions of our neighbor as fixed traits in him, calling him, for example, “a threatening person.” It's a triple error! A triple and very old mistake! Maybe we inherit this from the animals and their way of judging! Shouldn't we look for the root of all morality in these terrible narrow-minded conclusions: "Anything that hurts me is evil (inherently harmful), and anything that benefits me is good (inherently beneficial). If something hurts me once or multiple times, it's hostile per se; if something benefits me once or multiple times, it's friendly [pg 099] per se." Oh, the source of pleasure! Isn't this like interpreting the trivial, occasional, and often random interactions of another person with us as their core and most important qualities, and claiming that towards us and everyone else, they can only act in ways we've personally experienced from them once or multiple times! And isn't this complete folly based on the most shameless of all mental biases: that we ourselves must define what is good, since we are the ones who determine good and evil?

103.

There are Two Classes of People who deny Morality.—To deny morality may mean, in the first place, to deny the moral inducements which, men pretend, have urged them on to their actions,—which is equivalent to saying that morality merely consists of words and forms, part of that coarse and subtle deceit (especially self-deceit) which is characteristic of mankind, and perhaps more especially of those men who are celebrated for their virtues. In the second place, it may mean our denying that moral judgments are founded on truths. It is admitted in such a case that these judgments are, in fact, the motives of the actions, but that in this way it is really errors as the basis of all moral judgments which urge men on to their moral actions. This is my point of view; but I should be far from denying that in very many cases a subtle suspicion in accordance with the former point of view—i.e. in the spirit of La Rochefoucauld—is [pg 100] also justifiable, and in any case of a high general utility.—Therefore I deny morality in the same way as I deny alchemy, i.e. I deny its hypotheses; but I do not deny that there have been alchemists who believed in these hypotheses and based their actions upon them. I also deny immorality—not that innumerable people feel immoral, but that there is any true reason why they should feel so. I should not, of course, deny—unless I were a fool—that many actions which are called immoral should be avoided and resisted; and in the same way that many which are called moral should be performed and encouraged; but I hold that in both cases these actions should be performed from motives other than those which have prevailed up to the present time. We must learn anew in order that at last, perhaps very late in the day, we may be able to do something more: feel anew.

There are two types of people who deny morality.—Denying morality can mean, first, rejecting the moral motivations that people claim drive their actions—which essentially suggests that morality is just empty words and rituals, part of the complex deception (especially self-deception) that defines humanity, particularly those celebrated for their virtuousness. Secondly, it could mean denying that moral judgments are based on any truths. In this case, it’s recognized that these judgments are the motives behind actions, but the argument is that errors form the foundation of all moral judgments that push people toward their moral behaviors. This is my perspective; however, I wouldn't dismiss the subtle suspicion connected to the first point—i.e. in the spirit of La Rochefoucauld—as justifiable, and it certainly has high general utility. Therefore, I reject morality as I reject alchemy, i.e. I deny its theories; however, I acknowledge that there have been alchemists who believed in these theories and acted on them. I also reject immorality—not that countless individuals feel immoral, but that there’s any valid reason for them to feel that way. Naturally, I wouldn't deny—unless I were foolish—that many actions labeled as immoral should be avoided and resisted, and similarly, that many labeled moral should be encouraged and performed; but I believe the motivations behind these actions must differ from those that have dominated until now. We need to relearn so that, perhaps very late in the game, we can truly accomplish more: to feel anew.

104.

Our Valuations.—All actions may be referred back to valuations, and all valuations are either one's own or adopted, the latter being by far the more numerous. Why do we adopt them? Through fear, i.e. we think it more advisable to pretend that they are our own, and so well do we accustom ourselves to do so that it at last becomes second nature to us. A valuation of our own, which is the appreciation of a thing in accordance with the pleasure or displeasure it causes us and no one else, is something very rare indeed!—But must not our valuation of our neighbour—which [pg 101] is prompted by the motive that we adopt his valuation in most cases—proceed from ourselves and by our own decision? Of course, but then we come to these decisions during our childhood, and seldom change them. We often remain during our whole lifetime the dupes of our childish and accustomed judgments in our manner of judging our fellow-men (their minds, rank, morality, character, and reprehensibility), and we find it necessary to subscribe to their valuations.

Our Valuations.—All actions can be traced back to valuations, and all valuations are either our own or ones we've accepted, with the latter being far more frequent. Why do we accept them? Out of fear, i.e. we think it's better to act as if they are our own, and we get so used to this that it eventually feels like second nature. A personal valuation, which is our assessment of something based solely on how it makes us feel, without considering anyone else, is quite rare!—But doesn't our judgment of others—which [pg 101] is often based on their valuations—come from ourselves and our own choices? Certainly, but we form these choices in childhood and rarely change them. We often spend our entire lives being misled by our childish and habitual judgments in how we view others (their intelligence, status, morality, character, and flaws), and we find it essential to agree with their valuations.

105.

Pseudo-egoism.—The great majority of people, whatever they may think and say about their “egoism,” do nothing for their ego all their life long, but only for a phantom of this ego which has been formed in regard to them by their friends and communicated to them. As a consequence, they all live in a haze of impersonal and half-personal opinions and of arbitrary and, as it were, poetic valuations: the one always in the head of another, and this head, again, in the head of somebody else—a queer world of phantoms which manages to give itself a rational appearance! This haze of opinions and habits grows in extent and lives almost independently of the people it surrounds; it is it which gives rise to the immense effect of general judgments on “man”—all those men, who do not know themselves, believe in a bloodless abstraction which they call “man,” i.e. in a fiction; and every change caused in this abstraction by the judgments of powerful individualities [pg 102] (such as princes and philosophers) produces an extraordinary and irrational effect on the great majority,—for the simple reason that not a single individual in this haze can oppose a real ego, an ego which is accessible to and fathomed by himself, to the universal pale fiction, which he could thereby destroy.

Pseudo-egoism.—The vast majority of people, no matter what they think and say about their selfishness spend their entire lives doing nothing for their true self, but rather for a version of that self created by their friends and shared with them. As a result, they all exist in a blur of impersonal and semi-personal opinions and arbitrary, almost poetic, valuations: one person’s thoughts constantly in another’s mind, and that thought again in someone else's—creating a strange world of illusions that somehow presents itself as rational! This blur of opinions and behaviors expands and almost lives independently of the people it surrounds; it is what leads to the significant impact of general judgments on “guy”—all those individuals who don’t understand themselves, believing in a lifeless concept they call “dude,” i.e. a fiction; and every change in this concept caused by the judgments of powerful figures [pg 102] (like princes and philosophers) creates an extraordinary and irrational impact on the majority—simply because no one in this haze can present a real self, a self that they can access and understand, to challenge the universal vague fiction that they could thus dismantle.

106.

Against Definitions of Moral Aims.—On all sides we now hear the aim of morals defined as the preservation and advancement of humanity; but this is merely the expression of a wish to have a formula and nothing more. Preservation wherein? advancement whither? These are questions which must at once be asked. Is not the most essential point, the answer to this wherein? and whither? left out of the formula? What results therefrom, so far as our own actions and duties are concerned, which is not already tacitly and instinctively understood? Can we sufficiently understand from this formula whether we must prolong as far as possible the existence of the human race, or bring about the greatest possible disanimalisation of man? How different the means, i.e. the practical morals, would have to be in the two cases! Supposing that the greatest possible rationality were given to mankind, this certainly would not guarantee the longest possible existence for them! Or supposing that their “greatest happiness” was thought to be the answer to the questions put, do we thereby mean the highest degree of happiness which a few individuals [pg 103] might attain, or an incalculable, though finally attainable, average state of happiness for all? And why should morality be the way to it? Has not morality, considered as a whole, opened up so many sources of displeasure as to lead us to think that man up to the present, with every new refinement of morality, has become more and more discontented with himself, with his neighbour, and with his own lot? Has not the most moral of men hitherto believed that the only justifiable state of mankind in the face of morals is that of the deepest misery?

Against Definitions of Moral Goals.—These days, we often hear that the goal of morality is to preserve and advance humanity; but this is just a desire for a simple formula, nothing more. Preserve what? Advance where? These are the questions we need to ask immediately. Isn’t the critical point—the answer to that what's up? and where at?—missing from the formula? What can we take from this regarding our actions and responsibilities that we don't already somehow understand? Can we really tell from this formula if we should extend the existence of the human race as much as possible, or strive to make humanity behave less like animals? The methods, i.e. the practical morals, would have to be completely different in those two scenarios! If we assume that humanity could achieve the highest level of rationality, it wouldn't necessarily mean they would live the longest! Or if we thought their "greatest joy" answered the questions raised, are we referring to the highest level of happiness that a select few might experience, or an immeasurable, yet ultimately attainable, average happiness for everyone? And why should morality pave the way for that? Hasn’t morality, when viewed as a whole, caused so much dissatisfaction that it makes us think that humanity has become increasingly unhappy with itself, others, and its circumstances with every new moral refinement? Hasn’t the most moral of people always believed that the only acceptable state for humanity, in light of moral standards, is one of profound misery?

107.

Our Right to our Folly.—How must we act? Why must we act? So far as the coarse and immediate needs of the individual are concerned, it is easy to answer these questions, but the more we enter upon the more important and more subtle domains of action, the more does the problem become uncertain and the more arbitrary its solution. An arbitrary decision, however, is the very thing that must be excluded here,—thus commands the authority of morals: an obscure uneasiness and awe must relentlessly guide man in those very actions the objects and means of which he cannot at once perceive. This authority of morals undermines our thinking faculty in regard to those things concerning which it might be dangerous to think wrongly,—it is in this way, at all events, that morality usually justifies itself to its accusers. Wrong in this place means dangerous; but dangerous to whom? It [pg 104] is not, as a rule, the danger of the doer of the action which the supporters of authoritative morals have in view, but their own danger; the loss which their power and influence might undergo if the right to act according to their own greater or lesser reason, however wilfully and foolishly, were accorded to all men. They on their part make unhesitating use of their right to arbitrariness and folly,—they even command in cases where it is hardly possible, or at all events very difficult, to answer the questions, “How must they act, why must they act?” And if the reason of mankind grows with such extraordinary slowness that it was often possible to deny its growth during the whole course of humanity, what is more to blame for this than this solemn presence, even omnipresence, of moral commands, which do not even permit the individual question of how and why to be asked at all? Have we not been educated precisely in such a way as to make us feel pathetic, and thus to obscure our vision at the very time when our reason should be able to see as clearly and calmly as possible—i.e. in all higher and more important circumstances?

Our Right to Our Mistakes.—How should we act? Why should we act? When it comes to the basic and immediate needs of an individual, it's easy to answer these questions. However, as we delve into the more significant and nuanced areas of action, the problem becomes less certain and the solutions more arbitrary. Yet, an arbitrary decision is exactly what we need to avoid here—this is what moral authority demands: a vague sense of unease and respect must guide people in actions whose goals and means aren’t immediately obvious. This moral authority challenges our reasoning about those issues where thinking incorrectly could be harmful—it’s how morality usually defends itself against its critics. Wrong, in this context, means dangerous; but dangerous to whom? It [pg 104] is typically not the danger to the person taking the action that those who defend moral authority are worried about, but their own danger; the risk to their power and influence if everyone were given the freedom to act according to their own varying levels of reason, even if it's willful and foolish. They, in turn, freely exercise their right to arbitrariness and folly—they even make decisions in situations where it's nearly impossible, or at least very difficult, to answer the questions, "How should they behave, and why should they act?" And if humanity's reasoning develops at such an extraordinarily slow pace that it often seems possible to deny its progress throughout history, what is more to blame for this than the serious presence, even omnipresence, of moral commands, which don’t even allow any individual to ask how and why? Haven’t we been raised in a way that makes us feel overly sentimental, thus clouding our vision at the very moment when our reasoning should be as clear and calm as possible—i.e. in all the higher and more significant situations?

108.

Some Theses.—We should not give the individual, in so far as he desires his own happiness, any precepts or recommendations as to the road leading to happiness; for individual happiness arises from particular laws that are unknown to anybody, and such a man will only be hindered or obstructed by recommendations which come to him from outside [pg 105] sources. Those precepts which are called moral are in reality directed against individuals, and do not by any means make for the happiness of such individuals. The relationship of these precepts to the "happiness and well-being of mankind" is equally slight, for it is quite impossible to assign a definite conception to these words, and still less can they be employed as guiding stars on the dark sea of moral aspirations. It is a prejudice to think that morality is more favourable to the development of the reason than immorality. It is erroneous to suppose that the unconscious aim in the development of every conscious being (namely, animal, man, humanity, etc.) is its “greatest happiness”: on the contrary, there is a particular and incomparable happiness to be attained at every stage of our development, one that is neither high nor low, but quite an individual happiness. Evolution does not make happiness its goal; it aims merely at evolution, and nothing else. It is only if humanity had a universally recognised goal that we could propose to do this or that: for the time being there is no such goal. It follows that the pretensions of morality should not be brought into any relationship with mankind: this would be merely childish and irrational. It is quite another thing to recommend a goal to mankind: this goal would then be something that would depend upon our own will and pleasure. Provided that mankind in general agreed to adopt such a goal, it could then impose a moral law upon itself, a law which would, at all events, be imposed by their own free will. Up to now, however, the moral law has had to be placed [pg 106] above our own free will: strictly speaking, men did not wish to impose this law upon themselves; they wished to take it from somewhere, to discover it, or to let themselves be commanded by it from somewhere.

Some Theses.—We shouldn't give individuals, as long as they seek their own happiness, any rules or advice about the path to happiness; because personal happiness comes from unique laws that no one truly understands, and such a person will only face barriers or obstacles from suggestions that come from outside sources. The so-called moral directives are actually aimed against individuals, and they don't really contribute to those individuals' happiness. The connection between these rules and the "happiness and well-being of humanity" is also minimal, as it’s impossible to define those terms clearly, let alone use them as navigational beacons on the murky waters of moral desires. It's a misconception to think that morality promotes the growth of reason more than immorality. It's wrong to assume that the unspoken goal in the development of every conscious being (like animals, humans, humanity, etc.) is to achieve its “greatest happiness”: rather, there is a specific and unique happiness attainable at every stage of our growth, one that isn't ranked as high or low, but is distinctly personal. Evolution isn't about achieving happiness; it's focused solely on evolving, and nothing else. Only if humanity had a universally accepted goal could we claim to pursue certain actions: for now, there isn't such a goal. Therefore, the claims of morality shouldn't be linked to humanity: that would be childish and irrational. It's a different matter to suggest a goal for humanity: this goal would then depend on our own will and desires. If humanity collectively agreed to adopt such a goal, it could then establish a moral law for itself, a law that would be freely chosen. So far, however, the moral law has had to be set above our own free will: in reality, people haven't wanted to impose this law on themselves; they sought to derive it from somewhere, to uncover it, or to let it be dictated to them from an external source.

109.

Self-control and Moderation, and their Final Motive.—I find not more than six essentially different methods for combating the vehemence of an impulse. First of all, we may avoid the occasion for satisfying the impulse, weakening and mortifying it by refraining from satisfying it for long and ever-lengthening periods. Secondly, we may impose a severe and regular order upon ourselves in regard to the satisfying of our appetites. By thus regulating the impulse and limiting its ebb and flow to fixed periods, we may obtain intervals in which it ceases to disturb us; and by beginning in this way we may perhaps be able to pass on to the first method. In the third place, we may deliberately give ourselves over to an unrestrained and unbounded gratification of the impulse in order that we may become disgusted with it, and to obtain by means of this very disgust a command over the impulse: provided, of course, that we do not imitate the rider who rides his horse to death and breaks his own neck in doing so. For this, unhappily, is generally the outcome of the application of this third method.

Self-Control and Moderation, and Their Ultimate Purpose.—I can identify no more than six basically different ways to manage strong impulses. First, we can avoid situations that trigger the impulse, weakening and diminishing it by refraining from acting on it for extended and increasingly longer periods. Second, we can set strict and regular limits on how we satisfy our desires. By managing the impulse this way and confining its rise and fall to set times, we can create breaks where it doesn't bother us; starting with this approach might help us eventually move to the first method. Third, we might intentionally indulge in complete and unrestricted satisfaction of the impulse so that we become repulsed by it, using this disgust to gain control over the impulse—though we must be careful not to be like the rider who pushes his horse to exhaustion and ends up hurting himself. Unfortunately, this is often the result of using this third method.

In the fourth place, there is an intellectual trick, which consists in associating the idea of the gratification [pg 107] so firmly with some painful thought, that after a little practice the thought of gratification is itself immediately felt as a very painful one. (For example, when the Christian accustoms himself to think of the presence and scorn of the devil in the course of sensual enjoyment, or everlasting punishment in hell for revenge by murder; or even merely of the contempt which he will meet with from those of his fellow-men whom he most respects, if he steals a sum of money, or if a man has often checked an intense desire for suicide by thinking of the grief and self-reproaches of his relations and friends, and has thus succeeded in balancing himself upon the edge of life: for, after some practice, these ideas follow one another in his mind like cause and effect.) Among instances of this kind may be mentioned the cases of Lord Byron and Napoleon, in whom the pride of man revolted and took offence at the preponderance of one particular passion over the collective attitude and order of reason. From this arises the habit and joy of tyrannising over the craving and making it, as it were, gnash its teeth. “I will not be a slave of any appetite,” wrote Byron in his diary. In the fifth place, we may bring about a dislocation of our powers by imposing upon ourselves a particularly difficult and fatiguing task, or by deliberately submitting to some new charm and pleasure in order thus to turn our thoughts and physical powers into other channels. It comes to the same thing if we temporarily favour another impulse by affording it numerous opportunities of gratification, and thus rendering it the squanderer of the power which would otherwise be commandeered, [pg 108] so to speak, by the tyrannical impulse. A few, perhaps, will be able to restrain the particular passion which aspires to domination by granting their other known passions a temporary encouragement and license in order that they may devour the food which the tyrant wishes for himself alone.

In the fourth place, there's a mental trick that involves linking the idea of pleasure so tightly with a painful thought that, after some practice, the thought of pleasure starts to feel very painful itself. (For example, when someone gets used to thinking about the presence and mockery of the devil during moments of sensual enjoyment, or the eternal punishment in hell for taking revenge through murder; or even just the disdain they'll face from the people they respect the most if they steal money, or if a person often fights against a strong urge to commit suicide by thinking of the sorrow and guilt their loved ones would feel. Over time, these thoughts come to each other in their mind like cause and effect.) Examples of this include Lord Byron and Napoleon, where their pride rejected and was offended by one particular desire overpowering their overall sense of reason and order. This leads to the habit and satisfaction of dominating that craving and making it, in a sense, suffer. “I will not be a slave to any desire,” Byron wrote in his diary. In the fifth place, we can disrupt our own abilities by taking on a particularly tough and exhausting task, or by intentionally giving in to a new pleasure to redirect our thoughts and physical energies. It means the same if we temporarily allow another impulse some gratification opportunities, making it the one that squanders the energy that would otherwise be controlled, so to speak, by the dominant impulse. A few might be able to control the desire that seeks to dominate by granting their other known desires a temporary boost and freedom so that they can consume the satisfaction that the tyrant wants all for themselves.

In the sixth and last place, the man who can stand it, and thinks it reasonable to weaken and subdue his entire physical and psychical organisation, likewise, of course, attains the goal of weakening a single violent instinct; as, for example, those who starve their sensuality and at the same time their vigour, and often destroy their reason into the bargain, such as the ascetics.—Hence, shunning the opportunities, regulating the impulse, bringing about satiety and disgust in the impulse, associating a painful idea (such as that of discredit, disgust, or offended pride), then the dislocation of one's forces, and finally general debility and exhaustion: these are the six methods. But the will to combat the violence of a craving is beyond our power, equally with the method we adopt and the success we may have in applying it. In all this process our intellect is rather merely the blind instrument of another rival craving, whether it be the impulse to repose, or the fear of disgrace and other evil consequences, or love. While “we” thus imagine that we are complaining of the violence of an impulse, it is at bottom merely one impulse which is complaining of another, i.e. the perception of the violent suffering which is being caused us presupposes that there is another equally or more violent impulse, and that a struggle [pg 109] is impending in which our intellect must take part.

In the sixth and final place, a person who can endure it, and believes it's reasonable to weaken and subdue their entire physical and mental self, also ends up weakening a single intense instinct; for instance, those who starve their desires and along with it their strength, and often destroy their rational thinking as a result, like ascetics. Therefore, avoiding temptations, controlling impulses, creating feelings of satiety and disgust towards those impulses, associating them with painful thoughts (such as those of shame, disgust, or hurt pride), then scattering one's energy, and ultimately experiencing general weakness and fatigue: these are the six methods. However, the will to fight against the urge of a craving is out of our control, just like the methods we choose and the success we might have in using them. In this whole process, our intellect is merely a blind tool of another competing desire, whether that’s the desire for rest, the fear of shame and other negative outcomes, or love. While “us” like to think we are complaining about the force of an impulse, fundamentally it's just one impulse complaining about another, i.e. the awareness of the intense suffering being imposed on us assumes there is another equally or even more intense impulse, and that a conflict [pg 109] is about to occur in which our intellect must participate.

110.

That which Opposes.—We may observe the following process in ourselves, and I should like it to be often observed and confirmed. There arises in us the scent of a kind of pleasure hitherto unknown to us, and consequently a new craving. Now, the question is, What opposes itself to this craving? If it be things and considerations of a common kind, or people whom we hold in no very high esteem, the aim of the new craving assumes the appearance of a “noble, good, praiseworthy feeling, and one worthy of sacrifice”: all the moral dispositions which have been inherited will adopt it and will add it to the number of those aims which we consider as moral—and now we imagine that we are no longer striving after a pleasure, but after a morality, which greatly increases our confidence in our aspirations.

That which opposes.—We can notice a particular process within ourselves, and I encourage us to recognize and affirm it frequently. A new type of pleasure, previously unfamiliar to us, emerges, producing a fresh desire. The question arises: What stands in the way of this desire? If it’s common objects and thoughts, or people we don’t hold in high regard, the nature of this new desire takes on the appearance of a "noble, good, commendable feeling, and one deserving of sacrifice": all the moral traits we've inherited will embrace it and add it to the collection of aims we consider moral—and at this point, we start believing we are pursuing morality instead of pleasure, which significantly boosts our confidence in our ambitions.

111.

To the Admirers of Objectiveness.—He who, as a child, has observed in his parents and acquaintances in the midst of whom he has grown up, certain varied and strong feelings, with but little subtle discernment and inclination for intellectual justice, and has therefore employed his best powers and his most precious time in imitating these feelings, will observe in himself when he arrives at years of discretion that every new thing or man he meets with excites in him either sympathy or [pg 110] aversion, envy or contempt. Under the domination of this experience, which he is powerless to shake off, he admires neutrality of feeling or “objectivity” as an extraordinary thing, as something connected with genius or a very rare morality, and he cannot believe that even this neutrality is merely the product of education and habit.

To the Fans of Objectivity.—A child who has watched his parents and the people around him express strong emotions without much understanding or fairness will spend his best efforts and time trying to imitate those feelings. When he grows older, he’ll notice that every new person or situation triggers either sympathy or [pg 110] aversion, envy, or contempt within him. Under the weight of this experience, which he feels unable to escape, he views neutrality of emotion or neutrality as something remarkable, as if it’s linked to genius or a very rare sense of morality; he can't fathom that even this neutrality is just a result of learning and habit.

112.

On the Natural History of Duty and Right.—Our duties are the claims which others have upon us. How did they acquire these claims? By the fact that they considered us as capable of making and holding agreements and contracts, by assuming that we were their like and equals, and by consequently entrusting something to us, bringing us up, educating us, and supporting us. We do our duty, i.e. we justify that conception of our power for the sake of which all these things were done for us. We return them in proportion as they were meted out to us. It is thus our pride that orders us to do our duty—we desire to re-establish our own independence by opposing to that which others have done for us something that we do for them, for in that way the others invade our sphere of power, and would for ever have a hand in it if we did not make reprisals by means of “duty,” and thus encroach upon their power. The rights of others can only have regard to that which lies within our power; it would be unreasonable on their part to require something from us which does not belong to us. To put the matter more [pg 111] accurately, their rights can only relate to what they imagine to be in our power, provided that it is something that we ourselves consider as being in our power. The same error may easily occur on either side. The feeling of duty depends upon our having the same belief in regard to the extent of our power as other people have, i.e. that we can promise certain things and undertake to do them freely (“free will”).

On the Natural History of Duty and Right.—Our duties are the responsibilities that others expect from us. How did they gain these expectations? By believing that we are capable of making and keeping agreements and contracts, by considering us as their equals, and by consequently trusting us, raising us, educating us, and supporting us. We fulfill our duty, i.e. we validate the idea of our ability that justified all these things done for us. We reciprocate in proportion to what has been given to us. It is our pride that motivates us to fulfill our duty—we seek to restore our independence by countering what others have done for us with something we do for them, for in this way, they encroach upon our sphere of power, and would always have a stake in it if we did not retaliate through "responsibility," thus infringing upon their power. The rights of others can only pertain to what we have the ability to control; it would be unreasonable for them to demand something from us that is not ours. To put it more [pg 111] accurately, their rights can only relate to what they believe to be within our power, as long as it is something we also consider to be in our power. The same misunderstanding can easily happen on either side. The sense of duty relies on our shared belief regarding the limits of our power, i.e. that we can promise certain things and freely commit to doing them (“freedom of choice”).

My rights consist of that part of my power which others have not only conceded to me, but which they wish to maintain for me. Why do they do it? On the one hand they are actuated by wisdom, fear and prudence: whether they expect something similar from us (the protection of their rights), whether they consider a struggle with us as dangerous or inopportune, or whether they see a disadvantage to themselves in every diminution of our power, since in that case we should be ill adapted for an alliance with them against a hostile third power. On the other hand rights are granted by donations and cessions. In this latter case, the other people have not only enough power, but more than enough, so that they can give up a portion and guarantee it to the person to whom they give it: whereby they presuppose a certain restricted sense of power in the person upon whom they have bestowed the gift. In this way rights arise: recognised and guaranteed degrees of power. When the relations of powers to one another are materially changed, rights disappear and new ones are formed, as is demonstrated by the constant flux and reflux of the rights of nations. When our power diminishes [pg 112] to any great extent, the feelings of those who hitherto guaranteed it undergo some change: they consider whether they shall once again restore us to our former possession, and if they do not see their way to do this they deny our “rights” from that time forward. In the same way, if our power increases to a considerable extent the feelings of those who previously recognised it, and whose recognition we no longer require, likewise change: they will then try to reduce our power to its former dimensions, and they will endeavour to interfere in our affairs, justifying their interference by an appeal to their “duty.” But this is merely useless word-quibbling. Where right prevails, a certain state and degree of power is maintained, and all attempts at its augmentation and diminution are resisted. The right of others is the concession of our feeling of power to the feeling of power in these others. Whenever our power shows itself to be thoroughly shattered and broken, our rights cease: on the other hand, when we have become very much stronger, the rights of others cease in our minds to be what we have hitherto admitted them to be. The man who aims at being just, therefore, must keep a constant lookout for the changes in the indicator of the scales in order that he may properly estimate the degrees of power and right which, with the customary transitoriness of human things, retain their equilibrium for only a short time and in most cases continue to rise and fall. As a consequence it is thus very difficult to be “just,” and requires much experience, good intentions, and an unusually large amount of good sense.

My rights consist of that part of my power that others have not only granted me but also want to maintain for me. Why do they do this? On one hand, they are motivated by wisdom, fear, and caution: they might expect something similar from us (the protection of their rights), they may find conflict with us risky or impractical, or they could see a disadvantage to themselves in reducing our power, as that would make us poorly suited for an alliance against a common enemy. On the other hand, rights come from grants and concessions. In this latter case, the other parties not only have enough power but more than enough to give up a portion and ensure it to the person they are giving it to; in doing so, they assume a certain limited sense of power in the person receiving the gift. This is how rights come into being: recognized and guaranteed levels of power. When the balance of power shifts significantly, rights can disappear and new ones can emerge, as shown by the ongoing ebb and flow of national rights. When our power significantly diminishes, the feelings of those who previously guaranteed it change: they consider whether they will restore us to our former status, and if they see no way to do this, they deny our “rights” from that point forward. Similarly, if our power grows significantly, the feelings of those who once recognized it—and whose acknowledgment we no longer need—also change: they will try to reduce our power back to previous levels and will seek to interfere in our affairs, justifying their actions by claiming it's their “duty.” But that's just pointless semantics. Where justice prevails, a certain state and degree of power is upheld, and all efforts to increase or decrease it are resisted. The rights of others represent the granting of our sense of power to the sense of power in those others. Whenever our power appears to be completely shattered, our rights cease; on the other hand, when we become much stronger, we stop viewing the rights of others in the same way we once did. Therefore, anyone who aims to be just must constantly watch for changes in the scales to properly assess the levels of power and rights that, with the usual impermanence of human affairs, maintain their balance only briefly and often fluctuate. As a result, it becomes very challenging to be “just,” requiring significant experience, good intentions, and a substantial amount of common sense.

[pg 113]

113.

Striving for Distinction.—When we strive after distinction we must ceaselessly keep our eyes fixed on our neighbour and endeavour to ascertain what his feelings are; but the sympathy and knowledge which are necessary to satisfy this desire are far from being inspired by harmlessness, compassion, or kindness. On the contrary, we wish to perceive or find out in what way our neighbour suffers from us, either internally or externally, how he loses control over himself and yields to the impression which our hand or even our mere appearance makes on him. Even when he who aspires to distinction makes or wishes to make a joyful, elevating, or cheerful impression, he does not enjoy this success in that he rejoices, exalts, or cheers his neighbour, but in that he leaves his impress on the latter's soul, changing its form and dominating it according to his will. The desire for distinction is the desire to subject one's neighbour, even if it be merely in an indirect fashion, one only felt or even only dreamt of. There is a long series of stages in this secretly-desired will to subdue, and a very complete record of them would perhaps almost be like an excellent history of culture from the early distortions of barbarism down to the caricatures of modern over-refinement and sickly idealism.

Striving for Excellence.—When we aim for distinction, we must constantly keep our focus on those around us and try to understand their feelings; however, the empathy and understanding needed to fulfill this desire are far from being motivated by harmlessness, compassion, or kindness. On the contrary, we want to see or discover how our neighbor suffers because of us, whether internally or externally, how they lose control and are affected by our actions or even just our presence. Even when someone seeking distinction tries to create a joyful, uplifting, or cheerful impression, they don’t find success in making their neighbor happy, but rather in leaving a mark on their soul, changing it and dominating it as they choose. The desire for distinction is essentially a desire to exert influence over others, even if only indirectly or in thought. There is a long progression of this hidden intent to dominate, and a complete record of it could almost serve as a fascinating history of culture, tracing the early distortions of barbarism to the caricatures of modern over-refinement and unhealthy idealism.

This desire for distinction entails upon our neighbour—to indicate only a few rungs of the long ladder—torture first of all, followed by blows, then terror, anxious surprise, wonder, envy, admiration, [pg 114] elevation, pleasure, joy, laughter, derision, mockery, sneers, scourging and self-inflicted torture. There at the very top of the ladder stands the ascetic and martyr, who himself experiences the utmost satisfaction, because he inflicts on himself, as a result of his desire for distinction, that pain which his opposite, the barbarian on the first rung of the ladder, inflicts upon those others, upon whom and before whom he wishes to distinguish himself. The triumph of the ascetic over himself, his introspective glance, which beholds a man split up into a sufferer and a spectator, and which henceforth never looks at the outside world but to gather from it, as it were, wood for his own funeral pyre: this final tragedy of the desire for distinction which shows us only one person who, so to speak, is consumed internally—that is an end worthy of the beginning: in both cases there is an inexpressible happiness at the sight of torture; indeed, happiness considered as a feeling of power developed to the utmost, has perhaps never reached a higher pitch of perfection on earth than in the souls of superstitious ascetics. This is expressed by the Brahmins in the story of King Visvamitra, who obtained so much strength by thousands of years of penance that he undertook to construct a new heaven. I believe that in the entire category of inward experiences the people of our time are mere novices and clumsy guessers who “try to have a shot at it”: four thousand years ago much more was known about these execrable refinements of self-enjoyment. Perhaps at that time the creation of the world was imagined by some Hindu dreamer [pg 115] to have been an ascetic operation which a god took upon himself! Perhaps this god may have wished to join himself to a mobile nature as an instrument of torture in order thus to feel his happiness and power doubled! And even supposing him to have been a god of love: what a delight it would have been for him to create a suffering mankind in order that he himself might suffer divinely and super-humanly from the sight of the continual torture of his creatures, and thus to tyrannise over himself! And, again, supposing him to have been not only a god of love, but also a god of holiness, we can scarcely conceive the ecstasies of this divine ascetic while creating sins and sinners and eternal punishment, and an immense place of eternal torture below his throne where there is a continual weeping and wailing and gnashing of teeth!

This desire for distinction leads our neighbor through a few steps on the long ladder—starting with torture, followed by blows, then fear, anxious surprise, wonder, envy, admiration, [pg 114] elevation, pleasure, joy, laughter, ridicule, mockery, sneers, flagellation, and self-inflicted pain. At the very top of the ladder stands the ascetic and martyr, who feels the greatest satisfaction because he inflicts upon himself, driven by his desire for distinction, the pain that the barbarian on the first rung inflicts on others to elevate himself. The ascetic's triumph over himself, his introspective perspective that sees a person split into a sufferer and a spectator, which now looks at the outside world only to gather, so to speak, wood for his own funeral pyre: this final tragedy of the desire for distinction shows us one person who, in a sense, is consumed from within—that is an ending worthy of the beginning: in both cases, there is an indescribable joy at the sight of suffering; in fact, happiness, viewed as a feeling of power brought to its fullest extent, may never have reached a higher level of perfection on earth than in the souls of superstitious ascetics. This is demonstrated by the Brahmins in the tale of King Visvamitra, who gained so much strength through thousands of years of penance that he attempted to create a new heaven. I believe that in our time, people are mere novices and awkward explorers who "give it a try": four thousand years ago, much more was understood about these despicable complexities of self-gratification. Perhaps back then, a Hindu dreamer imagined the creation of the world as an ascetic endeavor undertaken by a god! Maybe this god wanted to connect with a shifting nature as an instrument of torture to feel his happiness and power amplified! And even if he were a god of love: what a joy it would be for him to create a suffering humanity so he could experience divine and superhuman suffering from witnessing the ongoing torture of his creatures, thus tyrannizing himself! Additionally, if he were not only a god of love but also a god of holiness, we can hardly imagine the ecstasies of this divine ascetic while creating sins, sinners, eternal punishment, and a vast place of eternal torment beneath his throne where there is continuous weeping and wailing and gnashing of teeth!

It is not by any means impossible that the soul of a St. Paul, a Dante, or a Calvin, and people like them, may once have penetrated into the terrifying secrets of such voluptuousness of power, and in view of such souls we may well ask whether the circle of this desire for distinction has come to a close with the ascetic. Might it not be possible for the course of this circle to be traversed a second time, by uniting the fundamental idea of the ascetic, and at the same time that of a compassionate Deity? In other words, pain would be given to others in order that pain might be given to one's self, so that in this way one could triumph over one's self and one's pity to enjoy the extreme voluptuousness of power.—Forgive me these digressions, which come to my mind when I think [pg 116] of all the possibilities in the vast domain of psychical debaucheries to which one may be led by the desire for power!

It’s not at all impossible that the souls of figures like St. Paul, Dante, or Calvin, and others similar to them, may have once explored the daunting depths of such intense power. In light of such souls, we might wonder if this craving for distinction has come to an end with the ascetic. Could it be that the journey of this desire could be traveled again, by merging the core ideas of the ascetic with that of a compassionate Deity? In other words, pain could be inflicted on others so that one might feel pain oneself, allowing a person to overcome their own suffering and compassion to relish the ultimate pleasure of power. —Forgive me for these digressions that arise when I think [pg 116] of all the possibilities in the vast realm of psychological indulgences driven by the desire for power!

114.

On the Knowledge of the Sufferer.—The state of sick men who have suffered long and terribly from the torture inflicted upon them by their illness, and whose reason has nevertheless not been in any way affected, is not without a certain amount of value in our search for knowledge—quite apart from the intellectual benefits which follow upon every profound solitude and every sudden and justified liberation from duties and habits. The man who suffers severely looks forth with terrible calmness from his state of suffering upon outside things: all those little lying enchantments, by which things are usually surrounded when seen through the eye of a healthy person, have vanished from the sufferer; his own life even lies there before him, stripped of all bloom and colour. If by chance it has happened that up to then he has lived in some kind of dangerous fantasy, this extreme disenchantment through pain is the means, and possibly the only means, of extricating him from it. (It is possible that this is what happened to the Founder of Christianity when suspended from the Cross; for the bitterest words ever pronounced, “My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?” if understood in their deepest sense, as they ought to be understood, contain the evidence of a complete disillusionment and enlightenment [pg 117] in regard to the deceptions of life: in that moment of supreme suffering Christ obtained a clear insight into Himself, just as in the poet's narrative did the poor dying Don Quixote.)

About the Knowledge of the Sufferer.—The condition of sick individuals who have endured severe and prolonged suffering from their illness, yet whose minds remain unaffected, holds significant value in our quest for understanding—separate from the intellectual gains that arise from profound solitude and sudden, justified breaks from duties and routines. The person in great pain gazes out from their suffering with a chilling calmness at the world around them: all those little deceptive illusions that usually surround things when viewed through the lens of a healthy person have disappeared for the sufferer; their own life appears stark and stripped of vibrancy. If they have previously lived within some dangerous fantasy, this deep disenchantment through pain may be the sole means to free them from it. (This might be what occurred to the Founder of Christianity while hanging on the Cross; for the most poignant words ever spoken, "My God, My God, why have You abandoned Me?" when understood in their fullest sense, reveal a profound disillusionment and clarity regarding life's deceptions: in that moment of ultimate suffering, Christ gained a deep understanding of Himself, much like the tragic figure of Don Quixote in the poet's tale.)

The formidable tension of the intellect that wishes to hold its own against pain shows everything that one now looks upon in a new light, and the inexpressible charm of this new light is often powerful enough to withstand all the seductiveness of suicide and to make the continuation of life seem very desirable to the sufferer. His mind scornfully turns to the warm and comfortable dream-world in which the healthy man moves about thoughtlessly, and he thinks with contempt of the noblest and most cherished illusions in which he formerly indulged. He experiences delight in conjuring up this contempt as if from the depths of hell, and thus inflicting the bitterest sufferings upon his soul: it is by this counterpoise that he bears up against physical suffering—he feels that such a counterpoise is now essential! In one terrible moment of clear-sightedness he says to himself, “Be for once thine own accuser and hangman; for once regard thy suffering as a punishment which thou hast inflicted on thyself! Enjoy thy superiority as a judge: better still, enjoy thine own will and pleasure, thy tyrannical arbitrariness! Raise thyself above thy life as above thy suffering, and look down into the depth of reason and unreason!”

The intense struggle of the mind trying to cope with pain illuminates everything anew, and the indescribable allure of this fresh perspective is often strong enough to resist the temptations of suicide, making life seem very appealing to the one in pain. He looks down on the warm, comfortable dream-world where healthy people move through life without a care, thinking with disdain about the greatest and most cherished illusions he used to indulge in. He finds a twisted pleasure in summoning this contempt as if from the depths of hell, inflicting the harshest suffering on his soul; it is through this balance that he endures physical pain—he realizes this balance is now crucial! In a moment of stark clarity, he tells himself, "Be your own accuser and executioner for once; see your suffering as a punishment you’ve brought upon yourself! Take pleasure in your role as a judge: even better, take joy in your own will and desires, your controlling randomness! Rise above your life and your suffering, and gaze into the depths of reason and madness!"

Our pride revolts as it never did before, it experiences an incomparable charm in defending life against such a tyrant as suffering and against all the insinuations of this tyrant, who would fain urge [pg 118] us to give evidence against life,—we are taking the part of life in the face of this tyrant. In this state of mind we take up a bitter stand against all pessimism in order that it may not appear to be a consequence of our condition, and thus humiliate us as conquered ones. The charm of being just in our judgments was also never greater than now; for now this justice is a triumph over ourselves and over so irritated a state of mind that unfairness of judgment might be excused,—but we will not be excused, it is now, if ever, that we wish to show that we need no excuse. We pass through downright orgies of pride.

Our pride is more intense than ever, and it feels a unique joy in defending life against a tyrant like suffering and all its manipulations that try to push us to turn against life. We are standing up for life in defiance of this tyrant. With this mindset, we're strongly opposing all pessimism so it doesn't seem like a reflection of our situation, which would humiliate us as if we were defeated. The importance of being fair in our judgments has never been greater; this fairness is a victory over ourselves and our agitated feelings where unfair judgments might seem justified—but we won't allow that. Now, more than ever, we want to show that we don’t need to justify ourselves. We are experiencing intense moments of pride.

And now appears the first ray of relief, of recovery, and one of its first effects is that we turn against the preponderance of our pride: we call ourselves foolish and vain, as if we had undergone some unique experience. We humiliate ungratefully this all-powerful pride, the aid of which enabled us to endure the pain we suffered, and we call vehemently for some antidote for this pride: we wish to become strangers to ourselves and to be freed from our own person after pain has forcibly made us personal too long. “Away with this pride,” we cry, “it was only another illness and convulsion!” Once more we look longingly at men and nature and recollect with a sorrowful smile that now since the veil has fallen we regard many things concerning them in a new and different light,—but we are refreshed by once more seeing the softened lights of life, and emerge from that fearfully dispassionate daylight in which we as sufferers saw things and through things. We [pg 119] do not get angry when we see the charms of health resume their play, and we contemplate the sight as if transformed, gently and still fatigued. In this state we cannot listen to music without weeping.

And now the first sign of relief and recovery appears, and one of its initial effects is that we turn against our overwhelming pride: we call ourselves foolish and vain, as if we've gone through some unique experience. We unjustly humiliate this powerful pride that helped us endure the pain we suffered, and we passionately call for a cure for this pride: we want to feel like strangers to ourselves and be freed from our own identity after pain has forced us to be so personal for too long. “Away with this pride,” we cry, “it was just another illness and convulsion!” Once again, we look longingly at people and nature and remember with a sad smile that now, since the veil has lifted, we see many things about them in a new and different light—but we feel rejuvenated by seeing the softened lights of life again, emerging from that harshly dispassionate daylight in which we, as sufferers, viewed everything and through everything. We don’t feel angry when we see the charms of health return; instead, we watch the scene as if transformed, gently and still exhausted. In this state, we can’t listen to music without crying.

115.

The so-called Ego.—Language and the prejudices upon which language is based very often act as obstacles in our paths when we proceed to explore internal phenomena and impulses: as one example, we may instance the fact that there are only words to express the superlative degrees of these phenomena and impulses. Now, it is our habit no longer to observe accurately when words fail us, since it is difficult in such cases to think with precision: in former times, even, people involuntarily came to the conclusion that where the domain of words ceased, the domain of existence ceased also. Wrath, hatred, love, pity, desire, recognition, joy, pain: all these are names indicating extreme conditions; the milder and middle stages, and even more particularly the ever active lower stages, escape our attention, and yet it is they which weave the warp and woof of our character and destiny. It often happens that these extreme outbursts—and even the most moderate pleasure or displeasure of which we are actually conscious, whether in partaking of food or listening to a sound, is possibly, if properly estimated, merely an extreme outburst,—destroy the texture and are then violent exceptions, in most cases the consequences of some congestions,—and how easily as such can they [pg 120] mislead the observer! as indeed they mislead the person acting! We are all of us not what we appear to be according to the conditions for which alone we have consciousness and words, and consequently praise and blame. We fail to recognise ourselves after these coarse outbursts which are known to ourselves alone, we draw conclusions from data where the exceptions prove stronger than the rules; we misinterpret ourselves in reading our own ego's pronouncements, which appeared to be so clear. But our opinion of ourselves, this so-called ego which we have arrived at by this wrong method, contributes henceforth to form our character and destiny.

The so-called “Ego.”—Language and the biases that come with it often stand in our way when we try to understand our inner experiences and impulses. For instance, we can point out that we only have words to describe the extreme forms of these feelings and experiences. Nowadays, we tend to stop paying close attention when words fall short, making it hard to think precisely in those moments. In the past, people often came to the conclusion that if they couldn't express something in words, it didn't really exist. Anger, hate, love, compassion, desire, recognition, joy, pain—these are all terms that signify intense feelings. The subtler, in-between feelings, especially the ongoing, less obvious ones, often go unnoticed, even though they shape the fabric of our character and destiny. It's common for these intense outbursts—or even the slightest pleasure or displeasure we feel, like when we eat or listen to a sound—to actually be extreme reactions, and if we assessed them properly, we’d realize they often result from underlying tensions. It’s easy for these reactions to mislead the observer, just as they mislead the person experiencing them! We aren’t truly what we seem based on the conditions that we are aware of and have words for, which gives rise to praise and criticism. We fail to recognize ourselves after these strong reactions that we know intimately; we draw conclusions based on instances where the exceptions seem to outweigh the rules. We misinterpret ourselves when we try to understand our own ego's assertions, which seem so obvious at first. However, our self-image—this so-called ego, formed through this flawed process—ends up shaping our character and destiny moving forward.

116.

The Unknown World of the Subject.—What men have found it so difficult to understand from the most ancient times down to the present day is their ignorance in regard to themselves, not merely with respect to good and evil, but something even more essential. The oldest of illusions lives on, namely, that we know, and know precisely in each case, how human action is originated. Not only “God who looks into the heart,” not only the man who acts and reflects upon his action, but everybody does not doubt that he understands the phenomena of action in every one else. “I know what I want and what I have done, I am free and responsible for my act, and I make others responsible for their acts; I can mention by its name every moral possibility and every internal movement which precedes an act,—ye may act as [pg 121] ye will, I understand myself and I understand you all!” Such was what every one thought once upon a time, and almost every one thinks so even now. Socrates and Plato, who in this matter were great sceptics and admirable innovators, were nevertheless intensely credulous in regard to that fatal prejudice, that profound error, which holds that “The right knowledge must necessarily be followed by the right action.” In holding this principle they were still the heirs of the universal folly and presumption that knowledge exists concerning the essence of an action.

The Unknown World of the Subject.—Since ancient times, one of the hardest things for people to grasp is their own ignorance, not just about good and evil, but something even more fundamental. The oldest misconception persists: that we clearly understand how human actions come about. Not only does "God who sees into the heart," know, but so does the person who acts and thinks about their action; everyone believes they understand the actions of others too. "I know what I want and what I've done. I'm free and responsible for my actions, and I hold others accountable for theirs. I can recognize every moral option and every internal motivation that leads to an action. You all can act as you wish; I understand myself, and I understand all of you!" This was the belief of everyone back in the day, and nearly everyone still thinks this way now. Socrates and Plato, who were great skeptics and remarkable innovators, were still quite gullible when it came to that dangerous bias, that deep misconception, which claims that "The right knowledge must always be followed by the right action." By holding onto this belief, they were still caught up in the common human folly and arrogance that certainty about the nature of an action exists.

“It would indeed be dreadful if the comprehension of the essence of a right action were not followed by that right action itself”—this was the only manner in which these great men thought it necessary to demonstrate this idea, the contrary seemed to them to be inconceivable and mad; and nevertheless this contrary corresponds to the naked reality which has been demonstrated daily and hourly from time immemorial. Is it not a “dreadful” truth that all that we know about an act is never sufficient to accomplish it, that the bridge connecting the knowledge of the act with the act itself has never yet been built? Acts are never what they appear to us to be. We have taken great pains to learn that external things are not as they appear to us.—Well! It is the same with internal phenomena. All moral acts are in reality “something different,”—we cannot say anything more about them, and all acts are essentially unknown to us. The general belief, however, has been and still is quite the contrary: the most ancient realism [pg 122] is against us: up to the present humanity has thought, “An action is what it appears to be.” (In re-reading these words a very expressive passage from Schopenhauer occurs to me, and I will quote it as a proof that he, too, without the slightest scruple, continued to adhere to this moral realism: “Each one of us is in reality a competent and perfect moral judge, knowing exactly good and evil, made holy by loving good and despising evil,—such is every one of us in so far as the acts of others and not his own are under consideration, and when he has merely to approve or disapprove, whilst the burden of the performance of the acts is borne by other shoulders. Every one is therefore justified in occupying as confessor the place of God.”)

"It would be terrible if knowing what the right action is didn’t actually result in doing it."—this was the only way these great thinkers felt it was necessary to express this idea; the opposite seemed unthinkable and insane to them. Yet, this opposite reflects the harsh reality that has been proven every day and hour throughout history. Isn’t it a awful truth that everything we know about an action is never enough to carry it out, that the bridge connecting our knowledge of the act with the act itself has never been built? Actions are never what they seem to us. We’ve worked hard to understand that external things aren't what they appear to be. Well! The same applies to internal experiences. All moral actions are actually “something unique,”—we can’t say more than that, and all actions are fundamentally unknown to us. However, the common belief has been and still is quite the opposite: ancient realism [pg 122] is against us: until now, humanity has thought, "An action is exactly what it appears to be." (As I reread these words, a very striking passage from Schopenhauer comes to mind, and I’ll quote it as proof that he, too, without any hesitation, continued to embrace this moral realism: "Each of us is actually a capable and perfect moral judge, clearly understanding good and evil, made righteous by loving good and hating evil—this is who we become when we assess the actions of others rather than our own, and when we only need to approve or disapprove, while someone else is responsible for the actions. Therefore, everyone feels justified in acting as a confessor in place of God.")

117.

In Prison.—My eye, whether it be keen or weak, can only see a certain distance, and it is within this space that I live and move: this horizon is my immediate fate, greater or lesser, from which I cannot escape. Thus, a concentric circle is drawn round every being, which has a centre and is peculiar to himself. In the same way our ear encloses us in a small space, and so likewise does our touch. We measure the world by these horizons within which our senses confine each of us within prison walls. We say that this is near and that is far distant, that this is large and that is small, that one thing is hard and another soft; and this appreciation of things we call sensation—but it is all an error per se! According to the number [pg 123] of events and emotions which it is on an average possible for us to experience in a given space of time, we measure our lives; we call them short or long, rich or poor, full or empty; and according to the average of human life we estimate that of other beings,—and all this is an error per se!

In prison.—My vision, whether sharp or dull, can only perceive a certain distance, and it is within this range that I exist and move: this horizon is my immediate fate, larger or smaller, from which I cannot escape. Thus, a concentric circle is drawn around every being, centered and unique to him. Similarly, our hearing confines us to a small space, and so does our sense of touch. We assess the world by these horizons within which our senses limit each of us within prison walls. We say that this is near and that is far away, that this is big and that is small, that one thing is hard and another is soft; and this perception of things we call sensation—but it is all a misconception per se! Based on the number [pg 123] of events and emotions that we can typically experience in a given time frame, we measure our lives; we label them short or long, rich or poor, full or empty; and according to the average human lifespan, we estimate that of other beings,—and all of this is a misconception per se!

If we had eyes a hundred times more piercing to examine the things that surround us, men would seem to us to be enormously tall; we can even imagine organs by means of which men would appear to us to be of immeasurable stature. On the other hand, certain organs could be so formed as to permit us to view entire solar systems as if they were contracted and brought close together like a single cell: and to beings of an inverse order a single cell of the human body could be made to appear in its construction, movement, and harmony as if it were a solar system in itself. The habits of our senses have wrapped us up in a tissue of lying sensations which in their turn lie at the base of all our judgments and our “knowledge,”—there are no means of exit or escape to the real world! We are like spiders in our own webs, and, whatever we may catch in them, it will only be something that our web is capable of catching.

If we had eyes a hundred times sharper to see the things around us, people would seem extremely tall; we can even imagine tools that would make people appear to have boundless height. On the flip side, there could be tools designed to let us see entire solar systems as if they were shrunk and brought together like a single cell: and for beings of a different kind, a single cell of the human body could seem to have its structure, movement, and harmony as if it were a solar system in itself. Our sensory habits have trapped us in a web of false sensations, which in turn form the basis of all our judgments and our "knowledge"—there’s no way to escape to the real world! We’re like spiders in our own webs, and whatever we manage to catch will only be something our web is capable of trapping.

118.

What is our Neighbour?—What do we conceive of our neighbour except his limits: I mean that whereby he, as it were, engraves and stamps himself in and upon us? We can understand nothing of him except the changes which take place [pg 124] upon our own person and of which he is the cause, what we know of him is like a hollow, modelled space. We impute to him the feelings which his acts arouse in us, and thus give him a wrong and inverted positivity. We form him after our knowledge of ourselves into a satellite of our own system, and if he shines upon us, or grows dark, and we in any case are the ultimate cause of his doing so, we nevertheless still believe the contrary! O world of phantoms in which we live! O world so perverted, topsy-turvy and empty, and yet dreamt of as full and upright!

What is our neighbor?—How do we see our neighbor except through his boundaries: what he, in a way, impresses and imprints on us? We can only grasp him through the changes that happen [pg 124] to ourselves because of him, which gives us a one-dimensional, empty impression of his being. We attribute to him the emotions his actions trigger in us, thus creating a false and reversed reality. We shape him, based on our own self-awareness, into a part of our own universe, and even if he shines brightly or dims, we convince ourselves that he is the one causing it, ignoring the fact that we are the true source! Oh, what a world of illusions we inhabit! Oh, a world so distorted, upside-down, and lacking substance, yet imagined as complete and upright!

119.

Experience and Invention.—To however high a degree a man can attain to knowledge of himself, nothing can be more incomplete than the conception which he forms of the instincts constituting his individuality. He can scarcely name the more common instincts: their number and force, their flux and reflux, their action and counteraction, and, above all, the laws of their nutrition, remain absolutely unknown to him. This nutrition, therefore, becomes a work of chance: the daily experiences of our lives throw their prey now to this instinct and now to that, and the instincts gradually seize upon it; but the ebb and flow of these experiences does not stand in any rational relationship to the nutritive needs of the total number of the instincts. Two things, then, must always happen: some cravings will be neglected and starved to death, while others will be overfed. Every moment in the life of man causes some polypous arms of his being to grow and [pg 125] others to wither away, in accordance with the nutriment which that moment may or may not bring with it. Our experiences, as I have already said, are all in this sense means of nutriment, but scattered about with a careless hand and without discrimination between the hungry and the overfed. As a consequence of this accidental nutrition of each particular part, the polypus in its complete development will be something just as fortuitous as its growth.

Experience and Invention.—No matter how much a person may learn about themselves, their understanding of the instincts that make up their individuality will always be incomplete. They can hardly identify the more common instincts; their number and intensity, their rise and fall, their actions and reactions, and especially the rules of how they are nourished remain completely unknown. This nourishment therefore becomes a matter of chance: the daily experiences of our lives feed different instincts at random, and the instincts gradually latch onto them. However, the ebb and flow of these experiences doesn’t relate in any logical way to the nutritional needs of all the instincts combined. As a result, two things will always happen: some cravings will be ignored and eventually die out, while others will be overindulged. Each moment in a person’s life causes certain aspects of their being to grow and [pg 125] others to fade away, depending on whether that moment brings the nourishment they need. Our experiences, as I mentioned before, serve as sources of nourishment, but they are distributed haphazardly and without regard for which instincts are starving and which are overfed. As a result of this random feeding of each part, the overall development of a person will be just as unpredictable as its growth.

To put this more clearly: let us suppose that an instinct or craving has reached that point when it demands gratification,—either the exercise of its power or the discharge of it, or the filling up of a vacuum (all this is metaphorical language),—then it will examine every event that occurs in the course of the day to ascertain how it can be utilised with the object of fulfilling its aim: whether the man runs or rests, or is angry, or reads or speaks or fights or rejoices, the unsatiated instinct watches, as it were, every condition into which the man enters, and, as a rule, if it finds nothing for itself it must wait, still unsatisfied. After a little while it becomes feeble, and at the end of a few days or a few months, if it has not been satisfied, it will wither away like a plant which has not been watered. This cruelty of chance would perhaps be more conspicuous if all the cravings were as vehement in their demands as hunger, which refuses to be satisfied with imaginary dishes; but the great majority of our instincts, especially those which are called moral, are thus easily satisfied,—if it be permitted to suppose that our dreams serve as compensation to a certain extent for the accidental [pg 126] absence of “nutriment” during the day. Why was last night's dream full of tenderness and tears, that of the night before amusing and gay, and the previous one adventurous and engaged in some continual obscure search? How does it come about that in this dream I enjoy indescribable beauties of music, and in that one I soar and fly upwards with the delight of an eagle to the most distant heights?

To put it more clearly: let’s say that an instinct or desire has reached the point where it demands satisfaction—whether that means acting on its power, letting it go, or filling a void (all of this is metaphorical). Then, it will look at every event that happens throughout the day to see how it can be used to achieve its goal: whether the person runs or relaxes, gets angry, reads, talks, fights, or celebrates, the unsatisfied instinct keeps an eye on every situation the person enters. Generally, if it finds nothing for itself, it just has to wait, still unfulfilled. After a little while, it becomes weak, and after a few days or months, if it hasn’t been satisfied, it will fade away like a plant that hasn’t been watered. This harshness of chance would perhaps be more obvious if all cravings were as intense as hunger, which won’t be satisfied with imaginary food. However, most of our instincts, especially those called moral, can be satisfied pretty easily—if we assume that our dreams partially compensate for the lack of "nourishment" during the day. Why was last night’s dream filled with tenderness and tears, the night before’s entertaining and cheerful, and the one before that adventurous and involved in some never-ending search? How is it that in one dream I experience indescribable beauty in music, and in another I soar and fly high like an eagle to the farthest heights?

These inventions in which our instincts of tenderness, merriment, or adventurousness, or our desire for music and mountains, can have free play and scope—and every one can recall striking instances—are interpretations of our nervous irritations during sleep, very free and arbitrary interpretations of the movements of our blood and intestines, and the pressure of our arm and the bed coverings, or the sound of a church bell, the weathercocks, the moths, and so on. That this text, which on the whole is very much the same for one night as another, is so differently commented upon, that our creative reason imagines such different causes for the nervous irritations of one day as compared with another, may be explained by the fact that the prompter of this reason was different to-day from yesterday—another instinct or craving wished to be satisfied, to show itself, to exercise itself and be refreshed and discharged: this particular one being at its height to-day and another one being at its height last night. Real life has not the freedom of interpretation possessed by dream life; it is less poetic and less unrestrained—but is it necessary for me to show that our instincts, when we are awake, likewise merely interpret our nervous irritations and [pg 127] determine their “causes” in accordance with their requirements? that there is no really essential difference between waking and dreaming! that even in comparing different degrees of culture, the freedom of the conscious interpretation of the one is not in any way inferior to the freedom in dreams of the other! that our moral judgments and valuations are only images and fantasies concerning physiological processes unknown to us, a kind of habitual language to describe certain nervous irritations? that all our so-called consciousness is a more or less fantastic commentary of an unknown text, one which is perhaps unknowable but yet felt?

These inventions in which our instincts for tenderness, joy, adventure, or our desire for music and nature can express themselves freely—and everyone can recall memorable examples—are interpretations of our nervous irritations during sleep, very free and arbitrary readings of the movements of our blood and intestines, the pressure of our arms and bed covers, or the sounds of a church bell, the weather vanes, the moths, and more. The fact that this experience, which is generally similar from one night to the next, is interpreted so differently, with our creative minds imagining various causes for those nervous irritations on different days, can be explained by the idea that the motivator of our reasoning was different today than it was yesterday—today another instinct or desire needed to be fulfilled, expressed, engaged, and then released: this particular one being at its peak today while another was at its peak last night. Real life doesn’t have the interpretive freedom that dream life does; it’s less poetic and less unrestrained—but do I really need to point out that our instincts, when we are awake, simply interpret our nervous irritations and determine their “causes” based on what they require? That there’s no truly essential difference between waking and dreaming! Even in comparing different levels of culture, the freedom of conscious interpretation is not in any way inferior to the freedom found in dreams! That our moral judgments and evaluations are just images and fantasies about physiological processes that we don’t fully understand, a kind of habitual language to describe specific nervous irritations? That all our so-called consciousness is more or less a fantastic commentary on an unknown text, one that may be unknowable but is still felt?

Consider some insignificant occurrence. Let us suppose that some day as we pass along a public street we see some one laughing at us. In accordance with whatever craving has reached its culminating point within us at that moment, this incident will have this or that signification for us; and it will be a very different occurrence in accordance with the class of men to which we belong. One man will take it like a drop of rain, another will shake it off like a fly, a third person will try to pick a quarrel on account of it, a fourth will examine his garments to see if there is anything about them likely to cause laughter, and a fifth will in consequence think about what is ridiculous per se, a sixth will be pleased at having involuntarily contributed to add a ray of sunshine and mirth to the world,—in all these cases some craving is gratified, whether anger, combativeness, meditation, or benevolence. This instinct, whatever it may be, has seized upon that incident as its prey: why that particular one? [pg 128] Because, hungry and thirsty, it was lying in ambush.

Think about a minor event. Imagine one day while we’re walking down a public street, we notice someone laughing at us. Depending on the emotional need that's peaked within us at that moment, this incident will mean different things. It will be perceived differently based on our social group. One person might brush it off like nothing, another will ignore it, a third might want to pick a fight over it, a fourth will check their clothes to see if there’s anything funny about them, and a fifth will start thinking about what’s inherently ridiculous. Someone else might even feel happy for accidentally bringing some joy and laughter to the world. In all these situations, a personal need is being met, whether that’s anger, a desire to engage, reflection, or kindness. This instinct, whatever it is, has latched onto that moment: but why that particular moment? Because, feeling needy, it was lying in wait. [pg 128]

Not long ago at 11 o'clock in the morning a man suddenly collapsed and fell down in front of me as if struck by lightning. All the women who were near at once gave utterance to cries of horror, while I set the man on his feet again and waited until he recovered his speech. During this time no muscle of my face moved and I experienced no sensation of fear or pity; I simply did what was most urgent and reasonable and calmly proceeded on my way. Supposing some one had told me on the previous evening that at 11 o'clock on the following day a man would fall down in front of me like this, I should have suffered all kinds of agonies in the interval, lying awake all night, and at the decisive moment should also perhaps have fallen down like the man instead of helping him; for in the meantime all the imaginable cravings within me would have had leisure to conceive and to comment upon this incident. What are our experiences, then? Much more what we attribute to them than what they really are. Or should we perhaps say that nothing is contained in them? that experiences in themselves are merely works of fancy?

Not long ago, at 11 o'clock in the morning, a man suddenly collapsed right in front of me, like he’d been struck by lightning. All the women nearby immediately screamed in horror, while I helped the man back to his feet and waited for him to catch his breath. During this whole time, my face didn’t flinch, and I felt no fear or pity; I just did what needed to be done and calmly continued on my way. If someone had told me the night before that a man would fall in front of me at 11 o'clock the next day, I would have stressed over it all night, lying awake and possibly ending up collapsing like him when the moment arrived; during that time, all sorts of imaginations and anxieties would have had the space to form and comment on the situation. So what do we really experience? Much more of what we think about those experiences than the experiences themselves. Or should we say that they don’t really contain anything? That experiences, in their essence, are just products of our imagination?

120.

To Tranquillise the Sceptic.“I don't know at all what I am doing. I don't know in the least what I ought to do!”—You are right, but be sure of this: you are being done at every moment! Mankind has at all times mistaken the [pg 129] active for the passive: it is its eternal grammatical blunder.

To Soothe the Skeptic."I have no idea what I'm doing. I don't know what I should be doing!"—You’re right, but remember this: things are happening to you all the time! Humans have always confused the [pg 129] active with the passive: it’s their ongoing grammatical mistake.

121.

Cause and Effect.—On this mirror—and our intellect is a mirror—something is going on that indicates regularity: a certain thing is each time followed by another certain thing. When we perceive this and wish to give it a name, we call it cause and effect,—fools that we are! as if in this we had understood or could understand anything! For, of course, we have seen nothing but the images of causes and effects, and it is just this figurativeness which renders it impossible for us to see a more substantial relation than that of sequence!

Cause and Effect.—On this mirror—and our mind is a mirror—something is happening that shows regularity: one thing is always followed by another thing. When we notice this and want to name it, we call it cause and effect—how foolish we are! as if we’ve truly understood or could understand anything! Because, really, we've only seen the representations of causes and effects, and it's this figurativeness that makes it impossible for us to see a deeper connection than that of just sequence!

122.

The Purposes in Nature.—Any impartial investigator who examines the history of the eye and its form in the lower creatures, and sees how the visual organ was slowly developed, cannot help recognising that sight was not the first purpose of the eye, but probably only asserted itself when pure hazard had contributed to bring together the apparatus. One single example of this kind, and the “final purposes” fall from our eyes like scales.

The Purposes in Nature.—Any unbiased investigator who looks into the history of the eye and its structure in lower animals, and notices how the visual organ gradually evolved, cannot help but recognize that sight wasn't the primary purpose of the eye; it probably emerged only when chance helped connect the necessary components. One clear example of this kind, and the "final goals" fall from our eyes like scales.

123.

Reason.—How did reason come into the world? As is only proper, in an irrational manner; by accident. We shall have to guess at this accident as a riddle.

Reason.—How did reason enter the world? As you'd expect, it happened in an irrational way; by chance. We'll have to speculate about this chance occurrence as if it's a puzzle.

[pg 130]

124.

What Is Volition?—We laugh at a man who, stepping out of his room at the very minute when the sun is rising, says, “It is my will that the sun shall rise”; or at him who, unable to stop a wheel, says, “I wish it to roll”; or, again, at him who, thrown in a wrestling match, says, “Here I lie, but here I wish to lie.” But, joking apart, do we not act like one of these three persons whenever we use the expression “I wish”?

What Is Volition?—We laugh at a guy who, stepping out of his room just as the sun is rising, says, "It is my will that the sun will rise."; or at the person who, unable to stop a wheel, says, “I wish it to roll”; or, again, at the one who, thrown in a wrestling match, says, "Here I am, but here I wish to be." But seriously, don’t we act like one of these three people whenever we use the phrase "I want"?

125.

On the Domain of Freedom.—We can think many more things than we can do and experience—i.e. our faculty of thinking is superficial and is satisfied with what lies on the surface, it does not even perceive this surface. If our intellect were strictly developed in proportion to our power, and our exercise of this power, the primary principle of our thinking would be that we can understand only that which we are able to do—if, indeed, there is any understanding at all. The thirsty man is without water, but the creations of his imagination continually bring the image of water to his sight, as if nothing could be more easily procured. The superficial and easily satisfied character of the intellect cannot understand real need, and thus feels itself superior. It is proud of being able to do more, to run faster, and to reach the goal almost within the twinkling of an eye: and in this way the domain of thought, when contrasted with the domain of [pg 131] action, volition, and experience, appears to be the domain of liberty, while, as I have already stated, it is nothing but the domain of superficiality and self-sufficiency.

On the Domain of Freedom.—We can think of many more things than we can do and experience—i.e. our ability to think is shallow and is satisfied with what is on the surface; it doesn't even notice this surface. If our intellect developed strictly in line with our abilities, and our use of these abilities, the main principle of our thinking would be that we can only grasp what we are capable of doing—if, in fact, there’s any real understanding at all. The thirsty person is without water, yet their imagination constantly conjures the image of water, as if it could be obtained easily. The shallow and easily satisfied nature of the intellect fails to understand true need and thus feels superior. It takes pride in being able to do more, to run faster, and to reach the goal almost in the blink of an eye: and in this way, the realm of thought, compared to the realm of [pg 131] action, will, and experience, appears to be the realm of freedom, while, as I’ve already pointed out, it is merely the realm of superficiality and self-sufficiency.

126.

Forgetfulness.—It has never yet been proved that there is such a thing as forgetfulness: all that we know is that we have no power over recollection. In the meantime we have filled up this gap in our power with the word “forgetfulness,” exactly as if it were another faculty added to our list. But, after all, what is within our power? If that word fills up a gap in our power, might not the other words be found capable of filling up a gap in the knowledge which we possess of our power?

Memory lapses.—It has never been proven that forgetfulness actually exists; all we know is that we can't control our memories. In the meantime, we’ve filled this void in our abilities with the term "memory lapses," as if it were just another skill added to our list. But really, what do we have control over? If that word fills a gap in our abilities, can’t other words also help us understand what we know about our own powers?

127.

For a Definite Purpose.—Of all human actions probably the least understood are those which are carried out for a definite purpose, because they have always been regarded as the most intelligible and commonplace to our intellect. The great problems can be picked up in the highways and byways.

For a Specific Purpose.—Of all human actions, the ones done for a specific purpose are probably the least understood because they have always seemed the most clear and ordinary to us. The major issues can be found everywhere.

128.

Dreaming and Responsibility.—You would wish to be responsible for everything except your dreams! What miserable weakness, what lack of logical courage! Nothing contains more of your [pg 132] own work than your dreams! Nothing belongs to you so much! Substance, form, duration, actor, spectator—in these comedies you act as your complete selves! And yet it is just here that you are afraid and ashamed of yourselves, and even Oedipus, the wise Oedipus, derived consolation from the thought that we cannot be blamed for what we dream. From this I must conclude that the great majority of men must have some dreadful dreams to reproach themselves with. If it were otherwise, to how great an extent would these nocturnal fictions have been exploited in the interests of man's pride! Need I add that the wise Oedipus was right, that we are really not responsible for our dreams any more than for our waking hours, and that the doctrine of free will has as its parents man's pride and sense of power! Perhaps I say this too often; but that does not prove that it is not true.

Dreams and Responsibility.—You'd prefer to be accountable for everything except your dreams! What a sad weakness, what a lack of logical courage! Nothing reflects your own work more than your dreams! Nothing is more truly yours! Substance, form, duration, actor, spectator—in these comedies you play your true selves! And yet it's right here that you feel afraid and ashamed of yourselves, and even Oedipus, the wise Oedipus, found solace in the idea that we can't be blamed for what we dream. From this, I must conclude that most people must have some awful dreams to feel guilty about. If it were different, how much these night-time fantasies would have been used to boost man's pride! Need I emphasize that the wise Oedipus was correct, that we aren't really responsible for our dreams any more than for our waking moments, and that the concept of free will stems from man's pride and sense of power! Maybe I say this too often; but that doesn't mean it's not true.

129.

The Alleged Combat of Motives.—People speak of the “combat of motives,” but they designate by this expression that which is not a combat of motives at all. What I mean is that, in our meditative consciousness, the consequences of different actions which we think we are able to carry out present themselves successively, one after the other, and we compare these consequences in our mind. We think we have come to a decision concerning an action after we have established to our own satisfaction that the consequences of this [pg 133] action will be favourable. Before we arrive at this conclusion, however, we often seriously worry because of the great difficulties we experience in guessing what the consequences are likely to be, and in seeing them in their full importance, without exception—and, after all this, we must reckon up any fortuitous elements that are likely to arise. Then comes the chief difficulty: all the consequences which we have with such difficulty determined one by one must be weighed on some scales against each other; and it only too often comes about that, owing to the difference in the quality of all the conceivable consequences, both scales and weights are lacking for this casuistry of advantage.

The Alleged Combat of Motives.—People talk about the "conflict of interests," but they use this term to refer to something that isn’t actually a combat of motives at all. What I mean is that, in our reflective thinking, the outcomes of various actions we believe we can take come to mind one after the other, and we compare these outcomes mentally. We think we’ve made a decision regarding an action after we’ve convinced ourselves that the results of this [pg 133] action will be positive. Before we reach this conclusion, however, we often fret greatly due to the significant challenges we face in predicting what the outcomes might be and in grasping their full significance, without exception—and then, after all this, we have to account for any unexpected factors that might come up. Then we hit the main challenge: all the outcomes we painstakingly analyzed one by one must be compared against each other; and it frequently happens that, due to the varying qualities of all the possible consequences, both the scales and the weights needed for this calculation of benefits are missing.

Even supposing, however, that in this case we are able to overcome the difficulty, and that mere hazard has placed in our scales results which permit of a mutual balance, we have now, in the idea of the consequences of a particular action, a motive for performing this very action, but only one motive! When we have finally decided to act, however, we are fairly often influenced by another order of motives than those of the “image of the consequences.” What brings this about may be the habitual working of our inner machinery, or some little encouragement on the part of a person whom we fear or honour or love, or the love of comfort which prefers to do that which lies nearest; or some stirring of the imagination provoked at the decisive moment by some event of trifling importance; or some physical influence which manifests itself quite unexpectedly; a mere whim brings it about; or the outburst of a passion which, as it accidentally [pg 134] happens, is ready to burst forth—in a word, motives operate which we do not understand very well, or which we do not understand at all, and which we can never balance against one another in advance.

Even if we can overcome the difficulty here, and chance has given us results that allow for a balance, we now have, in considering the consequences of a specific action, a single motive to perform that action. But when we finally decide to act, we are often influenced by other motives that differ from the “image of the results.” These influences might come from the regular functioning of our inner workings, a bit of encouragement from someone we fear, respect, or love, or even the desire for comfort that leads us to take the easiest option. It might also stem from a sudden spark of imagination triggered by a seemingly minor event, some unexpected physical influence, a random whim, or an outburst of passion that unexpectedly occurs—essentially, there are motives at play that we don't fully understand or can't understand at all, and we can't reliably weigh them against one another ahead of time.

It is probable that a contest is going on among these motives too, a driving backwards and forwards, a rising and lowering of the parts, and it is this which would be the real “contest of motives,” something quite invisible and unknown to us. I have calculated the consequences and the successes, and in doing so have set a very necessary motive in the line of combat with the other motives,—but I am as little able to draw up this battle line as to see it: the battle itself is hidden from my sight, as likewise is the victory, as victory; for I certainly come to know what I shall finally do, but I cannot know what motive has in the end proved to be the victor. Nevertheless, we are decidedly not in the habit of taking all these unconscious phenomena into account, and we generally conceive of the preliminary stages of an action only so far as they are conscious: thus we mistake the combat of the motives for a comparison of the possible consequences of different actions,—a mistake that brings with it most important consequences, and consequences that are most fatal to the development of morals.

It’s likely that there’s a struggle happening among these motives, with them pushing and pulling, rising and falling, and this would be the real “battle of intentions,” something completely invisible and unknown to us. I’ve figured out the outcomes and successes, and while doing that, I’ve set a necessary motive in opposition to the other motives—but I can’t outline this battlefield any more than I can see it: the fight itself is hidden from me, just like the victory, as victory; because I certainly understand what I will ultimately do, but I can’t know which motive ends up being the winner. Still, we definitely don’t typically consider all these unconscious events, and we usually think about the early stages of an action only as far as they are conscious: so we confuse the struggle of the motives with a comparison of the potential outcomes of different actions—a mistake that leads to very significant consequences, and consequences that are quite damaging to the growth of morals.

130.

Aims? Will?—We have accustomed ourselves to believe in two kingdoms, the domain of purposes and volition, and the domain of chance. In [pg 135] this latter domain everything is done senselessly, there is a continual going to and fro without any one being able to say why or wherefore. We stand in awe of this powerful realm of the great cosmic stupidity, for in most instances we learn to know it when it falls down upon the other world, that of aims and intentions, like a slate from a roof, always overwhelming some beautiful purpose of ours.

Aims? Will?—We have gotten used to believing in two realms: the realm of goals and choices, and the realm of randomness. In [pg 135] this second realm, everything happens without reason, creating a constant back-and-forth with no one able to explain why or how. We are in awe of this powerful realm of cosmic absurdity, for most of the time we come to recognize it when it crashes down upon the other realm of goals and intentions, like a slate falling from a roof, always crushing some beautiful aspiration of ours.

This belief in these two kingdoms arises from ancient romanticism and legend: we clever dwarfs, with all our will and aims, are interfered with, knocked down, and very often crushed to death by those ultra-stupid giants, the accidents,—but in spite of this we should not like to be deprived of the fearful poetry of their proximity, for these monsters very often make their appearance when life in the spider's web of definite aims has become too tiresome or too anxious for us, and they sometimes bring about a divine diversion when their hands for once tear the whole web in pieces,—not that these irrational beings ever intend to do what they do, or even observe it. But their coarse and bony hands rend our web as if it were thin air.

This belief in these two kingdoms comes from ancient romanticism and legend: we clever dwarfs, with all our will and goals, get interrupted, knocked down, and often crushed to death by those ridiculously stupid giants, the accidents—but despite this, we wouldn’t want to lose the terrifying beauty of their closeness. These monsters often show up when life in the spider's web of clear purposes becomes too exhausting or too stressful for us, and they sometimes create a divine distraction when their hands finally tear the whole web apart—not that these irrational beings ever mean to do what they do or even notice it. But their rough and bony hands rip our web apart as if it were nothing.

Moira was the name given by the Greeks to this realm of the incalculable and of sublime and eternal limitedness; and they set it round their gods like a horizon beyond which they could neither see nor act,—with that secret defiance of the gods which one meets with in different nations; the gods are worshipped, but a final trump card is held in readiness to play against them. As instances of this we may recollect that the Indians and the [pg 136] Persians, who conceived all their gods as having to depend upon the sacrifices of mortals, so that if it came to the worst the mortals could, at least, let the gods die of starvation; or the gods of the stubborn and melancholy Scandinavians, who enjoyed a quiet revenge in the thought that a twilight of the gods was to come as some compensation for the perpetual fear which their evil gods caused them. The case of Christianity was very different, for its essential feelings were not those of the Indians, Persians, Greeks, or Scandinavians. Christianity commanded its disciples to worship in the dust the spirit of power, and to kiss the very dust. It gave the world to understand that this omnipotent “realm of stupidity” was not so stupid as it seemed, and that we, on the contrary, were stupid when we could not perceive that behind this realm stood God Himself: He who, although fond of dark, crooked and wonderful ways, at last brought everything to a “glorious end.” This new myth of God, who had hitherto been mistaken for a race of giants or Moira, and who was now Himself the spinner and weaver of webs and purposes even more subtle than those of our own intellect—so subtle, indeed, that they appear to be incomprehensible and even unreasonable—this myth was so bold a transformation and so daring a paradox that the over-refined ancient world could not resist it, however extravagant and contradictory the thing seemed: for, let it be said in confidence, there was a contradiction in it,—if our intellect cannot divine the intellect and aims of God, how did it divine this quality of its intellect and this quality of God's intellect?

Moira was the name the Greeks gave to this realm of the unimaginable and of sublime, eternal limits; they placed it around their gods like a horizon beyond which they couldn’t see or act, embodying a secret defiance of the gods found in various cultures. The gods are worshipped, but there’s always a hidden card ready to be played against them. For example, we can remember that the Indians and Persians believed their gods depended on human sacrifices, so in dire situations, mortals could potentially let the gods starve. Or consider the stubborn, melancholic Scandinavians, who found a quiet satisfaction in the belief that a twilight of the gods would come, compensating for the constant fear their evil gods instilled in them. Christianity presented a very different case, as its core feelings were not aligned with those of the Indians, Persians, Greeks, or Scandinavians. Christianity urged its followers to worship the spirit of power humbly, even to kiss the very dust. It made it clear that this seemingly omnipotent “realm of stupidity” was not as foolish as it appeared, and that we were the ones being foolish when we failed to recognize that behind this realm stood God Himself: He who, despite favoring dark, twisted, and mysterious paths, ultimately brings everything to a “glorious end.” This new notion of God, who had previously been mistaken for a race of giants or Moira, was now revealed as the very weaver of webs and purposes even more intricate than our own intellect—so intricate, in fact, that they seem incomprehensible and unreasonable. This myth was such a bold transformation and a daring paradox that the overly refined ancient world couldn’t resist it, no matter how extravagant and contradictory it seemed. For, let’s be honest, there was a contradiction in it—if our intellect fails to understand the intellect and aims of God, how did we manage to understand the nature of our own intellect and that of God’s intellect?

[pg 137]

In more modern times, indeed, the doubt has increased as to whether the slate that falls from the roof is really thrown by “Divine love,” and mankind again harks back to the old romance of giants and dwarfs. Let us learn then, for it is time we did so, that even in our supposed separate domain of aims and reason the giants likewise rule. And our aims and reason are not dwarfs, but giants. And our own webs are just as often and as clumsily rent by ourselves as by the slate. And not everything is purpose that is called purpose, and still less is everything will that is called will. And if you come to the conclusion, “Then there is only one domain, that of stupidity and hazard?” it must be added that possibly there is only one domain, possibly there is neither will nor aim, and we may only have imagined these things. Those iron hands of necessity that shake the dice-box of chance continue their game indefinitely: hence, it must happen that certain throws perfectly resemble every degree of appropriateness and good sense. It may be that our own voluntary acts and purposes are merely such throws, and that we are too circumscribed and vain to conceive our extremely circumscribed state! that we ourselves shake the dice-box with iron hands, and do nothing in our most deliberate actions but play the game of necessity. Possibly! To rise beyond this “possibly” we should indeed have been guests in the Underworld, playing at dice and betting with Proserpine at the table of the goddess herself.

In today's world, there's definitely more doubt about whether the slate falling from the roof is really being tossed by "Divine love" and people are once again reminiscing about the old stories of giants and dwarves. Let’s learn this, because it’s about time: even in what we think of as our separate space of goals and logic, the giants still have control. Our goals and logic aren’t dwarfs; they’re giants. We often mess up our own plans just as clumsily as the slate falling down. Not everything called purpose is actually purpose, and even less so is everything called will considered true will. If you find yourself thinking, "Is there really just one realm, that of ignorance and randomness?" it should also be noted that maybe there’s only one realm; perhaps there’s neither will nor purpose, and we might just be imagining those concepts. Those iron hands of necessity that shake the dice of chance keep playing their game endlessly: therefore, it’s possible that certain rolls might closely mimic every kind of appropriateness and common sense. It could be that our own voluntary actions and intentions are just those rolls, and that we are too limited and arrogant to realize our extremely restricted state! That we ourselves are shaking the dice with iron hands and that in our most intentional actions, we’re merely playing the game of necessity. Maybe! To get beyond this "maybe," we would really need to be guests in the Underworld, rolling dice and placing bets with Proserpine at the goddess’s own table.

[pg 138]

131.

Moral Fashions.—How moral judgments as a whole have changed! The greatest marvels of the morality of antiquity, such as Epictetus, knew nothing of the glorification, now so common, of the spirit of sacrifice, of living for others: after the fashion of morality now prevailing we should really call them immoral; for they fought with all their strength for their own ego and against all sympathy for others, especially for the sufferings and moral imperfections of others. Perhaps they would reply to us by saying, “If you feel yourselves to be such dull and ugly people, by all means think of others more than yourselves. You will be quite right in doing so!”

Moral Trends.—How much moral judgments have shifted! The greatest wonders of ancient morality, like Epictetus, knew nothing of the current trend to glorify sacrifice and living for others: by today’s moral standards, we might actually label them as immoral; because they fought hard for their own interests and showed little sympathy for others, especially towards the suffering and flaws of others. They might respond by saying, "If you see yourselves as boring and unattractive, then go ahead and think of others more than yourselves. You'd be completely right to do that!"

132.

The Last Echoes of Christianity In Morals.“On n'est bon que par la pitié: il faut donc qu'il y ait quelque pitié dans tous nos sentiments”—so says morality nowadays. And how does this come about? The fact that the man who performs social, sympathetic, disinterested, and benevolent actions is now considered as the moral man: this is perhaps the most general effect, the most complete transformation, that Christianity has produced in Europe; perhaps in spite of itself, and not by any means because this was part of its essential doctrine. But this was the residuum of those Christian feelings that prevailed at the time when the contrary and thoroughly selfish faith in the “one thing needful,” the absolute [pg 139] importance of eternal and personal salvation, together with the dogmas upon which this belief had rested, were gradually receding, and when the auxiliary beliefs in “love” and “love of one's neighbour,” harmonising with the extraordinary practice of charity by the Church, were thereby coming to the front. The more people gradually became separated from the dogmas, the more did they seek some sort of justification for this separation in a cult of the love of humanity: not to fall short in this respect of the Christian ideal, but to excel it if possible, was the secret stimulus of all the French free-thinkers from Voltaire to Auguste Comte; and this latter with his famous moral formula “vivre pour autrui” has indeed out-christianised even Christianity!

The Final Echoes of Christianity in Morals."We are only good through compassion; therefore, there has to be some compassion in all our feelings."—this is what morality seems to say today. How did this happen? The fact that a person who engages in social, caring, selfless, and kind actions is now seen as the moral person: this might be the most widespread effect and the most significant change that Christianity has caused in Europe; perhaps even against its own will, and certainly not because this was part of its core teachings. But this was the leftover of those Christian sentiments that were dominant at a time when the opposing and thoroughly selfish belief in the “one essential thing,” the absolute [pg 139] importance of eternal and personal salvation, along with the doctrines supporting this belief, were slowly fading away, and when the supporting beliefs in "love" and “love your neighbor,” aligned with the remarkable practice of charity by the Church, were therefore coming into focus. As people gradually distanced themselves from the doctrines, they increasingly sought some form of validation for this separation in a devotion to humanity’s love: not to fall short of the Christian ideal, but to surpass it if possible, was the hidden motivation behind all the French free-thinkers from Voltaire to Auguste Comte; and this last one, with his well-known moral phrase “live for others”, has indeed outdone even Christianity!

It was Schopenhauer in Germany and John Stuart Mill in England who were the means of bringing into the greatest prominence this doctrine of sympathetic affections and of pity or utility to others as a principle of action; but these men themselves were only echoes. From about the time of the French Revolution these doctrines have manifested themselves in various places with enormous force. Since then they have shown themselves in their coarsest as well has their most subtle form, and all Socialistic principles have almost involuntarily taken their stand on the common ground of this doctrine. At the present time there is perhaps no more widely spread prejudice than that of thinking that we know what really and truly constitutes morality. Every one now seems to learn with satisfaction that society is beginning [pg 140] to adapt the individual to the general needs, and that it is at the same time the happiness and sacrifice of each one to consider himself as a useful member and instrument of the whole. They have still, however, doubts as to the form in which this whole is to be looked for, whether in a state already existing, or in one which has yet to be established, or in a nation, or in an international brotherhood, or in new and small economic communities. On this point there is still much reflection, doubt, struggling, excitement, and passion; but it is pleasant and wonderful to observe the unanimity with which the “ego” is called upon to practice self-denial, until, in the form of adaptation to the whole, it once again secures its own fixed sphere of rights and duties,—until, indeed, it has become something quite new and different. Nothing else is being attempted, whether admitted or not, than the complete transformation, even the weakening and suppression of the individual: the supporters of the majority never tire of enumerating and anathematising all that is bad, hostile, lavish, expensive, and luxurious in the form of individual existence that has hitherto prevailed; they hope that society may be administered in a cheaper, less dangerous, more uniform, and more harmonious way when nothing is left but large corporations and their members. All that is considered as good which in any way corresponds to this desire for grouping men into one particular society, and to the minor cravings which necessarily accompany this desire,—this is the chief moral current of our time; sympathy and social feelings are working [pg 141] hand in glove. (Kant is still outside of this movement: he expressly teaches that we should be insensible to the sufferings of others if our benevolence is to have any moral value,—a doctrine which Schopenhauer, very angrily, as may easily be imagined, described as the Kantian absurdity.)

It was Schopenhauer in Germany and John Stuart Mill in England who played a major role in popularizing the idea of sympathetic feelings and the importance of pity or utility to others as a guiding principle for our actions; however, these thinkers were merely reflecting a broader movement. Since around the time of the French Revolution, these ideas have emerged in various places with significant impact. They have appeared in both their roughest and most nuanced forms, and nearly all Socialistic ideas have almost unconsciously embraced this doctrine. Nowadays, one of the most common misconceptions is that we actually understand what truly defines morality. People seem to take comfort in the fact that society is beginning to adapt individuals to meet collective needs, and that each person's fulfillment and willingness to sacrifice is tied to seeing themselves as a useful part of the whole. However, there are still many uncertainties about what this whole looks like—whether it exists in an already-established state, a new one yet to be created, a nation, an international fellowship, or new, smaller economic communities. There remains much thought, doubt, struggle, excitement, and passion surrounding this issue; yet, it's fascinating to see the agreement on the idea that the "self" must practice self-denial until it molds itself to the collective, ultimately reclaiming its own defined rights and responsibilities, even transforming in the process. What is really being pursued, whether openly acknowledged or not, is the complete transformation, even the diminishing and suppression of the individual: advocates of the majority tirelessly list and condemn everything negative, hostile, extravagant, costly, and luxurious about the current state of individual existence; they hope that society can be managed in a more affordable, less risky, more uniform, and harmonious manner when only large organizations and their members remain. Anything that aligns with this desire to group people into a specific society, along with the smaller needs that come with it, represents the main moral drive of our era; empathy and social feelings are functioning hand in hand. (Kant remains outside of this movement: he clearly argues that we should be indifferent to the suffering of others if our kindness is to hold any moral significance—a view that Schopenhauer, predictably, condemned as the Kantian absurdity.)

133.

No longer thinking of One's Self.—Let us seriously consider why we should jump into the water to rescue some one who has just fallen in before our eyes, although we may have no particular sympathy for him. We do it for pity's sake; no one thinks now but of his neighbour,—so says thoughtlessness. Why do we experience grief and uneasiness when we see some one spit blood, although we may be really ill-disposed towards him and wish him no good? Out of pity; we have ceased to think of ourselves,—so says thoughtlessness again. The truth is that in our pity—I mean by this what we erroneously call “pity”—we no longer think consciously of ourselves, but quite unconsciously, exactly as when slipping we unconsciously make the best counter-motions possible in order to recover our balance, and in doing so clearly use all our intelligence. A mishap to another offends us; it would bring our impotence, or perhaps our cowardice, into strong relief if we could do nothing to help him; or in itself it would give rise to a diminution of our honour in the eyes of others and of ourselves. Or again, accidents that happen to others act as finger-posts to point out our own danger, and even as [pg 142] indications of human peril and frailty they can produce a painful effect upon us. We shake off this kind of pain and offence, and balance it by an act of pity behind which may be hidden a subtle form of self-defence or even revenge. That at bottom we strongly think of ourselves may easily be divined from the decision that we arrive at in all cases where we can avoid the sight of those who are suffering or starving or wailing. We make up our minds not to avoid such people when we can approach them as powerful and helpful ones, when we can safely reckon upon their applause, or wish to feel the contrast of our own happiness, or, again, when we hope to get rid of our own boredom. It is misleading to call the suffering that we experience at such a sight, and which may be of a very different kind, commiseration. For in all cases it is a suffering from which the suffering person before us is free: it is our own suffering, just as his suffering is his own. It is thus only this personal feeling of misery that we get rid of by acts of compassion. Nevertheless, we never act thus from one single motive: as it is certain that we wish to free ourselves from suffering thereby, it is also certain that by the same action we yield to an impulse of pleasure. Pleasure arises at the sight of a contrast to our own condition, at the knowledge that we should be able to help if only we wished to do so, at the thought of the praise and gratitude which we should gain if we did help, at the very act of helping, in so far as this might prove successful (and because something which is gradually seen to be successful gives pleasure to the doer); but even more particularly at the feeling that our intervention [pg 143] brings to an end some deplorable injustice,—even the outburst of one's indignation is invigorating.

"No longer focused on oneself."—Let’s take a moment to think about why we would jump into the water to save someone who just fell in right in front of us, even if we don’t particularly care about them. We do it out of compassion; in the moment, we focus solely on the person in need—this is what thoughtlessness tells us. Why do we feel sorrow and discomfort when we see someone coughing up blood, even if we might not like them and have no wish for their well-being? It’s out of compassion; we stop thinking about ourselves—again, that’s what thoughtlessness suggests. The reality is that in our compassion—I mean what we mistakenly call "feel sorry"—we aren't consciously thinking of ourselves, but rather unconsciously, just like when we slip and instinctively try to steady ourselves, using all our intelligence to do so. When something bad happens to someone else, it bothers us; it highlights our own helplessness or maybe cowardice if we can’t help, or it diminishes our honor in both our eyes and those of others. Furthermore, accidents that befall others serve as reminders of our own risks, and can even painfully illustrate human vulnerability and frailty to us. We shake off that pain and annoyance and counter it by showing compassion, which might be cloaked in a subtle self-defense mechanism or even a desire for revenge. Our strong focus on ourselves can be easily inferred from the choices we make to avoid seeing those who are suffering, starving, or grieving. We decide not to avoid these people when we can approach them as powerful and helpful, when we are likely to receive their appreciation, or when we want to contrast our own happiness with theirs, or even when we’re simply looking to alleviate our own boredom. It’s misleading to label the suffering we feel in such situations, which can vary greatly, as commiseration. In every case, it’s a suffering that the person we see is free of: theirs is theirs, and ours is ours. So, ultimately, it’s this personal feeling of misery that we alleviate through acts of compassion. However, we never act from a single motive: while it’s true that we want to relieve our own suffering, it’s also true that this same action fulfills a desire for pleasure. Pleasure arises from seeing a contrast to our own circumstances, from knowing we could help if we chose to, from anticipating the praise and gratitude we’d receive if we did help, and from the very act of helping, provided it’s done successfully (because a successful endeavor brings joy to the doer); but especially from the feeling that our intervention [pg 143] puts an end to some unfairness—even a burst of indignation can be energizing.

All this, including even things still more subtle, comprises “pity.” How clumsily with this one word does language fall foul of such a complex and polyphonous organism! That pity, on the other hand, is identical with the suffering the sight of which brings it about, or that it has a particularly subtle and penetrating comprehension of it: this is in contradiction to experience, and he who has glorified pity under these two heads lacked sufficient experience in the domain of morals. That is why I am seized with some doubts when reading of the incredible things attributed by Schopenhauer to pity. It is obvious that he thereby wished to make us believe in the great novelty he brought forward, viz., that pity—the pity which he observed so superficially and described so badly—was the source of all and every past and future moral action,—and all this precisely because of those faculties which he had begun by attributing to it.

All this, including even more subtle aspects, makes up "That's too bad." How awkwardly does language struggle with this single word when dealing with such a complex and multifaceted concept! On the other hand, pity is the same as the suffering that triggers it, or it has a particularly deep and nuanced understanding of that suffering: this contradicts experience, and anyone who has elevated pity in these two ways has not had enough experience in the realm of ethics. That’s why I have some doubts when I read the incredible claims Schopenhauer makes about pity. It’s clear that he wanted us to believe in the groundbreaking idea he presented, namely that pity—the pity he observed in a very shallow way and described poorly—was the source of all past and future moral actions, and all this because of those qualities he initially attributed to it.

What is it in the end that distinguishes men without pity from men who are really compassionate? In particular, to give merely an approximate indication, they have not the sensitive feeling for fear, the subtle faculty for perceiving danger: nor yet is their vanity so easily wounded if something happens which they might have been able to prevent,—the caution of their pride commands them not to interfere uselessly with the affairs of others; they even act on the belief that every one should help himself and play his own cards. Again, in [pg 144] most cases they are more habituated to bearing pain than compassionate men, and it does not seem at all unjust to them that others should suffer, since they themselves have suffered. Lastly, the state of soft-heartedness is as painful to them as is the state of stoical impassability to compassionate men: they have only disdainful words for sensitive hearts, as they think that such a state of feeling is dangerous to their own manliness and calm bravery,—they conceal their tears from others and wipe them off, angry with themselves. They belong to a different type of egoists from the compassionate men,—but to call them, in a distinct sense, evil and the compassionate ones good, is merely a moral fashion which has had its innings, just as the reverse fashion had also its innings, and a long innings, too.

What ultimately sets heartless people apart from truly compassionate ones? To put it simply, they lack a sensitive awareness of fear and the ability to sense danger. Their pride isn’t easily bruised when something happens that they could’ve potentially prevented; their pride keeps them from meddling in others' affairs unnecessarily. They even believe that everyone should fend for themselves and play their own cards. Additionally, they are often more accustomed to enduring pain than compassionate people are, and they don’t find it unjust when others suffer, since they’ve experienced suffering themselves. Finally, the feeling of being soft-hearted is as uncomfortable for them as being stoically unemotional is for compassionate individuals. They often have contempt for sensitive people, thinking that such feelings threaten their own strength and composure; they hide their tears and wipe them away, annoyed with themselves. They represent a different kind of egoist compared to compassionate people, but labeling them distinctly as evil and compassionate individuals as good is just a moral trend that has had its time, just as the opposite view has had its time as well.

134.

To what Extent we must Beware of Pity.—Pity, in so far as it actually gives rise to suffering—and this must be our only point of view here—is a weakness, like every other indulgence in an injurious emotion. It increases suffering throughout the world, and although here and there a certain amount of suffering may be indirectly diminished or removed altogether as a consequence of pity, we must not bring forward these occasional consequences, which are on the whole insignificant, to justify the nature of pity which, as has already been stated, is prejudicial. Supposing that it prevailed, even if only for one day, it would bring humanity to utter ruin. In itself the nature of pity is no better than [pg 145] that of any other craving; it is only where it is called for and praised—and this happens when people do not understand what is injurious in it, but find in it a sort of joy—that a good conscience becomes attached to it; it is only then that we willingly yield to it, and do not shrink from acknowledging it. In other circumstances where it is understood to be dangerous, it is looked upon as a weakness; or, as in the case of the Greeks, as an unhealthy periodical emotion the danger of which might be removed by temporary and voluntary discharges. If a man were to undertake the experiment of deliberately devoting his attention to the opportunities afforded by practical life for the exercise of pity, and were over and over again to picture in his own mind the misery he might meet with in his immediate surroundings, he would inevitably become melancholy and ill. If, however, he wished in any sense of the word to serve humanity as a physician, he would have to take many precautions with respect to this feeling, as otherwise it would paralyse him at all critical moments, undermine the foundations of his knowledge, and unnerve his helpful and delicate hand.

How Cautious We Should Be About Pity.—Pity, in how it actually leads to suffering—and this must be our only perspective here—is a weakness, like any other indulgence in a harmful emotion. It amplifies suffering around the world, and while there may be instances where a bit of suffering is indirectly lessened or completely alleviated due to pity, we shouldn't highlight these rare outcomes, which are largely insignificant, to justify the nature of pity which, as already mentioned, is harmful. If it were to dominate, even just for a day, it would lead humanity to complete destruction. Pity, by itself, is no better than [pg 145] any other desire; it's only when people call for it and praise it—that happens when they don't recognize what's harmful in it but find a kind of joy in it—that a good conscience gets attached to it; it's only then that we willingly give in to it and don't hesitate to acknowledge it. In other situations where it’s understood to be dangerous, it's perceived as a weakness; or, as the Greeks viewed it, as an unhealthy recurring emotion whose risk could be mitigated by temporary and voluntary releases. If someone were to purposely focus on the chances in everyday life to express pity, and repeatedly visualize the suffering they might encounter nearby, they would inevitably become sad and unwell. However, if they truly wanted to help humanity as a healer, they'd have to take many precautions regarding this feeling, or else it would paralyze them at critical moments, weaken the foundations of their knowledge, and unsteady their supportive and gentle hand.

135.

Arousing Pity.—Among savages men think with a moral shudder of the possibility of becoming an object of pity, for such a state they regard as deprived of all virtue. Pitying is equivalent to despising: they do not want to see a contemptible being suffer, for this would afford them no enjoyment. [pg 146] On the other hand, to behold one of their enemies suffering, some one whom they look upon as their equal in pride, but whom torture cannot induce to give up his pride, and in general to see some one suffer who refuses to lower himself by appealing for pity—which would in their eyes be the most profound and shameful humiliation—this is the very joy of joys. Such a spectacle excites the deepest admiration in the soul of the savage, and he ends by killing such a brave man when it is in his power, afterwards according funeral honours to the unbending one. If he had groaned, however; if his countenance had lost its expression of calm disdain; if he had shown himself to be contemptible,—well, in such a case he might have been allowed to live like a dog: he would no longer have aroused the pride of the spectator, and pity would have taken the place of admiration.

Eliciting Sympathy.—Among primitive people, men feel a moral chill at the thought of becoming an object of pity, as they see such a state as completely lacking in virtue. To be pitied is to be despised: they don't want to witness a despicable being suffer, as that brings them no joy. [pg 146] On the flip side, seeing one of their enemies in pain—someone they view as their equal in pride, yet who refuses to relinquish his pride even under torture, and generally anyone who suffers without begging for pity—which they see as the ultimate and most shameful humiliation—is the greatest joy for them. Such a scene stirs deep admiration in the hearts of the primitive people, and they may eventually kill such a brave person if they can, afterwards honoring the unyielding one with funeral rites. However, if he had groaned; if his face had lost its expression of calm disdain; if he had revealed himself to be contemptible—then he might have been allowed to live like a dog: he would no longer inspire pride in the onlooker, and pity would replace admiration.

136.

Happiness in Pity.—If, as is the case among the Hindus, we decree the end and aim of all intellectual activity to be the knowledge of human misery, and if for generation after generation this dreadful resolution be steadily adhered to, pity in the eyes of such men of hereditary pessimism comes to have a new value as a preserver of life, something that helps to make existence endurable, although it may seem worthy of being rejected with horror and disgust. Pity becomes an antidote to suicide, a sentiment which brings pleasure with it and enables us to taste superiority in small doses. It [pg 147] gives some diversion to our minds, makes our hearts full, banishes fear and lethargy, and incites us to speak, to complain, or to act: it is a relative happiness when compared with the misery of the knowledge that hampers the individual on every side, bewilders him, and takes away his breath. Happiness, however, no matter of what nature it may be, gives us air and light and freedom of movement.

Happiness in Pity.

—If, as is the case among Hindus, we declare that the ultimate goal of all intellectual efforts is to understand human suffering, and if this grim conviction is upheld for generation after generation, then pity, in the eyes of those steeped in inherited pessimism, gains a new significance as a lifeline, something that helps make life bearable, even if it may seem deserving of rejection with horror and revulsion. Pity becomes a remedy against suicide, a feeling that brings some joy and allows us to experience a sense of superiority in small doses. It [pg 147] provides some distraction for our minds, fills our hearts, drives away fear and apathy, and encourages us to speak, to complain, or to take action: it is a relative happiness when measured against the misery caused by the knowledge that surrounds the individual, confuses him, and leaves him breathless. Happiness, regardless of its form, gives us air and light and the freedom to move.

137.

Why Double the Ego?—To view our own experiences in the same light as we are in the habit of looking at those of others is very comforting and an advisable medicine. On the other hand, to look upon the experiences of others and adopt them as if they were our own—which is called for by the philosophy of pity—would ruin us in a very short time: let us only make the experiment without trying to imagine it any longer! The first maxim is, in addition, undoubtedly more in accordance with reason and goodwill towards reason; for we estimate more objectively the value and significance of an event when it happens to others,—the value, for instance, of a death, loss of money or slander. But pity, taking as its principle of action the injunction, “Suffer the misfortune of another as much as he himself,” would lead the point of view of the ego with all its exaggerations and deviations to become the point of view of the other person, the sympathiser: so that we should have to suffer at the same time from our own ego and the other's ego. In this way we would voluntarily overload [pg 148] ourselves with a double irrationality, instead of making the burden of our own as light as possible.

Why Double Ego?—It's comforting and wise to see our own experiences the same way we typically view those of others. However, seeing other people's experiences and claiming them as our own—what the philosophy of pity suggests—would quickly lead to our downfall: we only need to try it to find out! The first principle is also more reasonable and considerate; we understand the value and importance of an event, like a death, financial loss, or slander, much more objectively when it happens to someone else. But pity, which operates on the principle, "Experience the misfortune of others just as intensely as you would your own." would make our perspective—filled with all its distortions and biases—become that of the other person who is sympathizing: leading us to suffer from both our own ego and the other person's. In this way, we would willingly burden [pg 148] ourselves with double irrationality instead of lightening our own load as much as we can.

138.

Becoming more Tender.—Whenever we love some one and venerate and admire him, and afterwards come to perceive that he is suffering—which always causes us the utmost astonishment, since we cannot but feel that the happiness we derive from him must flow from a superabundant source of personal happiness—our feelings of love, veneration, and admiration are essentially changed: they become more tender; that is, the gap that separates us seems to be bridged over and there appears to be an approach to equality. It now seems possible to give him something in return, whilst we had previously imagined him as being altogether above our gratitude. Our ability to requite him for what we have received from him arouses in us feelings of much joy and pleasure. We endeavour to ascertain what can best calm the grief of our friend, and we give it to him; if he wishes for kind words, looks, attentions, services, or presents, we give them; but, above all, if he would like to see us suffering from the sight of his suffering, we pretend to suffer, for all this secures for us the enjoyment of active gratitude, which is equivalent in a way to good-natured revenge. If he wants none of these things, and refuses to accept them from us, we depart from him chilled and sad, almost mortified; it appears to us as if our gratitude had been declined, and on this point of honour even the [pg 149] best of men is still somewhat touchy. It results from all this that even in the best case there is something humiliating in suffering, and something elevating and superior in sympathy,—a fact which will keep the two feelings apart for ever and ever.

Getting more Sensitive.—Whenever we love someone and hold them in high regard, and then realize they are suffering—which always surprises us because we believe the joy we get from them must come from their abundant happiness—our feelings of love, respect, and admiration change: they become more tender; that is, the distance between us seems to close and we feel more equal. It now seems possible to give something back to them, whereas before we thought they were entirely above our gratitude. Our ability to reciprocate what we’ve received from them brings us a lot of joy and satisfaction. We try to find out what might best ease our friend’s pain, and we offer it to them; whether they want kind words, looks, gestures, services, or gifts, we provide them; but above all, if they want to see us suffer because they are suffering, we act like we are in pain, because all this allows us to enjoy the thrill of active gratitude, which feels a bit like good-natured revenge. If they don’t want any of this and refuse our help, we leave feeling cold and sad, almost embarrassed; it feels like our gratitude has been turned down, and even the best of people can be a bit sensitive about this point of honor. All of this shows that even in the best situations, suffering feels humiliating, while sympathy feels uplifting and superior—a fact that will keep these two emotions apart forever.

139.

Higher in Name only.—You say that the morality of pity is a higher morality than that of stoicism? Prove it! But take care not to measure the “higher” and “lower” degrees of morality once more by moral yardsticks; for there are no absolute morals. So take your yardstick from somewhere else, and be on your guard!

Higher in name only.—You claim that the morality of pity is better than that of stoicism? Prove it! But be careful not to measure the "taller" and "decrease" levels of morality using moral standards again; there are no absolute morals. So find your standards somewhere else, and stay alert!

140.

Praise and Blame.—When a war has come to an unsuccessful conclusion we try to find the man who is to blame for the war; when it comes to a successful conclusion we praise the man who is responsible for it. In all unsuccessful cases attempts are made to blame somebody, for non-success gives rise to dejection, against which the single possible remedy is involuntarily applied; a new incitement of the sense of power; and this incitement is found in the condemnation of the “guilty” one. This guilty one is not perhaps the scapegoat of the faults of others; he is merely the victim of the feeble, humiliated, and depressed people who wish to prove upon some one that they have not yet lost all their power. Even self-condemnation after a defeat may be the means of restoring the feeling of power.

Praise and Blame.—When a war ends unsuccessfully, we look for someone to blame; when it ends successfully, we praise the person responsible. In all unsuccessful situations, there’s a push to find fault, as failure leads to disappointment, and the only way to combat that feeling is to boost our sense of power, which we do by condemning the "guilty" party. This guilty party might just be a scapegoat for others’ mistakes; they are simply the victims of the weak, humiliated, and defeated who want to show they still have some power. Even blaming oneself after a defeat can help restore that sense of power.

[pg 150]

On the other hand, glorification of the originator is often but an equally blind result of another instinct that demands its victim,—and in this case the sacrifice appears to be sweet and attractive even for the victim. This happens when the feeling of power is satiated in a nation or a society by so great and fascinating a success that a weariness of victory supervenes and pride wishes to be discharged: a feeling of self-sacrifice is aroused and looks for its object. Thus, whether we are blamed or praised we merely, as a rule, provide opportunities for the gratification of others, and are only too often caught up and whirled away for our neighbours to discharge upon us their accumulated feelings of praise or blame. In both cases we confer a benefit upon them for which we deserve no credit and they no thanks.

On the other hand, the glorification of the originator is often just another blind result of an instinct that demands its victim—and in this case, the sacrifice seems appealing and attractive even to the victim. This occurs when a nation or society feels so empowered by a huge and captivating success that they become weary of victory, and pride wants to be released: a feeling of self-sacrifice is awakened and looks for its focus. Thus, whether we are criticized or praised, we generally just serve as opportunities for others to satisfy their feelings, and too often we get caught up and swept away as our neighbors unload their pent-up praise or blame on us. In both instances, we do them a favor for which we deserve no credit and they no gratitude.

141.

More Beautiful but Less Valuable.—Picturesque morality: such is the morality of those passions characterised by sudden outbursts, abrupt transitions; pathetic, impressive, dreadful, and solemn attitudes and gestures. It is the semi-savage stage of morality: never let us be tempted to set it on a higher plane merely on account of its æsthetic charms.

More beautiful but less valuable.—Picturesque morality: that’s the kind of morality found in passions marked by sudden outbursts and abrupt changes; moving, impressive, terrifying, and serious attitudes and gestures. It's a somewhat primitive level of morality: we should never be tempted to elevate it just because of its aesthetic appeal.

142.

Sympathy.—In order to understand our neighbour, that is, in order to reproduce his sentiments in ourselves, we often, no doubt, plumb the cause of his feelings, as, for example, by asking ourselves, Why [pg 151] is he sad? in order that we may become sad ourselves for the same reason. But we much more frequently neglect to act thus, and we produce these feelings in ourselves in accordance with the effects which they exhibit in the person we are studying,—by imitating in our own body the expression of his eyes, his voice, his gait, his attitude (or, at any rate, the likeness of these things in words, pictures, and music), or we may at least endeavour to mimic the action of his muscles and nervous system. A like feeling will then spring up in us as the result of an old association of movements and sentiments which has been trained to run backwards and forwards. We have developed to a very high pitch this knack of sounding the feelings of others, and when we are in the presence of any one else we bring this faculty of ours into play almost involuntarily,—let the inquirer observe the animation of a woman's countenance and notice how it vibrates and quivers with animation as the result of the continual imitation and reflection of what is going on around her.

Sympathy.—To understand our neighbor, or to feel what they feel, we often try to get to the root of their emotions by asking ourselves, “Why [pg 151] are they sad?” so we can feel sad for the same reason. However, we usually don’t do this and instead, we create these feelings within ourselves based on the effects we observe in the person we’re focusing on—by mimicking in our own bodies the expressions in their eyes, their voice, their walk, their posture (or at least the resemblance of these in words, images, and music). We might even try to copy the movements of their muscles and nervous system. As a result, a similar feeling arises in us from a long-established connection between movements and emotions that we've practiced responding to. We've honed this ability to sense the feelings of others to a high degree, and when we’re with someone else, we almost automatically activate this skill—just observe the lively expression on a woman’s face and see how it dances and trembles with energy from constantly imitating and reflecting what’s happening around her.

It is music, however, more than anything else that shows us what past-masters we are in the rapid and subtle divination of feelings and sympathy; for even if music is only the imitation of an imitation of feelings, nevertheless, despite its distance and vagueness, it often enables us to participate in those feelings, so that we become sad without any reason for feeling so, like the fools that we are, merely because we hear certain sounds and rhythms that somehow or other remind us of the intonation and the movements, or perhaps even only of the behaviour, of sorrowful people. It is related of a [pg 152] certain Danish king that he was wrought up to such a pitch of warlike enthusiasm by the song of a minstrel that he sprang to his feet and killed five persons of his assembled court: there was neither war nor enemy; there was rather the exact opposite; yet the power of the retrospective inference from a feeling to the cause of it was sufficiently strong in this king to overpower both his observation and his reason. Such, however, is almost invariably the effect of music (provided that it thrills us), and we have no need of such paradoxical instances to recognise this,—the state of feeling into which music transports us is almost always in contradiction to the appearance of our actual state, and of our reasoning power which recognises this actual state and its causes.

It’s music, more than anything else, that shows us how skilled we are at quickly and subtly picking up on feelings and empathy. Even if music is just a copy of a copy of emotions, it still allows us to connect with those feelings, making us feel sad for no reason, like fools, just because we hear certain sounds and rhythms that remind us of the tone and movements—or maybe just the behavior—of sad people. There’s a story about a certain Danish king who became so caught up in a minstrel’s song that he leaped to his feet and killed five members of his court: there was no war or enemy around; quite the opposite. Yet, the king was so overwhelmed by the connection between the feeling and its cause that he ignored both what he saw and his reasoning. This effect of music is almost always the same—as long as it moves us. We don’t need such strange examples to see this; the feeling music gives us often contradicts our actual state and our reasoning, which recognizes that state and its causes.

If we inquire how it happened that this imitation of the feelings of others has become so common, there will be no doubt as to the answer: man being the most timid of all beings because of his subtle and delicate nature has been made familiar through his timidity with this sympathy for, and rapid comprehension of, the feelings of others, even of animals. For century after century he saw danger in everything that was unfamiliar to him, in anything that happened to be alive, and whenever the spectacle of such things and creatures came before his eyes he imitated their features and attitude, drawing at the same time his own conclusion as to the nature of the evil intentions they concealed. This interpretation of all movements and all facial characteristics in the sense of intentions, man has even brought to bear on things inanimate,—urged on as he was by the illusion that there was nothing inanimate. I [pg 153] believe that this is the origin of everything that we now call a feeling for nature, that sensation of joy which men experience at the sight of the sky, the fields, the rocks, the forests, the storms, the stars, the landscapes, and spring: without our old habits of fear which forced us to suspect behind everything a kind of second and more recondite sense, we should now experience no delight in nature, in the same way as men and animals do not cause us to rejoice if we have not first been deterred by that source of all understanding, namely, fear. For joy and agreeable surprise, and finally the feeling of ridicule, are the younger children of sympathy, and the much younger brothers and sisters of fear. The faculty of rapid perception, which is based on the faculty of rapid dissimulation, decreases in proud and autocratic men and nations, as they are less timid; but, on the other hand, every category of understanding and dissimulation is well known to timid peoples, and among them is to be found the real home of imitative arts and superior intelligence.

If we ask how it came to be that mimicking the feelings of others has become so widespread, the answer is clear: humans, being the most timid of all creatures due to their sensitive and fragile nature, have become attuned to this empathy and quick understanding of others' feelings, even those of animals. For centuries, humans have viewed everything unfamiliar to them as a potential danger, especially anything alive. Whenever they encountered such things, they mimicked their features and posture while forming their own conclusions about the hidden threats they posed. This way of interpreting all movements and facial expressions as conveying intentions has even extended to inanimate objects, driven by the belief that nothing is truly lifeless. I [pg 153] believe this is the foundation of what we now refer to as a feeling for nature—the joy people feel when they see the sky, fields, rocks, forests, storms, stars, landscapes, and spring. Without our old fears, which made us suspect deeper meanings behind everything, we wouldn’t find delight in nature, just as men and animals fail to bring us joy unless we’ve first been influenced by that fundamental understanding, which is fear. Joy, pleasant surprise, and even the feeling of mockery are younger siblings of sympathy and the much younger siblings of fear. The ability to quickly perceive, which relies on the skill of rapid dissimulation, diminishes in proud and authoritarian individuals and nations, as they are less timid; however, every form of understanding and dissimulation is well-known among timid people, who truly are the heart of imitative arts and greater intelligence.

When, proceeding from the theory of sympathy such as I have just outlined, I turn my attention to the theory, now so popular and almost sacrosanct, of a mystical process by means of which pity blends two beings into one, and thus permits them immediately to understand one another, when I recollect that even so clear a brain as Schopenhauer's delighted in such fantastic nonsense, and that he in his turn transplanted this delight into other lucid and semi-lucid brains, I feel unlimited astonishment and compassion. How great must be the pleasure we experience in this senseless tomfoolery! How [pg 154] near must even a sane man be to insanity as soon as he listens to his own secret intellectual desires!—Why did Schopenhauer really feel so grateful, so profoundly indebted to Kant? He revealed on one occasion the undoubted answer to this question. Some one had spoken of the way in which the qualitias occulta of Kant's Categorical Imperative might be got rid of, so that the theory itself might be rendered intelligible. Whereupon Schopenhauer gave utterance to the following outburst: “An intelligible Categorical Imperative! Preposterous idea! Stygian darkness! God forbid that it should ever become intelligible! The fact that there is actually something unintelligible, that this misery of the understanding and its conceptions is limited, conditional, final, and deceptive,—this is beyond question Kant's great gift.” Let any one consider whether a man can be in possession of a desire to gain an insight into moral things when he feels himself comforted from the start by a belief in the inconceivableness of these things! one who still honestly believes in illuminations from above, in magic, in ghostly appearances, and in the metaphysical ugliness of the toad!

When I focus on the theory of sympathy I just explained, and then turn to the now highly popular and almost untouchable idea of a mystical process that combines two beings into one, allowing them to immediately understand each other, I’m overwhelmed with astonishment and pity, especially considering how even a sharp thinker like Schopenhauer reveled in such absurdity, passing this delight on to other clear-headed and less clear-headed thinkers. It makes me wonder how enjoyable this nonsense must be! How close to insanity must even a rational person be when they listen to their own secret intellectual desires! Why did Schopenhauer feel such deep gratitude and obligation to Kant? He once shared a blunt answer to this. Someone mentioned how the hidden qualities of Kant's Categorical Imperative could be removed to make the theory understandable. Schopenhauer responded with this outburst: “An understandable Categorical Imperative! Absurd idea! Complete darkness! God forbid it ever becomes clear! The fact that there is something truly unintelligible, that the suffering of understanding and its concepts is limited, conditional, final, and deceptive—this is undoubtedly Kant's great gift.” Anyone should ask themselves if a person can genuinely want to understand moral matters if they feel comforted from the beginning by a belief in the incomprehensibility of those matters! Someone who still believes in sudden revelations, magic, ghostly appearances, and the metaphysical ugliness of a toad!

143.

Woe to us if this Impulse should Rage!—Supposing that the impulse towards devotion and care for others (“sympathetic affection”) were doubly as strong as it now is, life on earth could not be endured. Let it only be considered how many foolish things every one of us does day by day and hour by hour, merely out of solicitude and [pg 155] devotion for himself, and how unbearable he seems in doing so: and what then would it be like if we were to become for other people the object of the stupidities and importunities with which up to the present they have only tormented themselves! Should we not then take precipitately to our heels as soon as one of our neighbours came towards us? And would it not be necessary to overwhelm this sympathetic affection with the abuse that we now reserve for egoism?

Woe to us if this urge takes over!—Imagine if the urge to care for others ("empathetic love") were twice as strong as it is now; life on earth would be unbearable. Just think about how many foolish things we all do day by day and hour by hour, simply out of concern and [pg 155] devotion to ourselves, and how annoying we appear while doing so: what would happen if we became the targets of the ridiculous actions and demands that up until now, they've only inflicted upon themselves? Wouldn’t we just run away as soon as one of our neighbors approached us? And wouldn’t it be necessary to drown this sympathetic affection in the criticism we currently reserve for selfishness?

144.

Closing our Ears to the Complaints of others.—When we let our sky be clouded by the complaints and suffering of other mortals, who must bear the consequences of such gloom? No doubt those other mortals, in addition to all their other burdens! If we are merely to be the echoes of their complaints, we cannot accord them either help or comfort; nor can we do so if we were continually keeping our ears open to listen to them,—unless we have learnt the art of the Olympians, who, instead of trying to make themselves unhappy, endeavoured to feel edified by the misfortunes of mankind. But this is something too Olympian for us, although, in our enjoyment of tragedy, we have already taken a step towards this ideal divine cannibalism.

Ignoring the Complaints of Others.—When we allow our minds to be clouded by the complaints and suffering of others, who ends up suffering the most? Surely it's those others, on top of everything else they already carry! If we just become echoes of their grievances, we can't offer them help or comfort; nor can we do so if we keep listening to them all the time—unless we’ve mastered the mindset of the gods, who, instead of making themselves miserable, try to find something uplifting in humanity's struggles. But that's too godlike for us, even though, in our appreciation of tragedy, we've taken a step toward that ideal of divine cannibalism.

145.

Unegoistic.—This man is empty and wishes to be filled, that one is over-full and wishes to be emptied: both of them feel themselves urged on [pg 156] to look for an individual who can help them. And this phenomenon, interpreted in a higher sense, is in both cases known by the same name, “love.” Well? and could this love be something unegoistic?

“Unegoistic.”—This man feels empty and wants to be filled, while that one feels too full and wants to be emptied: both are driven to find someone who can help them. And this phenomenon, understood on a deeper level, is referred to in both cases as “love.” So, could this love really be something unegoistic?

146.

Looking Beyond our Neighbour.—What? Ought the nature of true morality to consist for us in fixing our eyes upon the most direct and immediate consequences of our action for other people, and in our coming to a decision accordingly? This is only a narrow and bourgeois morality, even though it may be a morality: but it seems to me that it would be more superior and liberal to look beyond these immediate consequences for our neighbour in order to encourage more distant purposes, even at the risk of making others suffer,—as, for example, by encouraging the spirit of knowledge in spite of the certainty that our free-thought will have the instant effect of plunging others into doubt, grief, and even worse afflictions. Have we not at least the right to treat our neighbour as we treat ourselves? And if, where we are concerned, we do not think in such a narrow and bourgeois fashion of immediate consequences and sufferings, why should we be compelled to act thus in regard to our neighbour? Supposing that we felt ready to sacrifice ourselves, what is there to prevent us from sacrificing our neighbour together with ourselves,—just as States and Sovereigns have hitherto sacrificed one citizen to the others, “for the sake of the general interest,” as they say?

Looking Beyond our Neighbor.—What? Should true morality mean focusing only on the direct and immediate impact of our actions on others and deciding from there? This is just a limited and conventional morality, even if it is a form of morality. I believe it would be more noble and open-minded to look beyond these immediate effects for our neighbor and support longer-term goals, even if it risks causing others pain—like fostering knowledge even knowing that our independent thoughts might lead others into doubt, sorrow, and worse suffering. Do we not at least have the right to treat our neighbor as we treat ourselves? And if we don’t think so narrowly about immediate consequences and suffering when it comes to ourselves, why should we have to do so about our neighbor? If we are willing to make sacrifices ourselves, what stops us from sacrificing our neighbor along with us—just as States and leaders have historically sacrificed one citizen for the benefit of others, "for the benefit of the public," as they say?

[pg 157]

We too, however, have general interests, perhaps even more general than theirs: so why may we not sacrifice a few individuals of this generation for the benefit of generations to come? so that their affliction, anxiety, despair, blunders, and misery may be deemed essential because a new plough is to break up the ground and render it fertile for all. Finally, we communicate the disposition to our neighbour by which he is enabled to feel himself a victim: we persuade him to carry out the task for which we employ him. Are we then devoid of all pity? If, however, we wish to achieve a victory over ourselves beyond our pity, is not this a higher and more liberal attitude and disposition than that in which we only feel safe after having ascertained whether an action benefits or harms our neighbour? On the contrary, it is by means of such sacrifice—including the sacrifice of ourselves, as well as of our neighbours—that we should strengthen and elevate the general sense of human power, even supposing that we attain nothing more than this. But even this itself would be a positive increase of happiness. Then, if even this ... but not a word more! You have understood me at a glance.

We too have broader interests, maybe even broader than theirs. So why shouldn’t we sacrifice a few individuals from this generation for the sake of future generations? So their suffering, anxiety, despair, mistakes, and misery can be seen as necessary because a new approach is needed to cultivate the land and make it fruitful for everyone. Ultimately, we share our mindset with our neighbor, enabling him to see himself as a victim: we convince him to take on the tasks for which we use him. Are we then completely lacking in compassion? However, if we want to overcome ourselves beyond just feeling sorry, isn’t that a more noble and generous mindset than just feeling safe once we know whether an action helps or harms our neighbor? On the contrary, it’s through such sacrifices—including sacrificing ourselves as well as our neighbors—that we should reinforce and elevate the collective sense of human capability, even if we achieve nothing more than that. But even that would be a tangible increase in happiness. So, if even that… but let’s not say another word! You’ve understood me well enough.

147.

The Cause of Altruism.—Men have on the whole spoken of love with so much emphasis and adoration because they have hitherto always had so little of it, and have never yet been satiated with this food: in this way it became their ambrosia. If a poet wished to show universal benevolence in the image of a Utopia, he would certainly have to [pg 158] describe an agonising and ridiculous state of things, the like of which was never seen on earth,—every one would be surrounded, importuned, and sighed for, not as at present, by one lover, but by thousands, by everybody indeed, as the result of an irresistible craving which would then be as vehemently insulted and cursed as selfishness has been by men of past ages. The poets of this new condition of things, if they had sufficient leisure to write, would be dreaming of nothing but the blissful and loveless past, the divine selfishness of yore, and the wonderful possibilities in former times of remaining alone, not being run after by one's friends, and of even being hated and despised—or any other odious expressions which the beautiful animal world in which we live chooses to coin.

The Cause Being Kind.—People generally talk about love with such intensity and admiration because they have often experienced so little of it and have never really been satisfied by it; for this reason, it has become their ambrosia. If a poet wanted to depict universal kindness in a vision of Utopia, they would likely need to [pg 158] illustrate a painful and absurd situation that has never existed on earth—everyone would be surrounded, pursued, and longed for, not just by one lover as it is now, but by thousands, by everyone, driven by an irresistible desire that would then be as fiercely condemned and criticized as selfishness was in previous ages. The poets of this new reality, if they had enough time to write, would be dreaming only of the blissful, loveless past, the divine selfishness of old, and the amazing possibilities of past times where one could be alone, not chased by friends, and even be hated and despised—or any other unpleasant terms that the beautiful animal world around us tends to create.

148.

Looking Far Ahead.—If, in accordance with the present definition, only those actions are moral which are done for the sake of others, and for their sake only, then there are no moral actions at all! If, in accordance with another definition, only those actions are moral which spring from our own free will, then there are no moral actions in this case either! What is it, then, that we designate thus, which certainly exists and wishes as a consequence to be explained? It is the result of a few intellectual blunders; and supposing that we were able to free ourselves from these errors, what would then become of “moral actions”? It is due to these errors that we have up to the present attributed to certain actions a value superior to what was theirs in reality: [pg 159] we separated them from “egoistic” and “non-free” actions. When we now set them once more in the latter categories, as we must do, we certainly reduce their value (their own estimate of value) even below its reasonable level, because “egoistic” and “non-free” actions have up to the present been under-valued owing to that alleged profound and essential difference.

Looking Ahead.—If, according to the current definition, only those actions are moral which are done for the sake of others, and solely for their benefit, then there are no moral actions at all! If, according to another definition, only those actions are moral that come from our own free will, then there are no moral actions in this case either! So, what is it that we refer to as moral, which certainly exists and seeks to be explained? It results from a few intellectual mistakes, and assuming we could free ourselves from these errors, what would happen to "ethical actions"? It is because of these mistakes that we have so far assigned certain actions a value that exceeds their actual worth: [pg 159] we separated them from selfish and “not free” actions. Now, when we look at them again within those categories, as we must, we definitely lower their value (their own perceived value) even below what is reasonable, because selfish and "not free" actions have been undervalued due to that supposed significant and essential difference.

In future, then, will these very actions be less frequently performed, since they will be less highly esteemed? Inevitably! Or at all events for a fairly long time, as long as the scale of valuations remains under the reacting influence of former mistakes! But we make some return for this by giving back to men their good courage for the carrying out of actions that are now reputed to be selfish, and thus restore their value,—we relieve men's bad consciences! and as up to the present egoistic actions have been by far the most frequent, and will be so to all eternity, we free the whole conception of these actions and of life from its evil appearance! This is a very high and important result. When men no longer believe themselves to be evil, they cease to be so.

In the future, will these very actions be done less often, since they will be less valued? Absolutely! Or at least for quite some time, as long as the way we value things is still influenced by past mistakes! But we compensate for this by giving people back their confidence to carry out actions that are now seen as selfish, thus restoring their value — we ease people's guilty feelings! And since up until now, selfish actions have been the most common, and will continue to be forever, we free the whole idea of these actions and of life from its negative image! This is a significant and important outcome. When people no longer think of themselves as bad, they stop being so.

[pg 161]

Book 3.

149.

Little Unconventional Actions are Necessary!—To act occasionally in matters of custom against our own better judgments; to yield in practice while reserving our own intellectual liberty; to behave like everybody else and thus to show ourselves amiable and considerate to all, to compensate them, as it were, even if only to some extent, for our unconventional opinions—all this among many tolerably liberal-minded men is looked upon not only as permissible but even as “honourable,” “humane,” “tolerant,” and “unpedantic,” or whatever fine words may be used to lull to sleep the intellectual conscience. So, for example, one man, although he may be an atheist, has his infant baptized in the usual Christian fashion; another goes through his period of military service, though he may severely condemn all hatred between nations; and a third runs into the Church with a girl because she comes from a religious family, and makes his vows to a priest without feeling ashamed of it. “It is of no importance if one of us does what every one else does and has done”—so says ignorant prejudice! What a profound mistake! [pg 162] For nothing is of greater importance than that a powerful, long-established, and irrational custom should be once again confirmed by the act of some one who is recognised as rational. In this way the proceeding is thought to be sanctioned by reason itself! All honour to your opinions! but little unconventional actions are of still greater value.

Small Unconventional Actions are Essential!—Sometimes we have to go against our better judgment when it comes to social norms; to go along with what everyone else does while still keeping our own thoughts free; to fit in and show ourselves friendly and considerate to others, compensating them, in a way, for our unconventional views—this is often seen by many reasonably liberal-minded people not just as acceptable but even as "honorable," "compassionate," inclusive and “chill,” or whatever nice words are used to silence intellectual guilt. For example, one person might be an atheist yet has his baby baptized in the traditional Christian way; another serves in the military even though he detests national hatred; and a third might rush into the church with a girl from a religious family and marry her without feeling embarrassed. "It doesn't matter if one of us follows what everyone else does and has always done."—that’s what ignorant prejudice claims! What a huge misunderstanding! [pg 162] For nothing is more significant than when a strong, long-standing, and irrational custom is reaffirmed by someone considered rational. This makes the act seem endorsed by reason itself! All respect to your views! But little unconventional actions mean even more.

150.

The Hazard of Marriages.—If I were a god, and a benevolent god, the marriages of men would cause me more displeasure than anything else. An individual can make very great progress within the seventy years of his life—yea, even within thirty years: such progress, indeed, as to surprise even the gods! But when we then see him exposing the inheritance and legacy of his struggles and victories, the laurel crown of his humanity, on the first convenient peg where any female may pick it to pieces for him; when we observe how well he can acquire and how little he is capable of preserving his acquisitions, and how he does not even dream that by procreation he might prepare a still more victorious life,—we then, indeed, become impatient and say, “Nothing can in the end result from humanity, individuals are wasted, for all rationality of a great advance of humanity is rendered impossible by the hazard of marriages: let us cease from being the assiduous spectators and fools of this aimless drama!” It was in this mood that the gods of Epicurus withdrew long ago to their divine seclusion and felicity: they were tired of men and their love affairs.

The Risk of Marriages.—If I were a god, and a kind one at that, the marriages of people would frustrate me more than anything else. A person can achieve so much in their seventy years of life—heck, even in thirty years—that it could amaze even the gods! But then we see them putting their hard-earned successes and victories, the crown of their humanity, on the first available hook for any woman to dismantle; when we notice how easily they can gain things but how poorly they can hold onto them, and how they don’t even realize that through procreation they could create an even more successful life—we then become frustrated and say, "Nothing can truly come from humanity; individuals are wasted because any opportunity for meaningful progress is hindered by the risks of marriage. Let's stop being the diligent bystanders and fools in this pointless drama!" It was in this mindset that the gods of Epicurus withdrew long ago to their divine solitude and happiness: they were fed up with people and their romantic entanglements.

[pg 163]

151.

Here are New Ideals to Invent.—At a time when a man is in love he should not be allowed to come to a decision about his life and to determine once and for all the character of his society on account of a whim. We ought publicly to declare invalid the vows of lovers, and to refuse them permission to marry: and this because we should treat marriage itself much more seriously, so that in cases where it is now contracted it would not usually be allowed in future! Are not the majority of marriages such that we should not care to have them witnessed by a third party? And yet this third party is scarcely ever lacking—the child—and he is more than a witness; he is the whipping-boy and scapegoat.

Here are new ideas to create.—When someone is in love, they shouldn’t make big decisions about their life or shape the character of their society based on a momentary feeling. We should publicly invalidate the promises made by lovers and deny them the right to marry. This is because we ought to take marriage much more seriously, so that in situations where it is currently entered into, it wouldn’t usually be permitted in the future! Aren’t most marriages such that we wouldn’t want them witnessed by a third party? And yet that third party is rarely absent—the child—and that child is not just a witness; they end up being the scapegoat and the one who takes the blame.

152.

Formula of Oath.“If I am now telling a lie I am no longer an honourable man, and every one may say so to my face.” I recommend this formula in place of the present judicial oath and its customary invocation to the Deity: it is stronger. There is no reason why even religious men should oppose it; for as soon as the customary oath no longer serves, all the religious people will have to turn to their catechism, which says, “Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain.”

Oath Formula.“If I'm lying right now, then I’m not an honorable person, and anyone can say that to me directly.” I suggest using this formula instead of the current judicial oath and its usual appeal to God: it’s more powerful. There’s no reason for even religious people to oppose it; once the traditional oath stops being useful, all the religious folks will have to go back to their teachings, which say, "Don't use the name of the Lord your God carelessly."

153.

The Malcontent.—He is one of the brave old warriors: angry with civilisation because he believes [pg 164] that its object is to make all good things—honour, rewards, and fair women—accessible even to cowards.

The Troublemaker.—He is one of the courageous old fighters, upset with civilization because he thinks [pg 164] that its goal is to make all the good things—honor, rewards, and beautiful women—available even to cowards.

154.

Consolation amid Perils.—The Greeks, in the course of a life that was always surrounded by great dangers and cataclysms, endeavoured to find in meditation and knowledge a kind of security of feeling, a last refugium. We, who live in a much more secure state, have introduced danger into meditation and knowledge, and it is in life itself that we endeavour to find repose, a refuge from danger.

Support in Difficult Times.—The Greeks, throughout their lives filled with immense dangers and upheavals, sought to find a sense of safety in meditation and knowledge, a final refuge. We, who live in a much safer environment, have brought danger into our meditation and knowledge, and it is in life itself that we try to find peace, a sanctuary from danger.

155.

Extinct Scepticism.—Hazardous enterprises are rarer in modern times than in antiquity and in the Middle Ages, probably because modern times have no more belief in omens, oracles, stars, and soothsayers. In other words, we have become incapable of believing in a future which is reserved for us, as the ancients did, who—in contradistinction to ourselves—were much less sceptical regarding that which is to be than that which is.

Extinct Skepticism.—Dangerous ventures are less common today than they were in ancient times and during the Middle Ages, likely because people today no longer believe in omens, predictions, stars, or fortune-tellers. In other words, we find it hard to believe in a future that is predetermined for us, unlike the ancients, who—unlike us—were much less skeptical about what is to come than about what currently exists.

156.

Evil through Exuberance.“Oh, that we should not feel too happy!”—such was the secret fear of the Greeks in their best age. That is why they preached moderation to themselves. And we?

Evil through Enthusiasm."Oh, that we wouldn't feel too happy!"—this was the hidden worry of the Greeks during their prime. That is why they advised moderation for themselves. And what about us?

[pg 165]

157.

The Worship of Natural Sounds.—What signification can we find in the fact that our culture is not only indulgent to the manifestations of grief, such as tears, complaints, reproaches, and attitudes of rage and humility, but even approves them and reckons them among the most noble and essential things?—while, on the other hand, the spirit of ancient philosophy looked down upon them with contempt, without admitting their necessity in any way. Let us remember how Plato—who was by no means one of the most inhuman of the philosophers—speaks of the Philoctetus of the tragic stage. Is it possible that our modern culture is wanting in “philosophy”? or, in accordance with the valuations of those old philosophers, do we perhaps all form part of the “mob”?

The Worship of Natural Sounds.—What does it mean that our culture not only accepts the expressions of grief, like tears, complaints, accusations, and displays of anger and humility, but actually values them and considers them among the most noble and fundamental aspects of life?—while, in contrast, the spirit of ancient philosophy looked down on these emotions with disdain, dismissing their importance altogether. Let’s recall how Plato—who wasn’t exactly one of the coldest philosophers—talks about Philoctetes from the tragic stage. Is it possible that our modern culture lacks "philosophy"? Or, according to the views of those ancient philosophers, are we simply part of the "group"?

158.

The Climate for Flattery.—In our day flatterers should no longer be sought at the courts of kings, since these have all acquired a taste for militarism, which cannot tolerate flattery. But this flower even now often grows in abundance in the neighbourhood of bankers and artists.

The Climate for Flattery.—Nowadays, you shouldn’t look for flatterers in the courts of kings, as they've all developed a preference for militarism, which doesn’t allow for flattery. However, this type of flattery still thrives around bankers and artists.

159.

The Revivers.—Vain men value a fragment of the past more highly from the moment when they are able to revive it in their imagination (especially if it is difficult to do so), they would [pg 166] even like if possible to raise it from the dead. Since, however, the number of vain people is always very large, the danger presented by historical studies, if an entire epoch devotes its attention to them, is by no means small: too great an amount of strength is then wasted on all sorts of imaginable resurrections. The entire movement of romanticism is perhaps best understood from this point of view.

The Revivers.—Arrogant people tend to value a piece of the past even more the moment they can bring it back to life in their minds (especially if it's challenging to do so); they would [pg 166] even wish they could resurrect it if possible. However, since there are always a lot of vain individuals, the risk posed by historical studies, if an entire era focuses on them, is significant: too much energy is then wasted on all kinds of imagined resurrections. The entire movement of romanticism might be best understood from this perspective.

160.

Vain, Greedy, and not very Wise.—Your desires are greater than your understanding, and your vanity is even greater than your desires,—to people of your type a great deal of Christian practice and a little Schopenhauerian theory may be strongly recommended.

Conceited, selfish, and not very smart.—Your wants are bigger than your understanding, and your vanity is even bigger than your wants. For people like you, a lot of Christian teachings and a bit of Schopenhauerian theory may be highly advised.

161.

Beauty corresponding to the Age.—If our sculptors, painters, and musicians wish to catch the significance of the age, they should represent beauty as bloated, gigantic, and nervous: just as the Greeks, under the influence of their morality of moderation, saw and represented beauty in the Apollo di Belvedere. We should, indeed, call him ugly! But the pedantic “classicists” have deprived us of all our honesty!

Beauty of the Age.—If our sculptors, painters, and musicians want to capture the essence of our time, they should depict beauty as exaggerated, oversized, and intense: much like the Greeks, influenced by their values of balance, saw and illustrated beauty in the Apollo di Belvedere. We should, in fact, call him unattractive! But the academic "classical scholars" have stripped us of all our authenticity!

162.

The Irony of the Present Time.—At the present day it is the habit of Europeans to treat all matters of great importance with irony, because, as [pg 167] the result of our activity in their service, we have no time to take them seriously.

The Irony of the Current Era.—Today, Europeans tend to treat all important matters with irony, because, as [pg 167] as a result of our work for them, we don't have time to take them seriously.

163.

Against Rousseau.—If it is true that there is something contemptible about our civilisation, we have two alternatives: of concluding with Rousseau that, “This despicable civilisation is to blame for our bad morality,” or to infer, contrary to Rousseau's view, that “Our good morality is to blame for this contemptible civilisation. Our social conceptions of good and evil, weak and effeminate as they are, and their enormous influence over both body and soul, have had the effect of weakening all bodies and souls and of crushing all unprejudiced, independent, and self-reliant men, the real pillars of a strong civilisation: wherever we still find the evil morality to-day, we see the last crumbling ruins of these pillars.” Thus let paradox be opposed by paradox! It is quite impossible for the truth to lie with both sides: and can we say, indeed, that it lies with either? Decide for yourself.

Against Rousseau.—If it’s true that there’s something pathetic about our civilization, we have two choices: we can agree with Rousseau that, "This pathetic society is to blame for our lack of morals," or we can argue, against Rousseau's perspective, that "Our decent morals are responsible for this miserable civilization. Our societal views on good and evil, although feeble and overly sensitive, along with their significant influence on both body and soul, have weakened everyone and stifled all unbiased, independent, and self-sufficient individuals—the true bedrock of a strong civilization. Wherever we still encounter this flawed morality today, we see the last fading remnants of these foundations." So let paradox counter paradox! It’s impossible for the truth to be on both sides: can we really say it’s on either side? Decide for yourself.

164.

Perhaps Premature.—It would seem at the present time that, under many different and misleading names, and often with a great want of clearness, those who do not feel themselves attached to morals and to established laws are taking the first initial steps to organise themselves, and thus to create a right for themselves; whilst hitherto, [pg 168] as criminals, free-thinkers, immoral men and miscreants, they have lived beyond the pale of the law, under the bane of outlawry and bad conscience, corrupted and corrupting. On the whole, we should consider this as right and proper, although it may result in insecurity for the coming century and compel every one to bear arms.—There is thereby a counterforce which continually reminds us that there is no exclusively moral-making morality, and that a morality which asserts itself to the exclusion of all other morality destroys too much sound strength and is too dearly bought by mankind. The non-conventional and deviating people, who are so often productive and inventive, must no longer be sacrificed: it must never again be considered as a disgrace to depart from morality either in actions or thought; many new experiments must be made upon life and society, and the world must be relieved from a huge weight of bad conscience. These general aims must be recognised and encouraged by all those upright people who are seeking truth.

Maybe too soon.—It seems that right now, under various confusing labels, many people who don't feel bound by morals and established laws are taking initial steps to organize themselves and claim their own rights. Until now, [pg 168] they have lived outside the law, labeled as criminals, free-thinkers, immoral individuals, and miscreants, weighed down by outlaw status and guilt, both corrupt and corrupting. Overall, we should view this as justified, even if it leads to instability in the coming century and forces everyone to take up arms.—This creates a counterforce, reminding us that no single morality can define what’s right, and a morality that claims superiority over all others can harm more than it helps and comes at a great cost to humanity. Non-conventional and unconventional individuals, who often drive creativity and innovation, should no longer be sacrificed; it should never again be seen as shameful to stray from conventional morality in actions or thoughts. Many new experiments should be conducted in life and society, and the world must be freed from a heavy burden of guilt. These collective goals should be recognized and supported by all honest people in search of truth.

165.

A Morality which does not bore one.—The principal moral commandments which a nation permits its teachers to emphasise again and again stand in relation to its chief defects, and that is why it does not find them tiresome. The Greeks, who so often failed to employ moderation, coolness, fair-mindedness, and rationality in general, turned a willing ear to the four Socratic virtues,—they stood [pg 169] in such need of them, and yet had so little talent for them!

A Morality that keeps you engaged.—The key moral principles that a society allows its educators to emphasize continuously are closely connected to its main shortcomings, which is why they find them engaging. The Greeks, who frequently struggled with moderation, calmness, open-mindedness, and rationality in general, eagerly embraced the four Socratic virtues—they were in desperate need of them, yet had so little ability to practice them!

166.

At the Parting of the Ways.—Shame! You wish to form part of a system in which you must be a wheel, fully and completely, or risk being crushed by wheels! where it is understood that each one will be that which his superiors make of him! where the seeking for “connections” will form part of one's natural duties! where no one feels himself offended when he has his attention drawn to some one with the remark, “He may be useful to you some time”; where people do not feel ashamed of paying a visit to ask for somebody's intercession, and where they do not even suspect that by such a voluntary submission to these morals, they are once and for all stamped as the common pottery of nature, which others can employ or break up of their free will without feeling in any way responsible for doing so,—just as if one were to say, “People of my type will never be lacking, therefore, do what you will with me! Do not stand on ceremony!”

At the Crossroads.—What a shame! You want to be part of a system where you must fit in completely, or risk being crushed under the weight of others! Where it’s accepted that everyone is shaped by their superiors! Where looking for “connections” becomes a normal part of your responsibilities! Where no one feels offended when someone points out another, saying, "He could be helpful to you someday."; where people are not embarrassed to visit and ask for someone’s help, and they don’t even realize that by willingly accepting these values, they are marked as nothing more than ordinary clay, which others can use or discard at will without feeling any responsibility for it—just as if one were to say, "People like me will always be here, so do whatever you want with me! No need to worry about being formal!"

167.

Unconditional Homage.—When I think of the most read German philosopher, the most popular German musician, and the most distinguished German statesman, I cannot but acknowledge that life is now rendered unusually arduous for these Germans, this nation of unconditional [pg 170] sentiments, and that, too, by their own great men. We see three magnificent spectacles spread out before us: on each occasion there is a river rushing along in the bed which it has made for itself, and even so agitated that one thinks at times it intends to flow uphill. And yet, however we might admire Schopenhauer, who would not, all things considered, like to have other opinions than his? Who in all greater and smaller things would now share the opinions of Richard Wagner, although there may be truth in the view expressed by some one: viz. that wherever Wagner gave or took offence some problem lay hidden,—which, however, he did not unearth for us. And, finally, how many are there who would be willing and eager to agree with Bismarck, if only he could always agree with himself, or were even to show some signs of doing so for the future! It is true that it is by no means astonishing to find statesmen without principles, but with dominant instincts; a versatile mind, actuated by these dominant and violent instincts, and hence without principles—these qualities are looked upon as reasonable and natural in a statesman. But, alas, this has up to the present been so un-German; as un-German as the fuss made about music and the discord and bad temper excited around the person of the musician; or as un-German as the new and extraordinary position taken up by Schopenhauer: he did not feel himself to be either above things or on his knees before them—one or other of these alternatives might still have been German—but he assumed an attitude against things! How incredible and disagreeable! to range one's self [pg 171] with things and nevertheless be their adversary, and finally the adversary of one's self,—what can the unconditional admirer do with such an example? And what, again, can he do with three such examples who cannot keep the peace towards one another! Here we see Schopenhauer as the antagonist of Wagner's music, Wagner attacking Bismarck's politics, and Bismarck attacking Wagnerism and Schopenhauerism. What remains for us to do? Where shall we flee with our thirst for wholesale hero-worship! Would it not be possible to choose from the music of the musician a few hundred bars of good music which appealed to the heart, and which we should like to take to heart because they are inspired by the heart,—could we not stand aside with this small piece of plunder, and forget the rest? And could we not make a similar compromise as regards the philosopher and the statesman,—select, take to heart, and in particular forget the rest?

Unconditional Tribute.—When I think about the most read German philosopher, the most popular German musician, and the most prominent German statesman, I can't help but recognize that life has become surprisingly challenging for these Germans, this nation of absolute [pg 170] sentiment, and that's mainly due to their own great figures. We see three incredible spectacles laid out before us: in each case, there's a river rushing along its own path, so turbulent at times that it almost seems like it could flow uphill. Yet, as much as we might admire Schopenhauer, who wouldn't, all things considered, prefer different opinions than his? Who among us would want to share Richard Wagner's views on all matters, even though some claim that wherever Wagner either offended or felt offended, a hidden problem lay beneath the surface—which, however, he never fully revealed to us? And lastly, how many would be willing and enthusiastic to agree with Bismarck, if only he could consistently agree with himself or at least show some signs of doing so moving forward! It's true that it’s hardly surprising to find statesmen without principles but with strong instincts; a flexible mind driven by these powerful and intense instincts, and therefore without principles—these traits are seen as reasonable and natural in a politician. But sadly, this has been so un-German; as un-German as the fuss made about music and the discord and bad mood stirred up around the musician; or as un-German as Schopenhauer's new and extraordinary stance: he did not see himself as either above things or submissive to them—either of those could still have been German—but he took a stance against things! How unbelievable and unpleasant! to position oneself [pg 171] alongside things and yet be their opponent, and ultimately the opponent of oneself—what can an unconditional admirer do with such an example? And what can he do with three such examples that can't find harmony with one another? Here we see Schopenhauer as the opponent of Wagner's music, Wagner attacking Bismarck's politics, and Bismarck critiquing both Wagnerism and Schopenhauerism. What are we left to do? Where can we escape with our desire for unreserved hero-worship! Could we perhaps select a few hundred bars of beautiful music from the musician that resonate with the heart, which we would like to embrace because they are heartfelt—could we not take this small piece of treasure and forget the rest? And could we not make a similar compromise regarding the philosopher and the statesman—choosing, embracing, and especially forgetting the rest?

Yes, if only forgetfulness were not so difficult! There was once a very proud man who would never on any account accept anything, good or evil, from others,—from any one, indeed, but himself. When he wanted to forget, however, he could not bestow this gift upon himself, and was three times compelled to conjure up the spirits. They came, listened to his desire, and said at last, “This is the only thing it is not in our power to give!” Could not the Germans take warning by this experience of Manfred? Why, then, should the spirits be conjured up? It is useless. We never forget what we endeavour to forget. And how [pg 172] great would be the “balance” which we should have to forget if we wished henceforth to continue wholesale admirers of these three great men! It would therefore be far more advisable to profit by the excellent opportunity offered us to try something new, i.e. to advance in the spirit of honesty towards ourselves and become, instead of a nation of credulous repetition and of bitter and blind animosity, a people of conditional assent and benevolent opposition. We must come to learn in the first place, however, that unconditional homage to people is something rather ridiculous, that a change of view on this point would not discredit even Germans, and that there is a profound and memorable saying: “Ce qui importe, ce ne sont point les personnes: mais les choses.” This saying is like the man who uttered it—great, honest, simple, and silent,—just like Carnot, the soldier and Republican. But may I at the present time speak thus to Germans of a Frenchman, and a Republican into the bargain? Perhaps not: perhaps I must not even recall what Niebuhr in his time dared to say to the Germans: that no one had made such an impression of true greatness upon him as Carnot.

Yes, if only forgetting weren’t so hard! There was once a very proud man who would never accept anything, good or bad, from anyone—only from himself. However, when he wanted to forget, he couldn’t grant this gift to himself and had to summon the spirits three times. They came, listened to his wish, and finally said, "This is the one thing we can't give!" Shouldn't the Germans take a lesson from Manfred’s experience? Why even bother summoning the spirits? It's pointless. We never forget what we try to forget. And how [pg 172] great would the "balance" be that we would need to forget if we wanted to continue being uncritical admirers of these three great men! It would be much wiser to take advantage of the excellent opportunity before us to try something new, i.e. to approach ourselves with honesty and become, instead of a nation of gullible repetition and bitter, blind hostility, a people of thoughtful agreement and kind opposition. First, though, we need to understand that giving unconditional praise to people is quite ridiculous, and changing our stance on this wouldn’t tarnish the Germans’ reputation. There’s a profound and memorable saying: "What matters is not the people, but the things." This saying is like the man who said it—great, honest, simple, and silent—just like Carnot, the soldier and Republican. But can I really speak to Germans about a Frenchman, especially a Republican, at this time? Maybe not: perhaps I shouldn’t even recall what Niebuhr once dared to say to the Germans: that no one had left such an impression of true greatness on him as Carnot.

168.

A Model.—What do I like about Thucydides, and how does it come that I esteem him more highly than Plato? He exhibits the most wide-spread and artless pleasure in everything typical in men and events, and finds that each type is [pg 173] possessed of a certain quantity of good sense: it is this good sense which he seeks to discover. He likewise exhibits a larger amount of practical justice than Plato; he never reviles or belittles those men whom he dislikes or who have in any way injured him in the course of his life. On the contrary: while seeing only types, he introduces something noble and additional into all things and persons; for what could posterity, to which he dedicates his work, do with things not typical! Thus this culture of the disinterested knowledge of the world attains in him, the poet-thinker, a final marvellous bloom,—this culture which has its poet in Sophocles, its statesman in Pericles, its doctor in Hippocrates, and its natural philosopher in Democritus: this culture which deserves to be called by the name of its teachers, the Sophists, and which, unhappily, from the moment of its baptism at once begins to grow pale and incomprehensible to us,—for henceforward we suspect that this culture, which was combated by Plato and all the Socratic schools, must have been very immoral! The truth of this matter is so complicated and entangled that we feel unwilling to unravel it: so let the old error (error veritate simplicior) run its old course.

A Model.—What do I appreciate about Thucydides, and why do I hold him in higher regard than Plato? He shows a genuine and wide-ranging enjoyment of everything typical in people and events, recognizing that each type possesses a certain level of common sense: it’s this common sense that he aims to uncover. He also demonstrates more practical fairness than Plato; he never insults or belittles those he dislikes or who have wronged him at any point in his life. Instead, while recognizing only different types, he brings something noble and extra into everything and everyone; because what could the future, to whom he dedicates his work, do with things that aren’t typical? Thus, this cultivation of unbiased knowledge of the world achieves a remarkable peak in him, the poet-thinker—this culture which has its poet in Sophocles, its statesman in Pericles, its physician in Hippocrates, and its natural philosopher in Democritus: this culture which deserves to carry the name of its teachers, the Sophists, but which sadly, from the moment it was named, begins to fade and become confusing to us—because from now on we suspect that this culture, which was challenged by Plato and all the Socratic schools, must have been quite immoral! The reality of this issue is so complex and tangled that we hesitate to untangle it: so let the old mistake (truth error simpler) go its usual way.

169.

The Greek Genius Foreign to us.—Oriental or modern, Asiatic or European: compared with the ancient Greeks, everything is characterised by enormity of size and by the revelling in great masses as the expression of the sublime, whilst in [pg 174] Paestum, Pompeii, and Athens we are astonished, when contemplating Greek architecture, to see with what small masses the Greeks were able to express the sublime, and how they loved to express it thus. In the same way, how simple were the Greeks in the idea which they formed of themselves! How far we surpass them in the knowledge of man! Again, how full of labyrinths would our souls and our conceptions of our souls appear in comparison with theirs! If we had to venture upon an architecture after the style of our own souls—(we are too cowardly for that!)—a labyrinth would have to be our model. That music which is peculiar to us, and which really expresses us, lets this be clearly seen! (for in music men let themselves go, because they think there is no one who can see them hiding behind their music).

The Greek Genius Unfamiliar to Us.—Whether Oriental or modern, Asian or European: compared to the ancient Greeks, everything else is marked by overwhelming size and a fascination with grandiosity as the sign of the sublime, while in [pg 174] Paestum, Pompeii, and Athens, we marvel at how the Greeks managed to express the sublime with such small structures, and how much they embraced that approach. Similarly, how straightforward were the Greeks in their self-perception! We have come so much further in understanding humanity! In contrast, our souls and our understanding of them seem filled with complexities! If we were to create architecture reflective of our own souls—(though we’re too afraid to do so!)—a labyrinth would have to be our inspiration. The music that resonates with us, which truly captures our essence, reveals this clearly! (because in music, people can express themselves freely, believing there’s no one watching them conceal themselves behind the music).

170.

Another Point of View.—How we babble about the Greeks! What do we understand of their art, the soul of which was the passion for naked masculine beauty! It was only by starting therefrom that they appreciated feminine beauty. For the latter they had thus a perspective quite different from ours. It was the same in regard to their love for women: their worship was of a different kind, and so also was their contempt.

Another Perspective.—We talk a lot about the Greeks! What do we really know about their art, which was all about the passion for beautiful, naked men? It was only from that starting point that they were able to appreciate feminine beauty. Their perspective on women was completely different from ours. The way they loved women was a different kind of worship, and their contempt was different too.

171.

The Food of the Modern Man.—He has learned to digest many things; nay, almost everything; [pg 175] it is his ambition to do so. He would, however, be really of a higher order if he did not understand this so well: homo pamphagus is not the finest type of the human race. We live between a past which had a more wayward and deranged taste than we, and a future which will possibly have a more select taste,—we live too much midway.

The Food of Today's Man.—He has learned to digest many things; in fact, almost everything; [pg 175] and it's his goal to do so. However, he would be truly of a higher caliber if he didn't understand this so well: homo pamphagus is not the finest example of humanity. We exist between a past that had a more erratic and disordered taste than we do, and a future that might have a more refined taste—we are stuck too much in the middle.

172.

Tragedy and Music.—Men of essentially warlike disposition, such, for example, as the ancient Greeks in the time of Æschylus, are difficult to rouse, and when pity once triumphs over their hardness they are seized as by a kind of giddiness or a “demoniacal power,”—they feel themselves overpowered and thrilled by a religious horror. After this they become sceptical about their condition; but as long as they are in it they enjoy the charm of being, as it were, outside themselves, and the delight of the marvellous mixed with the bitterest gall of suffering: this is the proper kind of drink for fighting men,—something rare, dangerous, and bitter-sweet, which does not often fall to one's lot.

Tragedy and Music.—Men who are fundamentally warlike, like the ancient Greeks during Æschylus’s time, are tough to stir. When genuine pity breaks through their toughness, they become overwhelmed, as if caught in a dizzy state or a “demonic power,” feeling both overpowered and struck by a deep, religious fear. Afterwards, they start to doubt their feelings; however, while caught in that moment, they relish the experience of feeling outside themselves, a mix of wonder and the harshest pain. This is the perfect kind of experience for warriors—something rare, risky, and bittersweet, which doesn’t come around often.

Tragedy appeals to souls who feel pity in this way, to those fierce and warlike souls which are difficult to overcome, whether by fear or pity, but which lose nothing by being softened from time to time. Of what use, however, is tragedy to those who are as open to the “sympathetic affections” as the sails of a ship to the wind! When at the time of Plato the Athenians had become more [pg 176] softened and sensitive, oh, how far they were still removed from the gushing emotions of the inhabitants of our modern towns and villages! And yet even then the philosophers were beginning to complain of the injurious nature of tragedy. An epoch full of danger such as that now beginning, in which bravery and manliness are rising in value, will perhaps again harden souls to such an extent that they will once more stand in need of tragic poets: but in the meantime these are somewhat superfluous, to put it mildly. For music, too, a better age may be approaching (it will certainly be a more evil age!) when artists will have to make their music appeal to strongly individual beings, beings which will have become hard and which will be dominated by the gloomy earnestness of their own passion; but of what use is music to the little souls of the present age which is fast passing away, souls that are too unsteady, ill-developed, half-personal, inquisitive, and covetous of everything?

Tragedy resonates with souls who feel compassion in this way, especially those fierce and combative souls that are tough to sway, whether through fear or pity, yet they don’t lose anything by being softened occasionally. However, what purpose does tragedy serve for those who are as receptive to the “sympathetic feelings” as a ship’s sails are to the wind? Back in Plato’s time, the Athenians had become more [pg 176] soft and sensitive, yet they were still far from the overwhelming emotions found in our modern towns and villages! Even then, philosophers began to voice concerns about the harmful nature of tragedy. In an era full of danger like the one starting now, where courage and strength are becoming more valued, it’s possible that people will harden again and once more need tragic poets; but for now, they are somewhat unnecessary, to say the least. A better age may be on the horizon for music (though it will undoubtedly be a darker age!), where artists will need to create music that resonates with strong, individual beings who have become hardened and dominated by their own intense passions; but what good is music to the fragile souls of this present, quickly passing age—souls that are too unstable, underdeveloped, half-formed, curious, and greedy for everything?

173.

The Flatterers of Work.—In the glorification of “work” and the never-ceasing talk about the “blessing of labour,” I see the same secret arrière-pensée as I do in the praise bestowed on impersonal acts of a general interest, viz. a fear of everything individual. For at the sight of work—that is to say, severe toil from morning till night—we have the feeling that it is the best police, viz. that it holds every one in check and effectively hinders the development of reason, of greed, and of desire for [pg 177] independence. For work uses up an extraordinary proportion of nervous force, withdrawing it from reflection, meditation, dreams, cares, love, and hatred; it dangles unimportant aims before the eyes of the worker and affords easy and regular gratification. Thus it happens that a society where work is continually being performed will enjoy greater security, and it is security which is now venerated as the supreme deity.—And now, horror of horrors! it is the “workman” himself who has become dangerous; the whole world is swarming with “dangerous individuals,” and behind them follows the danger of dangers—the individuum!

The Flatterers of Work.—In the glorification of "job" and the constant talk about the “gift of work,” I see the same hidden hidden agenda as I do in the praise given to impersonal actions for the greater good, specifically a fear of everything individual. Because when we see work—that is to say, hard labor from morning until night—we feel that it serves as the best form of control, meaning that it keeps everyone in line and effectively prevents the growth of reason, greed, and the desire for [pg 177] independence. Work consumes an incredible amount of mental energy, taking it away from reflection, contemplation, dreams, worries, love, and hatred; it presents trivial goals to the worker and provides easy and consistent satisfaction. As a result, a society where work is constantly going on will enjoy more stability, and this stability is now revered as the highest virtue.—And now, horror of horrors! it is the “worker” himself who has become a threat; the entire world is filled with “dangerous people,” and trailing behind them comes the ultimate danger—the individual!

174.

The Moral Fashion of a Commercial Community.—Behind the principle of the present moral fashion: “Moral actions are actions performed out of sympathy for others,” I see the social instinct of fear, which thus assumes an intellectual disguise: this instinct sets forth as its supreme, most important, and most immediate principle that life shall be relieved of all the dangerous characteristics which it possessed in former times, and that every one must help with all his strength towards the attainment of this end. It is for that reason that only those actions which keep in view the general security and the feeling of security of society are called “good.” How little joy must men now have in themselves when such a tyranny of fear prescribes their supreme moral law, if they make no objection when commanded to turn their eyes [pg 178] from themselves and to look aside from themselves! And yet at the same time they have lynx eyes for all distress and suffering elsewhere! Are we not, then, with this gigantic intention of ours of smoothing down every sharp edge and corner in life, utilising the best means of turning mankind into sand! Small, soft, round, infinite sand! Is that your ideal, ye harbingers of the “sympathetic affections”? In the meantime even the question remains unanswered whether we are of more use to our neighbour in running immediately and continually to his help,—which for the most part can only be done in a very superficial way, as otherwise it would become a tyrannical meddling and changing,—or by transforming ourselves into something which our neighbour can look upon with pleasure,—something, for example, which may be compared to a beautiful, quiet, and secluded garden, protected by high walls against storms and the dust of the roads, but likewise with a hospitable gate.

The Ethical Standards of a Business Society.—Behind the current moral standard: “Moral actions are actions done out of compassion for others.” I see the social instinct of fear, which takes on an intellectual disguise: this instinct declares that the top priority is to rid life of all the dangers it once had, and that everyone must contribute their effort to achieve this goal. That’s why only those actions that focus on the overall safety and sense of security of society are labeled as "great." How little joy must people find within themselves when such a tyranny of fear dictates their highest moral law, and they make no protest when told to divert their gaze [pg 178] from themselves and ignore their own needs! Yet at the same time they are hyper-aware of every distress and suffering happening elsewhere! Are we not, then, with this grand intention of smoothing out every harsh edge in life, using the most effective method of turning humanity into sand! Small, soft, round, infinite sand! Is that your ideal, you champions of the “sympathetic feelings”? Meanwhile, the question remains unanswered whether we are more helpful to our neighbor by constantly rushing to their aid—which often can only be superficial and risks becoming overbearing and intrusive—or by transforming ourselves into something that our neighbor can appreciate—something like a beautiful, peaceful, and secluded garden, protected by high walls from storms and road dust, yet still with a welcoming gate.

175.

Fundamental Basis of a Culture of Traders.—We have now an opportunity of watching the manifold growth of the culture of a society of which commerce is the soul, just as personal rivalry was the soul of culture among the ancient Greeks, and war, conquest, and law among the ancient Romans. The tradesman is able to value everything without producing it, and to value it according to the requirements of the consumer rather than his own personal needs. “How many [pg 179] and what class of people will consume this?” is his question of questions. Hence, he instinctively and incessantly employs this mode of valuation and applies it to everything, including the productions of art and science, and of thinkers, scholars, artists, statesmen, nations, political parties, and even entire ages: with respect to everything produced or created he inquires into the supply and demand in order to estimate for himself the value of a thing. This, when once it has been made the principle of an entire culture, worked out to its most minute and subtle details, and imposed upon every kind of will and knowledge, this is what you men of the coming century will be proud of,—if the prophets of the commercial classes are right in putting that century into your possession! But I have little belief in these prophets. Credat Judæus Apella—to speak with Horace.

Basic Principles of a Trading Culture.—We now have the chance to see the diverse development of a culture where commerce is central, just as personal competition was the essence of culture among the ancient Greeks, and war, conquest, and law defined the ancient Romans. The trader can assess everything without making it, valuing it based on what the consumer wants rather than his own personal needs. “How many [pg 179] and what kinds of people will purchase this?” is his key question. Thus, he instinctively and continually uses this method of valuation and applies it to everything, including the works of art and science, as well as to thinkers, scholars, artists, statesmen, nations, political parties, and even entire eras: regarding everything that is produced or created, he investigates supply and demand to determine the value of an item for himself. Once this principle becomes the foundation of an entire culture, meticulously developed down to its finest details, and enforced across every form of will and knowledge, this is what you people of the coming century will take pride in—if the prophets of the commercial classes are correct in handing that century to you! But I have little faith in these prophets. Let Apella the Jew believe—to quote Horace.

176.

The Criticism of our Ancestors.—Why should we now endure the truth, even about the most recent past? Because there is now always a new generation which feels itself in contradiction to the past and enjoys in this criticism the first-fruits of its sense of power. In former times the new generation, on the contrary, wished to base itself on the old and began to feel conscious of its power, not only in accepting the opinions of its ancestors but, if possible, taking them even more seriously. To criticise ancestral authority was in former times a vice; but at the present time our idealists begin by making it their starting-point.

The Criticism of our Ancestors.—Why should we confront the truth, even about the recent past? Because there's always a new generation that feels it stands in opposition to what came before and takes pride in critiquing it as a way to assert its own power. In the past, the new generation wanted to build on the old and often recognized its strength not just by accepting the views of its predecessors but by taking them even more seriously, if possible. Criticizing ancestral authority was seen as a flaw back then; now, our idealists start from that very point of critique.

[pg 180]

177.

To learn Solitude.—O ye poor fellows in the great centres of the world's politics, ye young and talented men, who, urged on by ambition, think it your duty to propound your opinion of every event of the day,—for something is always happening,—who, by thus making a noise and raising a cloud of dust, mistake yourselves for the rolling chariot of history; who, because ye always listen, always suit the moment when ye can put in your word or two, thereby lose all real productiveness. Whatever may be your desire to accomplish great deeds, the deep silence of pregnancy never comes to you! The event of the day sweeps you along like straws before the wind whilst ye lie under the illusion that ye are chasing the event,—poor fellows! If a man wishes to act the hero on the stage he must not think of forming part of the chorus; he should not even know how the chorus is made up.

To learn solitude.—Oh, you poor souls in the major hubs of global politics, you young and talented individuals who, driven by ambition, feel it's your responsibility to share your opinion on every event of the day—because something is always happening—who, by making noise and stirring up drama, mistakenly believe you're the driving force of history; who, by always listening and jumping in whenever you can, end up losing all real productivity. No matter how much you want to achieve great things, you never experience the deep silence of true creation! Every event of the day sweeps you along like debris in the wind while you remain under the illusion that you are pursuing the event—poor souls! If a person wants to be a hero on stage, they shouldn’t think of being part of the chorus; they shouldn't even concern themselves with how the chorus is composed.

178.

Daily Wear and Tear.—These young men are lacking neither in character, nor talent, nor zeal, but they have never had sufficient time to choose their own path; they have, on the contrary, been habituated from the most tender age to have their path pointed out to them. At the time when they were ripe enough to be sent into the “desert,” something else was done with them. They were turned to account, estranged from themselves, and [pg 181] brought up in such a way that they became accustomed to be worn out by their daily toil. This was imposed on them as a duty, and now they cannot do without it; they would not wish it to be otherwise. The only thing that cannot be refused to these poor beasts of burden is their “holidays”—such is the name they give to this ideal of leisure in an overworked century; “holidays,” in which they may for once be idle, idiotic, and childish to their heart's content.

Daily Wear and Tear.—These young men have plenty of character, talent, and drive, but they’ve never really had the chance to choose their own path; instead, they've been trained from a young age to follow the paths laid out for them. By the time they were ready to venture into the “desert,” something else happened. They were exploited, disconnected from their true selves, and [pg 181] raised in such a way that they got used to being worn down by their daily grind. This was imposed on them as a responsibility, and now they can’t imagine life without it; they wouldn’t want it any other way. The only thing these poor workhorses can’t be denied is their “vacation”—that’s what they call this notion of leisure in an overworked society; "vacation," where they can finally be lazy, foolish, and childlike to their heart’s content.

179.

As little State as possible!—All political and economic matters are not of such great value that they ought to be dealt with by the most talented minds: such a waste of intellect is at bottom worse than any state of distress. These matters are, and ever will be, the province of smaller minds, and others than the smaller minds should not be at the service of this workshop: it would be better to let the machinery work itself to pieces again! But as matters stand at the present time, when not only do all people believe that they must know all about it day by day, but wish likewise to be always busy about it, and in so doing neglect their own work, it is a great and ridiculous mistake. The price that has to be paid for the “public safety” is far too high, and, what is maddest of all, we effect the very opposite of “public safety” a fact which our own dear century has undertaken to prove, as if this had never been proved before! To make society secure against thieves and fire, and to render it thoroughly fit for all kinds of trade and [pg 182] traffic, and to transform the State in a good and evil sense into a kind of Providence—these aims are low, mediocre, and not by any means indispensable; and we should not seek to attain them by the aid of the highest means and instruments which exist—means which we should reserve precisely for our highest and rarest aims! Our epoch, however much it may babble about economy, is a spendthrift: it wastes intellect, the most precious thing of all.

As little government as possible!—Not every political and economic issue is significant enough to require the best minds; wasting intellect on these matters is ultimately worse than any hardship. These issues are, and will always be, suited for simpler minds, who should not be burdened by the expertise of greater thinkers: it would be better to let the machinery break down again! However, currently, people not only believe they need to know everything about it daily but also want to stay constantly involved, neglecting their own responsibilities in the process—this is a huge and ridiculous mistake. The cost for the “public safety” is far too high, and what’s most absurd is that we achieve the opposite of “public safety”, a fact our beloved century seems determined to demonstrate, as if it hasn’t been proven before! Making society secure against crime and fire, and ensuring it's fully prepared for all types of commerce and [pg 182] trade, and turning the State into a sort of Providence—these goals are low, mediocre, and not necessarily essential; we shouldn’t pursue them using our highest means and resources—resources we should reserve for our greatest and rarest objectives! Our time, despite its chatter about economy, is wasteful: it squanders intellect, the most valuable asset of all.

180.

Wars.—The great wars of our own day are the outcome of historical study.

Wars.—The major wars of our time are the result of historical research.

181.

Governing.—Some people govern because of their passion for governing; others in order that they may not be governed,—the latter choose it as the lesser of two evils.

Governing.—Some people govern out of a genuine passion for it; others do it to avoid being governed themselves—the latter see it as the better option of two bad choices.

182.

Rough and Ready Consistency.—People say of a man with great respect, “He is a character”—that is, when he exhibits a rough and ready consistency, when it is evident even to the dullest eye. But, whenever a more subtle and profound intellect sets itself up and shows consistency in a higher manner, the spectators deny the existence of any character. That is why cunning statesmen usually act their comedy under the cloak of a kind of rough and ready consistency.

Rough and Ready Consistency.—People often say with great respect, “He's a character”—that is, when he shows a straightforward and obvious consistency, clear even to the least observant. However, when someone with a more nuanced and deeper intellect displays consistency in a more sophisticated way, onlookers tend to dismiss the existence of any true character. That's why crafty politicians often perform their act under the guise of a type of straightforward and obvious consistency.

[pg 183]

183.

The Old and the Young.“There is something immoral about Parliaments,”—so many people still think,—“for in them views even against the Government may be expressed.”“We should always adopt that view of a subject which our gracious Lord commands,”—this is the eleventh commandment in many an honest old head, especially in Northern Germany. We laugh at it as an out-of-date fashion, but in former times it was the moral law itself. Perhaps we shall again some day laugh at that which is now considered as moral by a generation brought up under a parliamentary régime, namely, the policy of placing one's party before one's own wisdom, and of answering every question concerning the public welfare in such a way as to fill the sails of the party with a favourable gust of wind. “We must take that view of a subject which the position of our party calls for”—such would be the canon. In the service of such morals we may now behold every kind of sacrifice, even martyrdom and conquest over one's self.

The Old and the Young."There's something wrong with Parliaments."—a lot of people still believe,—"because they let people express opinions that contradict the Government."“We should always support the perspective on a topic that our gracious Lord commands,”—this is the eleventh commandment in many honest older minds, especially in Northern Germany. We laugh at it as an outdated idea, but in the past it was the moral law itself. Maybe one day we’ll laugh at what is currently seen as moral by a generation raised under a parliamentary regime, which is the idea of putting party loyalty above personal judgment, and responding to every question about the public good in a way that maximizes advantages for the party. “We should take a position on the issue that matches our party's stance.”—this would be the rule. In service of such morals, we can now see all kinds of sacrifices, even martyrdom and self-conquest.

184.

The State as a Production of Anarchists.—In countries inhabited by tractable men there are always a few backsliders and intractable people. For the present the latter have joined the Socialists more than any other party. If it should happen that these people once come to have the making of the laws, they may be relied upon to [pg 184] impose iron chains upon themselves, and to practise a dreadful discipline,—they know themselves! and they will endure these harsh laws with the knowledge that they themselves have imposed them—the feeling of power and of this particular power will be too recent among them and too attractive for them not to suffer anything for its sake.

The State as a Creation of Anarchists.—In countries with compliant people, there are always a few who rebel and resist. For now, these rebels have aligned themselves more with the Socialists than any other group. If these individuals ever gain the authority to create laws, they can be expected to [pg 184] impose strict restrictions on themselves and enforce harsh discipline—they know who they are! They will abide by these tough laws, fully aware that they brought them on themselves. The sense of power, and specifically this type of power, will feel too new and enticing for them not to endure anything for its sake.

185.

Beggars.—Beggars ought to be suppressed; because we get angry both when we help them and when we do not.

Homeless individuals.—Beggars should be dealt with because we feel frustrated whether we help them or not.

186.

Business Men.—Your business is your greatest prejudice, it binds you to your locality, your society and your tastes. Diligent in business but lazy in thought, satisfied with your paltriness and with the cloak of duty concealing this contentment: thus you live, and thus you like your children to be.

Professionals.—Your job is your biggest limitation; it ties you to your community, your social circle, and your preferences. You're hardworking in your career but complacent in your thinking, content with your mediocrity while the guise of responsibility hides this satisfaction: this is how you live, and this is how you want your children to be.

187.

A Possible Future.—Is it impossible for us to imagine a social state in which the criminal will publicly denounce himself and dictate his own punishment, in the proud feeling that he is thus honouring the law which he himself has made, that he is exercising his power, the power of a lawmaker, in thus punishing himself? He may offend for once, but by his own voluntary punishment he raises himself above his offence, and not only expiates it by his frankness, greatness, and calmness, [pg 185] but adds to it a public benefit.—Such would be the criminal of a possible future, a criminal who would, it is true, presuppose a future legislation based upon this fundamental idea: “I yield in great things as well as in small only to the law which I myself have made.” How many experiments must yet be made! How many futures have yet to dawn upon mankind!

A Potential Future.—Is it really hard for us to imagine a society where a criminal openly admits their wrongdoing and decides their own punishment, feeling proud that they're upholding the law they created, exercising their authority as a lawmaker by punishing themselves? They might commit an offense once, but through their own chosen punishment, they elevate themselves above their mistake, not only atoning for it with their honesty, nobility, and composure, [pg 185] but also contributing to a greater good.—This would be the kind of criminal in a possible future, someone who would, admittedly, require a legal system built on this core idea: "I comply with the law I established, in both significant and minor issues." How many experiments still need to be conducted! How many futures are yet to unfold for humanity!

188.

Stimulants and Food.—Nations are deceived so often because they are always looking for a deceiver, i.e. a stimulating wine for their senses. When they can only have this wine they are glad to put up even with inferior bread. Intoxication is to them more than nutriment—this is the bait with which they always let themselves be caught! What, to them, are men chosen from among themselves—although they may be the most expert specialists—as compared with the brilliant conquerors, or ancient and magnificent princely houses! In order that he may inspire them with faith, the demagogue must at least exhibit to them a prospect of conquest and splendour. People will always obey, and even do more than obey, provided that they can become intoxicated in doing so. We may not even offer them repose and pleasure without this laurel crown and its maddening influence.

Stimulants and Food.—Nations are often misled because they’re constantly seeking a deceiver, i.e. a stimulating drink for their senses. When they can only have this drink, they’re happy to settle for subpar bread. For them, intoxication means more than nourishment—this is the lure with which they always allow themselves to be trapped! What do they care for leaders chosen from among them—no matter how skilled they may be—compared to the dazzling conquerors or the grand, historic royal families? To gain their trust, a demagogue must at least show them a vision of victory and glory. People will always obey, and even go above and beyond obedience, as long as they can get a high from doing so. We can't even offer them rest and enjoyment without this laurel crown and its intoxicating effect.

This vulgar taste which ascribes greater importance to intoxication than nutrition did not by any means originate in the lower ranks of the [pg 186] population: it was, on the contrary, transplanted there, and on this backward soil it grows in great abundance, whilst its real origin must be sought amongst the highest intellects, where it flourished for thousands of years. The people is the last virgin soil upon which this brilliant weed can grow. Well, then, is it really to the people that we should entrust politics in order that they may thereby have their daily intoxication?

This vulgar taste, which places more value on getting drunk than on proper nutrition, didn’t actually come from the lower classes of the population. Instead, it was actually brought there, and in this unrefined environment, it thrives abundantly, while its true origins can be traced back to the highest intellects, where it has thrived for thousands of years. The people represent the last untouched ground where this thriving weed can grow. So, should we really trust the people with politics just so they can indulge in their daily intoxication?

189.

High Politics.—Whatever may be the influence in high politics of utilitarianism and the vanity of individuals and nations, the sharpest spur which urges them onwards is their need for the feeling of power—a need which rises not only in the souls of princes and rulers, but also gushes forth from time to time from inexhaustible sources in the people. The time comes again and again when the masses are ready to stake their lives and their fortunes, their consciences and their virtue, in order that they may secure that highest of all enjoyments and rule as a victorious, tyrannical, and arbitrary nation over other nations (or at all events think that they do).

High Politics.—No matter how much utilitarianism and individual or national vanity influence high politics, the strongest driving force is the desire for power—a need felt not just by kings and leaders, but also sometimes bubbling up from the people. There are moments when the masses are willing to risk their lives and fortunes, their moral values and integrity, to achieve that ultimate pleasure of dominating and ruling over other nations, or at least believing they do.

On occasions such as these, feelings of prodigality, sacrifice, hope, confidence, extraordinary audacity, and enthusiasm will burst forth so abundantly that a sovereign who is ambitious or far-sighted will be able to seize the opportunity for making war, counting upon the good conscience of his people to hide his injustice. Great conquerors [pg 187] have always given utterance to the pathetic language of virtue; they have always been surrounded by crowds of people who felt themselves, as it were, in a state of exaltation and would listen to none but the most elevated oratory. The strange madness of moral judgments! When man experiences the sensation of power he feels and calls himself good; and at exactly the same time the others who have to endure his power call him evil!—Hesiod, in his fable of the epochs of man, has twice in succession depicted the same epoch, that of the heroes of Homer, and has thus made two epochs out of one: to those who lived under the terrible iron heel of those adventurous despots, or had heard their ancestors speak of them, the epoch appeared to be evil; but the descendants of those chivalric races worshipped it as the “good old times,” and as an almost ideally blissful age. The poet could thus not help doing what he did,—his audience probably included the descendants of both races.

On occasions like these, feelings of extravagance, sacrifice, hope, confidence, extraordinary boldness, and excitement will overflow so much that an ambitious or far-sighted leader can seize the chance to go to war, relying on the good conscience of their people to overlook their wrongdoing. Great conquerors [pg 187] have always spoken the touching language of virtue; they have always been surrounded by crowds who feel elevated and will only listen to the most inspiring speeches. The strange madness of moral judgments! When someone experiences a sense of power, they see themselves as good; at the same time, those who have to endure that power view them as evil!—Hesiod, in his fable about the ages of man, has depicted the same age twice, that of the heroes of Homer, effectively creating two eras from one: for those who lived under the harsh rule of those adventurous tyrants, or heard their ancestors speak of them, the era seemed evil; but the descendants of those noble races revered it as the "the good old days," an almost idyllic age. The poet couldn’t help but do what he did—his audience likely included the descendants of both groups.

190.

Former German Culture.—When the Germans began to interest other European nations, which is not so very long ago, it was owing to a culture which they no longer possess to-day, and which they have indeed shaken off with a blind ardour, as if it had been some disease; and yet they have not been able to replace it by anything better than political and national lunacy. They have in this way succeeded in becoming even more interesting to other nations than they were formerly [pg 188] through their culture: and may that satisfy them! It is nevertheless undeniable that this German culture has fooled Europeans, and that it did not deserve the interest shown in it, and much less the imitation and emulation displayed by other nations in trying to rival it.

Previous German Culture.—When the Germans started to capture the attention of other European countries, which wasn’t that long ago, it was because of a culture they no longer have today. They have actually cast it off with a reckless enthusiasm, as if it were a disease; yet they haven’t managed to replace it with anything better than political and national madness. In this way, they’ve managed to become even more interesting to other nations than they were before [pg 188] through their culture: and may that be enough for them! Still, it’s undeniable that this German culture misled Europeans and didn’t deserve the interest it received, much less the imitation and rivalry from other nations trying to compete with it.

Let us look back for a moment upon Schiller, Wilhelm von Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Hegel, and Schelling; let us read their correspondence and mingle for a time with the large circle of their followers: what have they in common, what characteristics have they, that fill us, as we are now, partly with a feeling of nausea and partly with pitiful and touching emotions? First and foremost, the passion for appearing at all costs to be morally exalted, and then the desire for giving utterance to brilliant, feeble, and inconsequential remarks, together with their fixed purpose of looking upon everything (characters, passions, times, customs) as beautiful—“beautiful,” alas, in accordance with a bad and vague taste, which nevertheless pretended to be of Hellenic origin. We behold in these people a weak, good-natured, and glistening idealism, which, above all, wished to exhibit noble attitudes and noble voices, something at once presumptuous and inoffensive, and animated by a cordial aversion to “cold” or “dry” reality—as also to anatomy, complete passions, and every kind of philosophical continence and scepticism, but especially towards the knowledge of nature in so far as it was impossible to use it as religious symbolism.

Let’s take a moment to reflect on Schiller, Wilhelm von Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Hegel, and Schelling; let’s read their letters and interact with the wide circle of their followers: what do they have in common, what traits connect them, that make us feel both nauseous and somewhat pitying as we look back? First and foremost, there’s an obsession with appearing morally superior at all costs, along with a desire to share clever, weak, and pointless comments, coupled with their determination to see everything (people, emotions, eras, customs) as beautiful—“beautiful,” sadly, according to a poor and vague taste that pretended to be rooted in Hellenic ideals. In these individuals, we see a weak, well-meaning, and shimmering idealism that primarily aimed to show off noble attitudes and voices, something that was both arrogant and harmless, fueled by a friendly dislike for “cold” or “dry” reality—along with a disdain for anatomy, complete emotions, and all forms of philosophical restraint and skepticism, but especially for understanding nature as long as it couldn’t be used for religious symbolism.

Goethe, in his own characteristic fashion, observed from afar these movements of German [pg 189] culture: placing himself beyond their influence, gently remonstrating, silent, more and more confirmed in his own better course. A little later, and Schopenhauer also was an observer of these movements—a great deal of the world and devilry of the world had again been revealed to him, and he spoke of it both roughly and enthusiastically, for there is a certain beauty in this devilry! And what was it, then, that really seduced the foreigners and prevented them from viewing this movement as did Goethe and Schopenhauer, or, better, from ignoring it altogether? It was that faint lustre, that inexplicable starlight which formed a mysterious halo around this culture. The foreigners said to themselves: “This is all very very remote from us; our sight, hearing, understanding, enjoyment, and powers of valuations are lost here, but in spite of that there may be some stars! There may be something in it! Is it possible that the Germans have quietly discovered some corner of heaven and settled there? We must try to come nearer to these Germans.” So they did begin to come nearer to the Germans, while not so very long afterwards the Germans put themselves to some trouble to get rid of this starlight halo: they knew only too well that they had not been in heaven, but only in a cloud!

Goethe, in his unique style, watched from a distance these shifts in German culture: distancing himself from their impact, quietly objecting, remaining silent, and increasingly confident in his own better path. Not long after, Schopenhauer also became an observer of these movements—much of the good and evil in the world had once again been revealed to him, and he spoke of it both bluntly and enthusiastically, for there is a certain beauty in this wickedness! What, then, truly captivated the outsiders and kept them from seeing this movement as Goethe and Schopenhauer did, or rather, from ignoring it entirely? It was that subtle glow, that mysterious starlight that created an enchanting aura around this culture. The outsiders thought to themselves: "This is all very distant from us; our sight, hearing, understanding, enjoyment, and judgment are lost here, but even so, there could be some stars! There might be something valuable here! Is it possible that the Germans have quietly found a little piece of paradise and made it their home? We need to try to get closer to these Germans." So they began to approach the Germans, while not long after, the Germans made an effort to rid themselves of this starlight aura: they were all too aware that they had not been in heaven, but only in a fog!

191.

Better Men.—They tell me that our art is meant for the men of the present day, these greedy, unsatisfied, undisciplined, disgusted, and harassed spirits, and that it exhibits to them a picture of [pg 190] happiness, exaltation, and unworldliness beside that of their own brutality, so that for once they may forget and breathe freely; nay, perhaps find that they may derive some encouragement towards flight and conversion from that oblivion. Poor artists, with such a public as this; half of whose thoughts require the attention of a priest, and the other half the attention of an alienist! How much happier was Corneille—“Our great Corneille!” as Madame de Sévigné exclaimed, with the accent of a woman in the presence of a whole man,—how far superior was his audience, which he could please with pictures of chivalric virtues, strict duty, generous devotion, and heroic self-denial! How differently did he and they love existence, not as coming from blind and confused “will,” which we curse because we cannot destroy it; but loving existence as a place, so to speak, where greatness joined with humanity is possible, and where even the greatest restraint of form, such as submission to the caprice of priests and princes, could not suppress either the pride, chivalric feeling, the grace or the intellect of individuals, but could, on the contrary, be felt as a charm and incentive, as a welcome contrast to innate self-glorification and distinction and the inherited power of volition and passion.

Better Men.—They say that our art is meant for people today, these greedy, unsatisfied, undisciplined, frustrated, and overwhelmed souls, showing them a glimpse of [pg 190] happiness, upliftment, and transcendence compared to their own brutality, allowing them to momentarily forget and breathe freely; perhaps even inspiring them to seek escape and transformation from that oblivion. Poor artists, facing an audience like this; half of whose thoughts need a priest's intervention, and the other half the help of a psychiatrist! How much happier was Corneille—"Our amazing Corneille!" as Madame de Sévigné exclaimed, with the admiration of a woman faced with a truly great man—how infinitely better was his audience, which he could please with portrayals of noble virtues, duty, devotion, and heroic selflessness! How differently he and they appreciated life, not viewing it as stemming from blind and chaotic "will" which we curse because we can’t eliminate it; but embracing existence as a realm, so to speak, where greatness and humanity could coexist, where even the strictest limitations of form, like submitting to the whims of priests and rulers, couldn’t stifle the pride, chivalric spirit, grace, or intellect of individuals, but rather could be felt as a charm and motivation, serving as a refreshing contrast to innate self-importance and the inherited power of choice and passion.

192.

The Desire for Perfect Opponents.—It cannot be denied that the French have been the most Christian nation in the world, not because the devotion of masses in France has been greater than [pg 191] elsewhere, but because those Christian ideals which are most difficult to realise have become incarnated here instead of merely remaining fancies, intentions, or imperfect beginnings. Take Pascal, for example, the greatest of all Christians in his combination of ardour, intellect, and honesty, and consider what elements had to be combined in his case! Take Fénelon, the most perfect and attractive embodiment of ecclesiastical culture in all its power: a sublime golden mean of whom a historian would be tempted to prove the impossibility, whilst in reality he was merely the perfection of something exceedingly difficult and improbable. Take Madame de Guyon among her companions, the French Quietists: and everything that the eloquence and ardour of the Apostle Paul has endeavoured to divine with regard to the Christian's state of semi-divinity, this most sublime, loving, silent, and ecstatic state is seen verified in her, without, however, that Jewish obtrusiveness that Paul showed towards God—due in the case of Madame de Guyon to the real old French artlessness in words and gestures, artlessness at once womanly, subtle, and distinguished. Consider, again, the founder of the Trappists—the last person who really took seriously the ascetic ideal of Christianity, not because he was an exception among Frenchmen, but because he was a true Frenchman: for up to our own day his gloomy organisation has not been able to acclimatise itself and to prosper, except among Frenchmen; and it has followed them into Alsace and Algeria.

The Desire for Perfect Opponents.—It’s undeniable that the French have been the most Christian nation in the world. This isn’t because the dedication of the people in France is greater than [pg 191] elsewhere, but because the Christian ideals that are the hardest to achieve have taken root here instead of just existing as dreams, intentions, or half-hearted attempts. Take Pascal, for example—the greatest of all Christians due to his blend of passion, intellect, and honesty. Think about what was needed to bring all those traits together in his case! Consider Fénelon, the most complete and appealing representation of church culture in all its strength: a sublime balance that a historian might argue was impossible, while it was actually the perfect expression of something that’s incredibly tough and unlikely. Look at Madame de Guyon with her fellow French Quietists: everything that the eloquence and passion of the Apostle Paul sought to reveal about the Christian’s semi-divine state is beautifully demonstrated in her, without the Jewish assertiveness that Paul displayed toward God—something in Madame de Guyon that reflects the genuine and unpretentious French style in her words and actions, which is both womanly, subtle, and refined. Furthermore, consider the founder of the Trappists—the last person who truly took the ascetic ideal of Christianity seriously, not because he was an anomaly among the French, but because he embodied the essence of a true Frenchman. Up to this day, his somber organization has only thrived among the French and has followed them into Alsace and Algeria.

Let us not forget the Huguenots, either: that [pg 192] combination of a martial and industrial spirit, refined manners and Christian severity, has never been more beautifully exhibited. And it was at Port Royal that the great Christian erudition beheld its last era of prosperity; and in France more than anywhere else great men know how to prosper. Though not at all superficial, a great Frenchman has always his apparent superficiality;—he has, so to speak, a natural skin for his real contents and depth,—while, on the other hand, the depth of a great German is generally, as it were, closed up in an ugly-shaped box, like an elixir, which, by means of a hard and curious covering, endeavours to preserve itself from the light of day and the touch of thoughtless hands. And now let us endeavour to find out why a people like the French, so prolific in perfect types of Christians, likewise necessarily brought forth the perfect contrary types, those of unchristian free-thought! The French free-thinker, in his own inward being, had to fight against truly great men, and not, like the free-thinkers of other nations, merely against dogmas and sublime abortions.

Let’s not forget the Huguenots either: that [pg 192] combination of a warrior and industrial spirit, polished manners, and Christian seriousness has never been displayed more beautifully. It was at Port Royal that great Christian scholarship reached its last era of prosperity; and in France, more than anywhere else, great individuals know how to thrive. Though not superficial at all, a great Frenchman always has an apparent superficiality—he has, in a way, a natural layer for his true content and depth—while, conversely, the depth of a great German is often locked away in an oddly shaped box, like an elixir, which, with a hard and curious shell, tries to keep itself away from the light of day and the touch of thoughtless hands. Now, let’s try to understand why a people like the French, so rich in perfect examples of Christians, also inevitably produced the perfect opposite types, those of unchristian free thought! The French free-thinker, deep down, had to struggle against truly great individuals, not, like the free-thinkers from other nations, merely against dogmas and flawed notions.

193.

Esprit and Morals.—The German, who possesses the secret of knowing how to be tedious in spite of wit, knowledge, and feeling, and who has habituated himself to consider tediousness as moral, is in dread in the presence of French esprit lest it should tear out the eyes of morality—but a dread mingled with “fascination,” like that experienced by the little bird in the presence of the rattlesnake. [pg 193] Amongst all the celebrated Germans none possessed more esprit than Hegel, but he also had that great German dread of it which brought about his peculiar and defective style. For the nature of this style resembles a kernel, which is wrapped up so many times in an outer covering that it can scarcely peep through, now and then glancing forth bashfully and inquisitively, like “young women peeping through their veils,” to use the words of that old woman-hater, Æschylus. This kernel, however, is a witty though often impertinent joke on intellectual subjects, a subtle and daring combination of words, such as is necessary in a society of thinkers as gilding for a scientific pill—but, enveloped as it is in an almost impenetrable cover, it exhibits itself as the most abstruse science, and likewise as the worst possible moral tediousness. Here the Germans had a permissible form of esprit and they revelled in it with such boundless delight that even Schopenhauer's unusually fine understanding could not grasp it—during the whole of his life he thundered against the spectacle that the Germans offered to him, but he could never explain it.

Esprit and Ethics.—The German, who knows how to be boring despite having wit, knowledge, and feeling, and who has trained himself to see boredom as a virtue, feels anxious around French spirit for fear it might undermine morality—but this fear is mixed with "obsession," like the little bird's reaction to a rattlesnake. [pg 193] Among all the famous Germans, none had more spirit than Hegel, yet he also had that deep-rooted German fear of it, which contributed to his unique and flawed style. His style resembles a kernel that's so heavily wrapped in layers that it can barely peek out, occasionally flashing a shy and curious glance, like “young women looking out from behind their veils,” to quote the old woman-hater, Æschylus. This kernel, however, is a clever albeit sometimes rude joke about intellectual topics, a clever and bold combination of words, which is necessary in a society of thinkers as decoration for a scientific pill—but, being shrouded in a nearly impenetrable layer, it presents itself as the most complex science and also as the most tedious moralism. Here, the Germans had an acceptable form of spirit and they indulged in it with such immense pleasure that even Schopenhauer's exceptionally keen insight could not comprehend it—throughout his life he complained about the spectacle that the Germans presented to him, but he could never explain it.

194.

Vanity of the Teachers of Morals.—The relatively small success which teachers of morals have met with may be explained by the fact that they wanted too much at once, i.e. they were too ambitious and too fond of laying down precepts for everybody. In other words, they were beating the air and making speeches to animals in order to [pg 194] turn them into men; what wonder, then, that the animals thought this tedious! We should rather choose limited circles and endeavour to find and promote morals for them: for instance, we should make speeches to wolves with the object of turning them into dogs; but, above all, the greatest success will remain for the man who does not seek to educate either everybody or certain limited circles, but only one single individual, and who cannot be turned to the right or left from his straight purpose. The last century was superior to ours precisely because it possessed so many individually educated men, as well as educators in the same proportion, who had made this their life's task, and who with this task were dignified not only in their own eyes but in those of all the remaining “good society.”

Vanity of the Moral Teachers.—The relatively limited success that moral teachers have had can be explained by their tendency to aim for too much at once, i.e. they were overly ambitious and too eager to impose rules on everyone. In other words, they were just wasting their breath and addressing animals in an effort to [pg 194] turn them into humans; it’s no surprise, then, that the animals found this tiresome! Instead, we should focus on smaller groups and try to find and nurture morals for them: for example, we could speak to wolves with the aim of turning them into dogs; but, above all, the person who will achieve the greatest success is the one who doesn’t try to educate everyone or even specific groups, but rather focuses solely on one individual, and who stays committed to that purpose without being swayed. The last century was better than ours precisely because it had so many individuals who were well-educated, along with educators in similar numbers, who dedicated their lives to this task and were respected not only by themselves but by all of “good society.”

195.

The so-called Classical Education.—Alas! we discover that our life is consecrated to knowledge and that we should throw it away, nay, that we should even have to throw it away if this consecration did not protect us from ourselves: we repeat this couplet, and not without deep emotion:

The so-called Classical Education.—Unfortunately, we realize that our lives are devoted to knowledge and that we should let it go, or rather, we would have to let it go if this devotion didn't shield us from ourselves: we repeat this couplet, and not without deep feeling:

I follow you, Fate, even though I really wouldn't want to.
Yet I must, with many a sigh and groan!

And then, in looking backwards over the course of our lives, we discover that there is one thing that cannot be restored to us: the wasted period of our youth, when our teachers did not utilise these ardent and eager years to lead us to the knowledge of things, but merely to this so-called “classical education”! [pg 195] Only think of this wasted youth, when we were inoculated clumsily and painfully with an imperfect knowledge of the Greeks and Romans as well as of their languages, contrary to the highest principle of all culture, which holds that we should not give food except to those who hunger for it! Think of that period of our lives when we had mathematics and physics forced down our throats, instead of being first of all made acquainted with the despair of ignorance, instead of having our little daily life, our activities, and everything occurring in our houses, our workshops, in the sky, and in nature, split up into thousands of problems, painful, humiliating and irritating problems—and thus having our curiosity made acquainted with the fact that we first of all require a mathematical and mechanical knowledge before we can be allowed to rejoice in the absolute logic of this knowledge! If we had only been imbued with reverence for those branches of science, if we had only been made to tremble with emotion—were it only for once—at the struggles, the defeats, and the renewed combats of those great men, of the martyrdom which is the history of pure science! But, on the contrary, we were allowed to develop a certain contempt for those sciences in favour of historical training, formal education4 and “classicism.”

And then, as we look back over our lives, we realize that there's one thing we can never get back: the wasted time of our youth, when our teachers didn't use those passionate and eager years to guide us toward knowledge, but instead focused on this so-called liberal arts education! [pg 195] Just think about that wasted youth, when we were clumsily and painfully drilled in an incomplete understanding of Greek and Roman cultures and their languages, going against the most fundamental principle of culture, which says that we should only feed those who are hungry for knowledge! Remember that time in our lives when we had math and physics shoved down our throats, instead of being first introduced to the despair of ignorance, instead of having our everyday lives, our activities, and everything around us—our homes, our workplaces, the sky, and nature—broken down into thousands of painful, humiliating, and irritating problems, thus teaching us that we need a foundation in mathematical and mechanical knowledge before we can truly appreciate the logic of this knowledge! If only we had been inspired by reverence for those fields of science, if only we could have felt a shiver of emotion—if only once—at the struggles, the failures, and the renewed efforts of those great minds, of the martyrdom that is the story of pure science! Instead, we were allowed to develop a certain disdain for those sciences in favor of historical training, formal education, and "Classicism."

And we allowed ourselves to be so easily deceived! [pg 196] Formal education! Might we not have pointed to the best teachers at our high schools and asked laughingly, “Where then do they keep their formal education? and, if it is wanting in them, how can they teach it?” And classicism! Did we get any of that instruction which the ancients used to impart to their youth? Did we learn to speak or to write like them? Did we ceaselessly exercise ourselves in that duel of speech, dialectic? Did we learn to move as beautifully and proudly as they did, and to excel as they did in wrestling, throwing, and boxing? Did we learn anything of that practical asceticism of all the Greek philosophers? Did we receive any training in a single ancient virtue, and in the way in which the ancients were trained in it? Was not all meditation upon morals wanting in our education?—And how much more the only possible criticism on the subject of morality, those courageous and earnest attempts to live according to this or that morality! Did our teachers ever stir up a feeling in us which the ancients valued more highly than moderns? Did they in the spirit of the ancients indicate to us the divisions of the day and of life, and those aims by which the lives of the ancients were guided? Did we learn the ancient languages as we now learn the modern ones, viz. that we might speak them fluently and well? Nowhere can we find a real proficiency or any new faculty as the result of those toilsome years! only the knowledge of what men had learnt and were able to do in past ages!

And we let ourselves be so easily fooled! [pg 196] Formal education! Shouldn't we have pointed to the best teachers at our high schools and asked jokingly, "Where do they conceal their formal education? And if they don't have it, how can they teach it?" And classicism! Did we receive any of the instruction that the ancients used to give their youth? Did we learn to speak or write like they did? Did we constantly challenge ourselves in the art of debate? Did we learn to move as gracefully and proudly as they did, and to excel in wrestling, throwing, and boxing? Did we gain anything from the practical asceticism of all the Greek philosophers? Did we receive training in a single ancient virtue, and in the methods the ancients used to instill it? Wasn't all reflection on morals missing from our education?—And how much more the only real critique on morality, those brave and serious efforts to live by this or that moral code! Did our teachers ever inspire in us a feeling that the ancients valued more than we do today? Did they, in the spirit of the ancients, show us the divisions of the day and life, and those goals that guided the lives of the ancients? Did we learn ancient languages as we now learn modern ones, so that we could speak them fluently and well? Nowhere can we find any real skill or new abilities as a result of those laborious years! Only the knowledge of what people learned and could do in past ages!

And what knowledge! Nothing becomes clearer to me year by year than the fact that the entire [pg 197] Greek and ancient mode of life, however simple and evident it must seem to our eyes, is in truth very difficult to understand, and even scarcely accessible, and that the customary ease with which we babble about the ancients is either giddy levity or the old hereditary conceit of our thoughtlessness. We are deceived by words and ideas which appear to resemble our own, but behind them there is always concealed a feeling which must be strange, incomprehensible, or painful to our modern conceptions. And these are realms in which boys are allowed to roam about! Enough: we roamed about them in our childhood, and there we became seized with an almost ineradicable antipathy for all antiquity, the antipathy arising from an intimacy which was apparently too great! For so great is the conceit of our classical teachers, who would almost make it appear that they had gained full control over the ancients, that they pass on this conceit to their pupils, together with the suspicion that such a possession is of little use for making people happy, but is good enough for honest, foolish old book-worms. “Let them brood over their treasure: it is well worthy of them!”—It is with this unexpressed thought that we completed our classical education. It can't be changed now—for us, at all events! But let us not think of ourselves alone!

And what knowledge! Nothing becomes clearer to me year by year than the fact that the entire [pg 197] Greek and ancient way of life, no matter how simple and obvious it may seem to us, is actually very hard to grasp and often barely accessible. The usual ease with which we talk about the ancients is either naive lightheartedness or the old, inherited arrogance of our thoughtlessness. We are misled by words and ideas that seem similar to our own, but behind them lies a feeling that must be strange, incomprehensible, or painful to our modern perspectives. And these are areas where kids are allowed to explore! Enough: we explored them in our childhood, and that led us to develop an almost deep-seated aversion to everything ancient, an aversion stemming from an intimacy that seemed too intense! Our classical teachers are so full of themselves, they almost make it seem they have completely mastered the ancients, and they pass this arrogance onto their students, along with the idea that this knowledge does little to bring happiness but is good enough for honest, foolish old bookworms. "Let them think about their treasure: it deserves them!"—It is with this unspoken thought that we finished our classical education. It can't be changed now—for us, at least! But let's not focus only on ourselves!

196.

The Most Personal Questions of Truth.—What am I really doing, and what do I mean by doing it? That is the question of truth which is not taught under our present system of education, [pg 198] and consequently not asked, because there is no time for it. On the other hand, we have always time and inclination for talking nonsense with children, rather than telling them the truth; for flattering women who will later on be mothers, rather than telling them the truth; and for speaking with young men about their future and their pleasures, rather than about the truth!

The Most Personal Questions About Truth.—What am I really doing, and what do I mean by doing it? That’s the question of truth that isn’t covered in our current education system, [pg 198] and because of that, it’s rarely asked since there’s no time for it. Instead, we always find time and energy to talk nonsense with kids rather than sharing the truth; to flatter women who will eventually become mothers instead of telling them the truth; and to discuss young men’s futures and pleasures rather than talking about the truth!

But what, after all, are seventy years!—Time passes, and they soon come to an end; it matters as little to us as it does to the wave to know how and whither it is rolling! No, it might even be wisdom not to know it.

But what, after all, are seventy years? Time flies, and it all comes to an end pretty quickly; it matters just as little to us as it does to a wave to know how and where it’s going! No, it might even be wise not to know it.

“Agreed; but it shows a want of pride not even to inquire into the matter; our culture does not tend to make people proud.”

"I agree; but it shows a lack of pride not to even inquire about it; our culture doesn't really promote pride."

“So much the better!”

"Even better!"

“Is it really?”

“Is it really?”

197.

Enmity of the Germans towards Enlightenment.—Let us consider the contributions which in the first half of this century the Germans made to general culture by their intellectual work. In the first place, let us take the German philosophers: they went back to the first and oldest stage of speculation, for they were content with conceptions instead of explanations, like the thinkers of dreamy epochs—a pre-scientific type of philosophy was thus revived by them. Secondly, we have the German historians and romanticists: their efforts on the whole aimed at restoring to the place of honour certain old and primitive sentiments, [pg 199] especially Christianity, the “soul of the people,” folk-lore, folk-speech, mediævalism, Oriental asceticism, and Hinduism. In the third place, there are the natural philosophers who fought against the spirit of Newton and Voltaire, and, like Goethe and Schopenhauer, endeavoured to re-establish the idea of a deified or diabolised nature, and of its absolute ethical and symbolical meaning. The main general tendency of the Germans was directed against enlightenment and against those social revolutions which were stupidly mistaken for the consequences of enlightenment: the piety towards everything that existed tried to become piety towards everything that had ever existed, only in order that heart and mind might be permitted to fill themselves and gush forth again, thus leaving no space for future and novel aims. The cult of feeling took the place of the cult of reason, and the German musicians, as the best exponents of all that is invisible, enthusiastic, legendary, and passionate, showed themselves more successful in building up the new temple than all the other artists in words and thoughts.

The Germans' Hostility Towards Enlightenment.—Let's look at the contributions that the Germans made to cultural development in the first half of this century through their intellectual work. First, consider the German philosophers: they returned to the earliest stage of speculation, focusing on ideas rather than explanations, reminiscent of thinkers from more mystical times—thus, they revived a pre-scientific type of philosophy. Next, we have the German historians and romanticists: their overall aim was to restore certain old and fundamental sentiments, especially Christianity, the “spirit of the people,” folklore, folk language, medievalism, Eastern asceticism, and Hinduism. Finally, the natural philosophers resisted the views of Newton and Voltaire and, like Goethe and Schopenhauer, sought to re-establish the idea of a divinely inspired or corrupted nature, along with its absolute ethical and symbolic significance. The primary trend among the Germans was against enlightenment and the social revolutions mistakenly seen as its outcomes: their reverence for everything that existed aimed to extend to everything that had ever existed, allowing both heart and mind to be filled and then overflow, ultimately leaving no room for new and future goals. The worship of feeling replaced the worship of reason, and the German musicians, as the best representatives of all that is unseen, passionate, and legendary, proved more successful in constructing the new temple than all other artists in words and ideas.

If, in considering these details, we have taken into account the fact that many good things were said and investigated, and that many things have since then been more fairly judged than on any previous occasion, there yet remains to be said of the whole that it was a general danger, and one by no means small, to set knowledge altogether below feeling under the appearance of an entire and definitive acquaintance with the past—and, to use that expression of Kant, who thus defined his own particular task—“To make way again for belief by fixing the [pg 200] limits of knowledge.” Let us once more breathe freely, the hour of this danger is past! And yet, strange to say, the very spirits which these Germans conjured up with such eloquence have at length become the most dangerous for the intentions of those who did conjure them up: history, the comprehension of origin and development, sympathy with the past, the new passion for feeling and knowledge, after they had been for a long time at the service of this obscure exalted and retrograde spirit, have once more assumed another nature, and are now soaring with outstretched wings above the heads of those who once upon a time conjured them forth, as new and stronger genii of that very enlightenment to combat which they had been resuscitated. It is this enlightenment which we have now to carry forward,—caring nothing for the fact that there has been and still is “a great revolution,” and again a great “reaction” against it: these are but playful crests of foam when compared with the truly great current on which we float, and want to float.

If we consider these details, we realize that while many positive things have been said and investigated, and some have been judged more fairly than ever before, it’s important to acknowledge that overall, there was a significant danger in prioritizing feelings over knowledge simply because we seemed to have a complete understanding of the past. To quote Kant, who defined his own task as—"To create room for belief by establishing the [pg 200] boundaries of knowledge." Let us breathe easily once more; that danger has passed! Yet, oddly enough, the very ideas that these Germans spoke about so passionately have now become the greatest threat to the intentions of those who introduced them. History, understanding origins and developments, empathy for the past, and the revived passion for feeling and knowledge, which were once used to serve a confused and regressive spirit, have transformed. They now rise powerfully above those who once summoned them, acting as new and stronger forces of enlightenment, which they were initially brought back to challenge. It is this enlightenment that we must now advance—disregarding that there has been and continues to be “a major revolution,” followed by a strong response against it: these are merely superficial waves compared to the truly significant current we are on and want to continue pursuing.

198.

Assigning Prestige to one's Country.—It is the men of culture who determine the rank of their country, and they are characterised by an innumerable number of great inward experiences, which they have digested and can now value justly. In France and Italy this fell to the lot of the nobility; in Germany, where up to now the nobility has been, as a rule, composed of men who had not much intellect to boast about (perhaps this [pg 201] will soon cease to be the case), it was the task of the priests, the school teachers and their descendants.

Giving Prestige to your Country.—It's the cultured people who shape the status of their country, and they are marked by countless profound personal experiences that they've processed and can now appreciate accurately. In France and Italy, this role was fulfilled by the nobility; in Germany, where traditionally the nobility often lacked significant intelligence (perhaps this [pg 201] will soon change), it was the responsibility of priests, teachers, and their heirs.

199.

We are Nobler.—Fidelity, generosity, concern for one's good reputation: these three qualities, combined in one sentiment, we call noble, distinguished, aristocratic; and in this respect we excel the Greeks. We do not wish to give this up at any cost under the pretext that the ancient objects of these virtues have rightly fallen in esteem, but we wish cautiously to substitute new objects for these most precious and hereditary impulses. To understand why the sentiments of the noblest Greeks must be considered as inferior and scarcely respectable in the present age, where we are still under the influence of the chivalric and feudal nobility, we must recall the words of consolation to which Ulysses gave utterance in the midst of the most humiliating situations, “Bear with it, my dear heart, bear with it! Thou hast borne with many more swinish things5 than these!” As an instance of this mythical example, consider also the tale of that Athenian officer, who, when threatened with a stick by another officer in the presence of the entire general staff, shook off his disgrace with the words, “Strike, but listen to me.” (This was Themistocles, that ingenious Ulysses of the classical [pg 202] epoch, who was just the man at the moment of disgrace to address to his “dear heart” that verse of comfort and affliction.)

We are Nobler.—Loyalty, generosity, and concern for one’s reputation: these three qualities, combined in one feeling, are what we call noble, distinguished, and aristocratic; and in this regard, we surpass the Greeks. We don’t want to give this up at any cost, just because the ancient ideals of these virtues have rightly lost their value. Instead, we want to carefully replace them with new ideals for these precious and inherited instincts. To understand why the feelings of the noblest Greeks are seen as inferior and hardly respectable today, especially when we are still influenced by chivalric and feudal nobility, we must remember the comforting words that Ulysses spoke during his most humiliating moments, “Hang in there, my dear! You've gotten through much worse than this!” Another example is the story of that Athenian officer, who, when threatened with a stick by another officer in front of the entire general staff, shrugged off his disgrace with the words, "Protest, but hear me out." (This was Themistocles, that clever Ulysses of the classical [pg 202] era, who had just the right words to comfort his "Dear heart" in a moment of shame.)

The Greeks were far from making light of life and death because of an insult, as we, influenced by a hereditary spirit of chivalric adventurousness and self-devotion, are in the habit of doing; or from looking for opportunities of honourably risking life and death, as in duels; or from valuing the preservation of an unstained name (honour) more than the acquirement of an evil reputation, when the latter was compatible with glory and the feeling of power; or from remaining faithful to the prejudices and the articles of faith of a caste, when these could prevent them from becoming tyrants. For this is the ignoble secret of the good Greek aristocrat: out of sheer jealousy he treats every one of the members of his caste as being on an equal footing with himself, but he is ready at every moment to spring like a tiger on his prey—despotism. What matter lies, murders, treason, or the betrayal of his native city to him! Justice was an extremely difficult matter for people of this kind to understand—nay, justice was almost something incredible. “The just man” was to the Greeks what “the saint” was to the Christians. When Socrates, however, laid down the axiom, “The most virtuous man is the happiest,” they could not trust their ears; they thought they had heard a madman speaking. For, as a picture of the happiest man, every nobleman had in his mind the cheeky audacity and devilry of the tyrant who sacrifices everything and every one to his own exuberance and pleasure. Among people whose [pg 203] imagination secretly raved about such happiness, the worship of the State could not, of course, have been too deeply implanted—but I think that men whose desire for power does not rage so blindly as that of the Greek noblemen no longer stand in need of such idolatry of the State, by means of which, in past ages, such a passion was kept within due bounds.

The Greeks certainly didn't take life and death lightly over an insult, unlike us, who are often influenced by an inherited spirit of chivalry and self-sacrifice; nor did they seek opportunities to honorably risk their lives, like in duels; or value maintaining an untarnished reputation (honor) more than gaining a bad reputation, especially when the latter could coexist with glory and a sense of power; or remain loyal to the biases and beliefs of their class that might stop them from becoming tyrants. For this is the questionable truth about the good Greek aristocrat: out of sheer jealousy, he treats everyone in his social class as his equal but is always ready to pounce like a tiger on his target—tyranny. What do lies, murders, treason, or betraying his own city mean to him? Justice was incredibly difficult for such people to grasp—it was almost beyond belief. “The righteous person” was to the Greeks what "the saint" was to Christians. However, when Socrates declared the principle, “The most virtuous person is the happiest.” they could hardly believe their ears; they thought they were hearing the words of a madman. In their minds, the image of the happiest man was the brazen audacity and wickedness of a tyrant who sacrifices everything and everyone for his own enjoyment and pleasure. Among people whose [pg 203] imagination secretly yearned for such happiness, the worship of the State could never have been deeply ingrained—but I believe that men whose lust for power doesn’t rage as wildly as that of the Greek nobles no longer need such idolization of the State to keep that passion in check, as was done in earlier times.

200.

Endurance of Poverty.—There is one great advantage in noble extraction: it makes us endure poverty better.

Endurance of Poverty.—One major benefit of being from a noble background is that it helps us handle poverty more gracefully.

201.

The Future of the Nobility.—The bearing of the aristocratic classes shows that, in all the members of their body the consciousness of power is continually playing its fascinating game. Thus people of aristocratic habits, men or women, never sink worn out into a chair; when every one else makes himself comfortable, as in a train, for example, they avoid reclining at their ease; they do not appear to get tired after standing at Court for hours at a stretch; they do not furnish their houses in a comfortable manner, but in such a way as to produce the impression of something grand and imposing, as if they had to serve as a residence for greater and taller beings; they reply to a provoking speech with dignity and clearness of mind, and not as if scandalised, crushed, shamed, or out of breath in the plebeian fashion. As the aristocrat is able to preserve the appearance of being possessed of a [pg 204] superior physical force which never leaves him, he likewise wishes by his aspect of constant serenity and civility of disposition, even in the most trying circumstances, to convey the impression that his mind and soul are equal to all dangers and surprises. A noble culture may resemble, so far as passions are concerned, either a horseman who takes pleasure in making his proud and fiery animal trot in the Spanish fashion,—we have only to recollect the age of Louis xiv.,—or like the rider who feels his horse dart away with him like the elemental forces, to such a degree that both horse and rider come near losing their heads, but, owing to the enjoyment of the delight, do keep very clear heads: in both these cases this aristocratic culture breathes power, and if very often in its customs only the appearance of the feeling of power is required, nevertheless the real sense of superiority continues constantly to increase as the result of the impression which this display makes upon those who are not aristocrats.

The Nobility's Future.—The demeanor of the aristocratic classes shows that all their members are continually engaged in a captivating display of power. As a result, individuals from aristocratic backgrounds, whether men or women, never slump exhausted into a chair; while everyone else gets comfortable, like in a train, they avoid lounging around. They don't seem to tire after standing at Court for hours on end; they don’t furnish their homes for comfort but create an atmosphere of grandeur and impressiveness, as if their residence is meant for greater beings. They respond to provoking remarks with dignity and clarity, rather than appearing shocked, defeated, embarrassed, or breathless in a common way. The aristocrat maintains the appearance of possessing a superior physical strength that never leaves him, and he also aims to project an image of constant calmness and courteousness, even in the toughest situations, as if his mind and spirit can handle all dangers and surprises. An aristocratic culture can resemble a horseman who enjoys making his proud and fiery horse perform in a stylish manner—we only need to recall the era of Louis xiv.—or like a rider who feels his horse racing forward with such intensity that both the horse and rider come close to losing control, yet, due to their enjoyment, manage to stay clear-headed: in both instances, this aristocratic culture exudes power, and even though often only the outward appearance of feeling powerful is necessary, the actual sense of superiority consistently grows as a result of the impression this display leaves on those who are not aristocrats.

This indisputable happiness of aristocratic culture, based as it is on the feeling of superiority, is now beginning to rise to ever higher levels; for now, thanks to the free spirits, it is henceforth permissible and not dishonourable for people who have been born and reared in aristocratic circles to enter the domain of knowledge, where they may secure more intellectual consecrations and learn chivalric services even higher than those of former times, and where they may look up to that ideal of victorious wisdom which as yet no age has been able to set before itself with so good a [pg 205] conscience as the period which is about to dawn. Lastly, what is to be the occupation of the nobility in the future if it becomes more evident from day to day that it is less and less indecorus to take any part in politics?

This undeniable happiness of aristocratic culture, which is rooted in a sense of superiority, is starting to reach even greater heights. Thanks to free thinkers, it's now acceptable and not shameful for people raised in aristocratic circles to engage in the world of knowledge. They can earn more intellectual accolades and learn noble pursuits that are even greater than those of the past. In this realm, they can aspire to a standard of wisdom that no era has ever set before itself with such a clear conscience as the upcoming period will. Lastly, what will the future hold for the nobility if it becomes increasingly clear that it's less and less inappropriate for them to participate in politics?

202.

The Care of the Health.—We have scarcely begun to devote any attention to the physiology of criminals, and yet we have already reached the inevitable conclusion that between criminals and madmen there is no really essential difference: if we suppose that the current moral fashion of thinking is a healthy way of thinking. No belief, however, is nowadays more firmly believed in than this one, so we should not therefore shrink from drawing the inevitable conclusion and treating the criminal like a lunatic—above all, not with haughty pitifulness, but with medical skill and good will. He may perhaps be in need of a change of air, a change of society, or temporary absence: perhaps of solitude and new occupations—very well! He may perhaps feel that it would be to his advantage to live under surveillance for a short time in order thus to obtain protection from himself and from a troublesome tyrannical impulse—very well! We should make clear to him the possibility and the means of curing him (the extermination, transformation, and sublimation of these impulses), and also, in the worst cases, the improbability of a cure; and we should offer to the incurable criminal, who has become a useless burden to himself, the opportunity of committing suicide. While holding this in reserve [pg 206] as an extreme measure of relief, we should neglect nothing which would tend above all to restore to the criminal his good courage and freedom of spirit; we should free his soul from all remorse, as if it were something unclean, and show him how he may atone for a wrong which he may have done some one by benefiting some one else, perhaps the community at large, in such way that he might even do more than balance his previous offence.

Health Care.—We have barely started to focus on the physiology of criminals, yet we've already reached the unavoidable conclusion that there's no significant difference between criminals and the insane: if we assume that the dominant moral perspective is a constructive way of thinking. No belief is more widely accepted today than this one, so we shouldn't hesitate to reach the necessary conclusion and treat the criminal like a madman—not with arrogant pity, but with medical expertise and kindness. He might need a change of environment, a different social circle, or a temporary retreat: perhaps solitude and new activities—fine! He might think it would be beneficial to live under observation for a while to gain protection from himself and from a troublesome, dominating impulse—great! We should make it clear to him the possibility and methods of his recovery (the ending, changing, and redirecting of these impulses), and also, in the worst cases, the unlikelihood of recovery; we should offer the incurable criminal, who has become a burden to himself, the chance to end his own life. While keeping this as a last-resort option for relief, we should do everything possible to restore the criminal's courage and sense of freedom; we should free him from all guilt, as if it were something filthy, and show him how he can make amends for a wrong he may have done to someone by doing good for someone else, perhaps even the wider community, in such a way that he might more than compensate for his previous wrongdoing.

All this must be done with the greatest tact! The criminal must, above all, remain anonymous or adopt an assumed name, changing his place of residence frequently, so that his reputation and future life may suffer as little as possible. At the present time it is true that the man who has been injured, apart altogether from the manner in which this injury might be redressed, wishes for revenge in addition, and applies to the courts that he may obtain it—and this is why our dreadful penal laws are still in force: Justice, as it were, holding up a pair of shopkeeper's scales and endeavouring to balance the guilt by punishment; but can we not take a step beyond this? Would it not be a great relief to the general sentiment of life if, while getting rid of our belief in guilt, we could also get rid of our old craving for vengeance, and gradually come to believe that it is a refined wisdom for happy men to bless their enemies and to do good to those who have offended them, exactly in accordance with the spirit of Christian teaching! Let us free the world from this idea of sin, and take care to cast out with it the idea of punishment. May these monstrous ideas henceforth live banished far from the abodes [pg 207] of men—if, indeed, they must live at all, and do not perish from disgust with themselves.

All this needs to be done with the utmost care! The criminal must, above all, stay anonymous or use a fake name, changing their residence often, so their reputation and future can be affected as little as possible. Right now, it’s true that the person who has been harmed, regardless of how this harm might be made right, wants revenge as well and turns to the courts to seek it—and that’s why our harsh criminal laws are still in place: Justice, in a way, balancing guilt with punishment like a shopkeeper’s scales; but can we not move beyond this? Wouldn’t it be a huge relief to society if we could let go of our belief in guilt and also overcome our old desire for revenge, gradually coming to understand that it’s a wise thing for happy people to bless their enemies and do good to those who wrong them, just as Christian teachings suggest! Let’s free the world from this idea of sin, and along with it, the idea of punishment. May these monstrous concepts be forever banished from human lives—if they must exist at all, hopefully, they’ll fade away from disgust with themselves.

Let us not forget also, however, that the injury caused to society and to the individual by the criminal is of the same species as that caused by the sick: for the sick spread cares and ill-humour; they are non-productive, consume the earnings of others, and at the same time require attendance, doctors, and support, and they really live on the time and strength of the healthy. In spite of this, however, we should designate as inhuman any one who, for this reason, would wish to wreak vengeance on the sick. In past ages, indeed, this was actually done: in primitive conditions of society, and even now among certain savage peoples, the sick man is treated as a criminal and as a danger to the community, and it is believed that he is the resting-place of certain demoniacal beings who have entered into his body as the result of some offence he has committed—those ages and peoples hold that the sick are the guilty!

Let’s not forget, however, that the harm caused by criminals to society and individuals is similar to the harm caused by the sick: the sick spread worry and negativity; they are unproductive, consume the resources of others, and at the same time require care, doctors, and support, really living off the time and energy of the healthy. Despite this, we should consider it inhumane for anyone to seek revenge on the sick for these reasons. In the past, this was actually practiced: in primitive societies, and even now among certain tribal peoples, the sick person is treated as a criminal and a threat to the community, believed to be a host for demonic entities that have entered their body as a result of some wrongdoing—those eras and cultures see the sick as the guilty!

And what of ourselves? Are we not yet ripe for the contrary conception? Shall we not be allowed to say, “The guilty are the sick”? No; the hour for that has not yet come. We still lack, above all, those physicians who have learnt something from what we have hitherto called practical morals and have transformed it into the art and science of healing. We still lack that intense interest in those things which some day perhaps may seem not unlike the “storm and stress” of those old religious ecstasies. The Churches have not yet come into the possession of those who look [pg 208] after our health; the study of the body and of dietary are not yet amongst the obligatory subjects taught in our primary and secondary schools; there are as yet no quiet associations of those people who are pledged to one another to do without the help of law courts, and who renounce the punishment and vengeance now meted out to those who have offended against society. No thinker has as yet been daring enough to determine the health of society, and of the individuals who compose it, by the number of parasites which it can support; and no statesman has yet been found to use the ploughshare in the spirit of that generous and tender saying, “If thou wilt till the land, till it with the plough; then the bird and the wolf, walking behind thy plough, will rejoice in thee—all creatures will rejoice in thee.”

And what about us? Aren't we ready for a different perspective? Can we not say, “The guilty are the ill”? No; that time hasn't arrived yet. We still need, above all, those doctors who have learned something from what we used to call practical ethics and have turned it into the art and science of healing. We still crave that deep interest in things that one day might resemble the "storm and stress" of those ancient religious experiences. The Churches haven't yet come under the guidance of those who care for our well-being; the study of the body and nutrition aren't yet mandatory subjects in our primary and secondary schools; there aren't any peaceful groups of people who have promised to resolve their issues without the help of courts and who reject the punishment and revenge currently given to those who break social rules. No thinker has been bold enough to define the health of society, and the individuals that make it up, by the number of parasites it can sustain; and no politician has yet been found who uses the plow in the spirit of that kind and generous saying, "If you will farm the land, do it with the plow; then the bird and the wolf, following behind your plow, will rejoice in you—all creatures will rejoice in you."

203.

Against Bad Diet.—Fie upon the meals which people nowadays eat in hotels and everywhere else where the well-off classes of society live! Even when eminent men of science meet together their tables groan under the weight of the dishes, in accordance with the principle of the bankers: the principle of too many dishes and too much to eat. The result of this is that dinners are prepared with a view to their mere appearance rather than the consequences that may follow from eating them, and that stimulating drinks are required to help in driving away the heaviness in the stomach and in the brain. Fie on the dissoluteness and extreme nervousness [pg 209] which must follow upon all this! Fie upon the dreams that such repasts bring! Fie upon the arts and books which must be the desert of such meals! Despite all the efforts of such people their acts will taste of pepper and ill-temper, or general weariness! (The wealthy classes in England stand in great need of their Christianity in order to be able to endure their bad digestions and their headaches.) Finally, to mention not only the disgusting but also the more pleasant side of the matter, these people are by no means mere gluttons: our century and its spirit of activity has more power over the limbs than the belly. What then is the meaning of these banquets? They represent! What in Heaven's name do they represent? Rank?—no, money! There is no rank now! We are all “individuals”! but money now stands for power, glory, pre-eminence, dignity, and influence; money at the present time acts as a greater or lesser moral prejudice for a man in proportion to the amount he may possess. Nobody wishes to hide it under a bushel or display it in heaps on a table: hence money must have some representative which can be put on the table—so behold our banquets!

Say No to Bad Diet.—Shame on the meals that people eat these days in hotels and wherever the wealthy social classes gather! Even when prominent scientists come together, their tables are overloaded with dishes, following the bankers' principle: too many dishes and too much food. The outcome is that dinners are focused more on looks than on the consequences of eating them, and people rely on stimulating drinks to alleviate the heaviness in their stomachs and minds. Shame on the indulgence and extreme nervousness [pg 209] that must come from all this! Shame on the dreams that such meals bring! Shame on the art and literature that must be the aftermath of such dinners! Despite all their efforts, the actions of these people will taste of bitterness and irritability, or simply tiredness! (The wealthy classes in England greatly need their Christianity to cope with their poor digestion and headaches.) Lastly, to mention not just the unpleasant but also the more enjoyable aspects, these individuals are not simply gluttons: our century and its spirit of activity have more influence over the body than the appetite. So what do these feasts really signify? What on earth do they represent? Status?—no, money! There is no status anymore! We are all "people"! but money now symbolizes power, glory, prominence, dignity, and influence; money today carries more or less moral weight for a person depending on how much they have. No one wants to hide it away or show it off in piles on a table: therefore, money must have a representation that can be displayed on the table—thus we have our banquets!

204.

Danæ and the God of Gold.—Whence arises this excessive impatience in our day which turns men into criminals even in circumstances which would be more likely to bring about the contrary tendency? What induces one man to use false weights, another to set his house on fire after [pg 210] having insured it for more than its value, a third to take part in counterfeiting, while three-fourths of our upper classes indulge in legalised fraud, and suffer from the pangs of conscience that follow speculation and dealings on the Stock Exchange: what gives rise to all this? It is not real want,—for their existence is by no means precarious; perhaps they have even enough to eat and drink without worrying,—but they are urged on day and night by a terrible impatience at seeing their wealth pile up so slowly, and by an equally terrible longing and love for these heaps of gold. In this impatience and love, however, we see re-appear once more that fanaticism of the desire for power which was stimulated in former times by the belief that we were in the possession of truth, a fanaticism which bore such beautiful names that we could dare to be inhuman with a good conscience (burning Jews, heretics, and good books, and exterminating entire cultures superior to ours, such as those of Peru and Mexico). The means of this desire for power are changed in our day, but the same volcano is still smouldering, impatience and intemperate love call for their victims, and what was once done “for the love of God” is now done for the love of money, i.e. for the love of that which at present affords us the highest feeling of power and a good conscience.

Danæ and the God of Gold.—What’s behind this overwhelming impatience in our time that drives people to crime even in situations that would normally lead to the opposite? Why does one person use fake weights, another torch their home after having insured it for more than it’s worth, and yet another get involved in counterfeiting, while most of our elite classes engage in legal scams and struggle with the guilt that following speculative trading and stock market dealings brings? What causes all of this? It’s not genuine need—because their lives are not precarious; they likely have enough food and drink without worrying—but they feel this relentless impatience watching their wealth grow so slowly, coupled with a deep longing and attachment to their piles of gold. In this impatience and desire, we can again see that fanaticism for power, which was once fueled by the belief in possessing the truth; a fanaticism that took on such noble names that we were able to commit inhumane acts with a clear conscience (like burning Jews, heretics, and valuable books, and wiping out entire cultures superior to our own, such as those in Peru and Mexico). The means to gain power may have changed today, but the same smoldering volcano remains, with impatience and unchecked desire demanding their sacrifices, transforming what was once done “for heaven's sake” into actions taken for the love of money, i.e. for the love of what currently gives us the greatest sense of power and a clear conscience.

205.

The People of Israel.—One of the spectacles which the next century will invite us to witness is [pg 211] the decision regarding the fate of the European Jews. It is quite obvious now that they have cast their die and crossed their Rubicon: the only thing that remains for them is either to become masters of Europe or to lose Europe, as they once centuries ago lost Egypt, where they were confronted with similar alternatives. In Europe, however, they have gone through a schooling of eighteen centuries such as no other nation has ever undergone, and the experiences of this dreadful time of probation have benefited not only the Jewish community but, even to a greater extent, the individual. As a consequence of this, the resourcefulness of the modern Jews, both in mind and soul, is extraordinary. Amongst all the inhabitants of Europe it is the Jews least of all who try to escape from any deep distress by recourse to drink or to suicide, as other less gifted people are so prone to do. Every Jew can find in the history of his own family and of his ancestors a long record of instances of the greatest coolness and perseverance amid difficulties and dreadful situations, an artful cunning in fighting with misfortune and hazard. And above all it is their bravery under the cloak of wretched submission, their heroic spernere se sperni that surpasses the virtues of all the saints.

The People of Israel.—One of the events that the next century will prompt us to observe is [pg 211] the decision about the future of the European Jews. It's clear now that they have made their choice and crossed a significant threshold: what remains is for them to either take control of Europe or lose it, just as they lost Egypt centuries ago when faced with similar choices. In Europe, however, they have endured a unique experience over eighteen centuries that no other nation has ever faced, and the hardships of this challenging period have benefited not just the Jewish community but, even more so, the individuals. As a result, the adaptability of modern Jews, both mentally and emotionally, is remarkable. Among all Europeans, Jews are the least likely to resort to alcohol or suicide in times of deep distress, unlike others who may be less capable. Every Jew can look to their family history and that of their ancestors to find a long record of exceptional composure and determination in the face of difficulties and dire situations, a cleverness in battling misfortune and risk. Above all, it is their courage while appearing to suffer in silence, their heroic reject yourself to be rejected that surpasses the virtues of all the saints.

People wished to make them contemptible by treating them contemptibly for nearly twenty centuries, and refusing them access to all honourable positions and dignities, and by pushing them further down into the meaner trades—and under this process indeed they have not become any cleaner. But contemptible? They have never ceased for a [pg 212] moment from believing themselves qualified for the very highest functions, nor have the virtues of the suffering ever ceased to adorn them. Their manner of honouring their parents and children, the rationality of their marriages and marriage customs, distinguishes them amongst all Europeans. Besides this, they have been able to create for themselves a sense of power and eternal vengeance from the very trades that were left to them (or to which they were abandoned). Even in palliation of their usury we cannot help saying that, without this occasional pleasant and useful torture inflicted on their scorners, they would have experienced difficulty in preserving their self-respect for so long. For our self-respect depends upon our ability to make reprisals in both good and evil things. Nevertheless, their revenge never urges them on too far, for they all have that liberty of mind, and even of soul, produced in men by frequent changes of place, climate, and customs of neighbours and oppressors, they possess by far the greatest experience in all human intercourse, and even in their passions they exercise the caution which this experience has developed in them. They are so certain of their intellectual versatility and shrewdness that they never, even when reduced to the direst straits, have to earn their bread by manual labour as common workmen, porters, or farm hands. In their manners we can still see that they have never been inspired by chivalric and noble feelings, or that their bodies have ever been girt with fine weapons: a certain obtrusiveness alternates with a submissiveness which is often tender and almost always painful.

People have tried to make them look worthless by treating them poorly for nearly twenty centuries, denying them access to any honorable positions or dignities, and forcing them further into low-status jobs—and through all of this, they haven’t become any better off. But worthless? They have never stopped believing they’re qualified for the highest roles, nor have the virtues of their suffering ever stopped shining through. Their way of honoring their parents and children, along with the rationality in their marriages and customs, sets them apart from all Europeans. On top of that, they’ve managed to create a sense of power and lasting revenge from the very trades that were left to them (or that they were pushed into). Even when we try to justify their usury, we can’t ignore the fact that, without this occasional satisfying and useful retaliation against their critics, they would have found it hard to maintain their self-respect for so long. Our self-respect relies on our ability to respond to both good and bad situations. Nonetheless, their desire for revenge never drives them too far, as they all possess a freedom of mind, and even of spirit, shaped by frequent changes in surroundings, climate, and the customs of those who oppress them. They have far greater experience in human relationships, and even in their emotions, they show the caution that this experience has taught them. They are so confident in their intellectual flexibility and cleverness that they never, even in the toughest times, have to earn their living as manual laborers, porters, or farmhands. In their behavior, we still see that they’ve never been inspired by chivalrous and noble emotions, nor have they ever been equipped with fine weapons: a certain boldness alternates with a humility that is often gentle and almost always painful.

[pg 213]

Now, however, that they unavoidably inter-marry more and more year after year with the noblest blood of Europe, they will soon have a considerable heritage of good intellectual and physical manners, so that in another hundred years they will have a sufficiently noble aspect not to render themselves, as masters, ridiculous to those whom they will have subdued. And this is important! and therefore a settlement of the question is still premature. They themselves know very well that the conquest of Europe or any act of violence is not to be thought of; but they also know that some day or other Europe may, like a ripe fruit, fall into their hands, if they do not clutch at it too eagerly. In the meantime, it is necessary for them to distinguish themselves in all departments of European distinction and to stand in the front rank: until they shall have advanced so far as to determine themselves what distinction shall mean. Then they will be called the pioneers and guides of the Europeans whose modesty they will no longer offend.

Now, however, as they inevitably intermarry more and more each year with the noblest blood of Europe, they will soon have a significant inheritance of good intellectual and physical manners, so that in another hundred years they will look noble enough not to appear ridiculous as masters to those they have subdued. And this is important! So, it's still too soon to settle this issue. They know very well that conquering Europe or any act of violence isn’t an option; but they also understand that someday Europe may, like ripe fruit, fall into their hands if they don’t reach for it too eagerly. In the meantime, they need to stand out in all areas of European distinction and be at the forefront until they have progressed far enough to define what distinction should mean. Then they will be called the pioneers and guides of the Europeans, whose modesty they will no longer offend.

And then where shall an outlet be found for this abundant wealth of great impressions accumulated during such an extended period and representing Jewish history for every Jewish family, this wealth of passions, virtues, resolutions, resignations, struggles, and conquests of all kinds—where can it find an outlet but in great intellectual men and works! On the day when the Jews will be able to exhibit to us as their own work such jewels and golden vessels as no European nation, with its shorter and less profound experience, can or could produce, when Israel shall have changed its eternal vengeance into [pg 214] an eternal benediction for Europe: then that seventh day will once more appear when old Jehovah may rejoice in Himself, in His creation, in His chosen people—and all, all of us, will rejoice with Him!

And then where can we find a way to express this incredible wealth of experiences gathered over such a long time, representing Jewish history for every Jewish family? This wealth of emotions, virtues, resolutions, sacrifices, struggles, and achievements—where can it be expressed if not through great thinkers and their works? On the day when the Jews can show us creations that are as precious and magnificent as anything no European nation, with its shorter and less in-depth experience, could ever produce, when Israel changes its lasting suffering into an eternal blessing for Europe: then that seventh day will return when the old God can take joy in Himself, in His creation, and in His chosen people—and all of us will celebrate with Him!

206.

The Impossible Class.—Poverty, cheerfulness, and independence—it is possible to find these three qualities combined in one individual; poverty, cheerfulness, and slavery—this is likewise a possible combination: and I can say nothing better to the workmen who serve as factory slaves; presuming that it does not appear to them altogether to be a shameful thing to be utilised as they are, as the screws of a machine and the stopgaps, as it were, of the human spirit of invention. Fie on the thought that merely by means of higher wages the essential part of their misery, i.e. their impersonal enslavement, might be removed! Fie, that we should allow ourselves to be convinced that, by an increase of this impersonality within the mechanical working of a new society, the disgrace of slavery could be changed into a virtue! Fie, that there should be a regular price at which a man should cease to be a personality and become a screw instead! Are you accomplices in the present madness of nations which desire above all to produce as much as possible, and to be as rich as possible? Would it not be your duty to present a counter-claim to them, and to show them what large sums of internal value are wasted in the pursuit of such an external object?

The Impossible Class.—Poverty, happiness, and independence can all exist in one person; poverty, happiness, and servitude can also coexist. I can say nothing better to the workers who are treated like factory slaves; if they don't see it as a shameful thing to be used as they are, like the gears of a machine and the temporary fixes for the human spirit of invention. It's absurd to think that better wages could eliminate the core of their suffering, i.e. their dehumanizing enslavement! It's ridiculous that we should convince ourselves that increasing this impersonal nature in the mechanical operations of a new society could turn the shame of slavery into a virtue! It's outrageous that there should be a set price at which a person stops being an individual and becomes just another cog! Are you complicit in the current madness of nations that want nothing more than to produce as much as possible and to become as wealthy as they can? Shouldn't you challenge them and highlight how much internal value is wasted in chasing such external goals?

[pg 215]

But where is your internal value when you no longer know what it is to breathe freely; when you have scarcely any command over your own selves, and often feel disgusted with yourselves as with some stale food; when you zealously study the newspapers and look enviously at your wealthy neighbour, made covetous by the rapid rise and fall of power, money, and opinions; when you no longer believe in a philosophy in rags, or in the freedom of spirit of a man who has few needs; when a voluntary and idyllic poverty without profession or marriage, such as should suit the more intellectual ones among you, has become for you an object of derision? On the other hand, the piping of the Socialistic rat-catchers who wish to inspire you with foolish hopes is continually sounding in your ears: they tell you to be ready and nothing further, ready from this day to the next, so that you wait and wait for something to come from outside, though living in all other respects as you lived before—until this waiting is at length changed into hunger and thirst and fever and madness, and the clay of the bestia triumphans at last dawns in all its glory. Every one of you should on the contrary say to himself: “It would be better to emigrate and endeavour to become a master in new and savage countries, and especially to become master over myself, changing my place of abode whenever the least sign of slavery threatens me, endeavouring to avoid neither adventure nor war, and, if things come to the worst, holding myself ready to die: anything rather than continuing in this state of disgraceful thraldom, this bitterness, malice and rebelliousness!” This would [pg 216] be the proper spirit: the workmen in Europe ought to make it clear that their position as a class has become a human impossibility, and not merely, as they at present maintain, the result of some hard and aimless arrangement of society. They should bring about an age of great swarming forth from the European beehive such as has never yet been seen, protesting by this voluntary and huge migration against machines and capital and the alternatives that now threaten them either of becoming slaves of the State or slaves of some revolutionary party.

But where is your inner value when you can no longer breathe freely; when you barely have control over yourselves and often feel disgusted with yourselves like spoiled food; when you eagerly read the newspapers and look enviously at your wealthy neighbor, fueled by the quick rise and fall of power, money, and opinions; when you no longer believe in a philosophy that has fallen on hard times, or in the spirit of a person who has few needs; when a chosen and idyllic poverty without work or marriage, which should appeal to the more intellectual among you, has become a target of ridicule? On the other hand, the siren call of the Socialist charlatans who want to fill you with empty hopes constantly rings in your ears: they tell you to just be ready and nothing more, ready today for tomorrow, making you wait endlessly for something to arrive from outside, while living in all other ways just as you did before—until this waiting ultimately turns into hunger, thirst, fever, and madness, and the clay of the triumphant beast finally shines in all its glory. Each of you should instead say to yourselves: "It would be better to leave and work to conquer new and wild lands, and especially to gain control over myself, moving my home at the slightest hint of oppression, not avoiding adventure or conflict, and if it comes to that, being prepared to die: anything rather than stay in this shameful servitude, this bitterness, malice, and defiance!" This would [pg 216] represent the right spirit: the workers in Europe should make it clear that their position as a class has become a human impossibility, and not merely, as they currently claim, the product of some harsh and senseless societal structure. They should initiate a great exodus from the European hive like nothing seen before, protesting through this massive and voluntary migration against machines and capital and the choices that now threaten them to either become slaves of the State or slaves of some revolutionary faction.

May Europe be freed from one-fourth of her inhabitants! Both she and they will experience a sensation of relief. It is only far in the distance, in the undertaking of vast colonisations, that we shall be able to observe how much rationality, fairness, and healthy suspicion mother Europe has incorporated in her sons—these sons who could no longer endure life in the home of the dull old woman, always running the danger of becoming as bad-tempered, irritable, and pleasure-seeking as she herself. The European virtues will travel along with these workmen far beyond the boundaries of Europe; and those very qualities which on their native soil had begun to degenerate into a dangerous discontent and criminal inclinations will, when abroad, be transformed into a beautiful, savage naturalness and will be called heroism; so that at last a purer air would again be wafted over this old, over-populated, and brooding Europe of ours. What would it matter if there was a scarcity of “hands”? Perhaps people would then recollect [pg 217] that they had accustomed themselves to many wants merely because it was easy to gratify them—it would be sufficient to unlearn some of these wants! Perhaps also Chinamen would be called in, and these would bring with them their modes of living and thinking, which would be found very suitable for industrious ants. They would also perhaps help to imbue this fretful and restless Europe with some of their Asiatic calmness and contemplation, and—what is perhaps most needful of all—their Asiatic stability.

May Europe be freed from one-fourth of her people! Both she and they will feel a sense of relief. It's only far off, in the pursuit of large-scale colonization, that we will see how much rationality, fairness, and healthy skepticism mother Europe has instilled in her children—these children who could no longer tolerate life in the dull old woman's house, always at risk of becoming just as bad-tempered, irritable, and pleasure-seeking as she is. The European virtues will travel with these workers far beyond Europe's borders; and the very traits that, back home, had started to degenerate into dangerous discontent and criminal tendencies will, when abroad, transform into a beautiful, untamed naturalness recognized as heroism. This way, a fresher air will once again sweep over our old, overpopulated, and brooding Europe. What would it matter if there was a shortage of "hands"? Maybe people would then remember [pg 217] that they had grown used to many wants simply because it was easy to satisfy them—it would be enough to unlearn some of these wants! Perhaps Chinese people would be invited in, bringing with them their ways of living and thinking, which would be very suitable for hardworking individuals. They might also help instill some of their Asian calmness and contemplation in this anxious and restless Europe, and—what may be most essential—their Asian stability.

207.

The Attitude of the Germans to Morality.—A German is capable of great things, but he is unlikely to accomplish them, for he obeys whenever he can, as suits a naturally lazy intellect. If he is ever in the dangerous situation of having to stand alone and cast aside his sloth, when he finds it no longer possible to disappear like a cipher in a number (in which respect he is far inferior to a Frenchman or an Englishman), he shows his true strength: then he becomes dangerous, evil, deep, and audacious, and exhibits to the light of day that wealth of latent energy which he had previously carried hidden in himself, and in which no one, not even himself, had ever believed. When in such a case a German obeys himself—it is very exceptional for him to do so—he does so with the same heaviness, inflexibility, and endurance with which he obeys his prince and performs his official duties: so that, as I have said, he is then capable of great [pg 218] things which bear no relation to the “weak disposition” he attributes to himself.

The German Perspective on Morality.—A German can achieve great things, but he probably won't because he tends to follow orders whenever he can, which suits a naturally lazy mindset. If he finds himself in a tough spot where he has to stand alone and shake off his laziness, realizing he can't just fade into the background like others (in this aspect, he's much less adaptable than a Frenchman or an Englishman), he reveals his true strength: he can become dangerous, wicked, profound, and bold, showcasing a hidden reserve of energy that he and no one else ever believed he had. When a German does choose to obey himself—which is quite rare—he does so with the same weight, rigidity, and perseverance that he uses to follow his leader and fulfill his official responsibilities. Thus, as I mentioned, he is then capable of great [pg 218] achievements that contrast sharply with the “fragile mindset” he attributes to himself.

As a rule, however, he is afraid of depending upon himself alone, he is afraid of taking the initiative: that is why Germany uses up so many officials and so much ink. Light-heartedness is a stranger to the German; he is too timid for it: but in entirely new situations which rouse him from his torpor he exhibits an almost frivolous spirit—he then delights in the novelty of his new position as if it were some intoxicating drink, and he is, as we know, quite a connoisseur in intoxication. It thus happens that the German of the present day is almost always frivolous in politics, though even here he has the advantage and prejudice of thoroughness and seriousness; and, although he may take full advantage of these qualities in negotiations with other political powers, he nevertheless rejoices inwardly at being able for once in his life to feel enthusiastic and capricious, to show his fondness for innovations, and to change persons, parties, and hopes as if they were masks. Those learned German scholars, who hitherto have been considered as the most German of Germans, were and perhaps still are as good as the German soldiers on account of their profound and almost childish inclination to obey in all external things, and on account of being often compelled to stand alone in science and to answer for many things: if they can only preserve their proud, simple, and patient disposition, and their freedom from political madness at those times when the wind changes, we may yet expect great things from them—such as they [pg 219] are or such as they were, they are the embryonic stage of something higher.

As a general rule, he tends to be afraid of relying solely on himself and hesitant to take the initiative. That’s why Germany has so many officials and uses up so much ink. Light-heartedness is not something the German typically embraces; he is just too timid for that. However, in completely new situations that shake him out of his apathy, he shows an almost carefree spirit—he enjoys the novelty of his circumstances as if it were an exciting drink, and, as we know, he has a good eye for enjoyment. This leads to the modern German often being somewhat frivolous in politics, though he does have the advantages of thoroughness and seriousness. Even when he uses these traits in dealings with other political powers, he still secretly enjoys being able to feel enthusiastic and whimsical for once, showing a preference for innovation and swiftly changing people, parties, and hopes as if they were costumes. Those learned German scholars, who have traditionally been seen as the epitome of Germanness, are as admirable as the German soldiers due to their deep and almost childlike tendency to obey in all external matters and their frequent need to stand alone in the field of science while taking responsibility for many things. If they can maintain their proud, straightforward, and patient nature, as well as their detachment from political frenzy when circumstances shift, we can still expect great things from them. Whether they are currently or have been something greater, they represent the early stages of something higher.

So far the advantages and disadvantages of the Germans, including even their learned men, have been that they were more given to superstition and showed greater eagerness to believe than any of the other nations; their vices are, and always have been, their drunkenness and suicidal inclinations (the latter a proof of the clumsiness of their intellect, which is easily tempted to throw away the reins). Their danger is to be sought in everything that binds down the faculties of reason and unchains the passions (as, for example, the excessive use of music and spirits), for the German passion acts contrarily to its own advantage, and is as self-destructive as the passions of the drunkard. Indeed, German enthusiasm is worth less than that of other nations, for it is barren. When a German ever did anything great it was done at a time of danger, or when his courage was high, with his teeth firmly set and his prudence on the alert, and often enough in a fit of generosity.—Intercourse with these Germans is indeed advisable, for almost every one of them has something to give, if we can only understand how to make him find it, or rather recover it (for he is very untidy in storing away his knowledge).

Up to now, the pros and cons of the Germans, including even their educated individuals, have shown that they are more inclined toward superstition and are more eager to believe than other nations. Their flaws have always included drunkenness and tendencies toward self-destruction (the latter reflecting a lack of intellectual restraint, making them easily swayed to abandon control). Their real danger lies in anything that suppresses rational thought and unleashes their passions (like the excessive consumption of music and alcohol), as German passion often works against their interests and is as self-destructive as the cravings of an alcoholic. In fact, German enthusiasm is less valuable than that of other countries because it tends to be unproductive. When a German has accomplished something significant, it typically happened during a crisis or when their courage was at its peak, and often it was driven by a surge of generosity. Engaging with Germans can be beneficial, as nearly every one of them has something to offer if we can figure out how to help them reveal it, or rather rediscover it, since they are quite disorganized with their knowledge.

Well: when people of this type occupy themselves with morals, what precisely will be the morality that will satisfy them? In the first place, they will wish to see idealised in their morals their sincere instinct for obedience. “Man must have something which he can implicitly obey”—this is a German [pg 220] sentiment, a German deduction; it is the basis of all German moral teaching. How different is the impression, however, when we compare this with the entire morality of the ancient world! All those Greek thinkers, however varied they may appear to us, seem to resemble, as moralists, the gymnastic teacher who encourages his pupils by saying, “Come, follow me! Submit to my discipline! Then perhaps you may carry off the prize from all the other Greeks.” Personal distinction: such was the virtue of antiquity. Submission, obedience, whether public or private: such is German virtue. Long before Kant set forth his doctrine of the Categorical Imperative, Luther, actuated by the same impulse, said that there surely must be a being in whom man could trust implicitly—it was his proof of the existence of God; it was his wish, coarser and more popular than that of Kant, that people should implicitly obey a person and not an idea, and Kant also finally took his roundabout route through morals merely that he might secure obedience for the person. This is indeed the worship of the German, the more so as there is now less worship left in his religion.

Well, when people like this focus on morals, what kind of morality will satisfy them? First of all, they want their genuine instinct for obedience to be idealized in their morals. “A person needs something that they can follow without question.”—this is a German [pg 220] sentiment, a German deduction; it forms the foundation of all German moral teaching. The impression is so different, though, when we compare this with the entire morality of the ancient world! All those Greek thinkers, no matter how diverse they might seem to us, resemble, as moralists, the gym teacher who encourages his students by saying, "Come, follow me! Embrace my guidance! Then maybe you can earn the prize over all the other Greeks." Personal distinction: that was the virtue of antiquity. Submission, obedience—whether in public or private: that is the German virtue. Long before Kant presented his doctrine of the Categorical Imperative, Luther, driven by the same urge, stated that there must be a being in whom man could place his complete trust—this was his proof of God’s existence; he wanted people to implicitly obey a person rather than an idea, and Kant also ultimately took his complicated path through morals just to ensure obedience toward the individual. This is truly the worship of the German, especially since there's now less reverence left in his religion.

The Greeks and Romans had other opinions on these matters, and would have laughed at such “there must be a being”: it is part of the boldness of their Southern nature to take up a stand against “implicit belief,” and to retain in their inmost heart a trace of scepticism against all and every one, whether God, man, or idea. The thinker of antiquity went even further, and said nil admirari: in this phrase he saw reflected all philosophy. A [pg 221] German, Schopenhauer, goes so far in the contrary direction as to say: admirari id est philosophari. But what if, as happens now and then, the German should attain to that state of mind which would enable him to perform great things? if the hour of exception comes, the hour of disobedience? I do not think Schopenhauer is right in saying that the single advantage the Germans have over other nations is that there are more atheists among them than elsewhere; but I do know this: whenever the German reaches the state in which he is capable of great things, he invariably raises himself above morals! And why should he not? Now he has something new to do, viz. to command—either himself or others! But this German morality of his has not taught him how to command! Commanding has been forgotten in it.

The Greeks and Romans had different views on these matters and would have laughed at the idea of “there must be a being”: it’s part of their bold Southern nature to challenge “implicit belief” and to keep a hint of skepticism in their hearts towards everyone and everything, whether it’s God, people, or concepts. The thinkers of antiquity went even further and said nil admirari: in this phrase, they saw the essence of all philosophy. A German, Schopenhauer, goes in the opposite direction, saying: admirari id est philosophari. But what if, as sometimes happens, a German reaches a mindset that allows him to do great things? What if the exceptional moment arrives, the moment of defiance? I don’t believe Schopenhauer is right in claiming that the only advantage Germans have over other nations is the higher number of atheists among them; but I do know this: whenever a German reaches a point where he can achieve greatness, he always elevates himself above morals! And why shouldn’t he? Now he has something new to do, namely, to command—either himself or others! But this German morality hasn’t taught him how to command! The art of commanding has been lost in it.

[pg 223]

Book 4.

208.

A Question of Conscience.“Now, in summa, tell me what this new thing is that you want.”“We no longer wish causes to be sinners and effects to be executioners.”

A Question of Conscience."Now, in summa, tell me what this new thing is that you want."“We don't want causes to be blamed anymore, while effects take the punishment.”

209.

The Utility of the strictest Theories.—People are indulgent towards a man's moral weaknesses, and in this connection they use a coarse sieve, provided that he always professes to hold the most strict moral theories. On the other hand, the lives of free-thinking moralists have always been examined closely through a microscope, in the tacit belief that an error in their lives would be the best argument against their disagreeable knowledge.6

The Usefulness of the Strictest Theories.—People are lenient toward a man's moral flaws, using a rough filter as long as he claims to adhere to the strictest moral theories. In contrast, the lives of free-thinking moralists are scrutinized closely under a microscope, based on the unspoken belief that any mistake in their lives would be the strongest argument against their unpopular ideas.6

[pg 224]

210.

The Thing in Itself.—We used to ask formerly: What is the ridiculous?—as if there were something above and beyond ourselves that possessed the quality of provoking laughter, and we exhausted ourselves in trying to guess what it was (a theologian even held that it might be “the naïveté of sin”). At the present time we ask: What is laughter? how does it arise? We have considered the point, and finally reached the conclusion that there is nothing which is good, beautiful, sublime, or evil in itself; but rather that there are conditions of soul which lead us to attribute such qualities to things outside ourselves and in us. We have taken back their predicates from things; or we have at all events recollected that we have merely lent the things these predicates. Let us be careful that this insight does not cause us to lose the faculty of lending, and that we do not become at the same time wealthier and more avaricious.

The Thing in Itself.—We used to wonder: What is the ridiculous?—as if there were something beyond ourselves that had the ability to make us laugh, and we wore ourselves out trying to figure out what it was (one theologian even suggested it might be “the naïveté of sin”). Nowadays we ask: What is laughter? how does it happen? We’ve thought about it, and finally concluded that nothing is good, beautiful, sublime, or evil in itself; instead, there are emotional states that lead us to assign such qualities to things both outside and within us. We have taken back those qualities from things; or at least we have remembered that we only gave them those qualities in the first place. Let’s be careful that this understanding doesn’t lead us to lose our ability to assign meaning, and that we don’t become both richer and more greedy at the same time.

211.

To those who Dream of Immortality.—So you desire the everlasting perpetuity of this beautiful consciousness of yourselves? Is it not [pg 225] shameful? Do you forget all those other things which would in their turn have to support you for all eternity, just as they have borne with you up to the present with more than Christian patience? Or do you think that you can inspire them with an eternally pleasant feeling towards yourself? A single immortal man on earth would imbue everyone around him with such a disgust for him that a general epidemic of murder and suicide would be brought about. And yet, ye petty dwellers on earth, with your narrow conceptions of a few thousand little minutes of time, ye would wish to be an everlasting burden on this everlasting universal existence! Could anything be more impertinent? After all, however, let us be indulgent towards a being of seventy years: he has not been able to exercise his imagination in conceiving his own “eternal tediousness”—he had not time enough for that!

To those who dream of living forever.—So you want the endless continuation of this beautiful awareness of yourselves? Isn’t it a bit [pg 225] shameful? Do you forget all those other things that would also have to sustain you for all eternity, just as they have put up with you until now with more than Christian patience? Or do you think you can make them feel eternally good about you? One immortal person on earth would create such a disgust among everyone around him that it would lead to a widespread epidemic of murder and suicide. And yet, you small-minded residents of earth, with your limited views of just a few thousand small minutes of time, would want to be a never-ending burden on this eternal universal existence! Could anything be more arrogant? After all, let’s be lenient towards someone who's seventy: he hasn’t had the chance to imagine his own "endless boredom"—he didn't have enough time for that!

212.

Wherein we know Ourselves.—As soon as one animal sees another it mentally compares itself with it; and men of uncivilised ages did the same. The consequence is that almost all men come to know themselves only as regards their defensive and offensive faculties.

Where we know ourselves.—As soon as one animal sees another, it mentally compares itself to it; and people in primitive times did the same. As a result, almost all individuals come to understand themselves only in terms of their ability to defend and attack.

213.

Men whose Lives have been Failures.—Some men are built of such stuff that society is at liberty to do what it likes with them—they will do well in any case, and will not have to complain of [pg 226] having failed in life. Other men are formed of such peculiar material—it need not be a particularly noble one, but simply rarer—that they are sure to fare ill except in one single instance: when they can live according to their own designs,—in all other cases the injury has to be borne by society. For everything that seems to the individual to be a wasted or blighted life, his entire burden of discouragement, powerlessness, sickness, irritation, covetousness, is attributed by him to society—and thus a heavy, vitiated atmosphere is gradually formed round society, or, in the most favourable cases, a thundercloud.

Men Whose Lives Have Been Failures.—Some men are made of such stuff that society can do whatever it wants with them—they will succeed regardless and won’t complain about [pg 226] having failed in life. Other men are made of such unique material—it doesn’t have to be particularly noble, just rarer—that they’re bound to struggle unless they can live according to their own plans; in all other situations, society bears the brunt of the damage. For everything that feels like a wasted or unfulfilled life to an individual, they attribute their whole load of discouragement, helplessness, illness, frustration, and envy to society—and thus, a heavy, toxic atmosphere gradually forms around society, or in the best scenarios, a thundercloud.

214.

What Indulgence!—You suffer, and call upon us to be indulgent towards you, even when in your suffering you are unjust towards things and men! But what does our indulgence matter! You, however, should take greater precautions for your own sake! That's a nice way of compensating yourself for your sufferings, by imposing still further suffering on your own judgment! Your own revenge recoils upon yourselves when you start reviling something: you dim your own eyes in this way, and not the eyes of others; you accustom yourself to looking at things in the wrong way, and with a squint.

What a Treat!—You’re in pain, and you ask us to be lenient with you, even when you're unfair to people and things during your suffering! But what does our leniency really mean? You, on the other hand, should be more careful for your own good! It's a strange way to make up for your pain by causing even more suffering to your own judgment! When you start insulting something, your own revenge comes back to hit you: you blur your own vision this way, not the vision of others; you train yourself to see things in a distorted way, and with a bias.

215.

The Morality of Victims.“Enthusiastic sacrifice,” “self-immolation”—these are the catch-words of your morality, and I willingly believe that [pg 227] you, as you say, “mean it honestly”: but I know you better than you know yourselves, if your “honesty” is capable of going arm in arm with such a morality. You look down from the heights of this morality upon that other sober morality which calls for self-control, severity, and obedience; you even go so far as to call it egoistic—and you are indeed frank towards yourselves in saying that it displeases you—it must displease you! For, in sacrificing and immolating yourselves with such enthusiasm, you delight in the intoxication of the thought that you are now one with the powerful being, God or man, to whom you are consecrating yourselves: you revel in the feeling of his power, which is again attested by this sacrifice.

The Morality of Victims.“Passionate sacrifice,” self-immolation—these are the buzzwords of your morality, and I truly believe that [pg 227] you genuinely “mean it sincerely”: but I understand you better than you understand yourselves if your “honesty” can coexist with such a morality. You look down from the heights of this morality on that other grounded morality which calls for self-discipline, strictness, and obedience; you even go as far as to label it self-centered—and you are quite honest with yourselves in admitting that it bothers you—it must bother you! For, in sacrificing and immolating yourselves with such passion, you take pleasure in the intoxication of believing that you are now one with the powerful being, God or man, to whom you are dedicating yourselves: you revel in the feeling of his power, which is once again confirmed by this sacrifice.

In reality, however, you only appear to sacrifice yourselves; for your imagination turns you into gods and you enjoy yourselves as such. Judged from the point of view of this enjoyment, how poor and feeble must that other “egoistic” morality of obedience, duty, and reason seem to you: it is displeasing to you because in this instance true self-sacrifice and self-surrender are called for, without the victim thinking himself to be transformed into a god, as you do. In a word, you want intoxication and excess, and this morality which you despise takes up a stand against intoxication and excess—no wonder it causes you some displeasure!

In reality, though, you only appear to sacrifice yourselves; your imagination turns you into gods and you enjoy it. From the perspective of this enjoyment, that other self-centered morality of obedience, duty, and reason must seem so weak and inadequate to you: it doesn’t please you because it calls for true self-sacrifice and self-surrender, without the victim thinking he’s become a god, like you do. Simply put, you crave intoxication and excess, and this morality that you look down on opposes intoxication and excess—no wonder it annoys you!

216.

Evil People and Music.—Should the full bliss of love, which consists in unlimited confidence, [pg 228] ever have fallen to the lot of persons other than those who are profoundly suspicious, evil, and bitter? For such people enjoy in this bliss the gigantic, unlooked-for, and incredible exception of their souls! One day they are seized with that infinite, dreamy sensation which is entirely opposed to the remainder of their private and public life, like a delicious enigma, full of golden splendour, and impossible to be described by mere words or similes. Implicit confidence makes them speechless—there is even a species of suffering and heaviness in this blissful silence; and this is why souls that are overcome with happiness generally feel more grateful to music than others and better ones do: for they see and hear through music, as through a coloured mist, their love becoming, as it were, more distant, more touching, and less heavy. Music is the only means that such people have of observing their extraordinary condition and of becoming aware of its presence with a feeling of estrangement and relief. When the sound of music reaches the ears of every lover he thinks: “It speaks of me, it speaks in my stead; it knows everything!”

Bad People and Music.—Is the complete joy of love, which is all about unconditional trust, [pg 228] ever meant for those who are deeply suspicious, evil, and bitter? Because these individuals experience in this joy the immense, unexpected, and unbelievable exception of their souls! One day, they suddenly feel that boundless, dreamy sensation that completely contrasts with the rest of their personal and social lives, like a delightful mystery, full of golden brightness, and impossible to capture with mere words or comparisons. Their implicit trust leaves them speechless—there’s even a deep sense of suffering and heaviness in this joyful silence; and this is why those whose happiness overwhelms them often feel more thankful for music than others do: because they perceive through music, as if through a colored haze, their love becoming, in a way, more distant, more poignant, and less burdensome. Music is the only way these people can reflect on their extraordinary state and recognize its presence with a sense of detachment and relief. When the sound of music reaches every lover’s ears, they think: "It talks about me, it represents me; it knows everything!"

217.

The Artist.—The Germans wish to be transported by the artist into a state of dreamy passion; by his aid the Italians wish to rest from their real passions; the French wish him to give them an opportunity of showing their judgment and of making speeches. So let us be just!

The Artist.—The Germans want to be taken to a place of dreamy passion by the artist; the Italians want him to help them take a break from their intense emotions; the French want him to provide them a chance to demonstrate their opinions and deliver speeches. So, let's be fair!

[pg 229]

218.

To deal like an Artist with One's Weaknesses.—If we must positively have weaknesses and come in the end to look upon them as laws beyond ourselves, I wish that everybody may be possessed of as much artistic capacity as will enable him to set off his virtues by means of his weaknesses, and to make us, through his weaknesses, desirous of acquiring his virtues: a power which great musicians have possessed in quite an exceptional degree. How frequently do we notice in Beethoven's music a coarse, dogmatic, and impatient tone; in Mozart, the joviality of an honest man, whose heart and mind have not overmuch to give us; in Richard Wagner, an abrupt and aggressive restlessness, in the midst of which, just as the most patient listener is on the point of losing his temper, the composer regains his powers, and likewise the others. Through their very weaknesses, these musicians have created in us an ardent desire for their virtues, and have given us a palate which is ten times more sensitive to every note of this tuneful intellect, tuneful beauty, and tuneful goodness.

Handling Your Weaknesses Like an Artist.—If we have to accept that we all have weaknesses and eventually come to see them as beyond our control, I hope everyone has enough artistic talent to highlight their strengths through their weaknesses, making us eager to gain their strengths in return. Great musicians have done this exceptionally well. How often do we hear the blunt, dogmatic, and impatient tone in Beethoven's music; the cheerful spirit of a genuine person in Mozart, whose heart and mind don’t have too much to offer; or the sudden, aggressive restlessness in Richard Wagner, where just as the most patient listener is about to lose their calm, the composer suddenly finds his rhythm again, along with the others. Through their weaknesses, these musicians have sparked a powerful desire for their strengths in us and have given us a sensitivity that’s much more aware of every note of their musical intelligence, beauty, and goodness.

219.

Deceit in Humiliation.—By your foolishness you have done a great wrong to your neighbour and destroyed his happiness irretrievably—and then, having overcome your vanity, you humble yourself before him, surrender your foolishness to his contempt, and fancy that, after this difficult [pg 230] scene, which is an exceedingly painful one for you, everything has been set right, that your own voluntary loss of honour compensates your neighbour for the injury you have done to his happiness. With this feeling you take your leave comforted, believing that your virtue has been re-established.

Deceit in humiliation.—Your foolishness has caused a great wrong to your neighbor and has destroyed his happiness forever—and then, after overcoming your pride, you humble yourself before him, admit your foolishness to his disdain, and believe that after this difficult [pg 230] scene, which is extremely painful for you, everything is back to normal, that your own loss of honor somehow makes up for the hurt you've caused to his happiness. With this belief, you leave feeling reassured, thinking that your virtue has been restored.

Your neighbour, however, suffers as intensely as before. He finds nothing to comfort him in the fact that you have been irrational and have told him so: on the contrary, he remembers the painful appearance you presented to him when you were disparaging yourself in his presence—it is as if another wound had been inflicted on him. He does not think of revenging himself, however; and cannot conceive how a proper balance can be struck between you and him. In point of fact, you have been acting that scene for yourself and before yourself: you invited a witness to be present, not on his account, but on your own—don't deceive yourself!

Your neighbor, however, suffers just as much as before. He feels no comfort in the fact that you've been irrational and have admitted it to him; instead, he recalls the painful way you put yourself down in front of him—it feels like a new wound for him. He doesn't think about getting back at you, though, and can't figure out how to create a fair balance between the two of you. In reality, you have been performing that scene for yourself and in front of yourself: you brought in a witness, not for his sake, but for your own—don't fool yourself!

220.

Dignity and Timidity.—Ceremonies, official robes and court dresses, grave countenances, solemn aspects, the slow pace, involved speech—everything, in short, known as dignity—are all pretences adopted by those who are timid at heart: they wish to make themselves feared (themselves or the things they represent). The fearless (i.e. originally those who naturally inspire others with awe) have no need of dignity and ceremonies: they bring into repute—or, still more, into ill-repute—honesty and straightforward words and bearing, [pg 231] as characteristics of their self-confident awefulness.

Dignity and Timidity.—Ceremonies, official robes and court dresses, serious expressions, solemn appearances, a slow pace, complicated speech—everything that we call dignity—are just masks worn by those who are timid inside: they want to make themselves feared (or the things they represent). The truly fearless (i.e. those who naturally instill awe in others) don’t need dignity or ceremonies: they elevate—or, even more, tarnish—honesty and straightforward words and demeanor, [pg 231] showcasing these traits as symbols of their self-assured awesomeness.

221.

The Morality of Sacrifice.—The morality which is measured by the spirit of sacrifice is that of a semi-civilised state of society. Reason in this instance gains a hard-fought and bloody victory within the soul; for there are powerful contrary instincts to be overcome. This cannot be brought about without the cruelty which the sacrifices to cannibal gods demand.

The Morality of Sacrifice.—The morality based on the spirit of sacrifice reflects a somewhat uncivilized stage of society. In this case, reason achieves a difficult and violent triumph within the individual; for there are strong opposing instincts that need to be conquered. This cannot happen without the brutality that sacrifices to cannibal gods require.

222.

Where Fanaticism is to be Desired.—Phlegmatic natures can be rendered enthusiastic only by being fanaticised.

Where Fanaticism is Worth Having.—Calm personalities can become passionate only through being driven to fanaticism.

223.

The Dreaded Eye.—Nothing is dreaded more by artists, poets, and writers than the eye which sees through their little deceptions and subsequently notices how often they have stopped at the boundary where the paths branch off either to innocent delight in themselves or to the straining after effect; the eye which checks them when they try to sell little things dear, or when they try to exalt and adorn without being exalted themselves; the eye which, despite all the artifices of their art, sees the thought as it first presented itself to them, perhaps as a charming vision of light, perhaps also, however, as a theft from the whole world, or as an everyday conception which they had to expand, contract, [pg 232] colour, wrap up, and spice, in order to make something out of it, instead of the thought making something out of them.—Oh, this eye, which sees in your work all your restlessness, inquisitiveness, and covetousness, your imitation and exaggeration (which is only envious imitation) which knows both your blush of shame and your skill in concealing it from others and interpreting it to yourselves!

The Dreaded Eye.—Nothing terrifies artists, poets, and writers more than the eye that sees through their little tricks and quickly realizes how often they've hesitated at the point where the paths diverge, either toward innocent enjoyment in themselves or toward forcing an effect; the eye that calls them out when they attempt to sell trivial things for a high price, or when they try to elevate and embellish without being elevated themselves; the eye that, despite all the tricks of their craft, perceives the thought as it first arose within them, perhaps as a lovely burst of light, but just as likely, as a stolen idea from the world around them, or as an ordinary concept that they had to expand, shrink, [pg 232] color, wrap up, and spice up to create something from it, rather than letting the thought shape them.—Oh, this eye, which sees in your work all your restlessness, curiosity, and desire, your mimicry and exaggeration (which is just envious mimicry); it knows both your blush of shame and your talent for hiding it from others and justifying it to yourselves!

224.

The Edifying Element in our Neighbour's Misfortune.—He is in distress, and straightway the “compassionate” ones come to him and depict his misfortune to him. At last they go away again, satisfied and elevated, after having gloated over the unhappy man's misfortune and their own, and spent a pleasant Sunday afternoon.

The Edifying Element in our Neighbor's Misfortune.—He is in trouble, and right away the “empathetic” ones come to him and describe his misfortunes to him. Eventually, they leave again, feeling pleased and uplifted, after relishing the unfortunate man's troubles and their own, and spending a nice Sunday afternoon.

225.

To be quickly Despised.—A man who speaks a great deal, and speaks quickly, soon sinks exceedingly low in our estimation, even when he speaks rationally—not only to the extent that he annoys us personally, but far lower. For we conjecture how great a burden he has already proved to many other people, and we thus add to the discomfort which he causes us all the contempt which we presume he has caused to others.

To be quickly hated.—A man who talks a lot and talks fast quickly falls far below our esteem, even when what he says makes sense—not just because he irritates us personally, but even more so. We imagine what a drain he must have been for many others, and we add to the annoyance he causes us the disdain we assume he has prompted in other people.

226.

Relations with Celebrities.A. But why do you shun this great man?—B. I should not like [pg 233] to misunderstand him. Our defects are incompatible with one another: I am short-sighted and suspicious, and he wears his false diamonds as willingly as his real ones.

Relationships with Celebrities.A. But why do you avoid this great man?—B. I wouldn't want [pg 233] to get the wrong idea about him. Our flaws just don't match: I'm short-sighted and distrustful, and he flaunts his fake jewels just as much as his real ones.

227.

The Chain-Wearers.—Beware of all those intellects which are bound in chains! clever women, for example, who have been banished by fate to narrow and dull surroundings, amid which they grow old. True, there they lie in the sun, apparently lazy and half-blind; but at every unknown step, at everything unexpected, they start up to bite: they revenge themselves on everything that has escaped their kennel.

The Chain-Wearers.—Beware of all those minds that are trapped in chains! Smart women, for instance, who have been condemned by fate to limited and dull environments, where they age. Sure, they may seem to lounge in the sun, looking lazy and half-asleep; but with every unfamiliar sound, with anything unexpected, they jump up to react: they take revenge on everything that’s gotten away from their confinement.

228.

Revenge in Praise.—Here we have a written page which is covered with praise, and you call it flat; but when you find out that revenge is concealed in this praise you will find it almost too subtle, and you will experience a great deal of pleasure in its numerous delicate and bold strokes and similes. It is not the man himself, but his revenge, which is so subtle, rich, and ingenious: he himself is scarcely aware of it.

Revenge in Praise.—Here we have a written page filled with praise, and you think it’s dull; but when you realize that revenge is hidden in this praise, you’ll find it almost too clever, and you will take great enjoyment in its many delicate and bold elements and comparisons. It’s not the person himself, but his revenge, that is so clever, rich, and inventive: he himself hardly even notices it.

229.

Pride.—Ah, not one of you knows the feeling of the tortured man after he has been put to the torture, when he is being carried back to his cell, and his secret with him!—he still holds it in a stubborn and tenacious grip. What know ye of the exultation of human pride?

Pride.—Ah, none of you understand what a tormented person feels after enduring torture, as he's taken back to his cell, carrying his secret with him!—he still clings to it fiercely and stubbornly. What do you know about the high of human pride?

[pg 234]

230.

Utilitarian.—At the present time men's sentiments on moral things run in such labyrinthic paths that, while we demonstrate morality to one man by virtue of its utility, we refute it to another on account of this utility.

“Utilitarian.”—Right now, people's feelings about morals are so complex that we can convince one person of the morality of something based on its usefulness, while at the same time, we can argue against it for another person because of the same usefulness.

231.

On German Virtue.—How degenerate in its taste, how servile to dignities, ranks, uniforms, pomp, and splendour must a nation have been, when it began to consider the simple as the bad, the simple man (schlicht) as the bad man (schlecht)! We should always oppose the moral bumptiousness of the Germans with this one little word “bad,” and nothing else.

On German Virtue.—How twisted in its taste, how subservient to status, hierarchy, uniforms, showiness, and extravagance must a nation have been, when it started to view the simple as bad, the simple person (simple) as the bad person (bad)! We should always counter the moral arrogance of the Germans with this one little word “not good,” and nothing else.

232.

From a Dispute.A. Friend, you have talked yourself hoarse.—B. Then I am refuted, so let's drop the subject.

From a Dispute.A. Friend, you've talked until you're hoarse.—B. Then I stand corrected, so let’s move on.

233.

The Conscientious Ones.—Have you noticed the kind of men who attach the greatest value to the most scrupulous conscientiousness? Those who are conscious of many mean and petty sentiments, who are anxiously thinking of and about themselves, are afraid of others, and are desirous of concealing their inmost feelings as far as possible. They endeavour to impose upon themselves by means of this strict conscientiousness [pg 235] and rigorousness of duty, and by the stern and harsh impression which others, especially their inferiors, cannot fail to receive of them.

The Conscientious Ones.—Have you noticed that the kind of people who value strict conscientiousness the most tend to be those who are overly aware of their own petty feelings? They are constantly focused on themselves, afraid of others, and want to hide their true emotions as much as they can. They try to convince themselves of their integrity through this rigid sense of duty and by the stern image they project, which others, especially those beneath them, cannot help but notice. [pg 235]

234.

Dread of Fame.A. The endeavour to avoid one's renown, the intentional offending of one's panegyrists, the dislike of hearing opinions about one's self, and all through fear of renown: instances like these are to be met with; they actually exist—believe it or not!—B. They are found, no doubt! They exist! A little patience, Sir Arrogance!

Fear of Fame.A. The effort to avoid becoming well-known, to deliberately upset those who praise you, the discomfort of hearing others' opinions about you, all stemming from a fear of fame: examples like these do exist—believe it or not!—B. They are definitely out there! They do exist! Just a bit of patience, Sir Arrogance!

235.

Refusing Thanks.—We are perfectly justified in refusing a request, but it is never right to refuse thanks—or, what comes to the same thing, to accept them coldly and conventionally. This gives deep offence—and why?

No thanks.—We are completely justified in denying a request, but it's never appropriate to reject thanks—or, which is just as bad, to accept them in a cold and formal way. This is very hurtful—and why?

236.

Punishment.—A strange thing, this punishment of ours! It does not purify the criminal; it is not a form of expiation; but, on the contrary, it is even more defiling than the crime itself.

Consequences.—It's a strange thing, this punishment of ours! It doesn't cleanse the offender; it's not a way to make amends; rather, it’s even more corrupting than the crime itself.

237.

Party Grievances.—In almost every party there is a ridiculous, but nevertheless somewhat dangerous grievance. The sufferers from it are those who have long been the faithful and honourable upholders of the doctrine propagated by the [pg 236] party, and who suddenly remark that one day a much stronger figure than themselves has got the ear of the public. How can they bear being reduced to silence? So they raise their voices, sometimes changing their notes.

Party Complaints.—In almost every party, there’s a silly but still somewhat dangerous complaint. The people affected are those who have long been loyal and honorable supporters of the beliefs pushed by the [pg 236] party, and who suddenly notice that one day a much more powerful person than themselves has captured the public’s attention. How can they stand being silenced? So they start to speak out, sometimes adjusting their tone.

238.

Striving for Gentleness.—When a vigorous nature has not an inclination towards cruelty, and is not always preoccupied with itself; it involuntarily strives after gentleness—this is its distinctive characteristic. Weak natures, on the other hand, have a tendency towards harsh judgments—they associate themselves with the heroes of the contempt of mankind, the religious or philosophical traducers of existence, or they take up their position behind strict habits and punctilious “callings”: in this way they seek to give themselves a character and a kind of strength. This is likewise done quite involuntarily.

Aiming for Kindness.—When a strong personality is not inclined towards cruelty and isn’t always focused on itself, it naturally seeks out gentleness—this is its defining trait. In contrast, weaker personalities tend to make harsh judgments—they associate themselves with those who disdain humanity, like religious or philosophical critics of existence, or they hide behind rigid routines and meticulous “vocations”: this is how they try to establish a sense of identity and strength. This too occurs quite naturally.

239.

A Hint to Moralists.—Our musicians have made a great discovery. They have found out that interesting ugliness is possible even in their art; this is why they throw themselves with such enthusiastic intoxication into this ocean of ugliness, and never before has it been so easy to make music. It is only now that we have got the general, dark-coloured background, upon which every luminous ray of fine music, however faint, seems tinged with golden emerald lustre; it is only now that we dare to inspire our audience with feelings [pg 237] of impetuosity and indignation, taking away their breath, so to speak, in order that we may afterwards, in an interval of restful harmony, inspire them with a feeling of bliss which will be to the general advantage of a proper appreciation of music.

A Tip for Moralists.—Our musicians have made an exciting discovery. They’ve realized that interesting ugliness is possible even in their art; this is why they dive so passionately into this sea of ugliness, and it's never been easier to create music. It’s only now that we have the overall, dark-colored background, on which every bright ray of beautiful music, no matter how faint, seems to sparkle with a golden emerald glow; it’s only now that we dare to fill our audience with feelings [pg 237] of intensity and outrage, almost taking their breath away, so we can later, in a moment of calming harmony, fill them with a sense of joy that will enhance their overall appreciation of music.

We have discovered the contrast: it is only now that the strongest effects are possible—and cheap. No one bothers any more about good music. But you must hurry up! When any art has once made this discovery, it has but a short space of time to live.—Oh, if only our thinkers could probe into the depths of the souls of our musicians when listening to their music! How long we must wait until we again have an opportunity of surprising the inward man in the very act of his evil doing, and his innocence of this act! For our musicians have not the slightest suspicion that it is their own history, the history of the disfigurement of the soul, which they are transposing into music. In former times a good musician was almost forced by the exigencies of his art to become a good man—and now!

We have discovered the difference: it's only now that the most powerful effects are possible—and they're affordable. No one cares about good music anymore. But you need to act fast! Once any art has made this discovery, it has only a short time to exist. —Oh, if only our thinkers could explore the depths of our musicians’ souls while they’re listening to their music! How long will we have to wait until we can once again catch the inner man in the act of doing wrong, completely unaware of it? Because our musicians have no idea that it’s their own story, the story of their soul’s disfigurement, that they are translating into music. In the past, a good musician was almost compelled by the demands of his art to be a good person—and now!

240.

The Morality of the Stage.—The man who imagines that the effect of Shakespeare's plays is a moral one, and that the sight of Macbeth irresistibly induces us to shun the evil of ambition, is mistaken, and he is mistaken once more if he believes that Shakespeare himself thought so. He who is truly obsessed by an ardent ambition takes delight in beholding this picture of himself; and when the hero is driven to destruction by his passion, this is [pg 238] the most pungent spice in the hot drink of this delight. Did the poet feel this in another way? How royally and with how little of the knave in him does his ambitious hero run his course from the moment of his great crime! It is only from this moment that he becomes “demoniacally” attractive, and that he encourages similar natures to imitate him.—There is something demoniacal here: something which is in revolt against advantage and life, in favour of a thought and an impulse. Do you think that Tristan and Isolde are warnings against adultery, merely because adultery has resulted in the death of both of them? This would be turning poets upside down, these poets who, especially Shakespeare, are in love with the passions in themselves, and not less so with the readiness for death which they give rise to: this mood in which the heart no more clings to life than a drop of water does to the glass. It is not the guilt and its pernicious consequences which interests these poets—Shakespeare as little as Sophocles (in the Ajax, Philoctetes, Œdipus)—however easy it might have been in the cases just mentioned to make the guilt the lever of the play, it was carefully avoided by the poets.

The Morality of Theater.—The person who thinks that Shakespeare's plays have a moral effect, and that watching Macbeth inevitably makes us want to avoid the dangers of ambition, is mistaken, and they are mistaken again if they believe that Shakespeare himself thought that. Someone who is truly driven by intense ambition enjoys seeing a reflection of themselves; and when the hero is led to ruin by that passion, it adds a potent thrill to this enjoyment. Did the poet feel differently about this? How nobly and with hardly any treachery does his ambitious hero pursue his path from the moment of his great crime! It's only after this moment that he becomes “demonically” appealing, encouraging others like him to follow suit.—There’s something devilish here: something that rebels against personal gain and life itself, in favor of a singular thought or urge. Do you really think that Tristan and Isolde serve as warnings against infidelity just because their affair leads to their deaths? That would be to misunderstand poets entirely, especially Shakespeare, who are captivated by the passions within themselves, and equally by the willingness to face death that these passions provoke: a state in which the heart clings to life no more than a drop of water clings to the glass. It’s not the guilt and its damaging repercussions that interest these poets—Shakespeare no more than Sophocles (in the Ajax, Philoctetes, Oedipus)—even though it would have been easy to make guilt the central theme in those cases, the poets deliberately avoided it.

In the same way the tragic poet by his images of life does not wish to set us against life. On the contrary, he exclaims; “It is the charm of charms, this exciting, changing, and dangerous existence of ours, so often gloomy and so often bathed in sun! Life is an adventure—whichever side you may take in life it will always retain this character!”—Thus speaks the poet of a restless and vigorous age, an age which is almost intoxicated and [pg 239] stupefied by its superabundance of blood and energy, in an age more evil than our own: and this is why it is necessary for us to adapt and accommodate ourselves first to the purpose of a Shakespearian play, that is, by misunderstanding it.

In the same way, the tragic poet uses his images of life not to turn us against life. On the contrary, he exclaims, "This is the ultimate charm, this exciting, unpredictable, and risky existence we lead, sometimes dark and often bright with sunshine! Life is an adventure—no matter what path you choose, it will always retain this essence!"—Thus speaks the poet of a restless and energetic age, an age that is almost intoxicated and [pg 239] stupefied by its overwhelming vitality and energy, in an age more wicked than our own: and this is why we need to first adapt and align ourselves with the purpose of a Shakespearean play, which is to misunderstand it.

241.

Fear and Intelligence.—If that which is now expressly maintained is true, viz. that the cause of the black pigment of the skin must not be sought in light, might this phenomenon perhaps be the ultimate effect of frequent fits of passion accumulated for century after century (and an afflux of blood under the skin)? while in other and more intelligent races the equally frequent spasms of fear and blanching may have resulted in the white colour of the skin?—For the degree of timidity is the standard by which the intelligence may be measured; and the fact that men give themselves up to blind anger is an indication that their animal nature is still near the surface, and is longing for an opportunity to make its presence felt once more. Thus a brownish-grey would probably be the primitive colour of man—something of the ape and the bear, as is only proper.

Fear and Intelligence.—If what is currently argued is true, that the cause of the black pigment in the skin shouldn't be found in light, could this phenomenon be the result of generations of intense emotions building up over centuries (and an increase of blood under the skin)? At the same time, in other, more intelligent races, could the frequent episodes of fear and blanching have led to the lighter skin color?—The level of fearfulness is a measure of intelligence, and the tendency for people to give in to intense anger shows that their primal instincts are still close to the surface, craving a chance to emerge again. Therefore, a brownish-grey might be the original color of humanity—something resembling both apes and bears, as would be expected.

242.

Independence.—Independence (which in its weakest form is called “freedom of thought”) is the type of resignation which the tyrannical man ends by accepting—he who for a long time had [pg 240] been looking for something to govern, but without finding anything except himself.

Independence.—Independence (which in its simplest form is called "freedom of thought") is the kind of resignation that the tyrannical person ultimately comes to accept—someone who has long been searching for something to control, only to find nothing but himself.

243.

The two Courses.—When we endeavour to examine the mirror in itself we discover in the end that we can detect nothing there but the things which it reflects. If we wish to grasp the things reflected we touch nothing in the end but the mirror.—This is the general history of knowledge.

The two Courses.—When we try to look at the mirror itself, we ultimately find that all we see are the things it reflects. If we want to understand the things being reflected, we end up touching only the mirror itself.—This is the overall story of knowledge.

244.

Delight in Reality.—Our present inclination to take delight in reality—for almost every one of us possesses it—can only be explained by the fact that we have taken delight in the unreal for such a long time that we have got tired of it. This inclination in its present form, without choice and without refinement, is not without danger—its least danger is its want of taste.

Enjoy Reality.—Our current tendency to find joy in reality—something almost all of us have—can be explained by the fact that we've enjoyed the unreal for so long that we're now worn out by it. This tendency, in its current state, lacking discernment and sophistication, is not without its risks—its smallest issue is its lack of taste.

245.

The Subtlety of the Feeling of Power.—Napoleon was greatly mortified at the fact that he could not speak well, and he did not deceive himself in this respect: but his thirst for power, which never despised the slightest opportunity of showing itself, and which was still more subtle than his subtle intellect, led him to speak even worse than he might have done. It was in this way that he revenged himself upon his own mortification (he was jealous [pg 241] of all his emotions because they possessed power) in order to enjoy his autocratic pleasure.

The Subtlety of the Feeling of Power.—Napoleon felt deeply embarrassed about his inability to speak well, and he was honest with himself about it: but his desire for power, which never passed up even the slightest chance to reveal itself and was even more shrewd than his clever mind, caused him to speak even worse than he could have. This was his way of getting back at his own embarrassment (he was envious [pg 241] of all his feelings because they held power) so he could indulge in his autocratic satisfaction.

He enjoyed this pleasure a second time in respect to the ears and judgment of his audience, as if it were good enough for them to be addressed in this way. He even secretly enjoyed the thought of bewildering their judgment and good taste by the thunder and lightning of his highest authority—that authority which lies in the union of power and genius—while both his judgment and his good taste held fast proudly and indifferently to the truth that he did not speak well.—Napoleon, as the complete and fully developed type of a single instinct, belongs to ancient humanity, whose characteristic—the simple construction and ingenious development and realisation of a single motive or a small number of motives—may be easily enough recognised.

He enjoyed this pleasure a second time in front of his audience, as if it was good enough for them to be addressed this way. He even secretly took pleasure in the idea of confusing their judgment and taste with the overwhelming power of his authority—that authority which comes from a mix of power and genius—while both his judgment and his taste clung proudly and indifferently to the truth that he didn’t speak well. Napoleon, as the complete and fully developed embodiment of a single instinct, belongs to ancient humanity, whose characteristic—the simple construction and clever development and realization of a single motive or a small number of motives—can be easily recognized.

246.

Aristotle and Marriage.—Insanity makes its appearance in the children of great geniuses, and stupidity in those of the most virtuous—so says Aristotle. Did he mean by this to invite exceptional men to marry?

Aristotle and Marriage.—Insanity shows up in the kids of great geniuses, while stupidity appears in the children of the most virtuous—so Aristotle says. Was he trying to encourage exceptional people to get married?

247.

The Origin of a bad Temperament.—Injustice and instability in the minds of certain men, their disordered and immoderate manner, are the ultimate consequences of the innumerable logical inexactitudes, superficialities, and hasty conclusions of which their ancestors have been guilty. Men of a good temperament, on the other hand, are descended [pg 242] from solid and meditative races which have set a high value upon reason—whether for praiseworthy or evil purposes is of no great importance.

The Cause of a Bad Temper.—Injustice and instability in the minds of some people, along with their chaotic and excessive behavior, are the end results of the countless logical inaccuracies, superficial thoughts, and rash conclusions that their ancestors have made. In contrast, people with a good temperament are descended [pg 242] from strong and thoughtful groups that have valued reason highly—whether for good or bad reasons is not particularly significant.

248.

Dissimulation as a Duty.—Kindness has been best developed by the long dissimulation which endeavoured to appear as kindness: wherever great power existed the necessity for dissimulation of this nature was recognised—it inspires security and confidence, and multiplies the actual sum of our physical power. Falsehood, if not actually the mother, is at all events the nurse of kindness. In the same way, honesty has been brought to maturity by the need for a semblance of honesty and integrity: in hereditary aristocracies. The persistent exercise of such a dissimulation ends by bringing about the actual nature of the thing itself: the dissimulation in the long run suppresses itself, and organs and instincts are the unexpected fruits in this garden of hypocrisy.

Pretending as a Duty.—Kindness has been shaped by the long practice of pretending to be kind: wherever there was significant power, the need for this kind of dissimulation was acknowledged—it creates security and trust, and increases our actual physical strength. Deception, while not exactly the source, is definitely a key factor in nurturing kindness. Similarly, honesty has matured due to the need to project a facade of honesty and integrity: particularly in hereditary aristocracies. The ongoing practice of such dissimulation eventually leads to the true essence of the thing itself: over time, dissimulation tends to dissolve, resulting in authentic qualities and instincts as the unexpected outcomes in this garden of pretense.

249.

Who, then, is ever Alone.—The faint-hearted wretch does not know what it means to be lonely. An enemy is always prowling in his tracks. Oh, for the man who could give us the history of that subtle feeling called loneliness!

Who, then, is ever alone.—The timid person has no idea what it means to truly be lonely. There’s always an enemy lurking in the background. Oh, for the person who could tell us the story of that complex feeling we call loneliness!

250.

Night and Music.—It was only at night time, and in the semi-obscurity of dark forests and caverns, that the ear, the organ of fear, was able to [pg 243] develop itself so well, in accordance with the mode of living of the timid—that is, the longest human epoch which has ever yet existed: when it is clear daylight the ear is less necessary. Hence the character of music, which is an art of night and twilight.

Night and Music.—It was only at night, in the dimness of dark forests and caves, that the ear, the organ of fear, could [pg 243] develop so effectively, suited to the lifestyle of the timid—that is, during the longest period in human history. In daylight, the ear becomes less essential. This is why music, which is the art of night and twilight, has such a unique character.

251.

Stoical.—The Stoic experiences a certain sense of cheerfulness when he feels oppressed by the ceremonial which he has prescribed for himself: he enjoys himself then as a ruler.

Stoic.—The Stoic feels a sense of cheerfulness even when weighed down by the rituals he has set for himself: he takes pleasure in being in control.

252.

Consider.—The man who is being punished is no longer he who has done the deed. He is always the scapegoat.

Think about it.—The person being punished is no longer the one who committed the act. He is always the scapegoat.

253.

Appearance.—Alas! what must be best and most resolutely proved is appearance itself; for only too many people lack eyes to observe it. But it is so tiresome!

Appearance.—Unfortunately, what needs to be most clearly demonstrated is appearance itself; too many people just don’t notice it. But it’s so exhausting!

254.

Those who Anticipate.—What distinguishes poetic natures, but is also a danger for them, is their imagination, which exhausts itself in advance: which anticipates what will happen or what may happen, which enjoys and suffers in advance, and which at the final moment of the event or the action is already fatigued. Lord Byron, who was only too familiar with this, wrote in his diary: “If ever [pg 244] I have a son he shall choose a very prosaic profession—that of a lawyer or a pirate.”

Those who Expect.—What sets poetic personalities apart, but also poses a risk for them, is their imagination, which wears itself out ahead of time: it anticipates what will happen or could happen, it enjoys and suffers beforehand, and by the time the event or action takes place, it’s already exhausted. Lord Byron, who was all too aware of this, wrote in his diary: "If I ever have a son, he will choose a very ordinary profession—either a lawyer or a pirate."

255.

Conversation on Music.

Talk about Music.

A. What do you say to that music?

A. What do you think of that music?

B. It has overpowered me, I can say nothing about it. Listen! there it is beginning again.

B. It has taken control of me; I can’t talk about it. Listen! It’s starting up again.

A. All the better! This time let us do our best to overpower it. Will you allow me to add a few words to this music? and also to show you a drama which perhaps at your first hearing you did not wish to observe?

A. All the better! This time let’s really try to take control of it. Can I add a few words to this music? And also show you a performance that you might not have wanted to pay attention to at first?

B. Very well, I have two ears and even more if necessary; move up closer to me.

B. Alright, I’ve got two ears and I can listen even better if you need me to; come closer to me.

A. We have not yet heard what he wishes to say to us, up to the present he has only promised to say something—something as yet unheard, so he gives us to understand by his gestures, for they are gestures. How he beckons! How he raises himself up! How he gesticulates! and now the moment of supreme tension seems to have come to him: two more fanfares, and he will present us with his superb and splendidly-adorned theme, rattling, as it were, with precious stones.

A. We still haven't heard what he wants to say to us; so far, he has only promised to say something—something we haven't heard yet, as his gestures suggest. Look at how he gestures! Look at how he rises up! Look at how he moves his hands! Now it seems like the moment of great anticipation has arrived for him: just two more fanfares, and he will reveal his magnificent and beautifully adorned theme, sparkling, if you will, with precious stones.

Is it a handsome woman? or a beautiful horse? Enough, he looks about him as if enraptured, for he must assemble looks of rapture. It is only now that his theme quite pleases him: it is only now that he becomes inventive and risks new and audacious features. How he forces out his theme! Ah, take care!—he not only understands how to [pg 245] adorn, but also how to gloss it over! Yes, he knows what the colour of health is, and he knows how to make it up,—he is more subtle in his self-consciousness than I thought. And now he is convinced that he has convinced his hearers; he sets off his impromptus as if they were the most important things under the sun: he points to his theme with an insolent finger as if it were too good for this world.—Ah, how distrustful he is! He is afraid we may get tired!—that is why he buries his melody in sweet notes.—Now he even appeals to our coarser senses that he may excite us and thus get us once again into his power. Listen to him as he conjures up the elementary force of tempestuous and thundering rhythms!

Is it a beautiful woman or a stunning horse? Enough, he looks around as if mesmerized, wanting to gather looks of awe. It's only now that his subject truly pleases him: now he becomes creative and dares to try new and bold elements. How he forces his subject! Ah, be careful!—he not only knows how to embellish but also how to cover it up! Yes, he understands what the color of health is, and he knows how to create it—he is more aware of himself than I realized. Now he believes he has convinced his audience; he presents his improvised pieces as if they were the most significant things in the world: he points to his theme with a cocky finger as if it were too good for this world.—Ah, how insecure he is! He fears we might lose interest!—that's why he buries his melody in sweet notes.—Now he even appeals to our baser instincts to excite us and regain his control over us. Listen to him as he evokes the raw power of stormy and thunderous rhythms!

And now that he sees that these things have captivated our attention, strangle us, and almost overwhelm us, he once again ventures to introduce his theme amidst this play of the elements in order to convince us, confused and agitated as we are, that our confusion and agitation are the effects of his miraculous theme. And from now onwards his hearers believe in him: as soon as the theme is heard once more they are reminded of its thrilling elementary effects. The theme profits by this recollection—now it has become demoniacal! What a connoisseur of the soul he is! He gains command over us by all the artifices of the popular orator. But the music has stopped again.

And now that he sees that these things have grabbed our attention, suffocate us, and nearly overwhelm us, he once again tries to introduce his theme amidst this chaos to convince us, as confused and agitated as we are, that our confusion and agitation are results of his miraculous theme. From now on, his listeners believe in him: as soon as they hear the theme again, they are reminded of its thrilling elemental effects. The theme benefits from this memory—now it has become demonic! What a master of the soul he is! He takes control of us using all the tricks of a skilled speaker. But the music has stopped again.

B. And I am glad of it; for I could no longer bear listening to your observations! I should prefer ten times over to let myself be deceived to knowing the truth once after your version.

B. And I’m glad about that; I couldn’t stand listening to your comments any longer! I’d rather be fooled a hundred times than know the truth once, just based on your perspective.

[pg 246]

A. That is just what I wished to hear from you. The best people now are just like you: you are quite content to let yourselves be deceived. You come here with coarse, lustful ears, and you do not bring with you your conscience of the art of listening. On the way here you have cast away your intellectual honesty, and thus you corrupt both art and artists. Whenever you applaud and cheer you have in your hands the conscience of the artists—and woe to art if they get to know that you cannot distinguish between innocent and guilty music! I do not indeed refer to “good” and “bad” music—we meet with both in the two kinds of music mentioned! but I call innocent music that which thinks only of itself and believes only in itself, and which on account of itself has forgotten the world at large—this spontaneous expression of the most profound solitude which speaks of itself and with itself, and has entirely forgotten that there are listeners, effects, misunderstandings and failures in the world outside. In short, the music which we have just heard is precisely of this rare and noble type; and everything I said about it was a fable—pardon my little trick if you will!

A. That's exactly what I wanted to hear from you. The best people today are just like you: you’re perfectly fine with being misled. You come here with crude, lustful ears, and you don’t bring your sense of how to listen properly. On your way here, you’ve tossed aside your intellectual integrity, and in doing so, you’re ruining both art and artists. Whenever you cheer and applaud, you hold the artists’ conscience in your hands—and woe to art if they learn that you can’t tell the difference between innocent and guilty music! I’m not talking about "great" and "bad" music—we encounter both in the two types of music mentioned! What I call innocent music is that which thinks only of itself and believes only in itself, which, for its own sake, has forgotten the broader world—this spontaneous expression of deep solitude that speaks only for itself and has completely forgotten that there are listeners, effects, misunderstandings, and failures out there in the world. In short, the music we just heard is exactly of this rare and noble kind; and everything I said about it was a fable—please forgive my little trick!

B. Oh, then you like this music, too? In that case many sins shall be forgiven you!

B. Oh, so you like this music, too? In that case, many sins will be forgiven!

256.

The Happiness of the Evil Ones.—These silent, gloomy, and evil men possess a peculiar something which you cannot dispute with them—an [pg 247] uncommon and strange enjoyment in the dolce far niente; a sunset and evening rest, such as none can enjoy but a heart which has been too often devoured, lacerated, and poisoned by the passions.

The Joy of the Wicked.—These silent, gloomy, and wicked men have something unique about them that you can't argue with—an [pg 247] unusual and strange pleasure in the lazy leisure; a sunset and evening relaxation that only a heart deeply wounded, scarred, and poisoned by passions can truly appreciate.

257.

Words Present in our Minds.—We always express our thoughts with those words which lie nearest to hand. Or rather, if I may reveal my full suspicion; at every moment we have only the particular thought for the words that are present in our minds.

Words in our Minds.—We always share our thoughts using the words that are most readily available. Or rather, if I can be completely honest; at every moment, we only have specific thoughts tied to the words that we currently have in our minds.

258.

Flattering the Dog.—You have only to stroke this dog's coat once, and he immediately splutters and gives off sparks like any other flatterer—and he is witty in his own way. Why should we not endure him thus?

Flattering the Dog.—You just have to pet this dog's fur once, and he instantly reacts with excitement and energy like any other sycophant—and he’s clever in his own way. So why shouldn't we put up with him like this?

259.

The Quondam Panegyrist.“He has now become silent now in regard to me, although he knows the truth and could tell it; but it would sound like vengeance—and he values truth so highly, this honourable man!”

The Ex-Praise-giver."He's keeping quiet about me now, even though he knows the truth and could reveal it; but that would seem like revenge—and this honorable man values truth so much!"

260.

The Amulet of Dependent Men.—He who is unavoidably dependent upon some master ought to possess something by which he can inspire his master with fear, and keep him in check: integrity, for example, or probity, or an evil tongue.

The Amulet of Needy Men.—Someone who has to rely on a master should have something that can instill fear in their master and keep them in line: integrity, for instance, or honesty, or the ability to speak ill of others.

[pg 248]

261.

Why so Sublime!—Oh, I know them well this breed of animals! Certainly it pleases them better to walk on two legs “like a god”—but it pleases me better when they fall back on their four feet. This is incomparably more natural for them!

Why so Amazing!—Oh, I know this kind of creature well! They definitely prefer walking on two legs “like a boss”—but I like it better when they revert to walking on all fours. It’s so much more natural for them!

262.

The Demon of Power.—Neither necessity nor desire, but the love of power, is the demon of mankind. You may give men everything possible—health, food, shelter, enjoyment—but they are and remain unhappy and capricious, for the demon waits and waits; and must be satisfied. Let everything else be taken away from men, and let this demon be satisfied, and then they will nearly be happy—as happy as men and demons can be; but why do I repeat this? Luther has already said it, and better than I have done, in the verses:

The Demon of Power.—It’s not necessity or desire, but the love of power that is humanity's true demon. You can provide people with everything they want—health, food, shelter, joy—but they will still be unhappy and unpredictable, because the demon lingers and demands to be appeased. Take everything else away from people, let this demon be satisfied, and they will come close to happiness—as happy as people and demons can be; but why am I repeating this? Luther has already articulated it better than I have in his verses:

And even if they take our lives,
Goods, honor, kids, wife,
Yet their profit is small,
These things will all disappear.
The Kingdom remains.

The Kingdom! there it is again!7

The Kingdom! there it is again!7

263.

Contradiction Incarnate and Animated.—There is a physiological contradiction in what is [pg 249] called genius: genius possesses on the one hand a great deal of savage disorder and involuntary movement, and on the other hand a great deal of superior activity in this movement. Joined to this a genius possesses a mirror which reflects the two movements beside one another, and within one another, but often opposed to one another. Genius in consequence of this sight is often unhappy, and if it feels its greatest happiness in creating, it is because it forgets that precisely then, with the highest determinate activity, it does something fantastic and irrational (such is all art) and cannot help doing it.

Living Contradiction.—There is a physiological contradiction in what is [pg 249] referred to as genius: genius has a lot of wild chaos and involuntary actions, but also a lot of focused activity within that chaos. Along with this, a genius has a mirror that shows these two actions side by side and intertwined, but often in conflict with each other. Because of this awareness, a genius can often be unhappy, and even though it feels its greatest joy in creating, it’s because it forgets that at that moment, in the height of focused activity, it is doing something surreal and irrational (which is the essence of all art) and cannot help but do so.

264.

Deceiving One's Self.—Envious men with a discriminating intuition endeavour not to become too closely acquainted with their rivals in order that they may feel themselves superior to them.

Deceiving Yourself.—Jealous people with a keen insight try to avoid getting too familiar with their competitors so they can continue to see themselves as better than them.

265.

There is a Time for the Theatre.—When the imagination of a people begins to diminish, there arises the desire to have its legends represented on the stage: it then tolerates the coarse substitutes for imagination. In the age of the epic rhapsodist, however, the theatre itself, and the actor dressed up as a hero, form an obstacle in the path of the imagination instead of acting as wings for it—too near, too definite, too heavy, and with too little of dreamland and the flights of birds about them.

There's a time for the theater.—When people's imagination starts to fade, they want their stories acted out on stage: they then settle for rough imitations of true imagination. However, in the era of epic storytellers, the theatre itself, along with the actor dressed as a hero, becomes a barrier to imagination instead of enhancing it—too close, too specific, too weighty, and lacking the dreamlike quality and the freedom of birds.

[pg 250]

266.

Without Charm.—He lacks charm and knows it. Ah, how skilful he is in masking this defect! He does it by a strict virtue, gloomy looks, and acquired distrust of all men, and of existence itself; by coarse jests, by contempt for a more refined manner of living, by pathos and pretensions, and by a cynical philosophy—yea, he has even developed into a character through the continual knowledge of his deficiency.

Without Charm.—He knows he’s not charming. Oh, how skillfully he hides this flaw! He does it with strict morals, a sullen demeanor, and a learned distrust of everyone and of life itself; through crude jokes, disdain for a more sophisticated way of living, through emotional displays and pretentiousness, and with a cynical worldview—yes, he has even turned his awareness of his shortcoming into a defining trait.

267.

Why so Proud?—A noble character is distinguished from a vulgar one by the fact that the latter has not at ready command a certain number of habits and points of view like the former: fate willed that they should not be his either by inheritance or by education.

Why so proud?—A noble character stands out from a common one because the latter doesn't have the same set of habits and perspectives that the former does: fate decided that those qualities would not be his, either by birth or by upbringing.

268.

The Orator's Scylla and Charybdis.—How difficult it was in Athens to speak in such a way as to win over the hearers to one's cause without repelling them at the same time by the form in which one's speech was cast, or withdrawing their attention from the cause itself by this form! How difficult it still is to write thus in France!

The Orator's Rock and Hard Place.—How challenging it was in Athens to speak in a way that would win over the audience to one's argument without also pushing them away because of how the speech was delivered, or distracting them from the argument itself with that delivery! How challenging it still is to write this way in France!

269.

Sick People and Art.—For all kinds of sadness and misery of soul we should first of all try [pg 251] a change of diet and severe manual labour; but in such cases men are in the habit of having recourse to mental intoxicants, to art for example—which is both to their own detriment and that of art! Can you not see that when you call for art as sick people you make the artists themselves sick?

Sick People and Art.—For all kinds of sadness and emotional pain, we should first try [pg 251] a change in diet and intense physical work; but in these situations, people tend to turn to mental escapes, like art—for both their own harm and that of art! Don't you realize that when you seek out art as if you’re unwell, you're making the artists themselves feel unwell?

270.

Apparent Toleration.—Those are good, benevolent, and rational words on and in favour of science, but, alas! I see behind these words your toleration of science. In a corner of your inmost mind you think, in spite of all you say, that it is not necessary for you, that it shows magnanimity on your part to admit and even to advocate it, more especially as science on its part does not exhibit this magnanimity in regard to your opinion! Do you know that you have no right whatever to exercise this toleration? that this condescension of yours is an even coarser disparagement of science than any of that open scorn which a presumptuous priest or artist might allow himself to indulge in towards science? What is lacking in you is a strong sense for everything that is true and actual, you do not feel grieved and worried to find that science is in contradiction to your own sentiments, you are unacquainted with that intense desire for knowledge ruling over you like a law, you do not feel a duty in the need of being present with your own eyes wherever knowledge exists, and to let nothing that is “known” escape you. You do not know that which you are treating with such toleration! and [pg 252] it is only because you do not know it that you can succeed in adopting such a gracious attitude towards it. You, forsooth, would look upon science with hatred and fanaticism if it for once cast its shining and illuminating glance upon you! What does it matter to us, then, if you do exhibit toleration—and towards a phantom! and not even towards us!—and what do we matter!

Evident Acceptance.—Those are nice, kind, and logical words supporting science, but, sadly, I see that behind those words lies your tolerance of science. Deep down in your mind, you think, despite everything you say, that you don't need to, and that it shows greatness on your part to accept and even promote it, especially since science doesn't show this greatness towards your opinions! Do you realize that you have no right to exercise this tolerance? That your condescension is an even harsher insult to science than the open contempt a conceited priest or artist might express towards it? What you lack is a strong appreciation for everything that is true and real; you don't feel upset or troubled that science contradicts your own feelings, you aren't driven by a deep desire for knowledge that rules over you like a law, you don't feel a duty to be present with your own eyes wherever knowledge exists, and to let nothing that is "famous" escape you. You don't understand what you are treating with such tolerance! and [pg 252] it’s only because you don't know it that you can adopt such a gracious attitude towards it. You would surely look upon science with hatred and fanaticism if it ever cast its bright and enlightening gaze upon you! So what does it matter to us if you show tolerance—towards a phantom!—and not even towards us!—and what do we matter!

271.

Festive Moods.—It is exactly those men who aspire most ardently towards power who feel it indescribably agreeable to be overpowered! to sink suddenly and deeply into a feeling as into a whirlpool! To suffer the reins to be snatched out of their hand, and to watch a movement which takes them they know not where! Whatever or whoever may be the person or thing that renders us this service, it is nevertheless a great service: we are so happy and breathless, and feel around us an exceptional silence, as if we were in the most central bowels of the earth. To be for once entirely powerless! the plaything of the elementary forces of nature! There is a restfulness in this happiness, a casting away of the great burden, a descent without fatigue, as if one had been given up to the blind force of gravity.

Holiday Vibes.—It's those who are most passionate about power who find it incredibly satisfying to be overpowered! To suddenly and deeply dive into a feeling as if pulled into a whirlpool! To let go of control and watch as a force takes them somewhere unknown! No matter who or what provides this experience, it is still a significant service: we feel so happy and breathless, surrounded by a unique silence, as if we are deep within the earth's core. To be completely powerless for once! To be a toy of the fundamental forces of nature! There’s a tranquility in this happiness, a release from the heavy burden, a descent without exhaustion, as if surrendered to the unyielding force of gravity.

This is the dream of the mountain climber, who, although he sees his goal far above him, nevertheless falls asleep on the way from utter exhaustion, and dreams of the happiness of the contrast—this effortless rolling down hill. I describe happiness [pg 253] as I imagine it to be in our present-day society, the badgered, ambitious society of Europe and America. Now and then they wish to fall back into impotence—this enjoyment is offered them by wars, arts, religions, and geniuses. When a man has temporarily abandoned himself to a momentary impression which devours and crushes everything—and this is the modern festive mood—he afterwards becomes freer, colder, more refreshed, and more strict, and again strives tirelessly after the contrary of all this: power.

This is the dream of the mountain climber, who, even though he sees his goal high above him, still falls asleep on the way from total exhaustion and dreams of the bliss of the opposite—this effortless rolling downhill. I describe happiness [pg 253] as I imagine it to be in our current society, the pressured, ambitious society of Europe and America. Every now and then they wish to fall back into a state of powerlessness—this enjoyment is provided to them by wars, arts, religions, and geniuses. When someone has temporarily given in to a fleeting impression that consumes and crushes everything—and this reflects the modern festive mood—they later become freer, colder, more refreshed, and stricter, and again tirelessly pursue the opposite of all this: power.

272.

The Purification of Races.—It is probable that there are no pure races, but only races which have become purified, and even these are extremely rare.8 We more often meet with crossed races, among whom, together with the defects in the harmony of the bodily forms (for example when the eyes do not accord with the mouth) we necessarily always find defects of harmony in habits and appreciations. (Livingstone heard some one say, “God created white and black men, but the devil created the half-castes.”)

The Cleansing of Races.—It's likely that there are no pure races, just races that have been refined, and even those are extremely rare.8 We more often encounter mixed races, where, alongside the inconsistencies in physical appearances (for example, when the eyes don't match the mouth), we inevitably find mismatches in behaviors and perceptions. (Livingstone once heard someone say, "God created white and black people, but the devil created mixed-race individuals.")

Crossed races are always at the same time crossed [pg 254] cultures and crossed moralities: they are, as a rule, more evil, cruel, and restless. Purity is the final result of innumerable adjustments, absorptions, and eliminations; and progress towards purity in a race is shown by the fact that the latent strength in the race is more and more restricted to a few special functions, whilst it formerly had to carry out too many and often contradictory things. Such a restriction will always have the appearance of an impoverishment, and must be judged with prudence and moderation. In the long run, however, when the process of purification has come to a successful termination, all those forces which were formerly wasted in the struggle between the disharmonious qualities are at the disposal of the organism as a whole, and this is why purified races have always become stronger and more beautiful.—The Greeks may serve us as a model of a purified race and culture!—and it is to be hoped that some day a pure European race and culture may arise.

Crossed races are always a mix of different cultures and moralities: they tend to be more evil, cruel, and restless. Purity is the end result of countless adjustments, incorporations, and eliminations; and progress toward purity in a race is reflected in the fact that the inherent strength of the race is increasingly concentrated in a few specific functions, whereas it previously had to take on too many often contradictory roles. This concentration can look like a loss, and should be assessed with caution and balance. In the long run, once the process of purification has successfully concluded, all the energies that were previously wasted on the conflict between discordant traits are available to the organism as a whole, which is why purified races have always become stronger and more beautiful. The Greeks serve as a model of a purified race and culture, and we can hope that one day, a pure European race and culture will emerge.

273.

Praise.—Here is some one who, you perceive, wishes to praise you: you bite your lips and brace up your heart: Oh, that that cup might go hence! But it does not, it comes! let us therefore drink the sweet impudence of the panegyrist, let us overcome the disgust and profound contempt that we feel for the innermost substance of his praise, let us assume a look of thankful joy—for he wished to make himself agreeable to us! And now that it is all over we know [pg 255] that he feels greatly exalted; he has been victorious over us. Yes, and also over himself, the villain!—for it was no easy matter for him to wring this praise from himself.

Praise.—Here’s someone who, as you can see, wants to compliment you: you bite your lips and brace yourself: Oh, that that cup could be taken away! But it doesn’t, it’s here! So let’s drink in the boldness of the flatterer, let’s push past the disgust and deep contempt we feel for the core of his praise, let’s put on a face of grateful joy—because he wanted to please us! And now that it’s all done, we know [pg 255] that he feels really accomplished; he has triumphed over us. Yes, and also over himself, that scoundrel!—because it wasn’t easy for him to squeeze this praise out of himself.

274.

The Rights and Privileges of Man.—We human beings are the only creatures who, when things do not go well with us, can blot ourselves out like a clumsy sentence,—whether we do so out of honour for humanity or pity for it, or on account of the aversion we feel towards ourselves.

The Rights and Privileges of Man.—We humans are the only beings who, when things aren't going well for us, can erase ourselves like a poorly written sentence—whether we do this out of respect for humanity, sympathy for it, or because of the dislike we have for ourselves.

275.

The Transformed Being.—Now he becomes virtuous; but only for the sake of hurting others by being so. Don't pay so much attention to him.

The Transformed Being.—Now he acts virtuous, but only to hurt others by doing so. Don't focus on him too much.

276.

How Often! How Unexpected!—How may married men have some morning awakened to the fact that their young wife is dull, although she thinks quite the contrary! not to speak of those wives whose flesh is willing but whose intellect is weak!

How Often! How Surprising!—How many married men have woken up one morning to realize that their young wife is boring, even though she believes the opposite! Not to mention those wives who are eager but lack intelligence!

277.

Warm and Cold Virtues.—Courage is sometimes the consequence of cold and unshaken resolution, and at other times of a fiery and reckless élan. For these two kinds of courage there is only the one name!—but how different, nevertheless, [pg 256] are cold virtues and warm virtues! and the man would be a fool who could suppose that “goodness” could only be brought about by warmth, and no less a fool he who would only attribute it to cold. The truth is that mankind has found both warm and cold courage very useful, yet not often enough to prevent it from setting them both in the category of precious stones.

Warm and Cold Virtues.—Courage can come from a calm and steady mindset, or from a passionate and impulsive spirit. These two forms of courage share the same name!—but they are so different, [pg 256] cold virtues and warm virtues! Anyone who thinks that "goodness" can only come from warmth is a fool, and the same goes for anyone who believes it only comes from cold. The reality is that people have found both warm and cold courage very useful, but not often enough to keep them from being categorized as rare gems.

278.

The gracious Memory.—A man of high rank will do well to develop a gracious memory, that is, to note all the good qualities of people and remember them particularly; for in this way he holds them in an agreeable dependence. A man may also act in this way towards himself: whether or not he has a gracious memory determines in the end the superiority, gentleness, or distrust with which he observes his own inclinations and intentions, and finally even the nature of these inclinations and intentions.

The kind Memory.—A person of high status should work on having a gracious memory, which means paying attention to the good qualities in others and especially remembering them. This way, he keeps them in a pleasant kind of dependency. He can also apply this approach to himself: whether or not he has a gracious memory ultimately affects how confidently, kindly, or suspiciously he views his own desires and goals, and even influences the nature of those desires and goals.

279.

Wherein we become Artists.—He who makes an idol of some one endeavours to justify himself in his own eyes by idealising this person: in other words, he becomes an artist that he may have a clear conscience. When he suffers he does not suffer from his ignorance, but from the lie he has told himself to make himself ignorant. The inmost misery and desire of such a man—and all passionate lovers are included in this category—cannot be exhausted by normal means.

Where we become Artists.—Someone who idolizes another person tries to make themselves feel better by idealizing that person: in other words, they become an artist to ease their conscience. When they feel pain, it’s not due to their ignorance, but because of the lie they've told themselves to justify that ignorance. The deepest misery and longing of such a person—and this includes all passionate lovers—cannot be satisfied through ordinary means.

[pg 257]

280.

Childlike.—Those who live like children—those who have not to struggle for their daily bread, and do not think that their actions have any ultimate signification—remain childlike.

Childlike.—People who live like children—those who don’t have to fight for their everyday needs and who don’t believe their actions have any lasting meaning—stay childlike.

281.

Our Ego desires Everything.—It would seem as if men in general were only inspired by the desire to possess: languages at least would permit of this supposition, for they view past actions from the standpoint that we have been put in possession of something—“I have spoken, struggled, conquered”—as if to say, I am now in possession of my word, my struggle, my victory. How greedy man appears in this light! he cannot even let the past escape him: he even wishes to have it still!

Our ego wants everything.—It seems like men are generally motivated by the urge to own things: languages, at least, support this idea since they reflect on past actions as if we have gained something—“I have spoken, struggled, conquered”—as if to say, I now possess my words, my struggles, and my victories. How greedy humans look from this perspective! They can't even let go of the past: they want to have it still!

282.

Danger in Beauty.—This woman is beautiful and intelligent: alas, how much more intelligent she would have become if she had not been beautiful!

Danger in Beauty.—This woman is beautiful and smart: unfortunately, she could have been even smarter if she weren't so beautiful!

283.

Domestic and Mental Peace.—Our habitual mood depends upon the mood in which we maintain our habitual entourage.

Domestic and Mental Peace.—Our usual mindset is shaped by the atmosphere we create around us.

284.

New Things as Old Ones.—Many people seem irritated when something new is told them: [pg 258] they feel the ascendancy which the news has given to the person who has learnt it first.

Old Things that are New.—Many people get annoyed when they hear something new: [pg 258] they sense the power that the news has given to the person who found it out first.

285.

What are the Limits of the Ego.—The majority of people take under their protection, as it were, something that they know, as if the fact of knowing it was sufficient in itself to make it their property. The acquisitiveness of the egoistic feeling has no limits: Great men speak as if they had behind them the whole of time, and had placed themselves at the head of this enormous host; and good women boast of the beauty of their children, their clothes, their dog, their physician, or their native town, but the only thing they dare not say is, “I am all that.” Chi non ha non è—as they say in Italy.

What are the Limits of the Ego?—Most people take on as their own anything they know, acting like just knowing it makes it theirs. The desire of the ego has no boundaries: Great individuals speak as if they have all of time behind them, leading an immense army; and admirable women proudly talk about their children's looks, their outfits, their pets, their doctors, or their hometown, but the one thing they won’t claim is, "I'm everything." Those who lack do not exist—as the saying goes in Italy.

286.

Domestic Animals, Pets and the Like.—Could there be anything more repugnant than the sentimentality which is shown to plants and animals—and this on the part of a creature who from the very beginning has made such ravages among them as their most ferocious enemy,—and who ends by even claiming affectionate feelings from his weakened and mutilated victims! Before this kind of “nature” man must above all be serious, if he is any sort of a thinking being.

Domestic Animals, Pets, and Similar—Is there anything more disgusting than the sentimentality people show towards plants and animals, especially from a being that has consistently harmed them as their most brutal enemy, and who even dares to seek affection from his weakened and injured victims? In the face of this kind of “nature”, humanity must be serious above all, if it’s truly capable of thought.

287.

Two Friends.—They were friends once, but now they have ceased to be so, and both of them [pg 259] broke off the friendship at the same time, the one because he believed himself to be too greatly misunderstood, and the other because he thought he was known too intimately—and both were wrong! For neither of them knew himself well enough.

Two Friends.—They were friends once, but now they are not, and both of them [pg 259] ended the friendship at the same time. One thought he was too misunderstood, while the other felt he was known too well—and both were mistaken! Neither of them understood himself well enough.

288.

The Comedy of the Noble Souls.—Those who cannot succeed in exhibiting a noble and cordial familiarity endeavour to let the nobleness of their nature be seen by their exercise of reserve and strictness, and a certain contempt for familiarity, as if their strong sense of confidence were ashamed to show itself.

The Comedy of the Noble Souls.—People who can’t manage to show a genuine and friendly connection often try to display their nobility through their reserve and seriousness, along with a kind of disdain for being too familiar, as if their strong self-confidence is embarrassed to make an appearance.

289.

Where we may say Nothing against Virtue.—Among cowards it is thought bad form to say anything against bravery, for any expression of this kind would give rise to some contempt; and unfeeling people are irritated when anything is said against pity.9

Where we cannot speak ill of Virtue.—Among cowards, it's considered poor etiquette to speak negatively about bravery, as such comments would provoke disdain. Likewise, unfeeling individuals become upset when pity is criticized.9

290.

A Waste.—We find that with irritable and abrupt people their first words and actions generally afford no indication of their actual character—they are prompted by circumstances, and are to some [pg 260] extent simply reproductions of the spirit of these circumstances. Because, however, as the words have been uttered and the deeds done, the subsequent words and deeds, indicating the real nature of such people, have often to be used to reconcile, amend, or extinguish the former.

A Waste.—We find that with irritable and abrupt people, their initial words and actions usually give no clue to their true character—they are influenced by their circumstances and are, to some [pg 260] extent, simply reflections of the spirit of those circumstances. However, once the words are spoken and the actions taken, the following words and actions that reveal the true nature of these individuals often have to be used to reconcile, correct, or replace the previous ones.

291.

Arrogance.—Arrogance is an artificial and simulated pride; but it is precisely the essential nature of pride to be incapable of artifice, simulation, or hypocrisy—and thus arrogance is the hypocrisy of the incapacity for hypocrisy, a very difficult thing, and one which is a failure in most cases. But if we suppose that, as most frequently happens, the presumptuous person betrays himself, then a treble annoyance falls to his lot: people are angry with him because he has endeavoured to deceive them, and because he wished to show himself superior to them, and finally they laugh at him because he failed in both these endeavours. How earnestly, therefore, should we dissuade our fellow-men from arrogance!

Arrogance.—Arrogance is a false and pretended pride; however, true pride cannot be artificial, fake, or hypocritical—so arrogance is the contradiction of not being able to be hypocritical, which is quite a tricky situation and usually a failure. But if we assume that, as often happens, the arrogant person reveals their true self, then they face three frustrations: people are upset with them for trying to fool them, for wanting to appear superior, and finally, they laugh at them for failing at both attempts. Therefore, we should strongly discourage our fellow humans from being arrogant!

292.

A Species of Misconception.—When we hear somebody speak it is often sufficient for his pronunciation of a single consonant (the letter r, for example) to fill us with doubts as to the honesty of his feelings: we are not accustomed to this particular pronunciation, and should have to make it ourselves as it were arbitrarily—it sounds “forced” [pg 261] to us. This is the domain of the greatest possible misconception: and it is the same with the style of a writer who has certain habits which are not the habits of everybody. His “artlessness” is felt as such only by himself, and precisely in regard to that which he himself feels to be “forced” (because he has yielded in this matter to the prevailing fashion and to so called “good taste”), he may perhaps give pleasure and inspire confidence.

A Type of Misunderstanding.—When we hear someone speak, sometimes just the way they pronounce one consonant (like the letter r, for instance) can make us doubt their honesty: we’re not used to that particular pronunciation, and we’d have to say it ourselves in a way that feels arbitrary—it comes off as “coerced” [pg 261] to us. This is a breeding ground for major misconceptions: the same goes for a writer whose style includes habits that not everyone shares. Their “simplicity” is recognized as such only by them, and in relation to what they perceive as "coerced" (because they’ve given in to the trends and so-called "great taste"), they might actually bring joy and inspire trust.

293.

Thankful.—One superfluous grain of gratitude and piety makes one suffer as from a vice—in spite of all one's independence and honesty one begins to have a bad conscience.

Grateful.—One extra bit of gratitude and devotion can make you feel like you're suffering from a flaw—in spite of all your independence and integrity, you start to feel guilty.

294.

Saints.—It is the most sensual men who find it necessary to avoid women and to torture their bodies.

Saints.—It's often the most indulgent men who feel the need to stay away from women and to inflict suffering on their bodies.

295.

The Subtlety of Serving.—One of the most subtle tasks in the great art of serving is that of serving a more than usually ambitious man, who, indeed, is excessively egoistic in all things, but is entirely adverse to being thought so (this is part of his ambition). He requires that everything shall be according to his own will and humour, yet in such a way as to give him the appearance of always having sacrificed himself, and of rarely desiring anything for himself alone.

The Art of Serving.—One of the most refined challenges in the art of serving is dealing with a particularly ambitious person who is extremely self-centered in every aspect but is completely opposed to being perceived that way (this is part of his ambition). He demands that everything aligns with his own wishes and preferences, yet in a manner that makes it seem like he is constantly putting others first and rarely wanting anything solely for himself.

[pg 262]

296.

Duelling.—I think it a great advantage, said some one, to be able to fight a duel—if, of course, it is absolutely necessary; for I have at all times brave companions about me. The duel is the last means of thoroughly honourable suicide left to us; but it is unfortunately a circuitous means, and not even a certain one.

Dueling.—I think it's a big advantage, someone said, to have the ability to fight a duel—if it's really necessary; because I always have brave friends around me. A duel is the last truly honorable way to end one's life that we have; but unfortunately, it's a roundabout way to do it, and not even a guaranteed one.

297.

Pernicious.—A young man can be most surely corrupted when he is taught to value the like-minded more highly than the differently minded.

Harmful.—A young man can be easily corrupted when he is taught to value those who think like him more than those who think differently.

298.

Hero-Worship and its Fanatics.—The fanatic of an ideal that possesses flesh and blood is right as a rule so long as he assumes a negative attitude, and he is terrible in his negation: he knows what he denies as well as he knows himself, for the simple reason that he comes thence, that he feels at home there, and that he has always the secret fear of being forced to return there some day. He therefore wishes to make his return impossible by the manner of his negation. As soon as he begins to affirm, however, he partly shuts his eyes and begins to idealise (frequently merely for the sake of annoying those who have stayed at home). We might say that there was something artistic about this—agreed, but there is also something dishonest about it.

Hero Worship and Its Fanatics.—The fanatic of a tangible ideal is usually justified as long as he maintains a negative stance, and his negation can be quite fierce: he understands what he rejects just as well as he understands himself, simply because he comes from that place, feels comfortable there, and secretly fears he might have to go back someday. He wants to make his return impossible through the way he disagrees. However, as soon as he starts to affirm, he partially closes his eyes and begins to romanticize (often just to irritate those who stayed behind). We could say there's something artistic about this—true, but there's also something dishonest about it.

[pg 263]

The idealist of a person imagines this person to be so far from him that he can no longer see him distinctly, and then he travesties that which he can just perceive into something “beautiful”—that is to say, symmetrical, vaguely outlined, uncertain. Since he wishes to worship from afar that ideal which floats on high in the distance, he finds it essential to build a temple for the object of his worship as a protection from the profanum vulgus. He brings into this temple for the object of his worship all the venerable and sanctified objects which he still possesses, so that his ideal may benefit by their charm, and that, nourished in this way, it may grow more and more divine. In the end he really succeeds in forming his God, but, alas for him! there is some one who knows how all this has been done, viz. his intellectual conscience; and there is also some one who, quite unconsciously, begins to protest against these things, viz. the deified one himself, who, in consequence of all this worship, praise, and incense, now becomes completely unbearable and shows himself in the most obvious and dreadful manner to be non-divine, and only too human.

The idealistic person sees someone so far away that they can no longer see them clearly, and then they twist what they can just make out into something "gorgeous"—which means symmetrical, vaguely defined, and uncertain. Because they want to admire from a distance the ideal that hovers high in the background, they feel the need to build a temple for the object of their admiration as a shield against the common people. They bring into this temple all the revered and sacred objects they still have, so that their ideal may gain from their appeal and, fed in this way, become even more divine. In the end, they really do succeed in creating their God, but, unfortunately for them! there is someone who knows how all this came to be, namely, their intellectual conscience; and there's also someone who, quite unconsciously, starts to contradict all this, namely, the deified one himself, who, due to all this worship, praise, and incense, becomes utterly intolerable and reveals in the most obvious and horrifying way that he is not divine, but all too human.

In a case like this there is only one means of escape left for such a fanatic; he patiently suffers himself and his fellows to be maltreated, and interprets all this misery in maiorem dei gloriam by a new kind of self-deceit and noble falsehood. He takes up a stand against himself, and in doing so experiences, as an interpreter and ill-treated person, something like martyrdom—and in this way he climbs to the height of his conceit. Men of this [pg 264] kind to be found, for example, in the entourage of Napoleon: indeed, perhaps it may have been he who inspired the soul of his century with that romantic prostration in the presence of the “genius” and the “hero,” which was so foreign to the spirit of rationalism of the nineteenth century—a man about whom even Byron was not ashamed to say that he was a “worm compared with such a being.” (The formulæ of this prostration have been discovered by Thomas Carlyle, that arrogant old muddle-head and grumbler, who spent his long life in trying to romanticise the common sense of his Englishmen: but in vain!)

In a situation like this, the only way out for such a fanatic is to endure the mistreatment of himself and his peers. He interprets all this suffering for the greater glory of God through a new form of self-deception and noble falsehood. He turns against himself, and by doing so, experiences something like martyrdom as both an interpreter and a victim, which elevates him to the peak of his arrogance. Such individuals can be seen, for instance, among Napoleon's followers. In fact, he may have been the one who imbued his era with that romantic submission to the “genius” and the "hero," which was so out of sync with the rational spirit of the nineteenth century—a man whom even Byron admitted was a “worm in comparison to such a being.” (Thomas Carlyle, that arrogant old muddle-head and complainer who spent his life trying to romanticize the common sense of his fellow Englishmen, discovered the principles of this submission, but it was all for nothing!)

299.

The Appearance of Heroism.—Throwing ourselves in the midst of our enemies may be a sign of cowardice.

The Look of Heroism.—Jumping into the middle of our enemies might actually show fear.

300.

Condescending towards the Flatterer.—It is the ultimate prudence of insatiably ambitious men not only to conceal their contempt for man which the sight of flatterers causes them: but also to appear even condescending to them, like a God who can be nothing if not condescending.

Patronizing to the Flatterer.—It's incredibly shrewd for endlessly ambitious people not just to hide their disdain for others that flattery brings out in them, but also to seem even gracious towards those flatterers, like a God who must be nothing if not gracious.

301.

Strength of Character.“What I have said once I will do”—This manner of thinking is believed to indicate great strength of character. [pg 265] How many actions are accomplished, not because they have been selected as being the most rational, but because at the moment when we thought of them they influenced our ambition and vanity by some means or another, so that we do not stop until we have blindly carried them out. Thus they strengthen in us our belief in our character and our good conscience, in short our strength; whilst the choice of the most rational acts possible brings about a certain amount of scepticism towards ourselves, and thus encourages a sense of weakness in us.

“Strength of Character.”"What I said I would do, I will do."—This way of thinking is thought to show great strength of character. [pg 265] How many actions are taken, not because they are the most logical choices, but because at the moment we considered them, they appealed to our ambition and vanity in some way or another, so we don’t stop until we’ve carried them out without thinking. This way, they reinforce our belief in our character and our good conscience, in short our strength; while choosing the most logical actions possible can create some skepticism about ourselves, leading to a sense of weakness.

302.

Once, Twice, and Thrice True.—Men lie unspeakably and often, but they do not think about it afterwards, and generally do not believe in it.

Once, Twice, and Thrice True.—People lie incredibly and frequently, but they usually don’t reflect on it later and generally don’t believe in it.

303.

The Pastime of the Psychologist.—He thinks he knows me, and fancies himself to be subtle and important when he has any kind of relations with me; and I take care not to undeceive him. For in such a case I should suffer for it, while now he wishes me well because I arouse in him a feeling of conscious superiority.—There is another, who fears that I think I know him, and feels a sense of inferiority at this. As a result he behaves in a timid and vacillating manner, in my presence, and endeavours to mislead me in regard to himself so that he may regain an ascendancy over me.

The Hobby of the Psychologist.—He believes he understands me and sees himself as clever and significant whenever he interacts with me; I make sure not to correct his misconception. If I did, I'd be the one to suffer, while he currently has good feelings towards me because I give him a sense of conscious superiority. —Then there’s another person who worries that I think I know him, which makes him feel inferior. Because of this, he acts timidly and hesitantly around me, trying to mislead me about who he is so he can feel powerful again.

[pg 266]

304.

The Destroyers of the World.—When some men fail to accomplish what they desire to do they exclaim angrily, “May the whole world perish!” This odious feeling is the height of envy which reasons thus: because I cannot have one thing the whole world in general must have nothing! the whole world shall not exist!

World's Destroyers.—When some men are unable to achieve their goals, they angrily shout, "Let the whole world perish!" This awful sentiment is the peak of envy, which thinks: since I can’t have one thing, then the entire world should have nothing! The whole world should not exist!

305.

Greed.—When we set out to buy something our greed increases with the cheapness of the object—Why? Is it because the small differences in price make up the little eye of greed?

Greed.—When we go to buy something, our greed grows with how cheap the item is—Why? Is it because the slight differences in price trigger our little sense of greed?

306.

The Greek Ideal.—What did the Greeks admire in Ulysses? Above all his capacity for lying and for taking a shrewd and dreadful revenge, his being equal to circumstances, his appearing to be nobler than the noblest when necessary, his ability to be everything he desired, his heroic pertinacity, having all means within his command, possessing genius—the genius of Ulysses is an object of the admiration of the gods, they smile when they think of it—all this is the Greek ideal! What is most remarkable about it is that the contradiction between seeming and being was not felt in any way, and that as a consequence it could not be morally estimated. Were there ever such accomplished actors?

The Greek Ideal.—What did the Greeks admire in Ulysses? Above all, his ability to lie and take clever and ruthless revenge, his adaptability to circumstances, his knack for appearing more noble than the noblest when necessary, his capability to be everything he wanted, his heroic determination, having all resources at his disposal, and his brilliance—the genius of Ulysses is something the gods admire, and they smile when they think of it—all of this is the Greek ideal! What’s most striking about it is that the contradiction between appearance and reality was completely overlooked, and as a result, it couldn't be morally judged. Were there ever such skilled actors?

[pg 267]

307.

Facta! Yes, Facta Ficta!—The historian need not concern himself with events which have actually happened, but only those which are supposed to have happened; for none but the latter have produced an effect. The same remark applies to the imaginary heroes. His theme—this so-called world-history—what is it but opinions on imaginary actions and their imaginary motives, which in their turn give rise to opinions and actions the reality of which, however, is at once evaporated, and is only effective as vapour,—a continual generating and impregnating of phantoms above the dense mists of unfathomable reality. All historians record things which have never existed, except in imagination.

Facta! Yes, Facta Ficta!—The historian doesn't need to focus on events that actually happened, but only on those that are believed to have happened; because only the latter have had any impact. The same goes for imaginary heroes. His subject—this so-called world-history—what is it but opinions on imagined actions and their imagined motives, which in turn lead to opinions and actions whose reality quickly fades away, only to exist as a vapor—an ongoing creation and influence of phantoms above the thick fog of deep reality. All historians record things that have never existed, except in imagination.

308.

Not to understand Trade is Noble.—To sell one's virtue only at the highest price, or even to carry on usury with it as a teacher, a civil servant, or an artist, for instance, brings genius and talent down to the level of the common tradesman. We must be careful not to be clever with our wisdom!

Not understanding trade is noble.—Selling your virtue only for the highest price, or even exploiting it for profit as a teacher, a public servant, or an artist, for example, lowers genius and talent to the level of an ordinary tradesperson. We need to be cautious not to misuse our wisdom!

309.

Fear and Love.—The general knowledge of mankind has been furthered to a greater extent by fear than by love; for fear endeavours to find out who the other is, what he can do, and what he wants: it would be dangerous and prejudicial to [pg 268] be deceived on this point. On the other hand, love is induced by its secret craving to discover as many beautiful qualities as possible in the loved object, or to raise this loved object as high as possible: it is a joy and an advantage to love to be deceived in this way—and this is why it does it.

Fear and Love.—Humanity's understanding has advanced more through fear than through love; fear pushes us to figure out who someone is, what they can do, and what they want: it's risky and harmful to be misled in this regard. In contrast, love comes from a deep desire to discover as many beautiful traits as possible in the person we care about, or to elevate this person as much as we can: experiencing joy and feeling enriched by love is why we embrace this kind of deception.

310.

Good-natured People.—Good-natured people have acquired their character from the continual fear of foreign attacks in which their ancestors lived,—these ancestors, who were in the habit of mitigating and tranquillising, humbling themselves, preventing, distracting, flattering, and apologising, concealing their grief and anger, and preserving an unruffled countenance,—and they ultimately bequeathed all this delicate and well-formed mechanism to their children and grandchildren. These latter, thanks to their more favourable lot, did not experience this feeling of dread, but they nevertheless continue in the same groove.

Nice People.—Good-natured people have developed their character from the constant fear of outside threats that their ancestors faced. These ancestors were skilled at calming tensions, humbling themselves, preventing conflicts, distracting from issues, flattering others, and apologizing. They hid their grief and anger while maintaining a calm exterior, and they ultimately passed down this refined way of handling things to their children and grandchildren. The latter, having more favorable circumstances, didn’t feel the same dread, yet they still follow the same patterns.

311.

The so-called Soul.—The sum-total of those internal movements which come naturally to men, and which they can consequently set in motion readily and gracefully, is called the soul—men are looked upon as void of soul when they let it be seen that their inward emotions are difficult and painful to them.

The so-called Soul.—The total of those internal feelings that come naturally to people, which they can express easily and smoothly, is what we call the soul—people are viewed as lacking a soul when they show that their inner emotions are hard and painful for them.

[pg 269]

312.

The Forgetful Ones.—In outbursts of passion and the delusions of dreams and madness, man rediscovers his own primitive history, and that of humanity: animality and its savage grimaces. For once his memory stretches back into the past, while his civilised condition is developed from the forgetfulness of these primitive experiences, that is to say, from the failing of this memory. He who, as a forgetful man of a higher nature, has always remained aloof from these things, does not understand men—but it is an advantage if from time to time there are individuals who do not understand men, individuals who are, so to speak, created from the divine seed and born of reason.

The Forgetful Ones.—In moments of intense emotion and the illusions of dreams and madness, humans reconnect with their own primitive history and that of humanity: their animalistic side and its wild expressions. When their memory reaches back into the past, their civilized nature emerges from the forgetfulness of these primitive experiences, meaning their memory fails them. Those who, as forgetful beings of a higher nature, remain distanced from these aspects, struggle to understand humanity—but it can be beneficial if occasionally there are people who don't grasp human nature, individuals who, in a sense, are born from a divine essence and rooted in reason.

313.

The Friend whom we want no Longer.—That friend whose hopes we cannot satisfy we should prefer to have as an enemy.

The Friend We No Longer Want.—We'd rather have someone as an enemy than keep a friend whose expectations we can’t meet.

314.

In the Society of Thinkers.—In the midst of the ocean of becoming we adventurers and birds of passage wake up on an island no larger than a small boat, and here we look round us for a moment with as much haste and curiosity as possible; for how quickly may some gale blow us away or some wave sweep over the little island and leave nothing of us remaining! Here, however, upon this little [pg 270] piece of ground we meet with other birds of passage and hear of still earlier ones,—and thus we live together for one precious minute of recognition and divining, amid the cheerful fluttering of wings and joyful chirping, and then adventure in spirit far out on the ocean, feeling no less proud than the ocean itself.

In the Society of Thinkers.—In the midst of the ever-changing world, we adventurers and wanderers find ourselves on an island no bigger than a small boat, and here we take a moment to look around with as much urgency and curiosity as we can muster; for any gust of wind could whisk us away or a wave may wash over this tiny island, leaving nothing of us behind! Here, though, on this small [pg 270] patch of land, we encounter other wanderers and hear stories of those who came before us,—and so we share one precious minute of connection and understanding, amidst the cheerful flapping of wings and joyful chirping, and then we set off in spirit far out on the ocean, feeling just as proud as the ocean itself.

315.

Parting with Something.—To give up some of our property, or to waive a right, gives pleasure when it denotes great wealth. Generosity may be placed in this category.

Saying goodbye to something.—Letting go of some of our belongings or giving up a right can feel good, especially when it shows we're really wealthy. Generosity can be seen as fitting into this idea.

316.

Weak Sects.—Those sects which feel that they will always remain weak hunt up a few intelligent individual adherents, wishing to make up in quality what they lack in quantity. This gives rise to no little danger for intelligent minds.

Weak Groups.—Sects that believe they'll always be weak seek out a few smart members, hoping to compensate for their lack of numbers with quality. This poses a significant risk for insightful individuals.

317.

The Judgment of the Evening.—The man who meditates upon his day's and life's work when he has reached the end of his journey and feels weary, generally arrives at a melancholy conclusion; but this is not the fault of the day or his life, but of weariness.—In the midst of creative work we do not take time, as a rule, to meditate upon life and existence, nor yet in the midst of our pleasures: [pg 271] but if by a chance this did happen once we should no longer believe him to be right who waited for the seventh day and for repose to find everything that exists very beautiful.—He had missed the right moment.

The Evening's Verdict.—A person who reflects on their day's and life's work when they've reached the end of their journey and feel tired often comes to a sad conclusion; but this isn't the fault of the day or their life, but rather the fatigue they feel.—In the midst of creative efforts, we typically don’t take the time to ponder life and existence, nor do we do so when we’re enjoying ourselves: [pg 271] but if by chance this were to happen once, we shouldn’t still believe the person who waited for the seventh day and for rest to find everything that exists to be truly beautiful.—They just missed the right moment.

318.

Beware of Systemisers!—There is a certain amount of comedy about systemisers: in trying to complete a system and to round off its horizon they have to try to let their weaker qualities appear in the same style as their stronger ones.—They wish to represent complete and uniformly strong natures.

Watch out for Systemisers!—There's something funny about systemisers: in their quest to create a complete system and to perfect its scope, they end up trying to present their weaker traits in the same way as their stronger ones.—They want to portray a complete and consistently strong character.

319.

Hospitality.—The object of hospitality is to paralyse all hostile feeling in a stranger. When we cease to look upon strangers as enemies, hospitality diminishes; it flourishes so long as its evil presupposition does.

Hospitality.—The purpose of hospitality is to eliminate any negative feelings toward a stranger. When we stop viewing strangers as threats, hospitality decreases; it thrives as long as the negative assumption behind it remains.

320.

The Weather.—An exceptional and uncertain state of the weather makes men suspicious even of one another: at the same time they come to like innovations, for they must diverge from their accustomed habits. This is why despots like those countries where the weather is moral.

The Weather.—An unusual and unpredictable state of the weather makes people wary of each other: at the same time, they begin to embrace changes, as they must break away from their usual routines. This is why tyrants prefer places where the weather is reliable.

321.

Danger in Innocence.—Innocent people become easy victims in all circumstances because [pg 272] their lack of knowledge prevents them from distinguishing between moderation and excess, and from being betimes on their guard against themselves. It is as a result of this that innocent, that is, ignorant young women become accustomed to the frequent enjoyment of sexual intercourse, and feel the want of it very much in later years when their husbands fall ill or grow prematurely old. It is on account of this harmless and orthodox conception, as if frequent sexual intercourse were right and proper, that they come to experience a need which afterwards exposes them to the severest tribulations, and even worse.

Risk in Innocence.—Innocent people become easy targets in any situation because [pg 272] their lack of understanding prevents them from telling the difference between moderation and excess, and from being aware of their own vulnerabilities. As a result, innocent, or uninformed, young women get used to regularly engaging in sexual relationships and find themselves craving it later on when their husbands become ill or age prematurely. This naive and conventional belief, as if frequent sexual activity is completely acceptable, leads them to develop a need that later subjects them to significant suffering, and even worse.

Considering the matter, however, from a higher and more general point of view, whoever loves a man or a thing without knowing him or it, falls a prey to something which he would not love if he could see it. In all cases where experience, precautions, and prudent steps are required, it is the innocent man who will be most thoroughly corrupted, for he has to drink with closed eyes the dregs and most secret poison of everything put before him. Let us consider the procedure of all princes, churches, sects, parties, and corporations: Is not the innocent man always used as the sweetest bait for the most dangerous and wicked traps?—just as Ulysses availed himself of the services of the innocent Neoptolemos to cheat the old and infirm anchorite and ogre of Lemnos out of his bow and arrows. Christianity, with its contempt for the world, has made ignorance a virtue—innocence, perhaps because the most frequent result of this innocence is precisely, as I have indicated above, [pg 273] guilt, the sense of guilt, and despair: In other words, a virtue which leads to Heaven by the circuitous route of Hell; for only then can the gloomy propylæa of Christian salvation be thrown open, and only then is the promise of a posthumous second innocence effective. This is one of the finest inventions of Christianity!

Considering the matter from a broader perspective, anyone who loves a person or a thing without truly knowing them becomes a victim of something they wouldn’t love if they could see it clearly. In situations that require experience, caution, and wise steps, it’s the innocent person who ends up being the most thoroughly corrupted, as they have to blindly consume the dregs and hidden poison of everything presented to them. Let’s examine the actions of all rulers, churches, factions, political parties, and organizations: Isn’t the innocent person always used as the most appealing bait for the most dangerous and wicked traps?—just like Ulysses used the innocent Neoptolemos to trick the old and fragile hermit and monster of Lemnos out of his bow and arrows. Christianity, with its disdain for the world, has turned ignorance into a virtue—innocence, perhaps because the most common result of this innocence is exactly, as I mentioned earlier, guilt, the feeling of guilt, and despair: In other words, a virtue that leads to Heaven by a roundabout path through Hell; for only then can the dark entryway of Christian salvation be opened, and only then is the promise of a second innocence after death valid. This is one of Christianity's greatest inventions!

322.

Living without a Doctor when Possible.—It seems to me that a sick man lives more carelessly when he is under medical observation than when he attends to his own health. In the first case it suffices for him to obey strictly all his Doctor's prescriptions; but in the second case he gives more attention to the ultimate object of these prescriptions, namely, his health; he observes much more, and submits himself to a more severe discipline than the directions of his physician would compel him to do.

Living Without a Doctor When You Can.—I believe that a sick person tends to take less care of themselves when they’re being monitored by a doctor than when they are managing their own health. In the first situation, it’s enough for them to strictly follow all of the doctor's orders; but in the second situation, they pay more attention to the ultimate goal of those orders, which is their health. They observe their condition more closely and hold themselves to a stricter standard than what their doctor’s instructions would require.

All rules have this effect: they distract our attention from the fundamental aim of the rule, and make us more thoughtless. But to what heights of immoderation and destruction would men have risen if ever they had completely and honestly left everything to the Godhead as to their physician, and acted in accordance with the words “as God will”!

All rules have this effect: they take our focus away from the main purpose of the rule and make us more careless. But to what extremes of excess and chaos would people have reached if they had truly and completely entrusted everything to the divine as their healer, and acted according to the words "if that's what God wants"!

323.

The Darkening of the Heavens.—Do you know the vengeance of those timid people who [pg 274] behave in society just as if they had stolen their limbs? The vengeance of the humble, Christian-like souls who just manage to slink quietly through the world? The vengeance of those who always judge hastily, and are as hastily said to be in the wrong? The vengeance of all classes of drunkards, for whom the morning is always the most miserable part of the day? and also of all kinds of invalids and sick and depressed people who have no longer the courage to become healthy?

The Darkening of the Heavens.—Do you understand the anger of those timid people who [pg 274] act in society as if they’ve stolen their own limbs? The anger of the humble, Christian-like souls who just manage to quietly navigate through life? The anger of those who always jump to conclusions and are quickly judged to be in the wrong? The anger of all kinds of drunks, for whom the morning is always the toughest part of the day? And also of all sorts of invalids and sick and depressed individuals who no longer have the strength to get better?

The number of these petty vengeful people, and, even more, the number of their petty acts of revenge, is incalculable. The air around us is continually whizzing with the discharged arrows of their malignity, so that the sun and the sky of their lives become darkened thereby,—and, alas! not only theirs, but more often ours and other men's: and this is worse than the frequent wounds which they make on our skins and hearts. Do we not occasionally deny the existence of the sun and sky merely because we have not seen them for so long?—Well then, solitude! because of this, solitude!

The number of these petty, vengeful people, and even more, the number of their small acts of revenge, is impossible to count. The air around us is constantly filled with the negative energy from their spiteful actions, darkening not only their own lives but also ours and others’—which is worse than the physical and emotional scars they inflict on us. Don't we sometimes forget that the sun and sky exist just because we haven't seen them for so long?—So, solitude! Because of this, solitude!

324.

The Psychology of the Actor.—It is the blissful illusion of all great actors to imagine that the historical personages whom they are representing were really in the same state of mind as they themselves are when interpreting them—but in this they are very much mistaken. Their powers of imitation and divination, which they would fain exhibit as a clairvoyant faculty, penetrate only [pg 275] far enough to explain gestures, accent, and looks, and in general anything exterior: that is, they can grasp the shadow of the soul of a great hero, statesman, or warrior, or of an ambitious, jealous, or desperate person—they penetrate fairly near to the soul, but they never reach the inmost spirit of the man they are imitating.

The Actor's Psychology.—It's a comforting illusion that all great actors believe: that the historical figures they portray were in the same mindset as they are while performing them—but they are greatly mistaken. Their abilities to mimic and interpret, which they like to present as a sort of psychic skill, only go [pg 275] deep enough to convey gestures, accents, and appearances, and generally anything superficial; that is, they can capture the essence of the soul of a great hero, statesman, or warrior, or of someone ambitious, jealous, or desperate—they get fairly close to the soul, but they never truly reach the innermost spirit of the individual they are imitating.

It would, indeed, be a fine thing to discover that instead of thinkers, psychologists, or experts we required nothing but clairvoyant actors to throw light upon the essence of any condition. Let us never forget, whenever such pretensions are heard, that the actor is nothing but an ideal ape—so much of an ape is he, indeed, that he is not capable of believing in the “essence” or in the “essential”: everything becomes for him merely performance, intonation, attitude, stage, scenery, and public.

It would be great to find out that instead of thinkers, psychologists, or experts, we really just needed clairvoyant actors to shed light on the nature of any situation. Let's always remember, whenever we hear such claims, that the actor is nothing more than an idealized ape—so much of an ape, in fact, that he can't even believe in the "essence" or the "essential": for him, everything is just performance, tone, attitude, stage, scenery, and audience.

325.

Living and Believing Apart.—The means of becoming the prophet and wonder-worker of one's age are the same to-day as in former times: one must live apart, with little knowledge, some ideas, and a great deal of presumption—we then finish by believing that mankind cannot do without us, because it is clear that we can do without it. When we are inspired with this belief we find faith. Finally, a piece of advice to him who needs it (it was given to Wesley by Boehler, his spiritual teacher): “Preach faith until you have it; then you will preach it because you have it!”

Living and Believing Separately.—The way to become the prophet and miracle worker of our time is just like it was before: you have to live separately, with limited knowledge, a few ideas, and a lot of confidence—eventually, we start to believe that humanity can’t get by without us, especially since it’s clear we can manage without it. When we are filled with this belief, we discover faith. Lastly, here’s a piece of advice for anyone who needs it (it was given to Wesley by Boehler, his spiritual mentor): "Keep preaching faith until you have it; then you'll preach it because you really believe!"

[pg 276]

326.

Knowing our Circumstances.—We may estimate our powers, but not our power. Not only do circumstances conceal it from us and show it to us time about, but they even exaggerate or diminish it. We must consider ourselves as variable quantities whose productive capacity may in favourable circumstances reach the greatest possible heights: we must therefore reflect upon these circumstances, and spare no pains in studying them.

Understanding Our Situation.—We can assess our abilities, but not our true potential. Circumstances not only hide it from us and reveal it occasionally, but they can also inflate or reduce it. We should see ourselves as changing factors, whose ability to produce can reach its peak under favorable conditions: therefore, we need to think about these circumstances and put in the effort to study them thoroughly.

327.

A Fable.—The Don Juan of knowledge—no philosopher or poet has yet succeeded in discovering him. He is wanting in love for the things he recognises, but he possesses wit, a lust for the hunting after knowledge, and the intrigues in connection with it, and he finds enjoyment in all these, even up to the highest and most distant stars of knowledge—until at last there is nothing left for him to pursue but the absolutely injurious side of knowledge, just as the drunkard who ends by drinking absinthe and aquafortis. That is why last of all he feels a longing for hell, for this is the final knowledge which seduces him. Perhaps even this would disappoint him, as all things do which one knows! and then he would have to stand still for all eternity, a victim to eternal deception, and transformed into his enemy, the Stony Guest, who longs for an evening meal of knowledge which will never more fall to his share! for the whole world of things [pg 277] will not have another mouthful left to offer to these hungry men.

A Fable.—The Don Juan of knowledge—no philosopher or poet has managed to find him yet. He lacks love for the things he understands, but he has wit, a strong desire to seek knowledge, and the thrill of the chase that comes with it. He takes pleasure in all of this, reaching for the highest and furthest realms of knowledge—until, eventually, there's nothing left for him to chase but the truly harmful aspects of knowledge, similar to a drunkard who ends up consuming absinthe and corrosive spirits. That's why, in the end, he yearns for hell, since that represents the ultimate knowledge that entices him. Maybe even that would disappoint him, like everything else he knows! Then he would be stuck for all eternity, a victim of endless deception, transformed into his own enemy, the Stony Guest, who craves a feast of knowledge that will never be his! For the entire world of things [pg 277] will not have another bite left to offer these starving souls.

328.

What Idealistic Theories Disclose.—We are most certain to find idealistic theories among unscrupulously practical men; for such men stand in need of the lustre of these theories for the sake of their reputation. They adopt them instinctively without by any means feeling hypocritical in doing so—no more hypocritical than Englishmen with their Christianity and their Sabbath-keeping. On the other hand, contemplative natures who have to keep themselves on the guard against all kinds of fantasies and who dread to be reputed as enthusiasts, are only to be satisfied with hard realistic theories: they take possession of them under the same instinctive compulsion without thereby losing their honesty.

What Idealistic Theories Reveal.—We often find idealistic theories among people who are very practical; these individuals use these theories to enhance their reputation. They adopt them naturally, without feeling hypocritical—just like English people with their Christianity and Sunday observance. Conversely, those who are more reflective and cautious about getting lost in fantasies, and who fear being seen as overly enthusiastic, are only satisfied with hard, realistic theories. They embrace these theories driven by the same instinctive need without compromising their integrity.

329.

The Calumniators of Cheerfulness.—People who have been deeply wounded by the disappointments of life look with suspicion upon all cheerfulness as if it were something childish and puerile, and revealed a lack of common sense that moves them to pity and tenderness, such as one would experience when seeing a dying child caressing his toys on his death-bed. Such men appear to see hidden graves under every rose; rejoicings, tumult, and cheerful music appear to them to be the voluntary illusions of a man who is dangerously ill [pg 278] and yet wishes to take a momentary draught from the intoxicating cup of life. But this judgment about cheerfulness is merely the reflection of the latter on the dark background of weariness and ill-health: in itself it is something touching, irrational, and pitiable, even childlike and puerile, but connected with that second childhood which follows in the train of old age, and is the harbinger of death.

The Slanderers of Happiness.—People who have been deeply hurt by life's disappointments view all cheerfulness with suspicion, seeing it as something childish and immature, revealing a lack of common sense that evokes their pity and tenderness, much like witnessing a dying child playing with toys on their deathbed. These individuals seem to see hidden graves beneath every rose; celebrations, chaos, and upbeat music strike them as the misguided fantasies of someone who is gravely ill [pg 278] yet still wishes to sip from the intoxicating cup of life for a moment. However, this perspective on cheerfulness is merely a reflection of it against the dark backdrop of exhaustion and sickness: in itself, it is something evocative, irrational, and sad, even childlike and immature, but tied to that second childhood that follows old age and signifies the approach of death.

330.

Not yet Enough!—It is not sufficient to prove a case, we must also tempt or raise men to it: hence the wise man must learn to convey his wisdom; and often in such a manner that it may sound like foolishness!

Not enough yet!—It’s not enough to just prove a point; we also need to inspire or challenge people to understand it. Therefore, a wise person must learn to share their wisdom, often in ways that might come across as silly!

331.

Right and Limits.—Asceticism is the proper mode of thinking for those who must extirpate their carnal instincts, because these are ferocious beasts,—but only for such people!

Right and Limits.—Asceticism is the right mindset for those who need to suppress their physical desires, as these can be like wild beasts—but only for those individuals!

332.

The Bombastic Style.—An artist who does not wish to put his elevated feelings into a work and thus unburden himself, but who rather wishes to impart these feelings of elevation to others, becomes pompous, and his style becomes the bombastic style.

The Bombastic Style.—An artist who doesn't want to express their high emotions through their work and relieve themselves, but instead wants to share those elevated feelings with others, comes across as pretentious, and their style becomes bombastic.

[pg 279]

333.

Humanity.—We do not consider animals as moral beings. But do you think that animals consider us as moral beings? An animal which had the power of speech once said: “Humanity is a prejudice from which we animals at least do not suffer.”

“Humanity.”—We don't see animals as moral beings. But do you think animals see us as moral beings? An animal that could speak once said: "Humanity is a bias that we animals don’t have to face."

334.

The Charitable Man.—The charitable man gratifies a need of his own inward feelings when doing good. The stronger this need is the less does such a man try to put himself in the place of those who serve the purpose of gratifying his desire: he becomes indelicate and sometimes even offensive. (This remark applies to the benevolence and charity of the Jews, which, as is well known, is somewhat more effusive than that of other peoples.)10

The Charitable Guy.—The charitable person fulfills their own emotional needs when helping others. The stronger this need is, the less they consider the feelings of those whose circumstances satisfy their desire; they can become insensitive and sometimes even rude. (This observation applies to the generosity and kindness of Jewish people, which is known to be somewhat more expressive than that of other cultures.)10

335.

That Love may be felt as Love.—We must be honest towards ourselves, and must know ourselves very well indeed, to be able to practise upon others that humane dissimulation known as love and kindness.

So that Love can be experienced as Love.—We need to be honest with ourselves, and we have to really know ourselves well to be able to show others that compassionate pretense we call love and kindness.

336.

What are we capable of?—A man who had been tormented all day by his wicked and malicious [pg 280] son slew him in the evening, and then with a sigh of relief said to the other members of his family: “Well now we can sleep in peace.” Who knows what circumstances might drive us to!

What can we do?—A man who had been tortured all day by his cruel and spiteful [pg 280] son killed him in the evening, and then with a breath of relief said to the rest of his family: "Now we can sleep peacefully." Who knows what circumstances might drive us to this!

337.

Natural.—To be natural, at least in his deficiencies, is perhaps the last praise that can be bestowed upon an artificial artist, who is in other respects theatrical and half genuine. Such a man will for this very reason boldly parade his deficiencies.

“Natural.”—Being natural, especially in his flaws, might be the only real compliment that can be given to an artificial artist, who otherwise seems theatrical and somewhat genuine. For this reason, such a person will confidently show off his shortcomings.

338.

Conscience-Substitute.—One man is another's conscience: and this is especially important when the other has none else.

Conscience-Substitute.—One person acts as another’s conscience, and this is especially crucial when the other doesn’t have one of their own.

339.

The Transformation of Duties.—When our duties cease to be difficult of accomplishment, and after long practice become changed into agreeable delights and needs, then the rights of others to whom our duties (though now our inclinations) refer change into something else: that is, they become the occasion of pleasant feelings for us. Henceforth the “other,” by virtue of his rights, becomes an object of love to us instead of an object of reverence and awe as formerly. It is our own pleasure we seek when we recognise and maintain the extent of his power. When the Quietists [pg 281] no longer felt their Christian faith as a burden, and experienced their delight only in God, they took the motto: “Do all to the glory of God.” Whatever they performed henceforth in this sense was no longer a sacrifice, it was as much as to say, “Everything for the sake of our pleasure.” To demand that duty should be always rather burdensome, as Kant does, is to demand that it shall never develop into a habit or custom. There is a small residue of ascetic cruelty in this demand.

The Transformation of Duties.—When our responsibilities stop being hard to achieve and, after a lot of practice, turn into enjoyable experiences and necessities, the rights of others to whom our duties (now our preferences) relate also change: they become a source of joy for us. From then on, the “other,” because of his rights, becomes someone we love instead of someone we just respect and fear like before. We seek our own happiness when we acknowledge and uphold the extent of his power. When the Quietists [pg 281] no longer viewed their Christian faith as a burden and found joy solely in God, they adopted the motto: "Do everything for the glory of God." Everything they did from that point on, in that spirit, was no longer a sacrifice; it was essentially saying, "Everything for our enjoyment." To insist that duty should always be burdensome, as Kant argues, is to insist that it should never become a habit or a routine. There is a hint of ascetic cruelty in this demand.

340.

Appearances are against the Historian.—It is a sufficiently demonstrated fact that human beings come from the womb; nevertheless when children grow up and stand by the side of their mother this hypothesis appears very absurd—all appearances are against it.

Appearances are against the Historian.—It’s a well-established fact that humans come from the womb; however, when kids grow up and stand next to their mother, this idea seems quite ridiculous—everything points against it.

341.

The Advantage of Ignorance.—Some one has said that in his childhood he experienced such a contempt for the caprices and whims of a melancholy temperament that, until he had grown up and had become a middle-aged man, he did not know what his own temperament was like: it was precisely a melancholy temperament. He declared that this was the best of all possible kinds of ignorance.

The Benefit of Ignorance.—Someone once said that during his childhood, he had such a disdain for the quirks and foibles of a sad temperament that he didn't realize what his own temperament was like until he grew up and became a middle-aged man: it turned out he had a sad temperament too. He claimed this was the best kind of ignorance one could have.

342.

Do not be deceived!—Yes, he examined the matter from every side and you think him to be a [pg 282] man of profound knowledge. But he only wishes to lower the price—he wants to buy it!

Don't be deceived!—Yes, he looked at the situation from every angle, and you see him as a [pg 282] man with deep understanding. But he just wants to negotiate a lower price—he wants to purchase it!

343.

A Moral Pretence.—You refuse to be dissatisfied with yourselves or to suffer from yourselves, and this you call your moral tendency! Very well; another may perhaps call it your cowardice! One thing, however, is certain, and that is that you will never take a trip round the world (and you yourselves are this world), and you will always remain in yourselves an accident and a clod on the face of the earth! Do you fancy that we who hold different views from you are merely exposing ourselves out of pure folly to the journey through our own deserts, swamps, and glaciers, and that we are voluntarily choosing grief and disgust with ourselves, like the Stylites?

A Moral Pretense.—You won’t allow yourselves to feel dissatisfied or to suffer from your own actions, and you call this your moral inclination! Fine; someone else might just call it cowardice! One thing is for sure: you will never travel the world (and you are this world), and you’ll remain just a mere accident and a rock on the earth's surface! Do you really think that those of us who see things differently are just foolishly exposing ourselves to our own deserts, swamps, and glaciers, and that we’re willingly choosing pain and self-disgust, like the Stylites?

344.

Subtlety in Mistakes.—If Homer, as they say, sometimes nodded, he was wiser than all the artists of sleepless ambition. We must allow admirers to stop for a time and take breath by letting them find fault now and then; for nobody can bear an uninterruptedly brilliant and untiring excellence—and instead of doing good such a master would merely become a taskmaster, whom we hate while he precedes us.

Subtlety in Mistakes.—If Homer occasionally got it wrong, he was still wiser than all the restless artists striving for greatness. We should let fans take a break and vent their frustrations by pointing out flaws every now and then; because no one can handle constant brilliance and tireless perfection—and instead of doing good, such a master would just become a demanding overseer, someone we resent while they lead us.

345.

Our Happiness is not an Argument either Pro or Con.—Many men are only capable [pg 283] of a small share of happiness: and it is not an argument against their wisdom if this wisdom is unable to afford them a greater degree of happiness, any more than it is an argument against medical skill that many people are incurable, and others always ailing. May every one have the good fortune to discover the conception of existence which will enable him to realise his greatest share of happiness! though this will not necessarily prevent his life from being miserable and not worth envying.

Our happiness is not up for debate, whether for or against.—Many people can only experience [pg 283] a small amount of happiness: and it doesn't reflect on their wisdom if this wisdom can't provide them with more happiness, just like it’s not a reflection on a doctor’s skills that many patients can't be cured and others are often sick. May everyone have the luck to find a perspective on life that allows them to achieve their highest level of happiness! although this won’t necessarily stop their life from being miserable and not worth envying.

346.

The Enemies of Women.“Woman is our enemy”—The man who speaks to men in this way exhibits an unbridled lust which not only hates itself but also its means.

The Enemies of Women.“Women are our enemy”—The man who talks to other men like this shows an unchecked desire that not only loathes itself but also the way it acts.

347.

The School of the Orator.—When a man has kept silence for a whole year he learns to stop chattering, and to discourse instead. The Pythagoreans were the best statesmen of their age.

The School of Public Speaking.—When someone stays quiet for an entire year, they learn to stop talking aimlessly and start engaging in meaningful conversation. The Pythagoreans were the most skilled politicians of their time.

348.

The Feeling of Power.—Note the distinction: the man who wishes to acquire the feeling of power seizes upon any means, and looks upon nothing as too petty which can foster this feeling. He who already possesses power, however, has grown fastidious and refined in his tastes; few things can be found to satisfy him.

The Feeling of Power.—Notice the difference: the person who wants to feel powerful will grab onto any method available and thinks nothing is too small if it helps them feel that way. On the other hand, someone who already has power has become selective and sophisticated in their preferences; very few things can truly satisfy them.

[pg 284]

349.

Not so very Important.—When we are present at a death-bed there regularly arises in us a thought that we immediately suppress from a false sense of propriety: the thought that the act of dying is less important than the customary veneration of it would wish us to believe, and that the dying man has probably lost in his life things which were more important than he is now about to lose by his death. In this case the end is certainly not the goal.

Not that important.—When we are present at someone's death, we often have a thought that we quickly push away because it feels inappropriate: the idea that dying is not as significant as society tries to make us think, and that the person who's dying may have already lost more important things in life than what they are about to lose in death. In this situation, the end is definitely not the goal.

350.

The best way to Promise.—When a man makes a promise it is not merely the word that promises, but what lies unexpressed behind the word. Words indeed weaken a promise by discharging and using up a power which forms part of that power which promises. Therefore shake hands when making a promise, but put your finger on your lips—in this way you will make the safest promises.

The best way to promise.—When a person makes a promise, it’s not just the words that hold the promise, but also the unspoken intentions behind those words. Words can actually dilute a promise because they use up some of the inherent strength of the commitment. So, when making a promise, shake hands but also keep a finger on your lips—this way, you’ll make the most reliable promises.

351.

Generally Misunderstood.—In conversation we sometimes observe people endeavouring to set a trap in which to catch others—not out of evil-mindedness, as one might suppose, but from delight in their own shrewdness. Others again prepare a joke so that some one else may utter it, they tie the knot so that others may undo it: not [pg 285] out of goodwill, as might be supposed, but from wickedness, and their contempt for coarse intellects.

Usually Misunderstood.—In conversation, we often notice people trying to set up traps for others—not out of malice, as you might think, but because they take pleasure in their own cleverness. Others come up with a joke so that someone else can deliver it; they create a challenge for others to solve: not out of kindness, as one might assume, but from a sense of superiority and disdain for less intelligent people.

352.

Centre.—The feeling, “I am the centre of the world,” forcibly comes to us when we are unexpectedly overtaken by disgrace: we then feel as if we were standing dazed in the midst of a surge, and dazzled by the glance of one enormous eye which gazes down upon us from all sides and looks us through and through.

Center.—The feeling, "I am the center of the universe," hits us hard when we suddenly face disgrace: we feel like we're standing there, stunned in the middle of a flood, blinded by the gaze of one gigantic eye watching us from every direction and seeing right through us.

353.

Freedom of Speech.“The truth must be told, even if the world should be shivered in fragments”—so cries the eminent and grandiloquent Fichte.—Yes, certainly; but we must have it first.—What he really means, however, is that each man should speak his mind, even if everything were to be turned upside down. This point, however, is open to dispute.

Freedom of Speech."The truth needs to be told, even if it means the world gets broken apart."—so declares the distinguished and ornate Fichte.—Yes, absolutely; but we need to have it first.—What he really means, though, is that every person should express their thoughts, even if everything gets thrown into chaos. This point, however, is open to debate.

354.

The Courage for Suffering.—Such as we now are, we are capable of bearing a tolerable amount of displeasure, and our stomach is suited to such indigestible food. If we were deprived of it, indeed, we should perhaps think the banquet of life insipid; and if it were not for our willingness to suffer pain we should have to let too many pleasures escape us!

The Courage to Suffer.—As we are now, we can handle a decent amount of discomfort, and we can stomach this difficult experience. If we were without it, we might find the feast of life dull; and if it weren't for our ability to endure pain, we would miss out on too many joys!

[pg 286]

355.

Admirers.—The man who admires up to the point that he would be ready to crucify any one who did not admire, must be reckoned among the executioners of his party—beware of shaking hands with him, even when he belongs to your own side.

Fans.—The person who admires to the extent that they would be willing to condemn anyone who doesn’t share that admiration should be considered one of the enforcers of their group—be cautious about shaking hands with them, even if they are on your side.

356.

The Effect of Happiness.—The first effect of happiness is the feeling of power, and this feeling longs to manifest itself, whether towards ourselves or other men, or towards ideas and imaginary beings. Its most common modes of manifestation are making presents, derision, and destruction—all three being due to a common fundamental instinct.

The Impact of Happiness.—The first effect of happiness is a sense of power, and this feeling wants to express itself, whether towards ourselves, other people, or ideas and imaginary beings. Its most common ways of showing up are through gift-giving, ridicule, and destruction—all three stemming from a shared basic instinct.

357.

Moral Mosquitoes.—Those moralists who are lacking in the love of knowledge, and who are only acquainted with the pleasure of giving pain, have the spirit and tediousness of provincials. Their pastime, as cruel as it is lamentable, is to observe their neighbour with the greatest possible closeness, and, unperceived, to place a pin in such position that he cannot help pricking himself with it. Such men have preserved something of the wickedness of schoolboys, who cannot amuse themselves without hunting and torturing either the living or the dead.

Moral Mosquitoes.—Those moralists who lack a love for knowledge and are only familiar with the pleasure of causing pain have the mindset and dullness of provincial people. Their cruel and sad pastime is to watch their neighbors as closely as possible and, without being noticed, to place a pin in a spot where the neighbor can’t help but poke themselves with it. These men have retained something of the nastiness of schoolboys, who can’t find amusement without chasing and tormenting either the living or the dead.

[pg 287]

358.

Reasons and their Unreason.—You feel a dislike for him, and adduce innumerable reasons for this dislike, but I only believe in your dislike and not in your reasons! You flatter yourself by adducing as a rational conclusion, both to yourself and to me, that which happens to be merely a matter of instinct.

Reasons and Their Lack of Reason.—You dislike him and list countless reasons for this dislike, but I only believe in your dislike, not your reasons! You’re convincing yourself that your feelings can be justified rationally, both to yourself and to me, when it's really just a gut feeling.

359.

Approving of Something.—We approve of marriage in the first place because we are not yet acquainted with it, in the second place because we have accustomed ourselves to it, and in the third place because we have contracted it—that is to say, in most cases. And yet nothing has been proved thereby in favour of the value of marriage in general.

Giving Approval.—We support marriage first because we don’t really know much about it, second because we’ve gotten used to it, and third because we’ve engaged in it—that is, in most cases. And still, nothing has been proven to show the overall value of marriage.

360°

No Utilitarians.“Power which has greatly suffered both in deed and in thought is better than powerlessness which only meets with kind treatment”—such was the Greek way of thinking. In other words, the feeling of power was prized more highly by them than any mere utility or fair renown.

No Utilitarians.“Power that has encountered serious challenges both in action and in thought is more valuable than being powerless while just receiving kindness.”—this was the Greek perspective. In other words, they valued the feeling of power more than any simple usefulness or reputation.

361.

Ugly in Appearance.—Moderation appears to itself to be quite beautiful: it is unaware of the fact that in the eyes of the immoderate it seems coarse and insipid, and consequently ugly.

Unattractive in Appearance.—Moderation thinks of itself as very attractive: it doesn’t realize that to those who lack it, it appears rough and dull, and therefore unattractive.

[pg 288]

362.

Different in Their Hatred.—There are men who do not begin to hate until they feel weak and tired: in other respects they are fair-minded and superior. Others only begin to hate when they see an opportunity for revenge: in other respects they carefully avoid both secret and open wrath, and overlook it whenever there is any occasion for it.

Different in Their Hatred.—Some men only start to hate when they feel weak and exhausted: otherwise, they are reasonable and admirable. Others only begin to hate when they spot a chance for revenge: otherwise, they do their best to steer clear of both hidden and open anger and ignore it whenever there's a reason to act on it.

363.

Men of Chance.—It is pure hazard which plays the essential part in every invention, but most men do not meet with this hazard.

Men of Chance.—It's pure luck that plays a crucial role in every invention, but most people don't encounter this luck.

364.

Choice of Environment.—We should beware of living in an environment where we are neither able to maintain a dignified silence nor to express our loftier thoughts, so that only our complaints and needs and the whole story of our misery are left to be told. We thus become dissatisfied with ourselves and with our surroundings, and to the discomfort which brings about our complaints we add the vexation which we feel at always being in the position of grumblers. But we should, on the contrary, live in a place where we should be ashamed to speak of ourselves and where it would not be necessary to do so.—Who, however, thinks of such things, or of the choice in such things? We talk about our “fate,” brace up our shoulders, and sigh, “Unfortunate Atlas that I am!”

Choosing Your Environment.—We should be cautious about living in an environment where we can’t maintain a dignified silence or express our higher thoughts, leaving only our complaints and the entire narrative of our misery to share. This can lead us to feel dissatisfied with ourselves and our surroundings, and we add to the discomfort that drives our complaints the irritation of always being in the role of complainers. Instead, we should live in a place where we would feel embarrassed to talk about ourselves and where such discussions wouldn’t be necessary.—But who really thinks about these things, or the choices related to them? We talk about our "destiny," brace ourselves, and sigh, "Unfortunate Atlas, here I am!"

[pg 289]

365.

Vanity.—Vanity is the dread of appearing to be original. Hence it is a lack of pride, but not necessarily a lack of originality.

Vanity.—Vanity is the fear of looking like you're being original. So, it's a lack of pride, but not always a lack of originality.

366.

The Criminal's Grief.—The criminal who has been found out does not suffer because of the crime he has committed, but because of the shame and annoyance caused him either by some blunder which he has made or by being deprived of his habitual element; and keen discernment is necessary to distinguish such cases. Every one who has had much experience of prisons and reformatories is astonished at the rare instances of really genuine “remorse,” and still more so at the longing shown to return to the old wicked and beloved crime.

The Criminal's Grief.—A criminal who has been caught doesn’t suffer because of the crime itself, but because of the shame and frustration caused by a mistake he made or by being removed from his usual environment. It takes a sharp eye to tell these situations apart. Everyone who has spent a lot of time in prisons and reformatories is surprised by how few instances of true "regret" exist, and even more surprised by the desire to return to their old, cherished crimes.

367.

Always appearing Happy.—When, in the Greece of the third century, philosophy had become a matter of public emulation, there were not a few philosophers who became happy through the thought that others who lived according to different principles, and suffered from them, could not but feel envious of their happiness. They thought they could refute these other people with their happiness better than anything else, and to achieve this object they were content to appear to be always happy; but, following this practice, they [pg 290] were obliged to become happy in the long run! This, for example, was the case of the cynics.

Always looking happy.—In third-century Greece, when philosophy was a popular pursuit, some philosophers found happiness in the idea that others—who lived by different principles and suffered because of them—must be envious of their joy. They believed that showing their happiness was a stronger argument against these other perspectives than anything else. To accomplish this, they were willing to seem happy all the time; however, as they followed this approach, they [pg 290] inevitably became genuinely happy! This was particularly true for the cynics.

368.

The Cause of much Misunderstanding.—The morality of increasing nervous force is joyful and restless; the morality of diminishing nervous force, towards evening, or in invalids and old people, is passive, calm, patient, and melancholy, and not rarely even gloomy. In accordance with what we may possess of one or other of these moralities, we do not understand that which we lack, and we often interpret it in others as immorality and weakness.

The Cause of Many Misunderstandings.—The morality of increasing energy is joyful and restless; the morality of decreasing energy, in the evening, or in those who are ill or elderly, is passive, calm, patient, and can be sad, sometimes even gloomy. Depending on which of these mindsets we have, we often fail to understand what we lack and instead interpret it in others as immorality or weakness.

369.

Raising one's self above one's own Lowness.“Proud” fellows they are indeed, those who, in order to establish a sense of their own dignity and importance, stand in need of other people whom they may tyrannise and oppress—those whose powerlessness and cowardice permits some one to make sublime and furious gestures in their presence with impunity, so that they require the baseness of their surroundings to raise themselves for one short moment above their own baseness!—For this purpose one man requires a dog, another a friend, a third a wife, a fourth a party, a fifth, again, one very rarely to be met with, a whole age.

Raising oneself above one's own average status."Full of oneself" people they are indeed, those who, to boost their own sense of dignity and importance, rely on others whom they can dominate and oppress—those whose lack of power and fear allows someone to make grand and aggressive gestures in their presence without consequence, so that they need the inferiority of their surroundings to lift themselves for just a brief moment above their own inadequacy!—For this reason, one person needs a dog, another a friend, a third a wife, a fourth a group, a fifth, once in a while, an entire era.

370.

To what extent the Thinker loves his Enemy.—Make it a rule never to withhold or conceal [pg 291] from yourself anything that may be thought against your own thoughts. Vow it! This is the essential requirement of honest thinking. You must undertake such a campaign against yourself every day. A victory and a conquered position are no longer your concern, but that of truth—and your defeat also is no longer your concern!

How much the Thinker loves his Enemy.—Make it a rule never to hide or keep from yourself anything that might contradict your own thoughts. Promise it! This is the core requirement of honest thinking. You need to engage in this inner battle every day. Winning or losing doesn't matter anymore; what matters is the truth—and your failures are not your concern either!

371.

The Evil of Strength.—Violence as the outcome of passion, for example, of rage, must be understood from the physiological point of view as an attempt to avoid an imminent fit of suffocation. Innumerable acts arising from animal spirits and vented upon others are simply outlets for getting rid of sudden congestion by a violent muscular exertion: and perhaps the entire “evil of strength” must be considered from this point of view. (This evil of strength wounds others unintentionally—it must find an outlet somewhere; while the evil of weakness wishes to wound and to see signs of suffering.)

The Danger of Strength.—Violence as a result of strong emotions, like anger, should be seen from a physiological perspective as a way to prevent a looming feeling of suffocation. Countless actions driven by raw energy and directed towards others are simply ways to release sudden tension through intense physical activity: and perhaps the whole “abuse of power” should be viewed this way. (This evil of strength inadvertently hurts others—it needs to find an outlet somewhere; while the evil of weakness actively seeks to harm and revels in others' suffering.)

372.

To the Credit of the Connoisseur.—As soon as some one who is no connoisseur begins to pose as a judge we should remonstrate, whether it is a male or female whipper-snapper. Enthusiasm or delight in a thing or a human being is not an argument; neither is repugnance or hatred.

In Appreciation of the Expert.—As soon as someone who's not a connoisseur tries to act like an expert, we should speak up, whether it’s a young man or woman. Being enthusiastic or excited about something or someone isn't a valid argument; the same goes for being disgusted or hateful.

[pg 292]

373.

Treacherous Blame.“He has no knowledge of men” means in the mouth of some “He does not know what baseness is”; and in the mouths of others, “He does not know the exception and knows only too well what baseness means.”

Treacherous Blame."He doesn't understand people." means, to some, "He doesn't know what it means to be down."; and to others, "He doesn't acknowledge the exception and is completely aware of what it means to be at the bottom."

374.

The Value of Sacrifice.—The more the rights of states and princes are questioned as to their right to sacrifice the individual (for example, in the administration of justice, conscription, etc.), the more will the value of self-sacrifice rise.

The Value of Sacrifice.—As the rights of states and rulers are increasingly challenged regarding their authority to sacrifice individuals (such as in the administration of justice, conscription, etc.), the importance of self-sacrifice will become more significant.

375.

Speaking too distinctly.—There are several reasons why we articulate our words too distinctly: in the first place, from distrust of ourselves when using a new and unpractised language; secondly, when we distrust others on account of their stupidity or their slowness of comprehension. The same remark applies to intellectual matters: our communications are sometimes too distinct, too painful, because if it were otherwise those to whom we communicate our ideas would not understand us. Consequently the perfect and easy style is only permissible when addressing a perfect audience.

Speaking too clearly.—There are several reasons why we pronounce our words too clearly: first, due to a lack of confidence in ourselves when using a new and unfamiliar language; second, when we doubt others because of their ignorance or slow understanding. The same idea applies to intellectual discussions: our messages can sometimes be too clear, too difficult, because if they weren't, those we are trying to reach might not get what we mean. As a result, a smooth and effortless style is only appropriate when speaking to an ideal audience.

376.

Plenty of Sleep.—What can we do to arouse ourselves when we are weary and tired of our ego? [pg 293] Some recommend the gambling table, others Christianity, and others again electricity. But the best remedy, my dear hypochondriac, is, and always will be, plenty of sleep in both the literal and figurative sense of the word. Thus another morning will at length dawn upon us. The knack of worldly wisdom is to find the proper time for applying this remedy in both its forms.

Getting Enough Sleep.—What can we do to wake ourselves up when we're feeling drained and tired of our own thoughts? [pg 293] Some suggest hitting the casino, others turn to religion, and some even recommend using electricity. But the best solution, my dear hypochondriac, is, and always will be, getting plenty of sleep, both literally and figuratively. That way, another morning will eventually arrive. The trick to wisdom in life is knowing the right time to use this remedy in both its meanings.

377.

What we may conclude from fantastic Ideals.—Where our deficiencies are, there also is our enthusiasm. The enthusiastic principle “love your enemies” had to be invented by the Jews, the best haters that ever existed; and the finest glorifications of chastity have been written by those who in their youth led dissolute and licentious lives.

What we can conclude from amazing ideals.—Where we have shortcomings, we also find our passion. The passionate principle "love your enemies" had to be created by the Jews, the best haters that ever lived; and the greatest praises of chastity have been written by those who, in their youth, lived reckless and immoral lives.

378.

Clean Hands and clean Walls.—Do not paint the picture either of God or the devil on your walls: for in so doing you will spoil your walls as well as your surroundings.11

Clean Hands and Clean Walls.—Don't paint images of God or the devil on your walls, because doing so will ruin both your walls and your environment.11

379.

Probable and Improbable.—A woman secretly loved a man, raised him far above her, and [pg 294] said to herself hundreds of times in her inmost heart, “If a man like that were to love me, I should look upon it as a condescension before which I should have to humble myself in the dust.”—And the man entertained the same feelings towards the woman, and in his inmost heart he felt the very same thought. When at last both their tongues were loosened, and they had communicated their most secret thoughts to one another, a deep and meditative silence ensued. Then the woman said in a cold voice: “The thing is quite clear! We are neither of us that which we loved! If you are what you say you are, and nothing more, then I have humbled myself in vain and loved you; the demon misled me as well as you.” This very probable story never happens—and why doesn't it?

Probable and Improbable.—A woman secretly loved a man, held him in high regard, and [pg 294] thought to herself countless times, “If a man like that were to love me, I would consider it a privilege that would require me to totally humble myself.”—And the man felt the same way about the woman, harboring the exact same thought in his heart. When they finally spoke openly and shared their deepest feelings with each other, a profound and reflective silence followed. Then the woman said in a cold tone: "It's clear! Neither of us is the person we used to love! If you are truly who you say you are, and nothing more, then I've humbled myself for nothing by falling for you; the illusion has tricked both you and me." This very plausible story never happens—and why is that?

380.

Tested Advice.—Of all the means of consolation there is none so efficacious for him who has need of it as the declaration that in his case no consolation can be given. This implies such a distinction that the afflicted person will at once raise his head again.

Tested Advice.—Among all forms of comfort, nothing is as effective for someone in need as the statement that no comfort can be provided in their situation. This creates such a distinction that the person suffering will immediately lift their head once more.

381.

Knowing one's Individuality.—We too often forget that in the eyes of strangers who see us for the first time we are quite different beings from what we consider ourselves to be—in most cases we exhibit nothing more than one particular characteristic which catches the eye of the stranger, [pg 295] and determines the impression we make on him. Thus the most peaceful and fair-minded man, if only he has a big moustache, may, as it were, repose in the shade of this moustache; for ordinary eyes will merely see in him the accessory of a big moustache, that is to say, a military, irascible, and occasionally violent character, and will act accordingly.

Understanding one's “Individuality.”—We often overlook the fact that to strangers encountering us for the first time, we appear to be quite different from how we see ourselves—in most cases, we reveal just one specific trait that catches their attention, [pg 295] which shapes the impression we leave on them. Therefore, the most calm and reasonable person, if he has a big mustache, might, so to speak, find himself overshadowed by it; to ordinary observers, he will be seen merely as the owner of a big mustache, implying a military, hot-tempered, and sometimes aggressive character, and people will respond accordingly.

382.

Gardeners and Gardens.—Wet dreary days, loneliness, and unkind words give rise within us to conclusions like fungi; some morning we find that they have grown up in front of us we know not whence, and there they scowl at us, sullen and morose. Woe to the thinker who instead of being the gardener of his plants, is merely the soil from which they spring.

Gardeners and Gardens.—Wet, gloomy days, loneliness, and harsh words lead us to thoughts that pop up like mushrooms; one morning we realize they've sprouted in front of us from unknown sources, and there they glare at us, grumpy and downcast. It's unfortunate for the thinker who, instead of nurturing his thoughts like a gardener, is just the dirt from which they grow.

383.

The Comedy of Pity.—However much we may feel for an unhappy friend of ours, we always act with a certain amount of insincerity in his presence: we refrain from telling him everything we think, and how we think it, with all the circumspection of a doctor standing by the bedside of a patient who is seriously ill.

The Comedy of Pity.—No matter how much we care for a sad friend, we always hold back part of ourselves when we're with them: we avoid saying everything we think and how we feel about it, much like a doctor carefully choosing their words beside a seriously ill patient.

384.

Curious Saints.—There are pusillanimous people who have a bad opinion of everything that [pg 296] is best in their works, and who at the same time interpret and comment upon them badly: but also, by a kind of revenge, they entertain a bad opinion of the sympathy of others, and do not believe in sympathy at all; they are ashamed to appear to be carried away from themselves, and feel a defiant comfort in appearing or becoming ridiculous.—States of soul like these are to be found in melancholy artists.

Curious Saints.—There are timid people who have a negative view of everything that [pg 296] does best in their works, and who at the same time interpret and comment on them poorly: but also, out of a sense of revenge, they hold a poor opinion of others' sympathy and don’t believe in it at all; they are embarrassed to seem affected by anything outside themselves, and take a defiant comfort in appearing or becoming ridiculous.—Such emotional states can often be seen in melancholic artists.

385.

Vain People.—We are like shop-windows, where we ourselves are constantly arranging, concealing, or setting in the foreground those supposed qualities which others attribute to us—in order to deceive ourselves.

Selfish People.—We are like shop windows, always rearranging, hiding, or highlighting the qualities that others think we have—just to trick ourselves.

386.

Pathetic and Naïve.—It may be a very vulgar habit to let no opportunity slip of assuming a pathetic air for the sake of the enjoyment to be experienced in imagining the spectator striking his breast and feeling himself to be small and miserable. Consequently it may also be the indication of a noble mind to make fun of pathetic situations, and to behave in an undignified manner in them. The old, warlike nobility of France possessed that kind of distinction and delicacy.

Pathetic and naive.—It might be a pretty cheap trick to always take the chance to act pathetic just to enjoy the sight of someone else feeling small and miserable. On the other hand, it could show a noble character to laugh at pathetic situations and act a bit undignified in them. The old, warrior nobility of France had that kind of distinction and sensitivity.

387.

A Reflection before Marriage.—Supposing she loved me, what a burden she would be to [pg 297] me in the long run! and supposing that she did not love me, what a much greater burden she would be to me in the long run! We have to choose between two different kinds of burdens; therefore let us marry.

A Reflection before Marriage.—If she loved me, what a weight she would be to [pg 297] me over time! And if she didn’t love me, what an even bigger weight she would be to me in the long run! We have to choose between two different kinds of burdens; so let’s get married.

388.

Rascality with a good Conscience.—It is exceedingly annoying to be cheated in small bargains in certain countries,—in the Tyrol, for example,—because, in addition to the bad bargain, we are compelled to accept the evil countenance and coarse greediness of the man who has cheated us, together with his bad conscience and his hostile feeling against us. At Venice, on the other hand, the cheater is highly delighted at his successful fraud, and is not in the least angry with the man he has cheated—nay, he is even inclined to show him some kindness, and above all to have a hearty laugh with him if he likes.—In short, one must possess wit and a good conscience in order to be a knave, and this will almost reconcile the cheated one with the cheat.12

Being sly while feeling totally justified.—It’s really frustrating to get ripped off in small deals in certain places—like the Tyrol, for instance—because, besides the bad deal, you have to deal with the unpleasant demeanor and greedy nature of the person who scammed you, along with their bad conscience and hostility toward you. In Venice, however, the scammer takes great pleasure in their successful trick and isn’t at all angry with the person they’ve cheated—in fact, they may even feel inclined to be friendly and share a good laugh if the other person is up for it. In short, one needs to have wit and a clear conscience to pull off being a scoundrel, and this can almost make the cheated party feel okay about the cheat.12

389.

Rather too Awkward.—Good people who are too awkward to be polite and amiable promptly endeavour to return an act of politeness by an important service, or by a contribution beyond their power. It is touching to see them timidly producing [pg 298] their gold coins when others have offered them their gilded coppers!

Just a little too awkward.—Nice people who are too awkward to be friendly and sociable quickly try to repay a gesture of kindness with something significant or by overextending themselves. It's endearing to watch them shyly pull out [pg 298] their gold coins when others have only given them shiny pennies!

390.

Hiding one's Intelligence.—When we surprise some one in the act of hiding his intelligence from us we call him evil: the more so if we suspect that it is his civility and benevolence which have induced him to do so.

Concealing one's smarts.—When we catch someone trying to hide their intelligence from us, we label them as deceitful, especially if we think their kindness and politeness are what led them to do it.

391.

The Evil Moment.—Lively dispositions only lie for a moment: after this they have deceived themselves, and are convinced and honest.

The Evil Moment.—People with lively personalities only lie for a brief moment: after that, they trick themselves and become convinced and honest.

392.

The Condition of Politeness.—Politeness is a very good thing, and really one of the four chief virtues (although the last), but in order that it may not result in our becoming tiresome to one another the person with whom I have to deal must be either one degree more or less polite than I—otherwise we should never get on, and the ointment would not only anoint us, but would cement us together.

The State of Politeness.—Politeness is a great thing and is actually one of the four main virtues (though it’s the last one). However, to avoid being boring to each other, the person I'm interacting with needs to be either a bit more or a bit less polite than I am—otherwise, we won’t get along, and the politeness would not just smooth things over but would actually bond us together.

393.

Dangerous Virtues.“He forgets nothing, but forgives everything”—wherefore he shall be doubly detested, for he causes us double shame by his memory and his magnanimity.

Risky Traits."He remembers everything, but forgives all."—and for this reason, he will be hated even more, because he brings us double shame through his memory and his generosity.

[pg 299]

394.

Without Vanity.—Passionate people think little of what others may think; their state of mind raises them above vanity.

Without Vanity.—Passionate people care little about what others might think; their mindset lifts them above vanity.

395.

Contemplation.—In some thinkers the contemplative state peculiar to a thinker is always the consequence of a state of fear, in others always of desire. In the former, contemplation thus seems allied to the feeling of security, in the latter to the feeling of surfeit—in other words, the former are spirited in their mood, the latter over-satiated and neutral.

Reflection.—For some thinkers, the contemplative state that defines them always comes from a place of fear, while for others, it arises from desire. In the first group, contemplation appears to be connected to a sense of security, whereas in the second group, it seems linked to a feeling of excess—in other words, the former are energetic in their mindset, while the latter feel overindulged and indifferent.

396.

Hunting.—The one is hunting for agreeable truths, the other for disagreeable ones. But even the former takes greater pleasure in the hunt than in the booty.

Hunting.—One is searching for pleasant truths, the other for unpleasant ones. But even the former finds more joy in the chase than in the catch.

397.

Education.—Education is a continuation of procreation, and very often a kind of supplementary varnishing of it.

Education.—Education is an extension of reproduction and often serves as an additional layer of refinement.

398.

How to recognise the Choleric.—Of two persons who are struggling together, or who love and admire one another, the more choleric will always be at a disadvantage. The same remark applies to two nations.

How to recognize the Choleric.—When two people are in conflict or have a strong affection and admiration for each other, the one with the choleric temperament will always find themselves at a disadvantage. This observation holds true for two nations as well.

[pg 300]

399.

Self-Excuse.—Many men have the best possible right to act in this or that way; but as soon as they begin to excuse their actions we no longer believe that they are right—and we are mistaken.

Self-Justification.—Many people have every reason to act in certain ways; but once they start justifying their actions, we no longer see them as being right—and we’re wrong for that.

400.

Moral Pampering.—There are tender, moral natures who are ashamed of all their successes and feel remorse after every failure.

Moral Self-Care.—Some sensitive, moral individuals are embarrassed by their achievements and experience guilt after each failure.

401.

Dangerous Unlearning.—We begin by unlearning to love others, and end by finding nothing lovable in ourselves.

Risky Unlearning.—We start by unlearning how to love others, and end up finding nothing to love about ourselves.

402.

Another form of Toleration.“To remain a minute too long on red-hot coals and to be burnt a little does no harm either to men or to chestnuts. The slight bitterness and hardness makes the kernel all the sweeter.”—Yes, this is your opinion, you who enjoy the taste! You sublime cannibals!

Another way of Toleration.“Standing on red-hot coals for just a moment and getting a little burned doesn't actually hurt either people or chestnuts. The slight bitterness and toughness only make the inside sweeter.”—Sure, that's easy for you to say, you who relish the flavor! You magnificent cannibals!

403.

Different Pride.—Women turn pale at the thought that their lover may not be worthy of them; Men turn pale at the thought that they may not [pg 301] be worthy of the women they love. I speak of perfect women, perfect men. Such men, who are self-reliant and conscious of power at ordinary times, grow diffident and doubtful of themselves when under the influence of a strong passion. Such women, on the other hand, though always looking upon themselves as the weak and devoted sex, become proud and conscious of their power in the great exception of passion,—they ask: “Who then is worthy of me?”

Diverse Pride.—Women feel anxious at the thought that their partner might not deserve them; Men feel anxious at the thought that they might not [pg 301] deserve the women they love. I’m talking about the ideal women, ideal men. Such men, who are usually confident and self-assured, become uncertain and insecure when they experience intense feelings. On the other hand, those women, who typically see themselves as the delicate and devoted gender, become proud and aware of their strength when faced with strong emotions—they ask: "Who is worthy of me then?"

404.

When we seldom do Justice.—Certain men are unable to feel enthusiasm for a great and good cause without committing a great injustice in some other quarter: this is their kind of morality.

When we seldom do justice.—Some people can’t get excited about a great and noble cause without causing a significant injustice elsewhere: this is their version of morality.

405.

Luxury.—The love of luxury is rooted in the depths of a man's heart: it shows that the superfluous and immoderate is the sea wherein his soul prefers to float.

Luxury.—The desire for luxury is deeply embedded in a person's heart: it reveals that the excess and extravagance are the waters where their soul enjoys to drift.

406.

To Immortalise.—Let him who wishes to kill his opponent first consider whether by doing so he will not immortalise him in himself.

To Preserve Forever.—Before anyone decides to eliminate their opponent, they should think about whether that act will just make their opponent live on in them.

407.

Against our Character.—If the truth which we have to utter goes against our character—as [pg 302] very often happens—we behave as if we had uttered a clumsy falsehood, and thus rouse suspicion.

Against Our Character.—If the truth we need to speak goes against our character—as [pg 302] very often happens—we act as if we've said something awkwardly false, which raises suspicion.

408.

Where a great deal of Gentleness is Needed.—Many natures have only the choice of being either public evil-doers or secret sorrow-bearers.

Where a lot of kindness is necessary.—Many people only have the option of being either public offenders or hidden sufferers.

409.

Illness.—Among illness are to be reckoned the premature approach of old age, ugliness, and pessimistic opinions—three things that always go together.

Sickness.—Illness includes the early onset of old age, lack of attractiveness, and negative outlooks—three things that always come together.

410.

Timid People.—It is the awkward and timid people who easily become murderers: they do not understand slight but sufficient means of defence or revenge, and their hatred, owing to their lack of intelligence and presence of mind, can conceive of no other expedient than destruction.

Timid People.—It’s often the awkward and shy individuals who turn into murderers: they don’t grasp the subtle yet adequate ways to defend themselves or seek revenge, and their anger, due to their lack of intelligence and quick thinking, can only imagine one solution: complete destruction.

411.

Without Hatred.—You wish to bid farewell to your passion? Very well, but do so without hatred against it! Otherwise you have a second passion.—The soul of the Christian who has freed himself from sin is generally ruined afterwards by the hatred for sin. Just look at the faces of the great Christians! they are the faces of great haters.

Without Hatred.—Do you want to say goodbye to your passion? That's fine, but make sure you do it without any hatred towards it! Otherwise, you'll just end up with another passion. The soul of a Christian who has freed themselves from sin often becomes damaged by the hatred for sin afterward. Just look at the faces of the great Christians! They show the faces of great haters.

[pg 303]

412.

Ingenious and Narrow-Minded.—He can appreciate nothing beyond himself, and when he wishes to appreciate other people he must always begin by transforming them into himself. In this, however, he is ingenious.

Creative and Close-Minded.—He can’t see beyond his own perspective, and when he tries to value others, he starts by making them just like him. In this way, though, he is clever.

413.

Private and Public Accusers.—Watch closely the accuser and inquirer,—for he reveals his true character; and it is not rare for this to be a worse character than that of the victim whose crime he is investigating. The accuser believes in all innocence that the opponent of a crime and criminal must be by nature of good character, or at least must appear as such—and this is why he lets himself go, that is to say, he drops his mask.

Private and Public Accusers.—Pay attention to the accuser and the investigator,—they reveal their true character; often, this character can be worse than that of the victim whose actions they are examining. The accuser, in all innocence, believes that the opponent of a crime and the criminal must naturally possess good character, or at least seem to do so—and this is why they let their guard down, in other words, they drop their facade.

414.

Voluntary Blindness.—There is a kind of enthusiastic and extreme devotion to a person or a party which reveals that in our inmost hearts we feel ourselves superior to this person or party, and for this reason we feel indignant with ourselves. We blind ourselves, as it were, of our own free will to punish our eyes for having seen too much.

Willful Blindness.—There’s a type of passionate and intense loyalty to someone or a group that shows we secretly believe we are better than them. Because of this, we end up feeling frustrated with ourselves. We choose to ignore the truth, almost like we’re punishing ourselves for recognizing too much.

415.

Remedium Amoris.—That old radical remedy for love is now in most cases as effective as it always was: love in return.

Cure of Love.—That classic radical cure for love is still, in most cases, just as effective as it has always been: love in return.

[pg 304]

416.

Where is our worst Enemy?—He who can look after his own affairs well, and knows that he can do so, is as a rule conciliatory towards his adversary. But to believe that we have right on our side, and to know that we are incapable of defending it—this gives rise to a fierce and implacable hatred against the opponent of our cause. Let every one judge accordingly where his worst enemies are to be sought.

Where is our biggest enemy?—A person who can manage their own affairs effectively and is confident in their abilities is generally more accommodating towards their opponent. However, believing we are right while knowing we can't defend that belief breeds intense and unyielding hatred towards those who oppose us. Let everyone consider where their worst enemies might be found.

417.

The Limits of all Humility.—Many men may certainly have attained that humility which says credo quia absurdum est, and sacrifices its reason; but, so far as I know, not one has attained to that humility which after all is only one step further, and which says creda quia absurdus sum.

The Limits of Humility.—Many men may have certainly achieved that humility which states I believe because it is absurd, often at the cost of their reason; however, as far as I know, not one has reached that humility which is just one step further, and which says I believe because it’s absurd.

418.

Acting the Truth.—Many a man is truthful, not because he would be ashamed to exhibit hypocritical feelings, but because he would not succeed very well in inducing others to believe in his hypocrisy. In a word, he has no confidence in his talent as an actor, and therefore prefers honestly to act the truth.

Living the Truth.—Many people are honest, not because they would be embarrassed to show fake emotions, but because they know they wouldn't be very good at convincing others of their insincerity. In short, they lack faith in their acting skills and thus choose to genuinely express the truth.

419.

Courage in a Party.—The poor sheep say to their bell-wether: “Only lead us, and we shall never [pg 305] lack courage to follow you.” But the poor bell-wether thinks in his heart: “Only follow me, and I shall never lack courage to lead you.”

Courage in a Party.—The poor sheep say to their leader: "Just guide us, and we'll always have the courage to follow you." But the poor leader thinks to himself: "Just follow me, and I'll always have the courage to lead you."

420.

Cunning of the Victim.—What a sad cunning there is in the wish to deceive ourselves with respect to the person for whom we have sacrificed ourselves, when we give him an opportunity in which he must appear to us as we should wish him to be!

Cunning of the Victim.—It's quite tragic how we try to trick ourselves about the person we've made sacrifices for, when we create opportunities for them to look exactly how we want them to be!

421.

Through Others.—There are men who do not wish to be seen except through the eyes of others: a wish which implies a great deal of wisdom.

Via Others.—There are guys who only want to be viewed through other people's perspectives: a desire that shows a lot of insight.

422.

Making Others Happy.—Why is the fact of our making others happy more gratifying to us than all other pleasures?—Because in so doing we gratify fifty cravings at one time. Taken separately they would, perhaps, be very small pleasures; but when put into one hand, that hand will be fuller than ever before—and the heart also.

Making People Happy.—Why is it that making others happy feels more rewarding than any other pleasure?—Because when we do this, we satisfy multiple desires at once. On their own, each might be a minor pleasure; but combined, they fill our hands more than ever—and our hearts too.

[pg 307]

Book 5.

423.

In the Great Silence.—Here is the sea, here may we forget the town. It is true that its bells are still ringing the Angelus—that solemn and foolish yet sweet sound at the junction between day and night,—but one moment more! now all is silent. Yonder lies the ocean, pale and brilliant; it cannot speak. The sky is glistening with its eternal mute evening hues, red, yellow, and green: it cannot speak. The small cliffs and rocks which stretch out into the sea as if each one of them were endeavouring to find the loneliest spot—they too are dumb. Beautiful and awful indeed is this vast silence, which so suddenly overcomes us and makes our heart swell.

In the Great Silence.—Here is the sea, here we can forget the town. It's true that its bells are still ringing the Angelus—that serious and silly yet sweet sound at the transition between day and night,—but just wait a moment! Now everything is quiet. Over there lies the ocean, pale and bright; it cannot speak. The sky is shimmering with its timeless, silent evening shades of red, yellow, and green: it cannot speak. The small cliffs and rocks that stretch out into the sea as if each one is trying to find the most secluded spot—they too are silent. This vast silence is both beautiful and terrifying, suddenly enveloping us and making our hearts swell.

Alas! what deceit lies in this dumb beauty! How well could it speak, and how evilly, too, if it wished! Its tongue, tied up and fastened, and its face of suffering happiness—all this is but malice, mocking at your sympathy: be it so! I do not feel ashamed to be the plaything of such powers! but I pity thee, oh nature, because thou must be silent, even though it be only malice that binds thy tongue: nay, I pity thee for the sake of thy malice!

Alas! What deceit lies in this silent beauty! It could speak so well, and so wickedly, if it chose! Its tongue, tied up and restrained, and its face showing a tortured happiness—all of this is just cruelty, mocking your sympathy: so be it! I’m not ashamed to be a toy of such forces! But I feel sorry for you, oh nature, because you have to stay silent, even if it's just malice that keeps your tongue tied: indeed, I pity you because of your malice!

[pg 308]

Alas! the silence deepens, and once again my heart swells within me: it is startled by a fresh truth—it, too, is dumb; it likewise sneers when the mouth calls out something to this beauty; it also enjoys the sweet malice of its silence. I come to hate speaking; yea, even thinking. Behind every word I utter do I not hear the laughter of error, imagination, and insanity? Must I not laugh at my pity and mock my own mockery? Oh sea, oh evening, ye are bad teachers! Ye teach man how to cease to be a man. Is he to give himself up to you? Shall he become as you now are, pale, brilliant, dumb, immense, reposing calmly upon himself?—exalted above himself?

Alas! The silence grows deeper, and once again my heart swells inside me: it’s startled by a new truth—it, too, is silent; it also scoffs when the mouth tries to say something to this beauty; it enjoys the sweet cruelty of its silence. I start to hate speaking; yeah, even thinking. With every word I say, don’t I hear the laughter of mistakes, imagination, and madness? Shouldn’t I laugh at my pity and mock my own mockery? Oh sea, oh evening, you are terrible teachers! You teach people how to stop being human. Is he meant to surrender to you? Will he become like you are now, pale, radiant, silent, vast, resting calmly within yourself?—elevated above yourself?

424.

For whom the Truth Exists.—Up to the present time errors have been the power most fruitful in consolations: we now expect the same effects from accepted truths, and we have been waiting rather too long for them. What if these truths could not give us this consolation we are looking for? Would that be an argument against them? What have these truths in common with the sick condition of suffering and degenerate men that they should be useful to them? It is, of course, no proof against the truth of a plant when it is clearly established that it does not contribute in any way to the recovery of sick people. Formerly, however, people were so convinced that man was the ultimate end of nature that they believed that knowledge could reveal nothing that was not beneficial and useful to [pg 309] man—nay, there could not, should not be, any other things in existence.

For whom the Truth Exists.—So far, errors have been the most effective source of comfort: we now expect the same results from accepted truths, and we have been waiting for them for quite a while. What if these truths can’t provide the comfort we seek? Would that be a reason to doubt them? What do these truths share with the troubling state of suffering and weakened individuals that makes them useful? It's certainly not proof against the truth of a plant if it's clearly shown that it doesn't help sick people recover. In the past, people were so convinced that humanity was the ultimate goal of nature that they believed knowledge couldn't reveal anything that wasn't beneficial or useful to [pg 309] humans—indeed, they thought there shouldn't be anything else in existence.

Perhaps all this leads to the conclusion that truth as an entity and a coherent whole exists only for those natures who, like Aristotle, are at once powerful and harmless, joyous and peaceful: just as none but these would be in a position to seek such truths; for the others seek remedies for themselves—however proud they may be of their intellect and its freedom, they do not seek truth. Hence it comes about that these others take no real joy in science, but reproach it for its coldness, dryness, and inhumanity. This is the judgment of sick people about the games of the healthy.—Even the Greek gods were unable to administer consolation; and when at length the entire Greek world fell ill, this was a reason for the destruction of such gods.

Maybe all this leads to the conclusion that truth, as a concept and a complete idea, only exists for people who, like Aristotle, are both strong and gentle, happy and at peace. Only these individuals would be inclined to pursue such truths; the others seek solutions for themselves—no matter how proud they are of their intellect and its freedom, they don't seek truth. As a result, these others find no real joy in science, but criticize it for being cold, dry, and lacking humanity. This is the perspective of the sick regarding the activities of the healthy. Even the Greek gods couldn't provide comfort, and when the entire Greek world eventually fell ill, this led to the downfall of such gods.

425.

We Gods in Exile.—Owing to errors regarding their descent, their uniqueness, their mission, and by claims based upon these errors, men have again and again “surpassed themselves”; but through these same errors the world has been filled with unspeakable suffering, mutual persecution, suspicion, misunderstanding, and an even greater amount of individual misery. Men have become suffering creatures in consequence of their morals, and the sum-total of what they have obtained by those morals is simply the feeling that they are far too good and great for this world, and that they are enjoying merely a transitory existence on it. As [pg 310] yet the “proud sufferer” is the highest type of mankind.

We Gods in Exile.—Due to misconceptions about their origins, their uniqueness, their purpose, and the beliefs built on these misconceptions, humans have repeatedly "outdid themselves"; however, because of these same misconceptions, the world has been overwhelmed with immense suffering, mutual persecution, distrust, misunderstanding, and an even greater amount of individual pain. People have become creatures of suffering as a result of their morals, and the overall outcome of those morals is simply the belief that they are far too good and important for this world, and that they are only experiencing a temporary existence here. As [pg 310] yet the “proud survivor” is the highest form of humanity.

426.

The Colour-Blindness of Thinkers.—How differently from us the Greeks must have viewed nature, since, as we cannot help admitting, they were quite colour-blind in regard to blue and green, believing the former to be a deeper brown, and the latter to be yellow. Thus, for instance, they used the same word to describe the colour of dark hair, of the corn-flower, and the southern sea; and again they employed exactly the same expression for the colour of the greenest herbs, the human skin, honey, and yellow raisins: whence it follows that their greatest painters reproduced the world they lived in only in black, white, red, and yellow. How different and how much nearer to mankind, therefore, must nature have seemed to them, since in their eyes the tints of mankind predominated also in nature, and nature was, as it were, floating in the coloured ether of humanity! (blue and green more than anything else dehumanise nature). It is this defect which developed the playful facility that characterised the Greeks of seeing the phenomena of nature as gods and demi-gods—that is to say, as human forms.

The Blind Spots of Thinkers.—The Greeks must have perceived nature in a way that’s really different from us. They seemed to be almost colorblind when it came to blue and green, thinking of blue as a darker brown and green as yellow. For example, they used the same word to describe the color of dark hair, the cornflower, and the southern sea; and they also used the same term for the color of the greenest herbs, human skin, honey, and yellow raisins. As a result, their best painters depicted the world around them only in black, white, red, and yellow. Nature must have appeared so much different to them—so much closer to humanity—because the colors they saw in people also showed up in nature, which seemed to float in the colorful essence of humanity! (blue and green, above all, make nature feel less human). This limitation led to the playful way the Greeks viewed natural phenomena as gods and demigods—like, in other words, human forms.

Let this, however, merely serve as a simile for another supposition. Every thinker paints his world and the things that surround him in fewer colours than really exist, and he is blind to individual colours. This is something more than a mere deficiency. Thanks to this nearer approach and [pg 311] simplification, he imagines he sees in things those harmonies of colours which possess a great charm, and may greatly enrich nature. Perhaps, indeed, it was in this way that men first learnt to take delight in viewing existence, owing to its being first of all presented to them in one or two shades, and consequently harmonised. They practised these few shades, so to speak, before they could pass on to any more. And even now certain individuals endeavour to get rid of a partial colour-blindness that they may obtain a richer faculty of sight and discernment, in the course of which they find that they not only discover new pleasures, but are also obliged to lose and give up some of their former ones.

Let this, however, just be a metaphor for another idea. Every thinker portrays their world and the surrounding things in fewer colors than actually exist, and they’re blind to individual colors. This is more than just a shortcoming. Thanks to this closer look and [pg 311] simplification, they believe they see in things those color harmonies that are very appealing and can greatly enhance nature. Perhaps it was this way that people first learned to enjoy experiencing life, as it was initially shown to them in one or two shades, creating a sense of harmony. They practiced these few shades before they could move on to any others. Even now, some individuals try to overcome a kind of partial color blindness so they can gain a richer ability to see and understand. In doing so, they find that not only do they discover new joys, but they also have to lose and let go of some of their old ones.

427.

The Embellishment of Science.—In the same way that the feeling that “nature is ugly, wild, tedious—we must embellish it (embellir la nature)”—brought about rococo horticulture, so does the view that “science is ugly, difficult, dry, dreary and weary, we must embellish it,” invariably gives rise to something called philosophy. This philosophy sets out to do what all art and poetry endeavour to do, viz., giving amusement above all else; but it wishes to do this, in conformity with its hereditary pride, in a higher and more sublime fashion before an audience of superior intellects. It is no small ambition to create for these intellects a kind of horticulture, the principal charm of which—like that of the usual gardening—is to bring about an optical illusion (by means of temples, perspective, [pg 312] grottos, winding walks, and waterfalls, to speak in similes), exhibiting science in a condensed form and in all kinds of strange and unexpected illuminations, infusing into it as much indecision, irrationality, and dreaminess as will enable us to walk about in it “as in savage nature,” but without trouble and boredom.

The Decoration of Science.—Just like the belief that “Nature is ugly, wild, tedious—we need to enhance it (embellir la nature)” led to rococo gardening, the idea that "Science is unattractive, challenging, boring, dull, and exhausting; we need to make it more appealing." inevitably gives rise to what we call philosophy. This philosophy aims to do what all art and poetry strive for, which is to provide amusement above all else; but it wants to achieve this, in line with its prideful heritage, in a more elevated and profound way for an audience of intelligent thinkers. It’s no small ambition to create for these thinkers a kind of gardening, the main appeal of which—similar to regular gardening—is to create an optical illusion (through temples, perspectives, [pg 312] grottos, winding paths, and waterfalls, to use a metaphor), showcasing science in a condensed form with all sorts of strange and unexpected insights, infusing it with as much ambiguity, irrationality, and dreaminess as possible so we can explore it "like in wild nature," but without the hassle and boredom.

Those who are possessed of this ambition even dream of making religion superfluous—religion, which among men of former times served as the highest kind of entertainment. All this is now running its course, and will one day attain its highest tide. Even now hostile voices are being raised against philosophy, exclaiming: “Return to science, to nature, and the naturalness of science!” and thus an age may begin which may discover the most powerful beauty precisely in the “savage and ugly” domains of science, just as it is only since the time of Rousseau that we have discovered the sense for the beauty of high mountains and deserts.

Those who have this ambition even dream of making religion unnecessary—religion, which in earlier times provided the greatest form of entertainment for people. Everything is currently unfolding, and one day it will reach its peak. Even now, there are critical voices against philosophy, shouting: “Go back to science, to nature, and to the naturalness of science!” This could mark the beginning of an era that finds the most powerful beauty in the "brutal and unattractive" aspects of science, just as it has only been since Rousseau that we've appreciated the beauty of high mountains and deserts.

428.

Two Kinds of Moralists.—To see a law of nature for the first time, and to see it whole (for example, the law of gravity or the reflection of light and sound), and afterwards to explain such a law, are two different things and concern different classes of minds. In the same way, those moralists who observe and exhibit human laws and habits—moralists with discriminating ears, noses, and eyes—differ entirely from those who interpret their observations. These latter must above all be inventive, and [pg 313] must possess an imagination untrammelled by sagacity and knowledge.

Two Types of Moralists.—Experiencing a natural law for the first time and understanding it fully (like the law of gravity or how light and sound reflect) are two distinct things and involve different types of thinkers. Similarly, moralists who observe and reveal human laws and behaviors—those with keen senses—are completely different from those who analyze their observations. The latter group must be especially creative and [pg 313] must have an imagination that isn’t limited by practical wisdom and knowledge.

429.

The new Passion.—Why do we fear and dread a possible return to barbarism? Is it because it would make people less happy than they are now? Certainly not! the barbarians of all ages possessed more happiness than we do: let us not deceive ourselves on this point!—but our impulse towards knowledge is too widely developed to allow us to value happiness without knowledge, or the happiness of a strong and fixed delusion: it is painful to us even to imagine such a state of things! Our restless pursuit of discoveries and divinations has become for us as attractive and indispensable as hapless love to the lover, which on no account would he exchange for indifference,—nay, perhaps we, too, are hapless lovers! Knowledge within us has developed into a passion, which does not shrink from any sacrifice, and at bottom fears nothing but its own extinction. We sincerely believe that all humanity, weighed down as it is by the burden of this passion, are bound to feel more exalted and comforted than formerly, when they had not yet overcome the longing for the coarser satisfaction which accompanies barbarism.

The new Passion.—Why are we afraid of a possible return to barbarism? Is it because it would make people less happy than they are now? Certainly not! Throughout history, barbarians have experienced more happiness than we do now: let's not fool ourselves about this!—but our drive for knowledge has grown so strong that we can't appreciate happiness without understanding, or the happiness that comes from a strong, fixed delusion. It pains us even to think about such a situation! Our restless quest for new discoveries and insights has become as crucial and alluring as unrequited love for a lover, which they'd never trade for indifference—perhaps we, too, are unfulfilled lovers! Knowledge has turned into a passion within us that doesn't shy away from sacrifices and ultimately fears nothing but its own end. We genuinely believe that humanity, weighed down by this passion, must feel more uplifted and comforted than before, when they hadn't yet moved past the desire for the simpler pleasures associated with barbarism.

It may be that mankind may perish eventually from this passion for knowledge!—but even that does not daunt us. Did Christianity ever shrink from a similar thought? Are not love and death brother and sister? Yes, we detest barbarism,—we [pg 314] all prefer that humanity should perish rather than that knowledge should enter into a stage of retrogression. And, finally, if mankind does not perish through some passion it will perish through some weakness: which would we prefer? This is the main question. Do we wish its end to be in fire and light, or in the sands?

It could be that humanity will eventually fade away due to its craving for knowledge!—but that doesn't scare us. Did Christianity ever back away from a similar idea? Aren't love and death like two sides of the same coin? Yes, we hate barbarism—we [pg 314] would all rather see humanity vanish than for knowledge to go backward. And in the end, if humanity doesn't perish because of some passion, it will do so because of some weakness: which would we prefer? That’s the big question. Do we want its ending to be in fire and light, or in the sands?

430.

Likewise Heroic.—To do things of the worst possible odour, things of which we scarcely dare to speak, but which are nevertheless useful and necessary, is also heroic. The Greeks were not ashamed of numbering even the cleansing of a stable among the great tasks of Hercules.

Likewise, heroic.—Doing unpleasant things, things we hardly want to mention, but which are still useful and necessary, is also heroic. The Greeks weren’t embarrassed to include even cleaning a stable among the great feats of Hercules.

431.

The Opinions of Opponents.—In order to measure the natural subtlety or weakness of even the cleverest heads, we must consider the manner in which they take up and reproduce the opinions of their adversaries, for the natural measure of any intellect is thereby revealed. The perfect sage involuntarily idealises his opponent and frees his inconsistencies from all defects and accidentalities: he only takes up arms against him when he has thus turned his opponent into a god with shining weapons.

The Opinions of Opponents.—To gauge the natural finesse or flaws of even the smartest people, we need to look at how they engage with and reflect the views of their opponents, as this reveals the true measure of their intellect. A true sage instinctively elevates his opponent, stripping their inconsistencies of any faults or random issues: he only challenges them after transforming his opponent into a god with shining weapons.

432.

Investigator and Attempter.—There is no exclusive method of knowing in science. We must [pg 315] deal with things tentatively, treating them by turns harshly or justly, passionately or coldly. One investigator deals with things like a policeman, another like a confessor, and yet a third like an inquisitive traveller. We force something from them now by sympathy and now by violence: the one is urged onward and led to see clearly by the veneration which the secrets of the things inspire in him, and the other again by the indiscretion and malice met with in the explanation of these secrets. We investigators, like all conquerors, explorers, navigators, and adventurers, are men of a daring morality, and we must put up with our liability to be in the main looked upon as evil.

Investigator and Attempter.—There isn’t a single way to know in science. We have to [pg 315] handle things tentatively, approaching them sometimes harshly and other times fairly, with passion or detachment. One investigator approaches things like a cop, another like a therapist, and a third like a curious traveler. We extract information from them at times through empathy and at other times through aggression: one is driven forward and comes to see clearly by the respect that the mysteries of the subjects inspire in him, while the other is pushed by the intrusiveness and spite encountered in unraveling these mysteries. We investigators, like all conquerors, explorers, navigators, and adventurers, are people of bold ethics, and we must accept that we will often be seen as wrongdoers.

433.

Seeing with new Eyes.—Presuming that by the term “beauty in art” is always implied the imitation of something that is happy—and this I consider to be true—according as an age or a people or a great autocratic individuality represents happiness: what then is disclosed by the so-called realism of our modern artists in regard to the happiness of our epoch? It is undoubtedly its type of beauty which we now understand most easily and enjoy best of any. As a consequence, we are induced to believe that this happiness which is now peculiar to us is based on realism, on the sharpest possible senses, and on the true conception of the actual—that is to say, not upon reality, but upon what we know of reality. The results of science have already gained so much in depth and extent that the artists of our century have involuntarily [pg 316] become the glorifiers of scientific “blessings” per se.

Seeing with Fresh Eyes.—If we assume that the term “artistic beauty” always refers to the imitation of something joyful—and I believe this is true—then how does the so-called realism of our modern artists reflect the happiness of our time? It is certainly the type of beauty that we grasp most easily and enjoy the most. As a result, we tend to think that this happiness unique to us is rooted in realism, in heightened perception, and in an accurate understanding of the actual—meaning, not in reality, but in our knowledge of reality. The advancements in science have already gained so much depth and scope that the artists of our century have unwittingly [pg 316] become the celebrators of scientific "good vibes" per se.

434.

Intercession.—Unpretentious regions are subjects for great landscape painters; remarkable and rare regions for inferior painters: for the great things of nature and humanity must intercede in favour of their little, mediocre, and vain admirers—whereas the great man intercedes in favour of unassuming things.

Intercession.—Simple places inspire great landscape artists; unique and striking places attract lesser artists. That's because the grand aspects of nature and humanity must advocate for their less impressive, average, and conceited followers—while the truly great artist advocates for the humble things.

435.

Not to perish unnoticed.—It is not only once but continuously that our excellence and greatness are constantly crumbling away; the weeds that grow among everything and cling to everything ruin all that is great in us—the wretchedness of our surroundings, which we always try to overlook and which is before our eyes at every hour of the day, the innumerable little roots of mean and petty feelings which we allow to grow up all about us, in our office, among our companions, or our daily labours. If we permit these small weeds to escape our notice we shall perish through them unnoticed!—And, if you must perish, then do so immediately and suddenly; for in that case you will perhaps leave proud ruins behind you! and not, as is now to be feared, merely molehills, covered with grass and weeds—these petty and miserable conquerors, as humble as ever, and too wretched even to triumph.

Not to fade away unnoticed.—Our excellence and greatness don’t just fade away once; they crumble continuously. The weeds that grow everywhere and cling to everything destroy what’s great in us—the misery of our surroundings that we always try to ignore, right in front of us every hour of the day, and the countless little roots of small-minded feelings that we let thrive around us, in our workplace, among our peers, or in our daily tasks. If we let these tiny weeds go unnoticed, we’ll end up perishing through them without anyone realizing!—And if you must perish, then do it quickly and decisively; in that case, you might leave behind impressive ruins! Instead of what we fear now, which is just molehills covered with grass and weeds—these petty and miserable conquerors, as humble as ever, too pathetic even to celebrate their victory.

[pg 317]

436.

Casuistic.—We are confronted with a very bitter and painful dilemma, for the solution of which not every one's bravery and character are equal: when, as passengers on board a steamer, we discover that the captain and the helmsman are making dangerous mistakes, and that we are their superiors in nautical science—and then we ask ourselves: “What would happen if we organised a mutiny against them, and made them both prisoners? Is it not our duty to do so in view of our superiority? and would not they in their turn be justified in putting us in irons for encouraging disobedience?”

Case-based.—We are facing a very tough and painful dilemma, which not everyone has the courage or character to handle: when, as passengers on a cruise ship, we realize that the captain and the helmsman are making dangerous errors, and we know more about navigation than they do—and then we ask ourselves: "What if we staged a mutiny against them and captured both of them? Isn't it our duty to act on what we know? And wouldn't they be justified in imprisoning us for encouraging disobedience?"

This is a simile for higher and worse situations; and the final question to be decided is, What guarantees our superiority and our faith in ourselves in such a case? Success? but in order to do that we must do the very thing in which all the danger lies—not only dangerous for ourselves, but also for the ship.

This is a comparison for more difficult and challenging situations; and the ultimate question to resolve is, What ensures our superiority and our confidence in ourselves in such a case? Success? But to achieve that, we have to engage in the very action that poses all the risk—not just for ourselves, but also for the ship.

437.

Privileges.—The man who really owns himself, that is to say, he who has finally conquered himself, regards it as his own right to punish, to pardon, or to pity himself: he need not concede this privilege to any one, though he may freely bestow it upon some one else—a friend, for example—but he knows that in doing this he is conferring a right, and that rights can only be conferred by one who is in full possession of power.

Privileges.—The person who truly owns themselves, meaning they have completely mastered their own emotions and decisions, sees it as their own right to punish, forgive, or show compassion to themselves. They don’t have to give this privilege to anyone else, though they might choose to share it with someone like a friend. However, they understand that by doing so, they are granting a right, and that rights can only be granted by someone who has full control over their own power.

[pg 318]

438.

Man and Things.—Why does the man not see the things? He himself is in the way: he conceals the things.

Man and Stuff.—Why doesn’t the guy notice the things? He’s blocking the view: he hides the things.

439.

Characteristics of Happiness.—There are two things common to all sensations of happiness: a profusion of feelings, accompanied by animal spirits, so that, like the fishes, we feel ourselves to be in our element and play about in it. Good Christians will understand what Christian exuberance means.

**Traits of Happiness.**—There are two things that are true for all feelings of happiness: an abundance of emotions, along with vitality, which makes us feel at home in our surroundings, just like fish swimming freely in the water. Good Christians will grasp what it means to have Christian joy.

440.

Never Renounce.—Renouncing the world without knowing it, like a nun, results in a fruitless and perhaps melancholy solitude. This has nothing in common with the solitude of the vita contemplativa of the thinker: when he chooses this form of solitude he wishes to renounce nothing; but he would on the contrary regard it as a renunciation, a melancholy destruction of his own self, if he were obliged to continue in the vita practica. He forgoes this latter because he knows it, because he knows himself. So he jumps into his water, and thus gains his cheerfulness.

Never Give Up.—Giving up the world without realizing it, like a nun, leads to a lonely and potentially sad solitude. This is completely different from the solitude of the contemplative life of a thinker: when he chooses this kind of solitude, he doesn’t want to give up anything; in fact, he would see it as a renunciation, a sorrowful destruction of his own self, if he had to remain in the practical life. He leaves that behind because he understands it, because he knows himself. So he dives into his own experiences and thus finds his happiness.

441.

Why the nearest Things become ever more distant for Us.—The more we give up [pg 319] our minds to all that has been and will be, the paler will become that which actually is. When we live with the dead and participate in their death, what are our “neighbours” to us? We grow lonelier simply because the entire flood of humanity is surging round about us. The fire that burns within us, and glows for all that is human, is continually increasing—and hence we look upon everything that surrounds us as if it had become more indifferent, more shadowy,—but our cold glance is offensive.

Why the closest things feel increasingly distant to us.—The more we focus on everything that has happened and everything that will happen, the more distant the present becomes. When we are surrounded by the dead and share in their loss, what do our “neighbors” mean to us? We become more isolated simply because the entire crowd of humanity is all around us. The passion inside us, which burns for all that is human, keeps growing—so we start seeing everything around us as if it has become more indifferent, more unclear—but our cold gaze is hurtful.

442.

The Rule.“The rule always appears to me to be more interesting than the exception”—whoever thinks thus has made considerable progress in knowledge, and is one of the initiated.

The Rule."The rule always seems more interesting to me than the exception."—anyone who thinks this way has made significant progress in understanding and is part of the enlightened.

443.

On Education.—I have gradually come to see daylight in regard to the most general defect in our methods of education and training: nobody learns, nobody teaches, nobody wishes, to endure solitude.

About Education.—I've slowly started to realize the biggest flaw in our education and training methods: nobody learns, nobody teaches, and nobody wants to deal with solitude.

444.

Surprise at Resistance.—Because we have reached the point of being able to see through a thing we believe that henceforth it can offer us no further resistance—and then we are surprised to find that we can see through it and yet cannot penetrate [pg 320] through it. This is the same kind of foolishness and surprise as that of the fly on a pane of glass.

Surprised by Resistance.—Now that we can see through something, we think it shouldn’t block us anymore—and then we’re surprised to realize that we can see through it, but still can’t get through it. This is just as silly and surprising as a fly on a glass window. [pg 320]

445.

Where the Noblest are Mistaken.—We give some one at length our dearest and most valued possession, and then love has nothing more to give: but the recipient of the gift will certainly not consider it as his dearest possession, and will consequently be wanting in that full and complete gratitude which we expect from him.

Where the Noblest Are Mistaken.—We eventually give someone our most cherished and valuable possession, and then love has nothing more to offer: but the person receiving the gift likely won't view it as their most treasured possession, and as a result, they will lack the deep and complete gratitude we hope for from them.

446.

Hierarchy.—First and foremost, there are the superficial thinkers, and secondly the profound thinkers—such as dive into the depths of a thing,—thirdly, the thorough thinkers, who get to the bottom of a thing—which is of much greater importance than merely diving into its depths,—and, finally, those who leap head foremost into the marsh: though this must not be looked upon as indicating either depth or thoroughness! these are the lovers of obscurity.13

Hierarchy.—First, there are the shallow thinkers, and then the deep thinkers—those who explore the depths of a subject—next are the thorough thinkers, who truly understand a topic, which is much more important than just exploring its depths—and finally, there are those who jump headfirst into the confusion: but this should not be seen as a sign of depth or thoroughness! These are the fans of complexity.13

447.

Master and Pupil.—By cautioning his pupils against himself the teacher shows his humanity.

Teacher and Student.—By warning his students about his own flaws, the teacher demonstrates his humanity.

[pg 321]

448.

Honouring Reality.—How can we look at this exulting multitude without tears and acquiescence? at one time we thought little of the object of their exultation, and we should still think so if we ourselves had not come through a similar experience. And what may these experiences lead us to! what are our opinions! In order that we may not lose ourselves and our reason we must fly from experiences. It was thus that Plato fled from actuality, and wished to contemplate things only in their pale mental concepts: he was full of sensitiveness, and knew how easily the waves of this sensitiveness would drown his reason.—Must the sage therefore say, “I will honour reality, but I will at the same time turn my back to it because I know and dread it?” Ought he to behave as certain African tribes do in the presence of their sovereign, whom they approach backwards, thus showing their reverence at the same time as their dread?

Honoring Reality.—How can we look at this joyful crowd without feeling emotional and accepting of their happiness? At one time, we thought little of what they were celebrating, and we’d still feel that way if we hadn’t gone through something similar ourselves. And what might these experiences lead us to! What are our beliefs! To avoid losing ourselves and our sanity, we must distance ourselves from experiences. This is why Plato turned away from reality, wanting to only think about things in their faint mental images: he was very sensitive and understood how easily this sensitivity could overwhelm his reason.—Must the wise person then say, "I will acknowledge reality, but I will also ignore it because I understand and fear it?" Should he act like certain African tribes do in front of their king, approaching him backward to show both their respect and their fear?

449.

Where are the poor in Spirit?—Oh, how greatly it goes against my grain to impose my own thoughts upon others! How I rejoice over every mood and secret change within me as the result of which the thoughts of others are victorious over my own! but from time to time I enjoy an even greater satisfaction, when I am allowed to give away my intellectual possessions, like the confessor sitting in his box and anxiously awaiting [pg 322] the arrival of some distressed person who stands in need of consolation, and will be only too glad to relate the full misery of his thoughts so that the listener's hand and heart will once again be filled, and the troubled soul eased! Not only has the confessor no desire for renown: he would fain shun gratitude as well, for it is obtrusive, and does not stand in awe of solitude or silence.

Where are those who are poor in spirit?—Oh, how much it goes against my nature to force my thoughts onto others! I celebrate every shift and hidden change within me that leads to the thoughts of others prevailing over my own! But occasionally, I feel an even deeper satisfaction when I can share my knowledge, like a confessor in his booth, eagerly awaiting [pg 322] someone in distress who needs comfort, ready to share the full weight of their troubles so the listener's heart and mind can be filled again, bringing peace to the troubled soul! The confessor seeks no fame and would prefer to avoid gratitude, as it is intrusive and doesn't respect solitude or silence.

But to live without a name, and even to be slightly sneered at; too obscure to arouse envy or enmity; with a head free from fever, a handful of knowledge, and a pocketful of experience; a physician, as it were, of the poor in spirit, helping this one or that one whose head is troubled with opinions, without the latter perceiving who has actually helped him! without any desire to appear to be in the right in the presence of his patient, or to carry off a victory. To speak to him in such a way that, after a short and almost imperceptible hint or objection, the listener may find out for himself what is right and proudly walk away! To be like an obscure and unknown inn which turns no one away who is in need, but which is afterwards forgotten and laughed at! To be without any advantages over others—neither possessing better food nor purer air, nor a more cheerful mind—but always to be giving away, returning, communicating, and becoming poorer! To know how to be humble in order to be accessible to many people and humiliating to none! To take a great deal of injustice on his shoulders and creep through the cracks and crannies of all kinds of errors, in order that we may reach many obscure souls on their secret paths! [pg 323] ever in possession of some kind of love, and some kind of egoism and self-enjoyment! in possession of power, and yet at the same time hidden and resigned! constantly basking in the sunshine and sweetness of grace, and yet knowing that quite near to us stands the ladder leading to the sublime!—that would be life! that would indeed be a reason for a long life!

But to live without a name, and even to be slightly mocked; too unknown to stir up envy or resentment; with a clear mind, a bit of knowledge, and a pocketful of experience; a healer, in a way, of the troubled in spirit, assisting this person or that one whose mind is weighed down with opinions, without them realizing who has actually helped them! without any need to seem right in front of the person seeking help, or to claim a win. To speak to them so that, after a brief and almost unnoticed hint or objection, the listener can discover for themselves what is true and walk away feeling proud! To be like a humble and unnoticed inn that doesn’t turn away anyone in need, but is later forgotten and ridiculed! To have no advantages over others—neither better food nor cleaner air, nor a brighter outlook—but always giving, sharing, and becoming poorer! To know how to be humble so that many people can approach without feeling ashamed! To shoulder a lot of injustice and navigate through the cracks and gaps of all kinds of mistakes, so we can reach many obscure souls on their hidden journeys! [pg 323] always holding onto some kind of love, and some degree of selfishness and self-pleasure! in possession of power, yet at the same time hidden and compliant! always soaking in the warmth and sweetness of grace, and yet knowing that close to us stands the ladder leading to something greater!—that would be life! that would truly be a reason for a long life!

450.

The Temptations of Knowledge.—A glance through the gate of science acts upon passionate spirits as the charm of charms: they will probably become dreamers, or in the most favourable cases poets, so great is their desire for the happiness of the man who can discern. Does it not enter into all your senses, this note of sweet temptation by which science has announced its joyful message in a thousand ways, and in the thousand and first way, the noblest of all, “Begone, illusion! for then ‘Woe is me’ also vanished, and with it woe itself is gone” (Marcus Aurelius).

The Temptations of Knowledge.—A look into the realm of science acts on passionate souls like the ultimate spell: they may turn into dreamers, or in the best cases, poets, so strong is their yearning for the happiness of those who can see clearly. Doesn’t this sweet allure of knowledge resonate with all your senses, as science shares its joyful message in countless ways, and in the most profound way of all, “Go away, illusion! Because then ‘Woe is me’ also disappeared, and with it, sorrow itself is gone.” (Marcus Aurelius).

451.

For whom a Court Jester is needful.—Those who are very beautiful, very good, and very powerful scarcely ever learn the full and naked truth about anything,—for in their presence we involuntarily lie a little, because we feel their influence, and in view of this influence convey a truth in the form of an adaptation (by falsifying the shades and [pg 324] degrees of facts, by omitting or adding details, and withholding that which is insusceptible of adaptation). If, however, in spite of all this, people of this description insist upon hearing the truth, they must keep a court jester—a being with the madman's privilege of being unable to adapt himself.

The Importance of a Court Jester.—People who are extremely beautiful, very kind, and incredibly powerful rarely learn the complete and unvarnished truth about anything—because in their presence, we unintentionally hold back a bit, influenced by their presence. We express truths in a way that adjusts the details (by altering the nuances and [pg 324] degrees of facts, by leaving out or adding details, and by keeping back what cannot be changed). If, however, people like this demand to hear the truth, they must have a court jester—a person granted the freedom of not needing to conform.

452.

Impatience.—There is a certain degree of impatience in men of thought and action, which in cases of failure at once drives them to the opposite camp, induces them to take a great interest in it, and to give themselves up to new undertakings—until here again the slowness of their success drives them away. Thus they rove about, like so many reckless adventurers, through the practices of many kingdoms and natures; and in the end, as the result of their wide knowledge of men and things, acquired by their unheard of travel and practice, and with a certain moderation of their craving, they become powerful practical men. Hence a defect in character may become the school of genius.

Impatience.—There’s a kind of impatience in thoughtful and active people that, when they face failure, quickly pushes them to switch sides. They become deeply interested in new ideas and dive into fresh projects—until, once again, the slow progress makes them leave. They wander around like bold adventurers, exploring the ways of different nations and cultures; eventually, their vast experiences with people and situations, gained through extraordinary travels and endeavors, along with a bit of moderation in their desires, turn them into capable, practical individuals. Therefore, a flaw in one's character can become a seed for genius.

453.

A Moral Interregnum.—Who is now in a position to describe that which will one day supplant moral feelings and judgments!—however certain we may be that these are founded on error, and that the building erected upon such foundations cannot be repaired: their obligation must gradually diminish from day to day, in so far as the obligation of reason [pg 325] does not diminish! To carry out the task of re-establishing the laws of life and action is still beyond the power of our sciences of physiology and medicine, society and solitude: though it is only from them that we can borrow the foundation-stones of new ideals (but not the ideals themselves). Thus we live a preliminary or after existence, according to our tastes and talents, and the best we can do in this interregnum is to be as much as possible our own reges,” and to establish small experimental states. We are experiments: if we want to be so!

A Moral Gap.—Who can really describe what will eventually replace our moral feelings and judgments?—no matter how sure we are that these are based on misconceptions, and that a structure built on such shaky foundations can’t be fixed: their authority will slowly fade away as the authority of reason [pg 325] remains intact! The task of redefining the laws of life and action is still beyond the reach of our sciences of physiology and medicine, society and solitude: though they are the only sources from which we can gather the building blocks of new ideals (but not the ideals themselves). So, we exist in a transitional or lingering state, according to our preferences and abilities, and the best we can do in this limbo is to be as much as possible our own kings,” and to create small experimental communities. We are experiments: if we choose to be!

454.

A Digression.—A book like this is not intended to be read through at once, or to be read aloud. It is intended more particularly for reference, especially on our walks and travels: we must take it up and put it down again after a short reading, and, more especially, we ought not to be amongst our usual surroundings.

A Side Note.—A book like this isn’t meant to be read in one sitting or aloud. It’s more for reference, particularly during our walks and travels: we should pick it up and put it down after a brief reading, and especially, we shouldn't be in our regular environment.

455.

The Primary Nature.—As we are now brought up, we begin by acquiring a secondary nature, and we possess it when the world calls us mature, of age, efficient. A few have sufficient of the serpent about them to cast this skin some day, when their primary nature has come to maturity under it. But in the majority of people the germ of it withers away.

The Main Nature.—As we grow up, we start by developing a secondary nature, which we have when the world considers us mature, of age, and capable. Some individuals have enough of their true self left in them to shed this outer layer one day, when their primary nature has matured beneath it. However, for most people, the seed of this true self fades away.

[pg 326]

456.

A Virtue in Process of Becoming.—Such assertions and promises as those of the ancient philosophers on the unity of virtue and felicity, or that of Christianity, “Seek ye first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things shall be added unto you,” have never been made with absolute sincerity, but always without a bad conscience nevertheless. People were in the habit of boldly laying down principles—which they wished to be true—exactly as if they were truth itself, in spite of all appearances to the contrary, and in doing this they felt neither religious nor moral compunction; for it was in honorem maiorem of virtue or of God that one had gone beyond truth, without, however, any selfish intention!

A Virtue in the Making.—Claims and promises like those made by ancient philosophers about the connection between virtue and happiness, or the Christian idea, “First, focus on the Kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be given to you.” have never been completely sincere, but they were made without a guilty conscience nonetheless. People often confidently stated principles that they wanted to be true as if they were undeniable facts, regardless of evidence to the contrary, and in doing so, they didn’t feel any religious or moral guilt; because it was done in honor of the greater of virtue or God that led them to go beyond the truth, without any selfish motives!

Many good people still act up to this degree of truthfulness: when they feel unselfish they think it permissible to treat truth more lightly. Let it be remembered that the word honesty is neither to be found among the Socratic nor the Christian virtues: it is one of our most recent virtues, not yet quite mature, frequently misconstrued and misunderstood, scarcely conscious of itself—something in embryo, which we may either promote or check according to our inclination.

Many good people still live by this level of truthfulness: when they feel altruistic, they think it’s okay to treat truth more casually. It's important to remember that the word honesty isn’t found among the Socratic or Christian virtues; it’s one of our newer virtues, not fully developed yet, often misinterpreted and misunderstood, hardly aware of itself—something still in the early stages, which we can either encourage or hinder based on our preferences.

457.

Final Taciturnity.—There are some men who fare like the digger after hidden treasures: they quite accidentally discover the carefully-preserved [pg 327] secrets of another's soul, and as a result come into the possession of knowledge which it is often a heavy burden to bear. In certain circumstances we may know the living and the dead, and sound their inmost thoughts to such an extent that it becomes painful to us to speak to others about them: at every word we utter we are afraid of being indiscreet.—I can easily imagine a sudden silence on the part of the wisest historian.

Final Silence.—Some people are like treasure hunters who stumble upon the well-kept [pg 327] secrets of someone else's soul, and this often brings them knowledge that feels heavy to carry. In certain situations, we may understand both the living and the dead deeply enough that it becomes uncomfortable to talk about them with others: with every word we speak, we worry about overstepping. —I can easily picture even the wisest historian suddenly falling silent.

458.

The Great Prize.—There is a very rare thing, but a very delightful one, viz. the man with a nobly-formed intellect who possesses at the same time the character and inclinations, and even meets with the experiences, suited to such an intellect.

The Great Prize.—This is a truly rare and wonderful thing: a person with a well-shaped mind who also has the character and tendencies, and even encounters the experiences, that match such a mind.

459.

The Magnanimity of the Thinker.—Both Rousseau and Schopenhauer were proud enough to inscribe upon their lives the motto, Vitam impendere vero. And how they both must have suffered in their pride because they could not succeed in verum impendere vitæ!verum, such as each of them understood it,—when their lives ran side by side with their knowledge like an uncouth bass which is not in tune with the melody.

The Generosity of the Thinker.—Both Rousseau and Schopenhauer were proud enough to live by the motto, Devote life to the truth. And how they both must have suffered in their pride because they could not achieve the truth endangers life!truth, as each of them understood it,—when their lives ran parallel to their knowledge like a clumsy bass that is out of tune with the melody.

Knowledge, however, would be in a bad way if it were measured out to every thinker only in proportion as it can be adapted to his own person. And thinkers would be in a bad way if their vanity [pg 328] were so great that they could only endure such an adaptation, for the noblest virtue of a great thinker is his magnanimity, which urges him on in his search for knowledge to sacrifice himself and his life unshrinkingly, often shamefacedly, and often with sublime scorn, and smiling.

Knowledge would be in a tough spot if it were only given to thinkers in a way that suits them personally. And thinkers would be struggling if their egos were so inflated that they could only tolerate such a tailored approach, because the greatest quality of a true thinker is their generosity, which drives them to pursue knowledge by selflessly sacrificing themselves and their lives, often feeling embarrassed, and at times with a sense of noble disdain, while also smiling.

460.

Utilising our Hours of Danger.—Those men and conditions whose every movement may mean danger to our possessions, honour, and life or death, and to those most dear to us, we shall naturally learn to know thoroughly. Tiberius, for instance, must have meditated much more deeply on the character and methods of government of the Emperor Augustus, and must have known far more about them than even the wisest historian.

Using our Hours of Risk.—We will naturally become very familiar with those people and situations where every action could pose a threat to our possessions, honor, and life or death, as well as to those we hold most dear. For example, Tiberius must have thought deeply about the character and governing methods of Emperor Augustus and must have understood them far better than even the most knowledgeable historian.

At the present day we all live, relatively speaking, in a security which is much too great to make us true psychologists: some survey their fellow-men as a hobby, others out of ennui, and others again merely from habit; but never to the extent they would do if they were told “Discern or perish!” As long as truths do not cut us to the quick we assume an attitude of contempt towards them: they still appear to us too much like the “winged dreams,” as if we could or could not have them at our discretion, as if we could likewise be aroused from these truths as from a dream!

Nowadays, we all live in a level of security that's way too comfortable to make us real psychologists: some observe others as a hobby, some out of boredom, and some simply out of habit; but never to the point they would if they were told "Choose wisely or face consequences!" As long as truths don't hit us hard, we treat them with disdain: they still seem too much like the “dreams with wings,” as if we could take them or leave them at will, as if we could also wake up from these truths like we could from a dream!

461.

Hic Rhodus, Hic Salta.—Our music, which can and must change into everything, because [pg 329] like the demon of the sea, it has no character of its own: this music in former times devoted its attention to the Christian savant, and transposed his ideals into sounds: why cannot it likewise find those brighter, more cheerful, and universal sounds which correspond to the ideal thinker?—a music which could rock itself at ease in the vast floating vaults of the soul? So far our music has been so great and so good; nothing seemed impossible to its powers. May it therefore prove possible to create these three sensations at one time: sublimity, deep and warm light, and rapture of the greatest possible consistency!

Here is Rhodes, now jump.—Our music, which can and must transform into anything, because [pg 329] like the sea's demon, lacks its own distinct character: in the past, this music focused on the Christian scholar and translated his ideals into sound: why can't it also discover those brighter, more joyful, and universal sounds that align with the ideal thinker?—music that could comfortably rock itself in the vast, floating chambers of the soul? Up to now, our music has been incredible and uplifting; nothing seemed beyond its capabilities. So may it be possible to create these three sensations simultaneously: elevated beauty, deep and warm light, and the greatest possible joy!

462.

Slow Cures.—Chronic illnesses of the soul, like those of the body, are very rarely due to one gross offence against physical and mental reason, but as a general rule they arise from innumerable and petty negligences of a minor order.—A man, for example, whose breathing becomes a trifle weaker every day, and whose lungs, by inhaling too little air, are deprived of their proper amount of exercise, will end by being struck down by some chronic disease of the lungs. The only remedy for cases like these is a countless number of minor exercises of a contrary tendency—making it a rule, for example, to take a long and deep breath every quarter of an hour, lying flat on the ground if possible. For this purpose a clock which strikes the quarters should be chosen as a lifelong companion.

Slow Cures.—Chronic illnesses of the soul, like those of the body, rarely stem from one major offense against physical and mental well-being. Instead, they usually come from countless small neglects. For instance, a person whose breathing becomes a bit weaker each day, and whose lungs are not getting enough air and exercise, will eventually be hit by a chronic lung disease. The only solution for situations like this is to engage in numerous minor activities that counteract the problem—like making it a habit to take a long, deep breath every fifteen minutes, lying flat on the ground if possible. For this, a clock that chimes every quarter hour should be chosen as a lifelong companion.

All these remedies are slow and trifling; but [pg 330] yet the man who wishes to cure his soul will carefully consider a change, even in his least important habits. Many a man will utter a cold and angry word to his surroundings ten times a day without thinking about it, and he will forget that after a few years it will have become a regular habit with him to put his surroundings out of temper ten times a day. But he can also acquire the habit of doing good to them ten times.

All these remedies take time and seem insignificant; but [pg 330] still, a person who wants to improve their soul will carefully consider changing even their least significant habits. Many people will say something cold and angry to those around them ten times a day without even realizing it, and they will forget that, after a few years, it will have become a regular habit to upset those around them ten times a day. But they can also develop the habit of doing something good for them ten times.

463.

On the Seventh Day.“You praise this as my creation? but I have only put aside what was a burden to me! my soul is above the vanity of creators.—You praise this as my resignation? but I have only stripped myself of what had become burdensome! My soul is above the vanity of the resigned ones!”

On the 7th Day."You think this is my creation? I've just let go of what was holding me back! My spirit is beyond the emptiness that creators feel. You think this is my resignation? I've just taken off what had become too burdensome! My spirit is beyond the emptiness of those who resign!"

464.

The Donor's Modesty.—There is such a want of generosity in always posing as the donor and benefactor, and showing one's face when doing so! But to give and bestow, and at the same time to conceal one's name and favour! or not to have a name at all, like nature, in whom this fact is more refreshing to us than anything else—here at last we no more meet with the giver and bestower, no more with a “gracious countenance.”—It is true that you have now forfeited even this comfort, for you have placed a God in this nature—and now everything is once again fettered and oppressed! Well? are we never to have the right of [pg 331] remaining alone with ourselves? are we always to be watched, guarded, surrounded by leading strings and gifts? If there is always some one round about us, the best part of courage and kindness will ever remain impossible of attainment in this world. Are we not tempted to fly to hell before this continual obtrusiveness of heaven, this inevitable supernatural neighbour? Never mind, it was only a dream; let us wake up!

The Donor's Modesty.—There’s a lack of generosity in always acting like the donor and benefactor, and showing your face while doing it! But to give and share, while keeping your name and favor hidden! Or to not even have a name at all, like nature, which refreshes us more than anything else—here, at last, we no longer encounter the giver or bestower, no longer a "kind expression."—It’s true that you’ve now lost even this comfort, for you’ve placed a God in this nature—and now everything is once again constrained and oppressed! So? Are we never allowed the right to [pg 331] be alone with ourselves? Are we always going to be watched, guarded, surrounded by strings and gifts? If there’s always someone around us, the best parts of courage and kindness will always be out of reach in this world. Are we not tempted to escape to hell before this constant intrusion of heaven, this unavoidable supernatural neighbor? Never mind, it was just a dream; let’s wake up!

465.

At a Meeting.

At a Meeting.

A. What are you looking at? you have been standing here for a very long time.

A. What are you staring at? You've been standing here for a really long time.

B. Always the new and the old over again! the helplessness of a thing urges me on to plunge into it so deeply that I end by penetrating to its deepest depths, and perceive that in reality it is not worth so very much. At the end of all experiences of this kind we meet with a kind of sorrow and stupor. I experience this on a small scale several times a day.

B. It's always the same mix of the new and the old! The helplessness of a situation drives me to dive in so deeply that I eventually realize its true depths, and I see that it isn't really worth that much. After all these experiences, I find a sort of sadness and numbness. I feel this on a small scale several times a day.

466.

A Loss of Renown.—What an advantage it is to be able to speak as a stranger to mankind! When they take away our anonymity, and make us famous, the gods deprive us of “half our virtue.”

A Loss of Fame.—What a benefit it is to be able to talk to people without them knowing who we are! When our anonymity is taken away and we become famous, the gods rob us of “half our goodness.”

467.

Doubly Patient.“By doing this you will hurt many people.”—I know that, and I also know [pg 332] that I shall have to suffer for it doubly: in the first place out of pity for their suffering, and secondly from the revenge they will take on me. But in spite of this I cannot help doing what I do.

Extra Patient.“If you do this, you’ll hurt many people.”—I know that, and I also know [pg 332] that I’ll have to suffer for it twice: first, because I feel bad for their pain, and second, because of the revenge they'll take on me. But even so, I can’t help but do what I do.

468.

The Kingdom of Beauty is Greater.—We move about in nature, cunning and cheerful, in order that we may surprise everything in the beauty peculiar to it; we make an effort, whether in sunshine or under a stormy sky, to see a distant part of the coast with its rocks, bays, and olive and pine trees under an aspect in which it achieves its perfection and consummation. Thus also we should walk about among men as their discoverers and explorers, meting out to them good and evil in order that we may unveil the peculiar beauty which is seen with some in the sunshine, in others under thunder-clouds, or with others again only in twilight and under a rainy sky.

The Kingdom of Beauty is Greater.—We wander through nature, smart and joyful, to catch everything in its unique beauty; we strive, whether in sunlight or during a storm, to view a distant part of the coast with its rocks, bays, and olive and pine trees in the light that reveals its fullness and glory. Similarly, we should interact with people as their discoverers and explorers, offering them both good and bad so we can uncover the unique beauty that some reveal in the sunlight, others show under stormy skies, and still others only display in twilight and rain.

Are we then forbidden to enjoy the evil man like some savage landscape which possesses its own bold and daring lines and luminous effects, while this same man, so long as he behaves well, and in conformity with the law, appears to us to be an error of drawing, and a mere caricature which offends us like a defect in nature?—Yes, this is forbidden: for as yet we have only been permitted to seek beauty in anything that is morally good,—and this is sufficient to explain why we have found so little and have been compelled to look for beauty without either flesh or bones!—in the same way as [pg 333] evil men are familiar with innumerable kinds of happiness which the virtuous never dream of, we may also find among them innumerable types of beauty, many of them as yet undiscovered.

Are we then not allowed to appreciate the evil person like a wild landscape that has its own striking, bold lines and bright effects, while this same person, as long as they act correctly and follow the law, seems to us to be a mistake in drawing, a mere caricature that offends us like a flaw in nature?—Yes, this is not allowed: because we have only been allowed to search for beauty in things that are morally good,—and this explains why we have found so little and have had to seek beauty without any substance!—just as [pg 333] evil people are familiar with countless forms of happiness that the virtuous never imagine, we may also discover among them countless types of beauty, many of which are yet to be uncovered.

469.

The Inhumanity of the Sage.—The heavy and grinding progress of the sage, who in the words of the Buddhist song, “Wanders lonely like the rhinoceros,” now and again stands in need of proofs of a conciliatory and softened humanity, and not only proofs of those accelerated steps, those polite and sociable witticisms; not only of humour and a certain self-mockery, but likewise of contradictions and occasional returns to the predominating inconsistencies. In order that he may not resemble the heavy roller that rolls along like fate, the sage who wishes to teach must take advantage of his defects, and utilise them for his own adornment; and when saying “despise me” he will implore permission to be the advocate of a presumptuous truth.

The Inhumanity of the Sage.—The slow and laborious journey of the sage, who, in the words of the Buddhist song, “Wanders alone like the rhino,” occasionally needs reminders of a compassionate and gentle humanity, not just signs of swift actions, polite humor, and witty banter; not just joking and a bit of self-deprecation, but also of contradictions and the occasional lapses into prevailing inconsistencies. To avoid being like the heavy roller that moves along like fate, the sage who wants to teach must embrace his flaws and use them to enhance his wisdom; and when he says “hate me” he will be pleading for the chance to advocate for an arrogant truth.

This sage wishes to lead you to the mountains, and he will perhaps endanger your life: therefore as the price of his enjoyment he willingly authorises you to take your revenge either before or afterwards on such a guide. Do you remember what thoughts came into your head when he once led you to a gloomy cavern over a slippery path? Your distrustful heart beat rapidly, and said inwardly, “This guide might surely do something better than crawl about here! he is one of those idle [pg 334] people who are full of curiosity—is it not doing him too much honour to appear to attach any value at all to him by following him?”

This wise person wants to take you to the mountains, and he might put your life at risk: so as payment for his enjoyment, he allows you to get your revenge on him either before or after the journey. Do you remember what ran through your mind when he once took you to a dark cave along a slippery path? Your wary heart raced and thought to itself, "This guide could definitely be doing something better than wandering around here! He’s one of those lazy [pg 334] people who are all about curiosity—am I giving him too much credit by even bothering to follow him?"

470.

Many at the Banquet.—How happy we are when we are fed like the birds by the hand of some one who throws them their crumbs without examining them too closely, or inquiring into their worthiness! To live like a bird which comes and flies away, and does not carry its name on its beak! I take great pleasure in satisfying my appetite at the banquet of the many.

Many at the event.—How happy we are when someone feeds us like birds, tossing us crumbs without judging us or questioning our worth! To live like a bird that comes and goes without a name on its beak! I find great joy in satisfying my hunger at the banquet of the many.

471.

Another type of Love for one's Neighbour.—Everything that is agitated, noisy, fitful, and nervous forms a contrast to the great passion which, glowing in the heart of man like a quiet and gloomy flame, and gathering about it all that is flaming and ardent, gives to man the appearance of coldness and indifference, and stamps a certain impassiveness on his features. Such men are occasionally capable of showing their love for their neighbour, but this love is different from that of sociable people who are anxious to please. It is a mild, contemplative, and calm amiability: these people, as it were, look out of the windows of the castle which serves them as a stronghold, and consequently as a prison; for the outlook into the far distance, the open air, and a different world is so pleasant for them!

Another kind of love for your neighbor.—Everything that is chaotic, loud, restless, and anxious stands in sharp contrast to the deep passion that quietly burns in a person's heart like a subdued flame. This passion draws in all that is bright and intense, giving off an impression of coldness and detachment, leaving a certain unflappable expression on their face. Such people can sometimes express their love for others, but it's not the same as the affection shown by more social individuals who seek to make others happy. Instead, it’s a gentle, reflective, and steady kind of kindness: these individuals, in a way, peer out from the windows of their fortress, which also feels like a prison; the view of the vast horizon, the fresh air, and a different world is incredibly soothing for them!

[pg 335]

472.

Not Justifying Oneself.

Not Justifying Yourself.

A. But why are you not willing to justify yourself?

A. But why aren't you willing to explain yourself?

B. I could do it in this instance, as in dozens of others; but I despise the pleasure which lies in justification, for all that matters little to me, and I would rather bear a stained reputation than give those petty folks the spiteful pleasure of saying, “He takes these things very seriously.” This is not true. Perhaps I ought to have more consideration for myself, and look upon it as a duty to rectify erroneous opinions about myself—I am too indifferent and too indolent regarding myself, and consequently also regarding everything that is brought about through my agency.

B. I could handle it this time, just like I have in countless other situations; but I really don't care for the satisfaction that comes from justifying myself, since that doesn’t mean much to me. I’d rather deal with a bad reputation than give those small-minded people the nasty thrill of saying, “He takes these matters very seriously.” That’s not true. Maybe I should be more considerate of myself and feel it’s my responsibility to correct the misconceptions about me—I’m too indifferent and too lazy when it comes to myself, and as a result, I’m also indifferent about everything that happens because of my actions.

473.

Where to Build one's House.—If you feel great and productive in solitude, society will belittle and isolate you, and vice versa. A powerful mildness such as that of a father:—wherever this feeling takes possession of you, there build your house, whether in the midst of the multitude, or on some silent spot. Ubi pater sum, ibi patria.14

Where to Build Your Home.—If you feel energized and creative alone, society will belittle and alienate you, and vice versa. A gentle strength like that of a father:—wherever this feeling takes hold of you, there build your home, whether among the crowd, or in a quiet place. Where my father is, there is my home.14

474.

The only Means.“Dialectic is the only means of reaching the divine essence, and penetrating [pg 336] behind the veil of appearance.” This declaration of Plato in regard to dialectic is as solemn and passionate as that of Schopenhauer in regard to the contrary of dialectic—and both are wrong. For that to which they wish to point out the way to us does not exist.—And so far have not all the great passions of mankind been passions for something non-existent?—and all their ceremonies—ceremonies for something non-existent also?

The only way."Dialectic is the only path to understand the divine essence and see beyond the surface." This statement from Plato about dialectic is as serious and intense as Schopenhauer's take on its opposite—and both are mistaken. The thing they are trying to point us towards doesn’t actually exist. —Haven't all the major passions of humanity been for something that isn’t real? —And are all their rituals also for something that doesn’t exist?

475.

Becoming Heavy.—You know him not; whatever weights he may attach to himself he will nevertheless be able to raise them all with him. But you, judging from the weak flapping of your own wings, come to the conclusion that he wishes to remain below, merely because he does burden himself with those weights.

Getting Heavy.—You don't know him; no matter how many weights he takes on, he can still lift them all with him. But you, based on the feeble fluttering of your own wings, think he wants to stay down just because he carries those weights.

476.

At the Harvest Thanksgiving of the Intellect.—There is a daily increase and accumulation of experiences, events, opinions upon these experiences and events, and dreams upon these opinions—a boundless and delightful display of wealth! its aspect dazzles the eyes: I can no longer understand how the poor in spirit can be called blessed! Occasionally, however, I envy them when I am tired: for the superintendence of such vast wealth is no easy task, and its weight frequently crushes all happiness.—Alas, if only the [pg 337] mere sight of it were sufficient! If only we could be misers of our knowledge!

At the Harvest Thanksgiving of the Intellect.—Every day, we gather more experiences, events, and opinions about these experiences and events, along with dreams based on these opinions—it's an endless and wonderful display of wealth! Its brilliance dazzles the eyes: I can’t fathom how the spiritually poor can be considered blessed! Yet sometimes I find myself envying them when I'm worn out: managing such immense wealth isn’t easy, and its burden often stifles all joy.—Oh, if only the mere sight of it were enough! If only we could hoard our knowledge!

477.

Freed from Scepticism.

Freed from Doubt.

A. Some men emerge from a general moral scepticism bad-tempered and feeble, corroded, worm-eaten, and even partly consumed—but I on the other hand, more courageous and healthier than ever, and with my instincts conquered once more. Where a strong wind blows, where the waves are rolling angrily, and where more than usual danger is to be faced, there I feel happy. I did not become a worm, although I often had to work and dig like a worm.

A. Some men come out of a general moral doubt feeling bitter and weak, worn down and even partly defeated—but I, on the other hand, feel braver and healthier than ever, having overcome my instincts once more. When the strong winds blow, when the waves crash violently, and when there's more danger than usual, that’s where I find happiness. I didn’t turn into a worm, even though I often had to toil and dig like one.

B. You have just ceased to be a sceptic; for you deny!

B. You have just stopped being a skeptic; because you refuse to accept!

A. And in doing so I have learnt to say yea again.

A. And by doing this, I've learned to say yes again.

478.

Let us pass by.—Spare him! Leave him in his solitude! Do you wish to crush him down entirely? He became cracked like a glass into which some hot liquid was poured suddenly—and he was such a precious glass!

Let's move on.—Please, don’t. Just leave him alone in his solitude! Do you really want to break him completely? He’s like a glass that got shattered when hot liquid was suddenly poured into it—and he was such a beautiful glass!

479.

Love and Truthfulness.—Through our love we have become dire offenders against truth, and even habitual dissimulators and thieves, who give [pg 338] out more things as true than seem to us to be true. On this account the thinker must from time to time drive away those whom he loves (not necessarily those who love him), so that they may show their sting and wickedness, and cease to tempt him. Consequently the kindness of the thinker will have its waning and waxing moon.

Love and honesty.—Through our love, we have become serious offenders against truth and have even turned into habitual deceivers and thieves, who claim [pg 338] more things as true than we actually believe to be true. For this reason, the thinker must occasionally distance themselves from those they love (not necessarily those who love them), so that these individuals can reveal their sting and malice, and stop tempting them. As a result, the kindness of the thinker will experience its ups and downs.

480.

Inevitable.—No matter what your experience may be, any one who does not feel well disposed towards you will find in this experience some pretext for disparaging you! You may undergo the greatest possible revolutions of mind and knowledge, and at length, with the melancholy smile of the convalescent, you may be able to step out into freedom and bright stillness, and yet some one will say: “This fellow looks upon his illness as an argument, and takes his impotence to be a proof of the impotence of all others—he is vain enough to fall ill that he may feel the superiority of the sufferer.” And again, if somebody were to break the chains that bound him down, and wounded himself severely in doing so, some one else would point at him mockingly and cry: “How awkward he is! there is a man who had got accustomed to his chains, and yet he is fool enough to burst them asunder!”

Inevitable.—No matter what your experience is, anyone who doesn't have a good opinion of you will find some reason to criticize you! You could go through major changes in thought and understanding, and eventually, with the sad smile of someone recovering, you might step out into freedom and calmness, but someone will still say: “This guy believes his illness proves a point, and he sees his weakness as proof that everyone else is weak too—he's arrogant enough to get sick just to feel better than those who are actually suffering.” And if someone manages to break the chains holding him down and hurts himself in the process, another person will mockingly point and say: “What a clumsy guy! Here’s someone who got used to his chains, yet he’s foolish enough to break them!”

481.

Two Germans.—If we compare Kant and Schopenhauer with Plato, Spinoza, Pascal, Rousseau, and Goethe, with reference to their souls [pg 339] and not their intellects, we shall see that the two first-named thinkers are at a disadvantage: their thoughts do not constitute a passionate history of their souls—we are not led to expect in them romance, crises, catastrophies, or death struggles. Their thinking is not at the same time the involuntary biography of a soul, but in the case of Kant merely of a head; and in the case of Schopenhauer again merely the description and reflection of a character (“the invariable”) and the pleasure which this reflection causes, that is to say, the pleasure of meeting with an intellect of the first order.

Two Germans.—If we compare Kant and Schopenhauer with Plato, Spinoza, Pascal, Rousseau, and Goethe, focusing on their souls [pg 339] rather than their intellects, we will see that the first two thinkers are at a disadvantage: their ideas don’t tell a passionate story of their souls—we don’t expect romance, crises, disasters, or struggles to the death from them. Their thinking isn’t also the involuntary biography of a soul; in Kant's case, it’s just a matter of intellect; and in Schopenhauer’s case, it’s merely the description and reflection of a character (“the invariable”) and the enjoyment that comes from this reflection, which is the enjoyment of encountering a top-tier intellect.

Kant, when he shimmers through his thoughts, appears to us as an honest and honourable man in the best sense of the words, but likewise as an insignificant one: he is wanting in breadth and power; he had not come through many experiences, and his method of working did not allow him sufficient time to undergo experiences. Of course, in speaking of experiences, I do not refer to the ordinary external events of life, but to those fatalities and convulsions which occur in the course of the most solitary and quiet life which has some leisure and glows with the passion for thinking. Schopenhauer has at all events one advantage over him; for he at least was distinguished by a certain fierce ugliness of disposition, which showed itself in hatred, desire, vanity, and suspicion: he was of a rather more ferocious disposition, and had both time and leisure to indulge this ferocity. But he lacked “development,” which was also wanting in his range of thought: he had no “history.”

Kant, when he reflects on his thoughts, comes across as an honest and honorable man in the best sense of the terms, but also as someone rather insignificant: he lacks depth and strength; he hasn't gone through many experiences, and his way of working didn't give him enough time to gain those experiences. Of course, when I talk about experiences, I'm not referring to the typical external events of life, but to those challenges and upheavals that can happen in the most solitary and quiet life that has some leisure and is filled with a passion for thinking. Schopenhauer definitely has one advantage over him; he was marked by a certain fierce ugliness of character, which showed itself in hatred, desire, vanity, and suspicion: he had a much more aggressive temperament and had both time and space to indulge that aggression. However, he lacked “development” which was also missing in the scope of his thinking: he had no “history.”

[pg 340]

482.

Seeking one's Company.—Are we then looking for too much when we seek the company of men who have grown mild, agreeable to the taste, and nutritive, like chestnuts which have been put into the fire and taken out just at the right moment? Of men who expect little from life, and prefer to accept this little as a present rather than as a merit of their own, as if it were carried to them by birds and bees? Of men who are too proud ever to feel themselves rewarded, and too serious in their passion for knowledge and honesty to have time for or pleasure in fame? Such men we should call philosophers; but they themselves will always find some more modest designation.

Looking for someone's Company.—Are we asking for too much when we seek the company of people who are gentle, pleasant, and nourishing, like chestnuts that have been roasted to perfection? People who expect little from life and prefer to see that little as a gift rather than something they’ve earned, as if it were delivered by birds and bees? People who are too proud to ever feel rewarded, and too serious in their pursuit of knowledge and honesty to bother with or enjoy fame? We should call such people philosophers, but they will always choose a simpler label for themselves.

483.

Satiated with Mankind.

Fed up with Humanity.

A. Seek for knowledge! Yes! but always as a man! What? must I always be a spectator of the same comedy, and always play a part in the same comedy, without ever being able to observe things with other eyes than those? and yet there may be countless types of beings whose organs are better adapted for knowledge than ours! At the end of all their searching for knowledge what will men at length come to know? Their organs! which perhaps is as much as to say: the impossibility of knowledge! misery and disgust!

A. Pursue knowledge! Yes! but always as a human! What? Must I always be a spectator of the same play, and always be stuck in the same role, unable to see things from any other perspective? And yet, there could be countless types of beings whose abilities are better suited for understanding than ours! After all their quest for knowledge, what will humans ultimately discover? Their abilities! Which could mean: the impossibility of truly knowing anything! Suffering and disappointment!

B. This is a bad attack you have—reason is attacking you! to-morrow, however, you will again [pg 341] be in the midst of knowledge, and hence of irrationality—that is to say, delighted about all that is human. Let us go to the sea!

B. This is a rough spot you're in—your mind is fighting against you! Tomorrow, though, you will once again [pg 341] be surrounded by knowledge, and with that comes irrationality—in other words, you'll feel joy about everything human. Let's head to the ocean!

484.

Going our own Way.—When we take the decisive step, and make up our minds to follow our own path, a secret is suddenly revealed to us: it is clear that all those who had hitherto been friendly to us and on intimate terms with us judged themselves to be superior to us, and are offended now. The best among them are indulgent, and are content to wait patiently until we once more find the “right path”—they know it, apparently. Others make fun of us, and pretend that we have been seized with a temporary attack of mild insanity, or spitefully point out some seducer. The more malicious say we are vain fools, and do their best to blacken our motives; while the worst of all see in us their greatest enemy, some one who is thirsting for revenge after many years of dependence,—and are afraid of us. What, then, are we to do? My own opinion is that we should begin our sovereignty by promising to all our acquaintances in advance a whole year's amnesty for sins of every kind.

Going our own way.—When we finally decide to follow our own path, a secret becomes clear: it’s evident that all those who were once friendly and close to us considered themselves better than us, and they now feel offended. The best among them are understanding and willing to wait patiently until we find the “correct path” again—apparently, they know it. Others mock us and act like we’re having a brief moment of craziness, or maliciously point out some kind of seducer. The more spiteful ones call us vain fools and try to tarnish our intentions; while the worst among them see us as their biggest enemy, someone who craves revenge after years of being dependent on them—and they fear us. So, what should we do? I believe we should start our independence by offering everyone we know a full year’s forgiveness for all kinds of wrongs.

485.

Far-off Perspectives.

Distant Perspectives.

A. But why this solitude?

But why this loneliness?

B. I am not angry with anybody. But when I am alone it seems to me that I can see my friends in a clearer and rosier light than when I [pg 342] am with them; and when I loved and felt music best I lived far from it. It would seem that I must have distant perspectives in order that I may think well of things.

B. I’m not upset with anyone. But when I’m by myself, I feel like I can see my friends in a clearer, more positive way than when I’m with them; and when I loved and appreciated music the most, I was far away from it. It seems that I need some distance to truly appreciate things.

486.

Gold and Hunger.—Here and there we meet with a man who changes into gold everything that he touches. But some fine evil day he will discover that he himself must starve through this gift of his. Everything around him is brilliant, superb, and unapproachable in its ideal beauty, and now he eagerly longs for things which it is impossible for him to turn into gold—and how intense is this longing! like that of a starving man for a meal! Query: What will he seize?

Gold & Hunger.—Every now and then, we come across a guy who can turn everything he touches into gold. But one day, he’ll realize that this gift will leave him starving. Everything around him is dazzling, magnificent, and unattainable in its perfect beauty, and now he desperately craves things that he can’t turn into gold—and this craving is so intense! It's like a hungry person longing for food! Question: What will he grasp?

487.

Shame.—Look at that noble steed pawing the ground, snorting, longing for a ride, and loving its accustomed rider—but, shameful to relate, the rider cannot mount to-day, he is tired.—Such is the shame felt by the weary thinker in the presence of his own philosophy!

Shame.—Look at that noble horse pawing the ground, snorting, eager for a ride, and loving its usual rider—but, sadly, the rider can’t get on today because he’s worn out.—This is the shame experienced by the exhausted thinker when facing his own philosophy!

488.

Against the Waste of Love.—Do we not blush when we surprise ourselves in a state of violent aversion? Well, then, we should also blush when we find ourselves possessed of strong affections on account of the injustice contained in them. More: [pg 343] there are people who feel their hearts weighed down and oppressed when some one gives them the benefit of his love and sympathy to the extent that he deprives others of a share. The tone of his voice reveals to us the fact that we have been specially selected and preferred! but, alas! I am not thankful for being thus selected: I experience within myself a certain feeling of resentment against him who wishes to distinguish me in this way—he shall not love me at the expense of others! I shall always try to look after myself and to endure myself, and my heart is often filled to overflowing, and with some reason. To such a man nothing ought to be given of which others stand so greatly in need.

Against the Waste of Love.—Do we not feel embarrassed when we catch ourselves in a state of intense dislike? Well, then, we should also feel embarrassed when we find ourselves having strong feelings because of the unfairness in them. Moreover, [pg 343] there are people who feel their hearts weighed down and burdened when someone shows them love and support to the point that it takes away from others. The way he speaks makes it clear that we have been specially chosen and favored! But, unfortunately! I don’t feel grateful for being chosen like this: I feel a sense of resentment towards the one who wants to set me apart in this manner—he shouldn’t love me at the cost of others! I will always try to take care of myself and deal with myself, and my heart is often overflowing, and justifiably so. To such a person, nothing should be given that others desperately need.

489.

Friends in Need.—We may occasionally remark that one of our friends sympathises with another more than with us. His delicacy is troubled thereby, and his selfishness is not equal to the task of breaking down his feelings of affection: in such a case we should facilitate the separation for him, and estrange him in some way in order to widen the distance between us.—This is also necessary when we fall into a habit of thinking which might be detrimental to him: our affection for him should induce us to ease his conscience in separating himself from us by means of some injustice which we voluntarily take upon ourselves.

Friends in Need.—Sometimes we notice that one of our friends feels closer to another friend than to us. This makes his sensitivity uncomfortable, and his selfishness can't bring himself to change his feelings of care. In such cases, we should help create some distance for him and find a way to step back. —This is also important when we start thinking in ways that could harm him: our love for him should lead us to relieve his conscience by allowing him to separate from us, even if it involves some unfairness that we accept willingly.

490.

Those petty Truths.“You know all that, but you have never lived through it—so I will not [pg 344] accept your evidence. Those ‘petty truths’—you deem them petty because you have not paid for them with your blood!”—But are they really great, simply because they have been bought at so high a price? and blood is always too high a price!—“Do you really think so? How stingy you are with your blood!”

Those trivial truths."You understand all of that, but you've never gone through it—so I won't [pg 344] accept your evidence. Those ‘petty truths’—you consider them trivial because you haven't earned them with your sacrifice!"—But are they really significant, just because they’ve come at such a high cost? And blood is always too high a price!—"Do you really believe that? You're so stingy with your blood!"

491.

Solitude, therefore!

Solitude, then!

A. So you wish to go back to your desert?

A. So you want to return to your desert?

B. I am not a quick thinker; I must wait for myself a long time—it is always later and later before the water from the fountain of my own ego spurts forth, and I have often to go thirsty longer than suits my patience. That is why I retire into solitude in order that I may not have to drink from the common cisterns. When I live in the midst of the multitude my life is like theirs, and I do not think like myself; but after some time it always seems to me as if the multitude wished to banish me from myself and to rob me of my soul. Then I get angry with all these people, and afraid of them; and I must have the desert to become well disposed again.

B. I'm not a fast thinker; I often have to wait a long time for my ideas to come to me. It's always getting later before the insights from my own mind finally come out, and I frequently feel like I have to go without them longer than I can tolerate. That's why I seek out solitude so I don't have to rely on the shared thoughts of others. When I'm surrounded by a crowd, my life mirrors theirs, and I don't think for myself; after a while, it feels like the crowd is trying to push me away from my own self and take away my soul. This makes me angry and afraid of all those people, and I need the quiet of the desert to feel good again.

492.

Under the South Wind.

Under the South Wind.

A. I can no longer understand myself! It was only yesterday that I felt myself so tempestuous and ardent, and at the same time so warm and sunny and exceptionally bright! but to-day! Now everything is calm, wide, oppressive, and dark like the lagoon at Venice. I wish for nothing, and [pg 345] draw a deep breath, and yet I feel inwardly indignant at this “wish for nothing”—so the waves rise and fall in the ocean of my melancholy.

A. I can’t understand myself anymore! Just yesterday, I felt so passionate and intense, and at the same time so warm, sunny, and incredibly bright! But today? Now everything feels calm, vast, oppressive, and dark like the lagoon in Venice. I don’t want anything, and [pg 345] I take a deep breath, yet I feel a deep anger towards this “not wanting anything”—it feels like the waves rising and falling in the ocean of my sadness.

B. You describe a petty, agreeable illness. The next wind from the north-east will blow it away.

B. You describe a minor, tolerable sickness. The next breeze from the northeast will sweep it away.

A. Why so?

Why is that?

493.

On One's own Tree.

On Your Own Tree.

A. No thinker's thoughts give me so much pleasure as my own: this, of course, proves nothing in favour of their value; but I should be foolish to neglect fruits which are tasteful to me only because they happen to grow on my own tree!—and I was once such a fool.

A. No philosopher's ideas bring me as much joy as my own: this, of course, doesn’t prove anything about their worth; but I would be foolish to overlook rewards that I enjoy just because they come from my own mind!—and I was once that kind of fool.

B. Others have the contrary feeling: which likewise proves nothing in favour of their thoughts, nor yet is it any argument against their value.

B. Some people feel the opposite: this doesn’t support their views, nor does it argue against their worth.

494.

The Last Argument of the Brave Man.—There are snakes in this little clump of trees.—Very well, I will rush into the thicket and kill them.—But by doing that you will run the risk of falling a victim to them, and not they to you.—But what do I matter?

The Final Stand of the Brave Man.—There are snakes in this small group of trees.—Alright, I’ll charge into the bushes and take care of them.—But by doing that, you risk becoming their victim instead of the other way around.—But what do I matter?

495.

Our Teachers.—During our period of youth we select our teachers and guides from our own times, and from those circles which we happen to meet with: we have the thoughtless conviction that the present age must have teachers who will suit [pg 346] us better than any others, and that we are sure to find them without having to look very far. Later on we find that we have to pay a heavy penalty for this childishness: we have to expiate our teachers in ourselves, and then perhaps we begin to look for the proper guides. We look for them throughout the whole world, including even present and past ages—but perhaps it may be too late, and at the worst we discover that they lived when we were young—and that at that time we lost our opportunity.

Our Educators.—In our youth, we choose our teachers and mentors from our own time and the circles we encounter: we have a naive belief that the current age must have guides that fit us better than anyone else, and we think they’ll be easy to find. As we grow older, we realize we have to face the consequences of this immaturity: we end up reconciling with the lessons from our teachers inside ourselves, and then we start to seek out the right mentors. We search across the entire world, including both present and past—only to find it might be too late, and we come to understand that they were alive when we were young—and that we missed our chance.

496.

The Evil Principle.—Plato has marvellously described how the philosophic thinker must necessarily be regarded as the essence of depravity in the midst of every existing society: for as the critic of all its morals he is naturally the antagonist of the moral man, and, unless he succeeds in becoming the legislator of new morals, he lives long in the memory of men as an instance of the “evil principle.” From this we may judge to how great an extent the city of Athens, although fairly liberal and fond of innovations, abused the reputation of Plato during his lifetime. What wonder then that he—who, as he has himself recorded, had the “political instinct” in his body—made three different attempts in Sicily, where at that time a united Mediterranean Greek State appeared to be in process of formation?

The Evil Principle.—Plato wonderfully described how a philosophical thinker is often seen as the embodiment of corruption in any society: since he critiques all its morals, he naturally becomes the enemy of the moral person. Unless he manages to become the creator of new morals, he remains in people's memories as an example of the “evil principle.” From this, we can understand how much the city of Athens, despite being quite liberal and open to new ideas, tarnished Plato's reputation during his lifetime. So, it’s no surprise that he—who, as he noted himself, had the “political intuition” within him—made three different attempts in Sicily, where a united Mediterranean Greek State seemed to be taking shape at that time?

It was in this State, and with its assistance, that Plato thought he could do for the Greeks what Mohammed did for the Arabs several centuries later: viz. establishing both minor and more important [pg 347] customs, and especially regulating the daily life of every man. His ideas were quite practicable just as certainly as those of Mohammed were practicable; for even much more incredible ideas, those of Christianity, proved themselves to be practicable! a few hazards less and a few hazards more—and then the world would have witnessed the Platonisation of Southern Europe; and, if we suppose that this state of things had continued to our own days, we should probably be worshipping Plato now as the “good principle.” But he was unsuccessful, and so his traditional character remains that of a dreamer and a Utopian—stronger epithets than these passed away with ancient Athens.

It was in this state, with its support, that Plato believed he could do for the Greeks what Mohammed did for the Arabs several centuries later: namely, establish both minor and major customs, and especially regulate the daily lives of every individual. His ideas were just as feasible as those of Mohammed; even much more unbelievable ideas, like those of Christianity, ended up being feasible! With a few less challenges and a few more, the world might have seen the Platonization of Southern Europe; and if we imagine that this situation had lasted until today, we would probably be worshipping Plato now as the “good principle.” But he was not successful, so his traditional image remains that of a dreamer and a Utopian—stronger labels than these faded away with ancient Athens.

497.

The Purifying Eye.—We have the best reason for speaking of “genius” in men—for example, Plato, Spinoza, and Goethe—whose minds appear to be but loosely linked to their character and temperament, like winged beings which easily separate themselves from them, and then rise far above them. On the other hand, those who never succeeded in cutting themselves loose from their temperament, and who knew how to give to it the most intellectual, lofty, and at times even cosmic expression (Schopenhauer, for instance) have always been very fond of speaking about their genius.

The Cleansing Eye.—There's a strong reason to discuss "genius" in people—like Plato, Spinoza, and Goethe—whose minds seem only loosely connected to their character and temperament, like beings with wings that can easily detach themselves and soar above. Conversely, those who never managed to break free from their temperament, yet managed to express it in an intellectual, elevated, and sometimes even universal way (like Schopenhauer, for example) have always enjoyed talking about their genius.

These geniuses could not rise above themselves, but they believed that, fly where they would, they would always find and recover themselves—this is their “greatness,” and this can be greatness!—The [pg 348] others who are entitled to this name possess the pure and purifying eye which does not seem to have sprung out of their temperament and character, but separately from them, and generally in contradiction to them, and looks out upon the world as on a God whom it loves. But even people like these do not come into possession of such an eye all at once: they require practice and a preliminary school of sight, and he who is really fortunate will at the right moment also fall in with a teacher of pure sight.

These geniuses couldn't rise above themselves, but they believed that no matter where they went, they would always find and recover themselves—this is their "greatness," and it can indeed be greatness!—The [pg 348] others who are worthy of this title possess a clear and purifying vision that doesn't seem to originate from their personality or character, but instead arises separately from them, often in contradiction to them, and views the world as if it's a God that it loves. However, even people like this don't acquire such vision all at once: they need practice and a preliminary education in sight, and someone who is truly lucky will find a teacher of clear vision at the right moment.

498.

Never Demand!—You do not know him! it is true that he easily and readily submits both to men and things, and that he is kind to both—his only wish is to be left in peace—but only in so far as men and things do not demand his submission. Any demand makes him proud, bashful, and warlike.

Never Insist!—You don't really know him! It's true that he generally goes along with people and situations easily, and he shows kindness to both—his only desire is to be left alone—but only as long as people and situations don’t demand his compliance. Any kind of demand makes him proud, shy, and combative.

499.

The Evil One.“Only the solitary are evil!”—thus spake Diderot, and Rousseau at once felt deeply offended. Thus he proved that Diderot was right. Indeed, in society, or amid social life, every evil instinct is compelled to restrain itself, to assume so many masks, and to press itself so often into the Procrustean bed of virtue, that we are quite justified in speaking of the martyrdom of the evil man. In solitude, however, all this disappears. The evil man is still more evil in solitude—and consequently for him whose eye sees only a drama everywhere he is also more beautiful.

The Villain."Only the lonely are bad!"—that’s what Diderot said, and Rousseau was immediately offended. This showed that Diderot was right. In society, or in social life, every evil instinct has to hold back, wear so many masks, and often force itself into the narrow confines of virtue, making it fair to talk about the suffering of the evil person. However, in solitude, all of this fades away. The evil person becomes even more evil in isolation—and as a result, for someone who sees a drama everywhere, they also appear more beautiful.

[pg 349]

500.

Against the Grain.—A thinker may for years at a time force himself to think against the grain: that is, not to pursue the thoughts that spring up within him, but, instead, those which he is compelled to follow by the exigencies of his office, an established division of time, or any arbitrary duty which he may find it necessary to fulfil. In the long run, however, he will fall ill; for this apparently moral self-command will destroy his nervous system as thoroughly and completely as regular debauchery.

Going Against the Grain.—A thinker might spend years forcing himself to go against his natural inclinations: that is, not focusing on the thoughts that arise within him, but rather chasing those he feels obligated to pursue due to the demands of his job, a set schedule, or any other arbitrary responsibilities he feels he must meet. However, in the long run, he'll become unwell; for this seemingly disciplined self-control will damage his nervous system just as severely and completely as regular indulgence would.

501.

Mortal Souls.—Where knowledge is concerned perhaps the most useful conquest that has ever been made is the abandonment of the belief in the immortality of the soul. Humanity is henceforth at liberty to wait: men need no longer be in a hurry to swallow badly-tested ideas as they had to do in former times. For in those times the salvation of this poor “immortal soul” depended upon the extent of the knowledge which could be acquired in the course of a short existence: decisions had to be reached from one day to another, and “knowledge” was a matter of dreadful importance!

Mortal Souls.—When it comes to knowledge, perhaps the most significant achievement ever is letting go of the belief in the immortality of the soul. Humanity is now free to take its time: people no longer have to rushedly accept poorly tested ideas as they did in the past. In those earlier days, the fate of this poor “eternal soul” relied on how much knowledge could be gained during a short life: decisions had to be made from one moment to the next, and "knowledge" was incredibly important!

Now we have acquired good courage for errors, experiments, and the provisional acceptance of ideas—all this is not so very important!—and for this very reason individuals and whole races may now face tasks so vast in extent that in former years they would have looked like madness, and defiance of [pg 350] heaven and hell. Now we have the right to experiment upon ourselves! Yes, men have the right to do so! the greatest sacrifices have not yet been offered up to knowledge—nay, in earlier periods it would have been sacrilege, and a sacrifice of our eternal salvation, even to surmise such ideas as now precede our actions.

Now we have gained the confidence to make mistakes, try new things, and tentatively accept different ideas—all of this isn’t that important! Because of this, individuals and entire races can now tackle challenges so immense that in the past they would have seemed insane, like defying [pg 350] heaven and hell. We have the freedom to experiment on ourselves! Yes, we do! The greatest sacrifices for knowledge have yet to be made—previously, it would have been considered sacrilegious and a risk to our eternal salvation to even think about such ideas that now guide our actions.

502.

One Word for three different Conditions.—When in a state of passion one man will be forced to let loose the savage, dreadful, unbearable animal. Another when under the influence of passion will raise himself to a high, noble, and lofty demeanour, in comparison with which his usual self appears petty. A third, whose whole person is permeated with nobility of feeling, has also the most noble storm and stress: and in this state he represents Nature in her state of savageness and beauty, and stands only one degree lower than Nature in her periods of greatness and serenity, which he usually represents. It is while in this state of passion, however, that men understand him better, and venerate him more highly at these moments—for then he is one step nearer and more akin to them. They feel at once delighted and horrified at such a sight and call it—divine.

One Word for three different Conditions.—When someone is passionate, one person might unleash their wild, fierce, and unbearable side. Another, influenced by their passion, may rise to a high, noble, and elevated state, making their usual self seem small by comparison. A third person, whose entire being is filled with noble feelings, can also experience profound turmoil; in this state, they embody both the rawness and beauty of Nature, standing just one step below Nature in its moments of greatness and calm, which they often depict. However, it’s during these passionate moments that others relate to him better and hold him in higher regard—for he feels closer to them then. They experience a mix of delight and horror at such a sight and call it—divine.

503.

Friendship.—The objection to a philosophic life that it renders us useless to our friends would never have arisen in a modern mind: it belongs rather to classical antiquity. Antiquity knew the [pg 351] stronger bonds of friendship, meditated upon it, and almost took it to the grave with it. This is the advantage it has over us: we, on the other hand, can point to our idealisation of sexual love. All the great excellencies of ancient humanity owed their stability to the fact that man was standing side by side with man, and that no woman was allowed to put forward the claim of being the nearest and highest, nay even sole object of his love, as the feeling of passion would teach. Perhaps our trees do not grow so high now owing to the ivy and the vines that cling round them.

Friendship.—The idea that a philosophical life makes us useless to our friends wouldn’t even come up in modern thinking; it belongs more to the classical past. Ancient times understood the [pg 351] deeper connections of friendship, reflected on it, and almost took it with them to their graves. This gives them an edge over us: we, on the other hand, can highlight our idealization of romantic love. All the great strengths of ancient humanity were rooted in the fact that men stood together, and no woman could claim to be the closest and most important, not even the sole object of his affection, as passion might suggest. Maybe our trees don’t reach such heights now because of the ivy and vines wrapping around them.

504.

Reconciliation.—Should it then be the task of philosophy to reconcile what the child has learnt with what the man has come to recognise? Should philosophy be the task of young men because they stand midway between child and man and possess intermediate necessities? It would almost appear to be so if you consider at what ages of their life philosophers are now in the habit of setting forth their conceptions: at a time when it is too late for faith and too early for knowledge.

Reconciliation.—Is it then the role of philosophy to bridge what a child has learned with what an adult has come to understand? Should philosophy be the focus for young men since they are caught between childhood and adulthood, having needs that fit both stages? It certainly seems that way when you think about the ages at which philosophers typically share their ideas: a time when it's too late for belief and too early for true understanding.

505.

Practical People.—We thinkers have the right of deciding good taste in all things, and if necessary of decreeing it. The practical people finally receive it from us: their dependence upon us is incredibly great, and is one of the most [pg 352] ridiculous spectacles in the world, little though they themselves know it and however proudly they like to carp at us unpractical people. Nay, they would even go so far as to belittle their practical life if we should show a tendency to despise it—whereto at times we might be urged on by a slightly vindictive feeling.

Practical People.—We thinkers have the authority to determine what good taste is in all areas and, if needed, to declare it. The practical people ultimately accept our judgment: their reliance on us is astonishingly high, and it’s one of the most [pg 352] ridiculous sights in the world, even if they don’t realize it and despite how much they enjoy criticizing us impractical folks. They would even downplay their practical lives if we showed any hint of looking down on it—which, at times, we might feel tempted to do out of a bit of spite.

506.

The Necessary Desiccation of Everything Good.—What! must we conceive of a work exactly in the spirit of the age that has produced it? but we experience greater delight and surprise, and get more information out of it when we do not conceive it in this spirit! Have you not remarked that every new and good work, so long as it is exposed to the damp air of its own age is least valuable—just because it still has about it all the odour of the market, of opposition, of modern ideas, and of all that is transient from day to day? Later on, however, it dries up, its “actuality” dies away: and then only does it obtain its deep lustre and its perfume—and also, if it is destined for it, the calm eye of eternity.

The Essential Drying Out of Everything Good.—What! Should we really think of a work solely in the context of the age that created it? We actually find more joy and insight when we don't! Haven't you noticed that every new and great work, while it’s still exposed to the heavy atmosphere of its own time, is the least valuable—precisely because it carries the scent of the market, the pressure of opposition, the buzz of modern ideas, and everything fleeting that changes day by day? Later on, though, it dries out, its “reality” fades away: and only then does it gain its profound brilliance and fragrance—and, if it’s meant to, the tranquil gaze of eternity.

507.

Against the Tyranny of Truth.—Even if we were mad enough to consider all our opinions as truth, we should nevertheless not wish them alone to exist. I cannot see why we should ask for an autocracy and omnipotence of truth: it is sufficient for me to know that it is a great power. [pg 353] Truth, however, must meet with opposition and be able to fight, and we must be able to rest from it at times in falsehood—otherwise truth will grow tiresome, powerless, and insipid, and will render us equally so.

Fighting the Tyranny of Truth.—Even if we were crazy enough to think that all our beliefs are the truth, we shouldn't want them to exist alone. I don’t understand why we would ask for a dictatorship of truth or for it to have ultimate power: knowing that it’s a powerful force is enough for me. [pg 353] Truth, however, needs to face challenges and be able to fight back, and we have to be able to take breaks from it in falsehood—otherwise, truth will become boring, ineffective, and bland, which will make us the same way.

508.

Not to take a Thing Pathetically.—What we do to benefit ourselves should not bring us in any moral praise, either from others or from ourselves, and the same remark applies to those things which we do to please ourselves. It is looked upon as bon ton among superior men to refrain from taking things pathetically in such cases, and to refrain from all pathetic feelings: the man who has accustomed himself to this has retrieved his naïveté.

Don't take things too seriously.—What we do for our own benefit shouldn’t earn us moral praise from others or even ourselves, and the same goes for actions we take to please ourselves. It’s considered good manners among refined people to avoid taking things too seriously in these situations and to steer clear of all overly emotional reactions: a person who has gotten used to this has regained their naivety.

509.

The Third Eye.—What! You are still in need of the theatre! are you still so young? Be wise, and seek tragedy and comedy where they are better acted, and where the incidents are more interesting, and the actors more eager. It is indeed by no means easy to be merely a spectator in these cases—but learn! and then, amid all difficult or painful situations, you will have a little gate leading to joy and refuge, even when your passions attack you. Open your stage eye, that big third eye of yours, which looks out into the world through the other two.

The Third Eye.—What! You still need the theater? Are you really that young? Be smart and look for tragedy and comedy where they’re performed better, where the stories are more engaging, and the actors are more passionate. It’s definitely not easy to just watch in these situations—but learn! Then, even in tough or painful moments, you’ll have a small door to joy and refuge, even when your emotions overwhelm you. Open your stage eye, that big third eye of yours, which sees the world through your other two eyes.

510.

Escaping from One's Virtues.—Of what account is a thinker who does not know how to [pg 354] escape from his own virtues occasionally! Surely a thinker should be more than “a moral being”!

Breaking Free from One's Values.—What good is a thinker who can't sometimes escape from their own virtues? Surely, a thinker should be more than “a moral agent”!

511.

The Temptress.—Honesty is the great temptress of all fanatics.15 What seemed to tempt Luther in the guise of the devil or a beautiful woman, and from which he defended himself in that uncouth way of his, was probably nothing but honesty, and perhaps in a few rarer cases even truth.

The Temptress.—Honesty is the ultimate temptation for all fanatics.15 What seemed to lure Luther in the form of the devil or a stunning woman, and from which he defended himself in his awkward manner, was likely just honesty, and maybe in a few unusual cases, even truth.

512.

Bold towards Things.—The man who, in accordance with his character, is considerate and timid towards persons, but is courageous and bold towards things, is afraid of new and closer acquaintances, and limits his old ones in order that he may thus make his incognito and his inconsiderateness coincide with truth.

Be bold about things.—The man who, true to his character, is thoughtful and shy with people, but is brave and daring with objects, fears new and closer relationships. He restricts his old ones in an attempt to align his anonymity and his thoughtlessness with reality.

513.

Limits and Beauty.—Are you looking for men with a fine culture? Then you will have to be satisfied with restricted views and sights, exactly as when you are looking for fine countries.—There are, of course, such panoramic men: they are like panoramic regions, instructive and marvellous: but not beautiful.

Limits and Beauty.—Are you seeking well-cultured men? Then you'll have to accept narrow perspectives and experiences, just like when you're searching for beautiful places. Sure, there are panoramic men out there; they're like expansive landscapes—informative and amazing—but they're not particularly attractive.

[pg 355]

514.

To the Stronger.—Ye stronger and arrogant intellects, we ask you for only one thing: throw no further burdens upon our shoulders, but take some of our burdens upon your own, since ye are stronger! but ye delight in doing the exact contrary: for ye wish to soar, so that we must carry your burden in addition to our own—we must crawl!

To the Stronger.—You stronger and arrogant thinkers, we ask you for just one thing: don't add more weight to our shoulders, but take some of our burdens onto yourselves, since you are stronger! Instead, you take pleasure in doing the exact opposite: you want to rise above, forcing us to carry your weight in addition to our own—we have to crawl!

515.

The Increase of Beauty.—Why has beauty increased by the progress of civilisation? because the three occasions for ugliness appear ever more rarely among civilised men: first, the wildest outbursts of ecstasy; secondly, extreme bodily exertion, and, thirdly, the necessity of inducing fear by one's very sight and presence—a matter which is so frequent and of so great importance in the lower and more dangerous stages of culture that it even lays down the proper gestures and ceremonials and makes ugliness a duty.

The Rise of Beauty.—Why has beauty grown with the advancement of civilization? Because the three triggers for ugliness happen less often among civilized people: first, intense moments of ecstasy; second, extreme physical exertion; and third, the need to instill fear simply through one's appearance and presence—something that is so common and significant in the lower and more perilous levels of culture that it even dictates the appropriate gestures and rituals, making ugliness an obligation.

516.

Not to Imbue our Neighbours with Our own Demon.—Let us in our age continue to hold the belief that benevolence and beneficence are the characteristics of a good man; but let us not fail to add “provided that in the first place he exhibits his benevolence and beneficence towards himself.” For if he acts otherwise—that is to say, if he shuns, hates, or injures himself—he is certainly not a good [pg 356] man. He then merely saves himself through others: and let these others take care that they do not come to grief through him, however well disposed he may appear to be to them!—but to shun and hate one's own ego, and to live in and for others, this has up to the present, with as much thoughtlessness as conviction, been looked upon as “unselfish,” and consequently as “good.”

Not to Impose our own Demon on our Neighbors.—In our time, let’s keep believing that kindness and generosity define a good person; but let’s also make sure to add “as long as he first practices kindness and generosity towards himself.” Because if he does the opposite—meaning if he avoids, hates, or harms himself—then he’s definitely not a good [pg 356] person. He just relies on others for his well-being: and those others need to ensure they don’t get hurt because of him, no matter how friendly he may seem!—but to avoid and hate one’s own self, and to live for others, has until now, with as much thoughtlessness as belief, been seen as selfless and thus as “great.”

517.

Tempting into Love.—We ought to fear a man who hates himself; for we are liable to become the victims of his anger and revenge. Let us therefore try to tempt him into self-love.

Tempting to Fall in Love.—We should be wary of a man who despises himself; we could easily become targets of his anger and desire for revenge. So, let’s try to encourage him to embrace self-love.

518.

Resignation.—What is resignation? It is the most comfortable position of a patient, who, after having suffered a long time from tormenting pains in order to find it, at last became tired—and then found it.

Resignation.—What is resignation? It’s the most relaxed state of someone who, after enduring agonizing pain for a long time, finally gets tired of fighting and just accepts it.

519.

Deception.—When you wish to act you must close the door upon doubt, said a man of action.—And are you not afraid of being deceived in doing so? replied the man of a contemplative mind.

Deception.—When you want to take action, you have to shut the door on doubt, said a man of action.—Aren't you worried about being misled by doing that? replied the man who thinks deeply.

520.

Eternal Obsequies.—Both within and beyond the confines of history we might imagine that we [pg 357] were listening to a continual funeral oration: we have buried, and are still burying, all that we have loved best, our thoughts, and our hopes, receiving in exchange pride, gloria mundi—that is, the pomp of the graveside speech. It is thus that everything is made good! Even at the present time the funeral orator remains the greatest public benefactor.

Eternal Rites.—Both within and beyond the limits of history, we might think we're listening to a never-ending eulogy: we have buried, and continue to bury, everything we’ve loved most—our thoughts and our dreams—only to receive in return pride, glory of the world—meaning the grandiosity of a funeral speech. This is how everything is justified! Even now, the funeral speaker is still seen as the greatest public benefactor.

521.

Exceptional Vanity.—Yonder man possesses one great quality which serves as a consolation for him: his look passes with contempt over the remainder of his being, and almost his entire character is included in this. But he recovers from himself when, as it were, he approaches his sanctuary; already the road leading to it appears to him to be an ascent on broad soft steps—and yet, ye cruel ones, ye call him vain on this account!

Exceptional Vanity.—That guy has one major trait that makes him feel better about himself: he looks down in contempt on everything else about him, and pretty much his whole character is wrapped up in that. But he shakes off that attitude when he gets close to his safe space; even the path to it seems to him like a smooth, gentle climb—and yet, you harsh critics, you call him vain because of this!

522.

Wisdom without Ears.—To hear every day what is said about us, or even to endeavour to discover what people think of us, will in the end kill even the strongest man. Our neighbours permit us to live only that they may exercise a daily claim upon us! They certainly would not tolerate us if we wished to claim rights over them, and still less if we wished to be right! In short, let us offer up a sacrifice to the general peace, let us not listen when they speak of us, when they praise us, blame us, wish for us, or hope for us—nay, let us not even think of it.

Wisdom without Listening.—Hearing or trying to find out what others say about us every day can, in the end, wear down even the strongest person. Our neighbors let us live just so they can have a daily say in our lives! They definitely wouldn’t put up with us if we wanted to assert any rights over them, and even less so if we wanted to be right! In short, let’s make a sacrifice for the sake of peace and not listen when they talk about us, whether they praise us, criticize us, wish for us, or hope for us—let’s not even think about it.

[pg 358]

523.

A Question of Penetration.—When we are confronted with any manifestation which some one has permitted us to see, we may ask: what is it meant to conceal? What is it meant to draw our attention from? What prejudices does it seek to raise? and again, how far does the subtlety of the dissimulation go? and in what respect is the man mistaken?

A Question of Penetration.—When we come across something that someone has allowed us to see, we might ask: what is it trying to hide? What is it meant to distract us from? What biases does it aim to provoke? And how complex is the deception? In what ways is the person mistaken?

524.

The Jealousy of the Lonely Ones.—This is the difference between sociable and solitary natures, provided that both possess an intellect: the former are satisfied, or nearly satisfied, with almost anything whatever; from the moment that their minds have discovered a communicable and happy version of it they will be reconciled even with the devil himself! But the lonely souls have their silent rapture, and their speechless agony about a thing: they hate the ingenious and brilliant display of their inmost problems as much as they dislike to see the women they love too loudly dressed—they watch her mournfully in such a case, as if they were just beginning to suspect that she was desirous of pleasing others. This is the jealousy which all lonely thinkers and passionate dreamers exhibit with regard to the esprit.

The Jealousy of the Lonely Ones.—This is the difference between social and solitary personalities, as long as both have intellect: the former are content, or mostly content, with almost anything; from the moment their minds find a joyful and shareable version of it, they can even make peace with the devil! However, solitary souls experience their silent joy and their unspoken pain about a matter: they dislike the clever and flashy display of their deepest issues just as much as they dislike seeing the women they love dressed too provocatively—they watch her sadly in such situations, as if they’re starting to suspect that she wants to impress others. This is the jealousy that all solitary thinkers and passionate dreamers feel toward the spirit.

525.

The Effect of Praise.—Some people become modest when highly praised, others insolent.

The Impact of Praise.—Some people become humble when they're praised a lot, while others become arrogant.

[pg 359]

526.

Unwilling to be a Symbol.—I sympathise with princes: they are not at liberty to discard their high rank even for a short time, and thus they come to know people only from the very uncomfortable position of constant dissimulation—their continual compulsion to represent something actually ends by making solemn ciphers of them.—Such is the fate of all those who deem it their duty to be symbols.

Not wanting to be a Symbol.—I feel for princes: they can’t just set aside their status, even for a moment, which means they only get to know people from the awkward spot of having to constantly pretend. Their ongoing need to represent something turns them into serious symbols. —This is the fate of everyone who believes it’s their duty to be symbols.

527.

The Hidden Men.—Have you never come across those people who check and restrain even their enraptured hearts, and who would rather become mute than lose the modesty of moderation? and have you never met those embarrassing, and yet so often good-natured people who do not wish to be recognised, and who time and again efface the tracks they have made in the sand? and who even deceive others as well as themselves in order to remain obscure and hidden?

The Hidden Men.—Have you never encountered those people who hold back their passionate feelings and would rather stay silent than lose their sense of moderation? Have you never come across those awkward yet often good-hearted individuals who prefer to stay anonymous, repeatedly covering up the footprints they’ve left in the sand? They even mislead others, as well as themselves, to stay obscure and hidden?

528.

Unusual Forbearance.—It is often no small indication of kindness to be unwilling to criticise some one, and even to refuse to think of him.

Uncommon Patience.—It often shows a significant amount of kindness to choose not to criticize someone, and even to avoid thinking about them.

529.

How Men and Nations gain Lustre.—How many really individual actions are left undone [pg 360] merely because before performing them we perceive or suspect that they will be misunderstood!—those actions, for example, which have some intrinsic value, both in good and evil. The more highly an age or a nation values its individuals, therefore, and the more right and ascendancy we accord them, the more will actions of this kind venture to make themselves known,—and thus in the long run a lustre of honesty, of genuineness in good and evil, will spread over entire ages and nations, so that they—the Greeks, for example—like certain stars, will continue to shed light for thousands of years after their sinking.

How Men and Nations Gain Prestige.—How many truly individual actions are left undone [pg 360] simply because we think or fear they will be misunderstood!—like those actions that have some inherent value, both positive and negative. The more a society or a nation values its individuals and the more respect and authority we grant them, the more these kinds of actions will dare to come to light,—and eventually, a glow of honesty and authenticity in both good and bad will spread across entire eras and nations, so that they—the Greeks, for instance—like certain stars, will continue to shine for thousands of years after they have fallen.

530.

Digressions of the Thinker.—The course of thought in certain men is strict and inflexibly bold. At times it is even cruel towards such men, although considered individually they may be gentle and pliable. With well-meaning hesitation they will turn the matter ten times over in their heads, but will at length continue their strict course. They are like streams that wind their way past solitary hermitages: there are places in their course where the stream plays hide and seek with itself, and indulges in short idylls with islets, trees, grottos, and cascades—and then it rushes ahead once more, passes by the rocks, and forces its way through the hardest stones.

The Thinker's Side Notes.—Some people think in a way that is structured and unyieldingly bold. Sometimes, this can even be harsh toward them, though on their own they may be gentle and adaptable. With good intentions, they may mull over a matter countless times, but eventually, they stick to their determined path. They resemble streams that meander past secluded hermitages: there are moments when the stream plays a game of hide and seek, enjoying brief respites with islands, trees, grottos, and waterfalls—and then it surges forward again, flowing past rocks and pushing through the toughest stones.

531.

Different Feelings Towards Art.—From the time when we begin to live as a hermit, consuming [pg 361] and consumed, our only company being deep and prolific thoughts, we expect from art either nothing more, or else something quite different from what we formerly expected—in a word, we change our taste. For in former times we wished to penetrate for a moment by means of art into the element in which we are now living permanently: at that time we dreamt ourselves into the rapture of a possession which we now actually possess. Indeed, flinging away from us for the time being what we now have, and imagining ourselves to be poor, or to be a child, a beggar, or a fool, may now at times fill us with delight.

Different Emotions About Art.—Once we start living a solitary life, absorbing [pg 361] and reflecting deeply, our only companions become our rich thoughts. We begin to expect something different from art than we did before; in short, our tastes change. Previously, we sought to briefly experience through art the state of being that we now inhabit permanently: back then, we longed for a thrill of possession that we now actually have. Truly, distancing ourselves momentarily from what we currently possess, and imagining ourselves as poor, or as a child, a beggar, or a fool, can at times fill us with joy.

532.

Love Equalises.—Love wishes to spare the other to whom it devotes itself any feeling of strangeness: as a consequence it is permeated with disguise and simulation; it keeps on deceiving continuously, and feigns an equality which in reality does not exist. And all this is done so instinctively that women who love deny this simulation and constant tender trickery, and have even the audacity to assert that love equalises (in other words that it performs a miracle)!

“Love Equalizes.”—Love aims to prevent the person it cares for from feeling any sense of unfamiliarity: as a result, it’s filled with pretense and acting; it keeps on misleading constantly and pretends to create an equality that doesn’t actually exist. And all of this happens so naturally that women in love deny this pretense and constant gentle deception, even boldly claiming that love equalises (in other words, that it works miracles)!

This phenomenon is a simple matter if one of the two permits himself or herself to be loved, and does not deem it necessary to feign, but leaves this to the other. No drama, however, could offer a more intricate and confused instance than when both persons are passionately in love with one another; for in this case both are anxious to [pg 362] surrender and to endeavour to conform to the other, and finally they are both at a loss to know what to imitate and what to feign. The beautiful madness of this spectacle is too good for this world, and too subtle for human eyes.

This situation is straightforward if one of the two allows themselves to be loved and doesn't feel the need to pretend, leaving that to the other person. No drama, however, could present a more complex and confusing scenario than when both people are deeply in love with each other; in this case, both are eager to surrender and try to adjust to the other, yet they both end up unsure about what to imitate and what to pretend. The beautiful madness of this scene is too extraordinary for this world and too delicate for human perception.

533.

We Beginners.—How many things does an actor see and divine when he watches another on the stage! He notices at once when a muscle fails in some gesture; he can distinguish those little artificial tricks which are so calmly practised separately before the mirror, and are not in conformity with the whole; he feels when the actor is surprised on the stage by his own invention, and when he spoils it amid this surprise.—How differently, again, does a painter look at some one who happens to be moving before him! He will see a great deal that does not actually exist in order to complete the actual appearance of the person, and to give it its full effect. In his mind he attempts several different illuminations of the same object, and divides the whole by an additional contrast.—Oh, that we now possessed the eyes of such an actor and such a painter for the province of the human soul!

We Beginners.—How many things does an actor notice and interpret when he watches someone else on stage! He immediately spots when a muscle fails in a gesture; he can identify those little tricks practiced in front of the mirror that don’t fit with the overall performance; he senses when the actor is surprised by his own creativity and when he messes it up in that moment of surprise.—And how differently a painter sees someone moving in front of him! He perceives much that isn't really there in order to complete the person's appearance and enhance its impact. In his mind, he imagines several different lighting scenarios for the same subject and breaks it down with added contrast.—Oh, if only we had the eyes of such an actor and such a painter to understand the depths of the human soul!

534.

Small Doses.—If we wish a change to be as deep and radical as possible, we must apply the remedy in minute doses, but unremittingly for long periods. What great action can be performed all [pg 363] at once? Let us therefore be careful not to exchange violently and precipitately the moral conditions with which we are familiar for a new valuation of things,—nay, we may even wish to continue living in the old way for a long time to come, until probably at some very remote period we become aware of the fact that the new valuation has made itself the predominating power within us, and that its minute doses to which we must henceforth become accustomed have set up a new nature within us.—We now also begin to understand that the last attempt at a great change of valuations—that which concerned itself with political affairs (the “great revolution”)—was nothing more than a pathetic and sanguinary piece of quackery which, by means of sudden crises, was able to inspire a credulous Europe with the hope of a sudden recovery, and has therefore made all political invalids impatient and dangerous up to this very moment.

Small Doses.—If we want a change to be as deep and significant as possible, we need to apply the remedy in small doses, but consistently for long periods. What major change can be achieved all at once? Let’s be careful not to abruptly and recklessly swap the familiar moral conditions for a new way of valuing things—actually, we might even prefer to continue living the old way for a long time until, perhaps at some distant point, we realize that the new values have become the dominant force within us and that the small doses we must now get used to have established a new nature within us.—We also begin to recognize that the last attempt at a significant change in values—that which dealt with political matters (the “great revolution”)—was nothing more than a misguided and bloody piece of nonsense that, through sudden crises, could instill a naive Europe with the hope of a quick fix, making all political invalids restless and dangerous to this very day.

535.

Truth Requires Power.—Truth in itself is no power at all, in spite of all that flattering rationalists are in the habit of saying to the contrary. Truth must either attract power to its side, or else side with power, for otherwise it will perish again and again. This has already been sufficiently demonstrated, and more than sufficiently!

Truth Needs Power.—Truth by itself has no power at all, despite what flattering rationalists like to claim. Truth either needs to draw power to it or align itself with power; otherwise, it will continue to be overshadowed and lost. This has been proved more than enough times!

536.

The Thumbscrew.—It is disgusting to observe with what cruelty every one charges his two or [pg 364] three private virtues to the account of others who may perhaps not possess them, and whom he torments and worries with them. Let us therefore deal humanely with the “sense of honesty,” although we may possess in it a thumbscrew with which we can worry to death all these presumptuous egoists who even yet wish to impose their own beliefs upon the whole world—we have tried this thumbscrew on ourselves!

The Thumbscrew.—It's disturbing to see how cruelly everyone loads their own private virtues onto others who may not share them, and how they torment and stress those people with these expectations. So let's try to be kind to the "feeling of honesty," even though we might use it like a thumbscrew to bother and eventually break those arrogant egoists who still want to impose their beliefs on everyone else—we’ve used this thumbscrew on ourselves!

537.

Mastery.—We have reached mastery when we neither mistake nor hesitate in the achievement.

Mastery.—We have achieved mastery when we no longer make mistakes or hesitate in our accomplishments.

538.

The Moral Insanity of Genius.—In a certain category of great intellects we may observe a painful and partly horrible spectacle: in their most productive moments their flights aloft and into the far distance appear to be out of harmony with their general constitution and to exceed their power in one way or another, so that each time there remains a deficiency, and also in the long run a defectiveness in the entire machinery, which latter is manifested among those highly intellectual natures by various kinds of moral and intellectual symptoms more regularly than by conditions of bodily distress.

The Moral Insanity of Genius.—In a certain group of brilliant minds, we can see a troubling and somewhat disturbing situation: during their most creative times, their lofty ambitions and distant visions seem out of sync with their overall nature and surpass their capabilities in some way. As a result, there’s often a shortfall each time, leading to a long-term flaw in the whole system, which shows in those highly intellectual individuals more through various moral and intellectual issues than through physical ailments.

Thus those incomprehensible characteristics of their nature—all their timidity, vanity, hatefulness, envy, their narrow and narrowing disposition—and that too personal and awkward element in natures like those of Rousseau and Schopenhauer, may very [pg 365] well be the consequences of a periodical attack of heart disease; and this in its turn may be the result of a nervous complaint, and this latter the consequence of ——16

Thus those incomprehensible traits of their nature—all their shyness, vanity, bitterness, jealousy, their limited and limiting attitude—and that overly personal and clumsy aspect in the natures of people like Rousseau and Schopenhauer, may very [pg 365] well be the result of a periodic heart disease; and this may in turn be the outcome of a nervous condition, and this last one the consequence of ——16

So long as genius dwells within us we are full of audacity, yea, almost mad, and heedless of health, life, and honour; we fly through the day as free and swift as an eagle, and in the darkness we feel as confident as an owl.—But let genius once leave us and we are instantly overcome by a feeling of the most profound despondency: we can no longer understand ourselves; we suffer from everything that we experience and do not experience; we feel as if we were in the midst of shelterless rocks with the tempest raging round us, and we are at the same time like pitiful childish souls, afraid of a rustle or a shadow.—Three-fourths of all the evil committed in the world is due to timidity; and this is above all a physiological process.

As long as genius lives within us, we are filled with boldness, nearly crazy, and ignore our health, life, and honor; we soar through the day as freely and quickly as an eagle, and in the dark, we feel as confident as an owl. But as soon as genius departs, we are immediately hit by a deep sense of despair: we can no longer understand ourselves; we suffer from everything we experience and don’t experience; we feel as if we are surrounded by barren rocks with a storm raging around us, and at the same time, we are like pitiful, childish souls, scared of a rustle or a shadow. Three-quarters of all the wrongdoing in the world is caused by fear; and this is, above all, a physiological process.

539.

Do you know what you Want?—Have you never been troubled by the fear that you might not be at all fitted for recognising what is true? by the fear that your senses might be too dull, and even your delicacy of sight far too blunt? If you could only perceive, even once, to what extent your volition dominates your sight! How, for example, you wished yesterday to see more than some one else, while to-day you wish to see it differently! and how from the start you were anxious to see [pg 366] something which would be in conformity with or in opposition to anything that people thought they had observed up to the present. Oh, those shameful cravings! How often you keep your eyes open for what is efficacious, for what is soothing, just because you happen to be tired at the moment! Always full of secret predeterminations of what truth should be like, so that you—you, forsooth!—might accept it! or do you think that to-day, because you are as frozen and dry as a bright winter morning, and because nothing is weighing on your mind, you have better eyesight! Are not ardour and enthusiasm necessary to do justice to the creations of thought?—and this indeed is what is called sight! as if you could treat matters of thought any differently from the manner in which you treat men. In all relations with thought there is the same morality, the same honesty of purpose, the same arrière-pensée, the same slackness, the same faint-heartedness—your whole lovable and hateful self! Your physical exhaustion will lend the things pale colours whilst your feverishness will turn them into monsters! Does not your morning show the things in a different light from the evening? Are you not afraid of finding in the cave of all knowledge your own phantom, the veil in which truth is wrapped up and hidden from your sight? Is it not a dreadful comedy in which you so thoughtlessly wish to take part?

Do you know what you want?—Have you never been troubled by the fear that you might not be able to recognize what is true? That your senses might be too dull, and even your perception might be too blunt? If you could only realize, even once, how much your will influences what you see! For example, how you wanted to see something more than someone else yesterday, while today you want to see it differently! And how from the beginning you were eager to see [pg 366] something that either matched or contradicted what people thought they had observed up to now. Oh, those shameful desires! How often do you keep your eyes open for what is effective, for what is comforting, just because you’re feeling tired at that moment! Always full of hidden biases about what truth should be like, so that you—you, of all people!—might accept it! Or do you think that today, because you feel as cold and dry as a bright winter morning and nothing is bothering you, you have better perception? Are not passion and enthusiasm necessary to appreciate the creations of thought?—and that's precisely what we call vision! As if you could handle matters of thought any differently from how you handle people. In all interactions with thought, there is the same morality, the same honest intent, the same hidden agenda, the same slackness, the same cowardice—your entire lovable and detestable self! Your physical exhaustion will make things appear dull, while your anxiety will turn them into monsters! Doesn’t your morning show things in a different light than the evening? Are you not afraid of finding your own phantom in the cave of all knowledge, the veil that hides truth from your sight? Is it not a terrible comedy in which you wish to participate so thoughtlessly?

540.

Learning.—Michelangelo considered Raphael's genius as having been acquired by study, and upon [pg 367] his own as a natural gift: learning as opposed to talent; though this is mere pedantry, with all due respect to the great pedant himself. For what is talent but a name for an older piece of learning, experience, exercise, appropriation, and incorporation, perhaps as far back as the times of our ancestors, or even earlier! And again: he who learns forms his own talents, only learning is not such an easy matter and depends not only upon our willingness, but also upon our being able to learn at all.

Learning.—Michelangelo thought Raphael's brilliance came from hard work, while he saw his own as a natural gift: learning versus talent; even though this is just being pedantic, with all due respect to the great pedant himself. Because what is talent but a term for an older kind of learning—experience, practice, adoption, and integration, maybe going back to our ancestors or even earlier! And once more: the person who learns shapes their own talents, but learning isn’t easy and depends not only on our desire but also on our ability to learn at all.

Jealousy often prevents this in an artist, or that pride which, when it experiences any strange feeling, at once assumes an attitude of defence instead of an attitude of scholarly receptiveness. Raphael, like Goethe, lacked this pride, on which account they were great learners, and not merely the exploiters of those quarries which had been formed by the manifold genealogy of their forefathers. Raphael vanishes before our eyes as a learner in the midst of that assimilation of what his great rival called his “nature”: this noblest of all thieves daily carried off a portion of it; but before he had appropriated all the genius of Michelangelo he died—and the final series of his works, because it is the beginning of a new plan of study, is less perfect and good, for the simple reason that the great student was interrupted by death in the midst of his most difficult task, and took away with him that justifying and final goal which he had in view.

Jealousy often keeps an artist from growing, or that pride which, when faced with new feelings, immediately puts up walls instead of being open to learning. Raphael, like Goethe, didn’t have this pride, which is why they were great learners, not just users of the knowledge passed down from their ancestors. Raphael disappears from our view as a learner in the process of taking in what his great rival referred to as his "nature": this greatest of all thieves was constantly stealing pieces of it; but before he could absorb all the genius of Michelangelo, he died—and the last series of his works, which represents the start of a new study plan, is less perfect and less great, simply because the great student was cut short by death in the middle of his toughest work, taking with him the final goal he had in mind.

541.

How we should turn to Stone.—By slowly, very, very slowly, becoming hard like a [pg 368] precious stone, and at last lie still, a joy to all eternity.

How we should transform into Stone.—By gradually, very, very slowly, becoming solid like a [pg 368] precious stone, and ultimately remain still, a delight for all eternity.

542.

The Philosopher and Old Age.—It is not wise to permit evening to act as a judge of the day; for only too often in this case weariness becomes the judge of success and good will. We should also take the greatest precautions in regard to everything connected with old age and its judgment upon life, more especially since old age, like the evening, is fond of assuming a new and charming morality, and knows well enough how to humiliate the day by the glow of the evening skies, twilight and a peaceful and wistful silence. The reverence which we feel for an old man, especially if he is an old thinker and sage, easily blinds us to the deterioration of his intellect, and it is always necessary to bring to light the hidden symptoms of such a deterioration and lassitude, that is to say, to uncover the physiological phenomenon which is still concealed behind the old man's moral judgments and prejudices, in case we should be deceived by our veneration for him, and do something to the disadvantage of knowledge. For it is not seldom that the illusion of a great moral renovation and regeneration takes possession of the old man. Basing his views upon this, he then proceeds to express his opinions on the work and development of his life as if he had only then for the first time become clearsighted—and nevertheless it is not wisdom, but fatigue, which prompts his present state of well-being and his positive judgments.

The Philosopher and Aging.—It’s not wise to let the evening judge the day; because too often, in this scenario, exhaustion becomes the measure of success and goodwill. We should also be very careful about everything related to old age and its opinions on life, especially since old age, like the evening, likes to adopt a new and appealing moral perspective, and knows how to overshadow the day with the warmth of the evening skies, twilight, and a calm, thoughtful silence. The respect we have for an older person, particularly if they’re a thinker and a sage, can easily blind us to the decline of their intellect, and it’s always important to uncover the subtle signs of such decline and fatigue. This means exposing the physical changes that are still hidden behind the older person’s moral judgments and biases, so we’re not misled by our admiration for them and end up harming our understanding. Because it’s not uncommon for an older person to feel an illusion of moral renewal and regeneration. Relying on this feeling, they might share their views on their life’s work and development as if they have only just become aware of things for the first time—and yet it’s not wisdom that drives their current state of contentment and positive judgments, but rather fatigue.

[pg 369]

The most dangerous indication of this weariness is above all the belief in genius, which as a rule only arises in great and semi-great men of intellect at this period of their lives: the belief in an exceptional position, and exceptional rights. The thinker who thus believes himself to be inspired by genius henceforth deems it permissible for him to take things more easily, and takes advantage of his position as a genius to decree rather than to prove. It is probable, however, that the need felt by the weary intellect for alleviation is the main source of this belief—it precedes it in time, though appearances may indicate the contrary.

The most dangerous sign of this exhaustion is the belief in genius, which usually emerges in great and semi-great thinkers at this stage of their lives: the belief in a unique status and special rights. A thinker who sees themselves as inspired by genius starts to think it’s acceptable to take things lightly, using their genius status to dictate rather than demonstrate. However, it's likely that the tired mind's need for relief is the real origin of this belief—it comes before it even if it seems like the other way around.

At this time too, as the result of the love which all weary and old people feel for enjoyment, such men as those I am speaking of wish to enjoy the results of their thinking instead of again testing them and scattering the seeds abroad once more. This leads them to make their thoughts palatable and enjoyable, and to take away their dryness, coldness, and want of flavour; and thus it comes about that the old thinker apparently raises himself above his life's work, while in reality he spoils it by infusing into it a certain amount of fantasy, sweetness, flavour, poetic mists, and mystic lights. This is how Plato ended, as did also that great and honest Frenchman, Auguste Comte, who, as a conqueror of the exact sciences, cannot be matched either among the Germans or the Englishmen of this century.

At this point, older folks who are tired and craving enjoyment want to appreciate the fruits of their thinking rather than re-evaluate them and spread their ideas around again. This drives them to make their thoughts more appealing and enjoyable, eliminating their dryness, coldness, and lack of flavor. As a result, the older thinker seems to rise above their life's work, but in reality, they undermine it by adding a touch of fantasy, sweetness, flavor, poetic haze, and mystical light. This is how Plato concluded his journey, just like the great and sincere Frenchman, Auguste Comte, who, as a master of the exact sciences, stands unmatched among Germans or Englishmen of this century.

There is a third symptom of fatigue: that ambition which actuated the great thinker when he was young, and which could not then find anything [pg 370] to satisfy it, has also grown old, and, like one that has no more time to lose, it begins to snatch at the coarser and more immediate means of its gratification, means which are peculiar to active, dominating, violent, and conquering dispositions. From this time onwards the thinker wishes to found institutions which shall bear his name, instead of erecting mere brain-structures. What are now to him the ethereal victories and honours to be met with in the realm of proofs and refutations, or the perpetuation of his fame in books, or the thrill of exultation in the soul of the reader? But the institution, on the other hand, is a temple, as he well knows—a temple of stone, a durable edifice, which will keep its god alive with more certainty than the sacrifices of rare and tender souls.17

There is a third symptom of fatigue: that ambition which drove the great thinker in his youth, and which then found nothing to satisfy it, has also aged, and, like someone who feels they have no more time to waste, it begins to reach for the cruder and more immediate ways to fulfill itself—ways that are typical of active, dominant, aggressive, and conquering personalities. From this point on, the thinker wants to create institutions that will carry his name, rather than just constructing intellectual frameworks. What do the abstract victories and honors found in the world of arguments and counterarguments, or the preservation of his reputation in books, or the exhilaration of inspiring readers mean to him now? But the institution, on the other hand, is a temple, as he understands well—a stone temple, a lasting structure, that will sustain its deity with more assurance than the offerings of rare and delicate souls.[pg 370]

Perhaps, too, at this period of his life the old thinker will for the first time meet with that love which is fitted for a god rather than for a human being, and his whole nature becomes softened and sweetened in the rays of such a sun, like fruit in autumn. Yes, he grows more divine and beautiful, this great old man,—and nevertheless it is old age and weariness which permit him to ripen in this way, to grow more silent, and to repose in the luminous adulation of a woman. Now it is all up with his former desire—a desire which was superior even to his own ego—for real disciples, followers who would carry on his thought, that is, true opponents. This desire arose from his hitherto undiminished energy, the conscious pride he felt in [pg 371] being able at any time to become an opponent himself,—nay, even the deadly enemy of his own doctrine,—but now his desire is for resolute partisans, unwavering comrades, auxiliary forces, heralds, a pompous train of followers. He is now no longer able to bear that dreadful isolation in which every intellect that advances beyond the others is compelled to live. From this time forward he surrounds himself with objects of veneration, companionship, tenderness, and love; but he also wishes to enjoy the privileges of all religious people, and to worship what he venerates most highly in his little community—he will even go as far as to invent a religion for the purpose of having a community.

At this point in his life, the old thinker might finally encounter a love meant for a god rather than a human. His whole being becomes soft and sweet like fruit in the fall, basking in the warmth of such a sun. Yes, he becomes more divine and beautiful, this great old man—but it’s his old age and weariness that allow him to ripen this way, becoming quieter and resting in the radiant admiration of a woman. His previous desire for true disciples—followers who would continue his ideas, real opponents—has faded. This longing came from his unyielding energy and the pride he felt in being able to act as an opponent himself, even becoming the fierce adversary of his own beliefs. Now, though, he craves loyal supporters, steadfast comrades, helpers, and a grand entourage of followers. He can no longer endure the awful solitude that comes with being an intellect ahead of others. From this point on, he seeks out symbols of admiration, friendship, affection, and love; he also wants to enjoy the privileges of all religious people, wanting to worship what he holds most dear in his small community—he might even go so far as to create a religion just to have a community.

Thus lives the wise old man, and in living thus he falls almost imperceptibly into such a deplorable proximity to priestly and poetic extravagances that it is difficult to recollect all his wise and severe period of youth, the former rigid morality of his mind, and his truly virile dread of fancies and misplaced enthusiasm. When he was formerly in the habit of comparing himself with the older thinkers, he did so merely that he might measure his weakness against their strength, and that he might become colder and more audacious towards himself; but now he only makes this comparison to intoxicate himself with his own delusions. Formerly he looked forward with confidence to future thinkers, and he even took a delight in imagining himself to be cast into the shade by their brighter light. Now, however, he is mortified to think that he cannot be the last: he endeavours to discover some way of [pg 372] imposing upon mankind, together with the inheritance which he is leaving to them, a restriction of sovereign thinking. He fears and reviles the pride and the love of freedom of individual minds: after him no one must allow his intellect to govern with absolute unrestriction: he himself wishes to remain for ever the bulwark on which the waves of ideas may break—these are his secret wishes, and perhaps, indeed, they are not always secret.

So the wise old man lives, and in living this way, he almost imperceptibly slips into such a sad closeness to priestly and poetic excesses that it’s hard to remember all the wisdom and seriousness of his youth, the once strict morality of his mind, and his genuine masculine fear of fantasies and misplaced enthusiasm. When he used to compare himself to older thinkers, he did it just to measure his weakness against their strength, to become colder and bolder towards himself; but now he only makes this comparison to indulge in his own illusions. He once looked ahead with confidence to future thinkers, even enjoying the thought of being overshadowed by their brighter light. Now, though, he is embarrassed by the thought that he can’t be the last: he tries to find some way of [pg 372] imposing on humanity, along with the legacy he is leaving them, a limit on sovereign thought. He fears and criticizes the pride and love of freedom in individual minds: after him, no one should allow their intellect to operate completely freely; he himself wants to remain forever the barrier against the waves of ideas—these are his hidden wishes, and maybe they aren’t always so hidden.

The hard fact upon which such wishes are based, however, is that he himself has come to a halt before his teaching, and has set up his boundary stone, his “thus far and no farther.” In canonising himself he has drawn up his own death warrant: from now on his mind cannot develop further. His race is run; the hour-hand stops. Whenever a great thinker tries to make himself a lasting institution for posterity, we may readily suppose that he has passed the climax of his powers, and is very tired, very near the setting of his sun.

The hard truth behind these wishes is that he has stopped progressing in his teaching and has established his limit, his "so far and no farther." By declaring himself above critique, he has effectively signed his own death warrant: from now on, his mind can't grow any more. His race is over; the hour-hand has stopped. Whenever a great thinker attempts to secure a lasting legacy for the future, we can easily assume that he has already peaked in his abilities and is exhausted, very close to the end of his journey.

543.

We must not make Passion an Argument for Truth.—Oh, you kind-hearted and even noble enthusiasts, I know you! You wish to seem right in our eyes as well as in your own, but especially in your own!—and an irritable and subtle evil conscience so often spurs you on against your very enthusiasm! How ingenious you then become in deceiving your conscience, and lulling it to sleep! How you hate honest, simple, and clean souls; how you avoid their innocent glances! That better knowledge whose representatives they are, and [pg 373] whose voice you hear only too distinctly within yourselves when it questions your belief,—how you try to cast suspicion upon it as a bad habit, as a disease of the age, as the neglect and infection of your own intellectual health! It drives you on to hate even criticism, science, reason! You must falsify history to make it testify in your favour; you must deny virtues in case they should obscure those of your own idols and ideals.

We should not use Passion as a basis for Truth.—Oh, you kind-hearted and even noble enthusiasts, I know you! You want to seem right in our eyes as well as your own, but especially in your own!—and an irritable and subtle guilty conscience often pushes you against your very enthusiasm! How clever you become in tricking your conscience and putting it to rest! How you despise honest, simple, and pure souls; how you shy away from their innocent gazes! That deeper understanding they represent, and [pg 373] whose voice you hear all too clearly within yourselves when it questions your beliefs,—how you try to discredit it as a bad habit, a disease of the times, a neglect and infection of your own intellectual health! It drives you to even hate criticism, science, reason! You have to distort history to make it support your position; you have to deny virtues if they threaten to overshadow those of your own idols and ideals.

Coloured images where arguments are needed! Ardour and power of expression! Silver mists! Ambrosian nights! well do you know how to enlighten and to darken—to darken by means of light! and indeed when your passion can no longer be kept within bounds the moment comes when you say to yourselves, “Now I have won for myself a good conscience, now I am exalted, courageous, self-denying, magnanimous; now I am honest!” How you long for these moments when your passion will confer upon you full and absolute rights, and also, as it were, innocence. How happy you are when engaged in battle and inspired with ecstasy or courage, when you are elated beyond yourself, when gnawing doubt has left you, and when you can even decree: “Any man who is not in ecstasy as we are cannot by any chance know what or where truth is.” How you long to meet with those who share your belief in this state—which is a state of intellectual depravity—and to set your own fire alight with their flames! Oh, for your martyrdom, your victory of the sanctified lie! Must you really inflict so much pain upon yourselves?—Must you?

Coloured images where arguments are needed! Passion and power of expression! Silver mists! Ambrosial nights! You really know how to illuminate and to obscure—to obscure through light! And when your passion can no longer be contained, the moment arrives when you say to yourselves, "Now I've got a clear conscience, now I feel uplifted, brave, selfless, generous; now I am honest!" How you yearn for those moments when your passion grants you full and complete rights, and also, in a sense, innocence. How thrilled you are when you're in the thick of it, filled with ecstasy or courage, when you feel ecstatic beyond your limits, when lingering doubt has faded, and when you can even declare: “Anyone who isn't as ecstatic as we are must have no idea what truth is or where to find it.” How you long to connect with those who share your belief in this state—which is a state of intellectual corruption—and ignite your own fire with their flames! Oh, for your martyrdom, your triumph of the blessed illusion! Do you really have to inflict so much pain on yourselves?—Do you?

[pg 374]

544.

How Philosophy is now Practised.—I can see quite well that our philosophising youths, women, and artists require from philosophy exactly the opposite of what the Greeks derived from it. What does he who does not hear the continual exultation that resounds through every speech and counter-argument in a Platonic dialogue, this exultation over the new invention of rational thinking, know about Plato or about ancient philosophy? At that time souls were filled with enthusiasm when they gave themselves up to the severe and sober sport of ideas, generalisations, refutations,—that enthusiasm which perhaps those old, great, severe, and prudent contrapuntists in music have also known. At that time the Greek palate still possessed that older and formerly omnipotent taste: and by the side of this taste their new taste appeared to be enveloped in so much charm that the divine art of dialectic was sung by hesitating voices as if its followers were intoxicated with the frenzy of love. That old form of thinking, however, was thought within the bounds of morality, and for it nothing existed but fixed judgments and established facts, and it had no reasons but those of authority. Thinking, therefore, was simply a matter of repetition, and all the enjoyment of speech and dialogue could only lie in their form.

How Philosophy is Practiced Now.—I can see clearly that our philosophical young people, women, and artists want something completely different from philosophy than what the Greeks did. What does someone who doesn’t hear the constant excitement that resonates through every argument and counter-argument in a Platonic dialogue know about Plato or ancient philosophy? Back then, people were filled with passion when they engaged in the serious and sober exploration of ideas, generalizations, and refutations—an enthusiasm that perhaps those great, serious, and careful composers of music also experienced. At that time, the Greek palate was still tuned to that older and once-dominant taste, and alongside it, their new taste appeared so charming that the divine art of dialectic was celebrated in hesitant voices as if its followers were drunk with love. However, that old way of thinking operated within moral boundaries, and for it, there were only fixed judgments and established facts, relying solely on authority for justification. Thus, thinking became merely a matter of repetition, and all the enjoyment of speech and dialogue could only come from their form.

Wherever the substance of a thing is looked upon as eternal and universally approved, there is only one great charm, the charm of variable forms, that is, of fashion. Even in the poets ever since the [pg 375] time of Homer, and later on in the case of the sculptors, the Greeks did not enjoy originality, but its contrary. It was Socrates who discovered another charm, that of cause and effect, of reason and sequence, and we moderns have become so used to it, and have been brought up to the necessity of logic that we look upon it as the normal taste, and as such it cannot but be repugnant to ardent and presumptuous people. Such people are pleased by whatever stands out boldly from the normal: their more subtle ambition leads them to believe only too readily that they are exceptional souls, not dialectic and rational beings, but, let us say, “intuitive” beings gifted with an “inner sense,” or with a certain “intellectual perception.” Above all, however, they wish to be “artistic natures” with a genius in their heads, and a demon in their bodies, and consequently with special rights in this world and in the world to come—especially the divine privilege of being incomprehensible.

Wherever the essence of something is seen as timeless and universally accepted, there’s just one major allure: the allure of changing styles, or fashion. Even in poetry since the time of Homer, and later with sculptors, the Greeks didn’t celebrate originality; it was quite the opposite. It was Socrates who uncovered another type of charm: that of cause and effect, reason and sequence. We moderns have become so accustomed to this and have been conditioned to value logic that we see it as the norm, which can be off-putting to those who are passionate and arrogant. Such individuals are attracted to anything that stands out sharply from the ordinary. Their more subtle aspirations lead them to easily believe they are exceptional beings—not just rational thinkers, but let’s say, “intuitive” beings with an “inner sense,” or a certain “intellectual perception.” Above all else, they want to be “artistic natures” with genius in their minds, a spirit in their bodies, and thus claim special rights in this world and the next—especially the divine privilege of being incomprehensible.

And people like these are “going in for” philosophy nowadays! I fear they will discover one day that they have made a mistake—what they are looking for is religion!

And people like these are "getting involved" philosophy nowadays! I worry they will realize one day that they have made a mistake—what they're really searching for is religion!

545.

But we do not Believe you.—You would fain pass for psychologists, but we shall not allow it! Are we not to notice that you pretend to be more experienced, profound, passionate, and perfect than you actually are?—just as we notice in yonder painter that there is a trifling presumptuousness in [pg 376] his manner of wielding the brush, and in yonder musician that he brings forward his theme with the desire to make it appear superior to what it really is. Have you experienced history within yourselves, commotions, earthquakes, long and profound sadness, and sudden flashes of happiness? Have you acted foolishly with great and little fools? Have you really undergone the delusions and woe of the good people? and also the woe and the peculiar happiness of the most evil? Then you may speak to me of morality, but not otherwise!

But we don't believe you.—You want to be seen as psychologists, but we won’t let that happen! Are we supposed to ignore that you act like you’re more experienced, insightful, passionate, and perfect than you really are?—just like we notice in that painter a bit of arrogance in [pg 376] his way of using the brush, and in that musician who presents his theme as if it’s more impressive than it truly is. Have you lived through history in your own life, faced upheavals, deep sadness, and sudden bursts of joy? Have you ever acted foolishly among great and small fools? Have you truly experienced the delusions and suffering of good people? And also the suffering and strange happiness of the most wicked? Then you can talk to me about morality, but not until then!

546.

Slave and Idealist.—The followers of Epictetus would doubtless not be to the taste of those who are now striving after the ideal. The constant tension of his being, the indefatigable inward glance, the prudent and reserved incommunicativeness of his eye whenever it happens to gaze upon the outer world, and above all, his silence or laconic speech: all these are characteristics of the strictest fortitude,—and what would our idealists, who above all else are desirous of expansion, care for this? But in spite of all this the Stoic is not fanatical. He detests the display and boasting of our idealists: his pride, however great it may be, is not eager to disturb others. It permits of a certain gentle approach, and has no desire to spoil anybody's good humour—nay, it can even smile. A great deal of ancient humanity is to be seen exemplified in this ideal. The most excellent feature about it, however, is that the thinker is completely free from the [pg 377] fear of God, strictly believes in reason, and is no preacher of penitence.

Slave and Idealist.—The followers of Epictetus probably wouldn’t resonate with those who are currently pursuing the ideal. His constant inner struggle, relentless self-reflection, careful and reserved gaze whenever he looks at the world around him, and especially his silence or to-the-point speech: these all embody the strictest form of strength—and what would our idealists, who mainly desire growth, think of this? Yet despite all this, the Stoic isn’t fanatical. He despises the showiness and bragging of our idealists; his pride, no matter how substantial, doesn’t seek to disrupt others. It allows for a gentle approach and has no intention of ruining anyone’s good mood— in fact, it can even smile. A lot of ancient human experience is reflected in this ideal. The best aspect of it, however, is that the thinker is completely free from the [pg 377] fear of God, firmly believes in reason, and isn’t a preacher of guilt.

Epictetus was a slave: his ideal man is without any particular rank, and may exist in any grade of society, but above all he is to be sought in the deepest and lowest social classes, as the silent and self-sufficient man in the midst of a general state of servitude, a man who defends himself alone against the outer world, and is constantly living in a state of the highest fortitude. He is distinguished from the Christian especially, because the latter lives in hope in the promise of “unspeakable glory,” permits presents to be made to him, and expects and accepts the best things from divine love and grace, and not from himself. Epictetus, on the other hand, neither hopes nor allows his best treasure to be given him—he possesses it already, holds it bravely in his hand, and defies the world to take it away from him. Christianity was devised for another class of ancient slaves, for those who had a weak will and weak reason—that is to say, for the majority of slaves.

Epictetus was a slave: his ideal person doesn't have a specific rank and can exist at any level of society, but is primarily found among the poorest and lowest social classes, as a quiet and self-reliant individual in a general state of servitude, someone who stands alone against the outside world and consistently embodies the highest courage. He is especially distinct from the Christian figure, who lives in hope of the promise of “incredible glory,” accepts gifts, and expects and embraces the best things from divine love and grace, rather than relying on themselves. In contrast, Epictetus neither hopes for nor allows his greatest treasure to be gifted to him—he already possesses it, holds it firmly, and dares the world to take it from him. Christianity was created for a different group of ancient slaves, specifically those with weak wills and reasoning—essentially, for the majority of slaves.

547.

The Tyrants of the Intellect.—The progress of science is at the present time no longer hindered by the purely accidental fact that man attains to about seventy years, which was the case far too long. In former times people wished to master the entire extent of knowledge within this period, and all the methods of knowledge were valued according to this general desire. Minor [pg 378] questions and individual experiments were looked upon as unworthy of notice: people wanted to take the shortest path under the impression that, since everything in this world seemed to be arranged with a view to man's needs, even the acquirement of knowledge was regulated in view of the limits of human life.

The Intellectual Tyrants.—Right now, the advancement of science isn’t held back by the random fact that humans typically live around seventy years, which used to be a huge barrier. In the past, people aimed to learn everything within this timeframe, and all methods of gaining knowledge were judged by this widespread goal. Smaller issues and individual experiments were considered unimportant: people wanted to find the quickest route, believing that since everything in the world seemed organized for human benefit, even the pursuit of knowledge was structured around the limits of human life.

To solve everything at a single stroke, with one word—this was the secret desire; and the task was represented in the symbol of the Gordian knot or the egg of Columbus. No one doubted that it was possible to reach the goal of knowledge after the manner of Alexander or Columbus, and to settle all questions with one answer. “There is a mystery to be solved,” seemed to be the aim of life in the eyes of the philosopher: it was necessary in the first place to find out what this enigma was, and to condense the problem of the world into the simplest enigmatical formula possible. The boundless ambition and delight of being the “unraveller of the world” charmed the dreams of many a thinker: nothing seemed to him worth troubling about in this world but the means of bringing everything to a satisfactory conclusion. Philosophy thus became a kind of supreme struggle for the tyrannical sway over the intellect, and no one doubted that such a tyrannical domination was reserved for some very happy, subtle, ingenious, bold, and powerful person—a single individual!—and many (the last was Schopenhauer) fancied themselves to be this privileged person.

To solve everything in one go, with a single word—this was the hidden wish; and the challenge was symbolized by the Gordian knot or the egg of Columbus. No one doubted that it was possible to achieve the goal of knowledge like Alexander or Columbus and to answer all questions with one response. “There’s a mystery to solve,” seemed to be the purpose of life according to philosophers: first, it was necessary to discover what this mystery was and to condense the world's problem into the simplest enigmatic formula possible. The limitless ambition and joy of being the “unraveling the world” fascinated many thinkers: nothing seemed worth worrying about in this world except finding ways to bring everything to a satisfying conclusion. Philosophy thus became a kind of ultimate struggle for complete control over the intellect, and no one doubted that such absolute domination was meant for some very fortunate, clever, ingenious, bold, and powerful person—a single individual!—and many (the last was Schopenhauer) imagined themselves to be this chosen person.

From this it follows that, on the whole, science has up to the present remained in a rather backward [pg 379] state owing to the moral narrow-mindedness of its disciples, and that henceforth it will have to be pursued from a higher and more generous motive. “What do I matter?” is written over the door of the thinker of the future.

From this, it follows that, overall, science has remained quite backward up until now due to the moral narrow-mindedness of its followers, and from now on, it will need to be pursued with a higher and more generous purpose. “What do I matter?” is written over the door of the thinker of the future.

548.

Victory Over Power.—If we consider all that has been venerated up to the present as “superhuman intellect” or “genius,” we must come to the sad conclusion that, considered as a whole, the intellectuality of mankind must have been extremely low and poor: so little mind has hitherto been necessary in order to feel at once considerably superior to all this! Alas for the cheap glory of “genius”! How quickly has it been raised to the throne, and its worship grown into a custom! We still fall on our knees before power—according to the old custom of slaves—and nevertheless, when the degree of venerability comes to be determined, only the degree of reason in the power will be the deciding factor. We must find out, indeed, to how great an extent power has been overcome by something higher, which it now obeys as a tool and instrument.

Victory Over Power.—If we look at everything that has been praised up to now as "superhuman intelligence" or "genius," we must unfortunately conclude that, overall, human intelligence has been quite low and lacking: it has taken so little thought to feel far superior to all this! Alas for the easy glory of "genius"! How quickly it has been elevated to greatness, and its worship has become a tradition! We still kneel before power—just like the old habits of slaves—and yet, when we determine what is truly admirable, only the level of reason in that power will matter. We must discover just how much power has been surpassed by something greater, which it now serves as a mere tool and instrument.

As yet, however, there have been too few eyes for such investigations: even in the majority of cases the mere valuation of genius has almost been looked upon as blasphemy. And thus perhaps everything that is most beautiful still takes place in the midst of darkness and vanishes in endless night almost as soon as it has made its appearance,—I [pg 380] refer to the spectacle of that power which a genius does not lay out upon works, but upon himself as a work, that is, his own self-control, the purifying of his own imagination, the order and selection in his inspirations and tasks. The great man ever remains invisible in the greatest thing that claims worship, like some distant star: his victory over power remains without witnesses, and hence also without songs and singers. The hierarchy of the great men in all the past history of the human race has not yet been determined.

As of now, however, there have been too few people to conduct such investigations: even in most cases, simply valuing genius has almost been seen as outrageous. And so, perhaps everything that is truly beautiful occurs amid darkness and disappears into endless night almost as soon as it appears—I [pg 380] refer to the display of that power which a genius doesn’t express through their work, but within themselves as a work, meaning their own self-control, the refining of their imagination, the organization and selection of their inspirations and tasks. The great person always remains unseen in the greatest thing that demands admiration, like a distant star: their triumph over power goes without witnesses, and therefore also without songs and singers. The hierarchy of great individuals throughout the entire history of humanity has not yet been established.

549.

Flight from One's Self.—Those sufferers from intellectual spasms who are impatient towards themselves and look upon themselves with a gloomy eye—such as Byron or Alfred de Musset—and who, in everything that they do, resemble runaway horses, and from their own works derive only a transient joy and an ardent passion which almost bursts their veins, followed by sterility and disenchantment—how are they able to bear up! They would fain attain to something “beyond themselves.” If we happen to be Christians, and are seized by such a desire as this, we strive to reach God and to become one with Him; if we are a Shakespeare we shall be glad to perish in images of a passionate life; if we are like Byron we long for actions, because these detach us from ourselves to an even greater extent than thoughts, feelings, and works.

Escape from Yourself.—Those who suffer from intense intellectual struggles and are harsh on themselves, viewing their existence with a sense of gloom—like Byron or Alfred de Musset—tend to act like runaway horses. In everything they do, they find only brief ecstasy and a burning passion that nearly overwhelms them, followed by emptiness and disappointment. How do they manage to cope? They yearn to achieve something "beyond themselves." If we are Christians and feel this kind of longing, we seek to connect with God and unite with Him; if we are like Shakespeare, we embrace the idea of losing ourselves in images of an intense life; if we resemble Byron, we crave action because it distracts us from ourselves even more than thoughts, emotions, and creations do.

And should the desire for performing great deeds really be at bottom nothing but a flight from our own selves?—as Pascal would ask us. And indeed [pg 381] this assertion might be proved by considering the most noble representations of this desire for action: in this respect let us remember, bringing the knowledge of an alienist to our aid, that four of the greatest men of all ages who were possessed of this lust for action were epileptics—Alexander the Great, Cæsar, Mohammed, and Napoleon; and Byron likewise was subject to the same complaint.

And could it be that our urge to accomplish great things is really just a way to escape from ourselves?—as Pascal might suggest. In fact, [pg 381] this claim could be supported by looking at the most admirable examples of this desire for action. In this case, let’s recall, with the insight of a psychiatrist, that four of the greatest figures in history, who had this drive for action, were epileptics—Alexander the Great, Caesar, Mohammed, and Napoleon; and Byron also suffered from the same condition.

550.

Knowledge and Beauty.—If men, as they are still in the habit of doing, reserve their veneration and feelings of happiness for works of fancy and imagination, we should not be surprised if they feel chilled and displeased by the contrary of fancy and imagination. The rapture which arises from even the smallest, sure, and definite step in advance into insight, and which our present state of science yields to so many in such abundance—this rapture is in the meantime not believed in by all those who are in the habit of feeling enraptured only when they leave reality altogether and plunge into the depths of vague appearance—romanticism. These people look upon reality as ugly, but they entirely overlook the fact that the knowledge of even the ugliest reality is beautiful, and that the man who can discern much and often is in the end very far from considering as ugly the main items of that reality, the discovery of which has always inspired him with the feeling of happiness.

Knowledge and Beauty.—If people, as they often do, reserve their admiration and happiness for creative and imaginative works, we shouldn't be surprised if they feel cold and dissatisfied by the opposite of creativity and imagination. The joy that comes from even the smallest, clear, and definite step forward in understanding, which our current state of science provides in abundance to many, is something that not everyone believes in. Those who only feel thrilled when they escape reality and dive into the vague realms of fantasy—romanticism—overlook the fact that even the ugliest reality is beautiful in its knowledge. Moreover, those who can see and understand a lot often find that the core aspects of reality, which have always brought them happiness, are far from ugly.

Is there anything “beautiful in itself”? The happiness of those who can recognise augments the beauty of the world, bathing everything that exists [pg 382] in a sunnier light: discernment not only envelops all things in its own beauty, but in the long run permeates the things themselves with its beauty—may ages to come bear witness to the truth of this statement! In the meantime let us recall an old experience: two men so thoroughly different in every respect as Plato and Aristotle were agreed in regard to what constituted superior happiness—not merely their own and that of men in general, but happiness in itself, even the happiness of the gods. They found this happiness to lie in knowledge, in the activity of a well practised and inventive understanding (not in “intuition” like the German theologians and semi-theologians; not in visions, like the mystics; and not in work, like the merely practical men). Similar opinions were expressed by Descartes and Spinoza. What great delight must all these men have felt in knowledge! and how great was the danger that their honesty might give way, and that they themselves might become panegyrists of things!

Is there anything "beautiful on its own"? The happiness of those who can recognize it enhances the beauty of the world, bathing everything that exists [pg 382] in a brighter light: discernment not only wraps all things in its own beauty, but eventually seeps into the things themselves with its beauty—may future ages bear witness to the truth of this statement! In the meantime, let’s recall an old experience: two men as different in every way as Plato and Aristotle agreed on what constituted superior happiness—not just their own or that of humanity in general, but happiness in itself, even the happiness of the gods. They believed this happiness lies in knowledge, in the activity of a well-trained and inventive intellect (not in "gut feeling" like the German theologians and semi-theologians; not in visions, like the mystics; and not in work, like the merely practical people). Similar views were shared by Descartes and Spinoza. What great delight all these men must have felt in knowledge! And what a risk there was that their honesty might slip, leading them to become mere admirers of things!

551.

Future Virtues.—How has it come about that, the more intelligible the world has become, the more all kinds of ceremonies have diminished? Was fear so frequently the fundamental basis of that awe which overcame us at the sight of anything hitherto unknown and mysterious, and which taught us to fall upon our knees before the unintelligible, and to beg for mercy? And has the world, perhaps, through the very fact that we have [pg 383] grown less timid, lost some of the charms it formerly had for us? Is it not possible that our own dignity and stateliness, our formidable character, has decreased together with our spirit of dread? Perhaps we value the world and ourselves less highly since we have begun to think more boldly about it and ourselves? Perhaps there will come a moment in the future when this courageous spirit of thinking will have reached such a point that it will feel itself soaring in supreme pride, far above men and things—when the wise man, being also the boldest, will see himself and even more particularly existence, the lowest of all beneath himself?

Future Values.—How did it happen that as the world becomes easier to understand, all kinds of ceremonies have faded away? Was fear really the main reason for the awe we felt at things that were unknown and mysterious, leading us to kneel before what we couldn’t comprehend and plead for mercy? And has the world, maybe because we have become less timid, lost some of its former allure? Isn’t it possible that our own dignity and presence, our intimidating nature, has diminished along with our sense of fear? Maybe we don’t value the world or ourselves as much since we've started to think more boldly about both? Perhaps there will come a time in the future when this brave way of thinking reaches a point where it feels like it’s soaring in supreme pride, looking down on people and things—when the wise person, being the most daring, sees themselves and especially existence as the lowest beneath them?

This type of courage, which is not far removed from excessive generosity, has been lacking in humanity up to the present.—Oh, that our poets might once again become what they once were: seers, telling us something about what might possibly happen! now that what is real and what is past are being ever more and more taken from them, and must continue to be taken from them—for the time of innocent counterfeiting is at an end! Let them try to enable us to anticipate future virtues, or virtues that will never be found on earth, although they may exist somewhere in the world!—purple-glowing constellations and whole Milky Ways of the beautiful! Where are ye, ye astronomers of the ideal?

This kind of courage, which is not far off from being overly generous, has been missing in humanity to this day. Oh, how I wish our poets could become what they once were: visionaries, telling us about what might happen! Now that the real and the past are increasingly being taken away from them, and will continue to be taken from them—because the time for innocent imitation is over! Let them try to help us anticipate future virtues, or virtues that we may never find on earth, even if they might exist somewhere out there!—brilliant, glowing constellations and entire galaxies of beauty! Where are you, astronomers of the ideal?

552.

Ideal Selfishness.—Is there a more sacred state than that of pregnancy? To perform every [pg 384] one of our actions in the silent conviction that in one way or another it will be to the benefit of that which is being generated within us—that it must augment its mysterious value, the very thought of which fills us with rapture? At such a time we refrain from many things without having to force ourselves to do so: we suppress the angry word, we grasp the hand forgivingly; our child must be born from all that is best and gentlest. We shun our own harshness and brusqueness in case it should instil a drop of unhappiness into the cup of the beloved unknown. Everything is veiled, ominous; we know nothing about what is going on, but simply wait and try to be prepared. During this time, too, we experience a pure and purifying feeling of profound irresponsibility, similar to that felt by a spectator before a drawn curtain; it is growing, it is coming to light; we have nothing to do with determining its value, or the hour of its arrival. We are thrown back altogether upon indirect, beneficent and defensive influences. “Something greater than we are is growing here”—such is our most secret hope: we prepare everything with a view to his birth and prosperity—not merely everything that is useful, but also the noblest gifts of our souls.

Perfect Selfishness.—Is there a more sacred state than pregnancy? To carry out every [pg 384] action with the quiet belief that it will somehow benefit the life growing inside us—that it will enhance its mysterious value, a thought that fills us with joy? At this time, we naturally avoid many things without needing to force ourselves: we hold back angry words and offer forgiveness; our child must be born from all that is best and kindest. We avoid our own harshness and bluntness to prevent even a hint of unhappiness from tainting the future we cherish. Everything feels uncertain and charged; we know nothing about what's unfolding, only that we wait and try to be ready. During this time, we also feel a pure, purifying sense of profound irresponsibility, like a spectator before a closed curtain; it is growing, it is coming to light; we have no role in deciding its worth or the timing of its arrival. We are entirely reliant on indirect, positive, and protective influences. "Something bigger than us is developing here."—this is our deepest hope: we prepare everything for its birth and well-being—not just the practical things, but also the finest gifts from our souls.

We should, and can, live under the influence of such a blessed inspiration! Whether what we are looking forward to is a thought or a deed, our relationship to every essential achievement is none other than that of pregnancy, and all our vainglorious boasting about “willing” and “creating” should be cast to the winds! True and ideal [pg 385] selfishness consists in always watching over and restraining the soul, so that our productiveness may come to a beautiful termination. Thus in this indirect manner we must provide for and watch over the good of all; and the frame of mind, the mood in which we live, is a kind of soothing oil which spreads far around us on the restless souls.—Still, these pregnant ones are funny people! let us therefore dare to be funny also, and not reproach others if they must be the same. And even when this phenomenon becomes dangerous and evil we must not show less respect to that which is generating within us or others than ordinary worldly justice, which does not allow the judge or the hangman to interfere with a pregnant woman.

We should, and can, live inspired by such a blessed influence! Whether we're looking forward to an idea or an action, our connection to every significant achievement is like being pregnant, and all our bragging about “willing” and “creating” should just be blown away! True, ideal selfishness involves always watching over and restraining the soul, so that our creativity can reach a beautiful conclusion. In this indirect way, we have to care for and look out for the good of everyone; the mindset, the mood we live in, acts like a soothing balm that spreads around us to calm restless souls. Yet, these creative folks are quite amusing! So, let's be brave enough to be amusing too, and not judge others if they’re the same. Even when this situation becomes risky and harmful, we must still respect what’s being nurtured inside us and in others, just like worldly justice doesn’t allow a judge or executioner to interfere with a pregnant woman.

553.

Circuitous Routes.—Where does all this philosophy mean to end with its circuitous routes? Does it do more than transpose into reason, so to speak, a continuous and strong impulse—a craving for a mild sun, a bright and bracing atmosphere, southern plants, sea breezes, short meals of meat, eggs, and fruit, hot water to drink, quiet walks for days at a time, little talking, rare and cautious reading, living alone, pure, simple, and almost soldier-like habits—a craving, in short, for all things which are suited to my own personal taste? a philosophy which is in the main the instinct for a personal regimen—an instinct that longs for my air, my height, my temperature, and my kind of health, and takes the circuitous route of my head to persuade me to it!

Roundabout Routes.—Where is all this philosophy leading with its roundabout ways? Does it do more than translate, in a sense, a constant and strong urge—a desire for a mild sun, a bright and invigorating atmosphere, southern plants, sea breezes, quick meals of meat, eggs, and fruit, hot water to drink, quiet walks for days on end, minimal talking, infrequent and careful reading, living alone, and pure, simple, almost disciplined habits—a desire, in short, for everything that suits my personal taste? A philosophy that mainly reflects the instinct for a personal routine—an instinct that yearns for my air, my elevation, my climate, and my preferred health, taking the roundabout route of my mind to convince me of it!

[pg 386]

There are many other and certainly more lofty philosophies, and not only such as are more gloomy and pretentious than mine—and are they perhaps, taking them as a whole, nothing but intellectual circuitous routes of the same kind of personal impulses?—In the meantime I look with a new eye upon the mysterious and solitary flight of a butterfly high on the rocky banks of the lake where so many plants are growing: there it flies hither and thither, heedless of the fact that its life will last only one more day, and that the night will be too cold for its winged fragility. For it, too, a philosophy might be found, though it might not be my own.

There are many other philosophies that are definitely more elevated than mine, not to mention those that are gloomier and more pretentious. But could they be, overall, just complicated twists of the same personal feelings? Meanwhile, I watch with fresh eyes the mysterious and solitary journey of a butterfly flitting around the rocky banks of the lake where so many plants are thriving. It flits back and forth, completely unaware that it has only one more day to live and that the night will be too cold for its delicate wings. For it, too, there could be a philosophy, even if it isn't the same as mine.

554.

Leading.18—When we praise progress we only praise the movement and those who do not let us remain on the same spot, and in the circumstances this is certainly something, especially if we live among Egyptians. In changeable Europe, however, where movement is “understood,” to use their own expression, “as a matter of course”—alas, if we only understood something about it too!—I praise leaders and forerunners: that is to say, those who always leave themselves behind, and do not care in the least whether any one is following them or not. “Wherever I halt I find myself alone: why should I halt! the desert is still so wide!”—such is the sentiment of the true leader.

Leading.18—When we celebrate progress, we’re really just acknowledging movement and those who won’t let us stay put, which is definitely something, especially when we're around Egyptians. In ever-changing Europe, however, where movement is "got it," as they like to say, “as a standard practice”—oh, if only we could understand a bit of it too!—I admire leaders and pioneers: meaning, those who always move ahead and couldn’t care less if anyone follows them. "Wherever I pause, I end up alone: why should I take a break! The desert is still so huge!"—that’s the mindset of a true leader.

[pg 387]

555.

The Least Important Are Sufficient.—We ought to avoid events when we know that even the least important of them frequently enough leave a strong impression upon us—and these we cannot avoid.—The thinker must possess an approximate canon of all the things he still wishes to experience.

The Least Important Are Enough.—We should steer clear of events when we realize that even the least significant ones often leave a lasting mark on us—and these are unavoidable.—A thinker must have a rough guideline of all the things they still want to experience.

556.

The Four Virtues.—Honest towards ourselves, and to all and everything friendly to us; brave in the face of our enemy; generous towards the vanquished; polite at all times: such do the four cardinal virtues wish us to be.

The Four Virtues.—Be honest with ourselves and friendly to everyone and everything around us; brave when facing our enemies; generous to those we've defeated; and polite at all times: this is what the four cardinal virtues encourage us to embody.

557.

Marching Against an Enemy.—How pleasant is the sound of even bad music and bad motives when we are setting out to march against an enemy!

Marching Against an Enemy.—How uplifting is the sound of even terrible music and questionable intentions when we're getting ready to confront an enemy!

558.

Not Concealing One's Virtues.—I love those men who are as transparent as water, and who, to use Pope's expression, hide not from view the turbid bottom of their stream. Even they, however, possess a certain vanity, though of a rare and more sublimated kind: some of them would wish us to see nothing but the mud, and to take no notice of the clearness of the water which enables us to look right to the bottom. No less a man than [pg 388] Gautama Buddha has imagined the vanity of these few in the formula, “Let your sins appear before men, and conceal your virtues.” But this would exhibit a disagreeable spectacle to the world—it would be a sin against good taste.

Not Hiding One's Strengths.—I admire those individuals who are as clear as water and who, to borrow Pope's phrase, don’t hide the murky bottom of their stream. Yet, even they have a certain vanity, though it’s a rare and more refined type: some of them would prefer we only see the mud and overlook the clarity of the water that lets us see straight to the bottom. Even the esteemed [pg 388] Gautama Buddha has noted this vanity in his saying, "Let your sins be known to others, but keep your virtues hidden." But this would present an unpleasant sight to the world—it would be a breach of good taste.

559.

"Nothing in Excess!"—How often is the individual recommended to set up a goal which it is beyond his power to reach, in order that he may at least attain that which lies within the scope of his abilities and most strenuous efforts! Is it really so desirable, however, that he should do so? Do not the best men who try to act according to this doctrine, together with their best deeds, necessarily assume a somewhat exaggerated and distorted appearance on account of their excessive tension? and in the future will not a grey mist of failure envelop the world, owing to the fact that we may see everywhere struggling athletes and tremendous gestures, but nowhere a conqueror crowned with the laurel, and rejoicing in his victory?

"Nothing in excess!"—How often are people advised to set a goal that’s beyond their reach, just so they can at least achieve something within their capabilities and hardest efforts! But is it truly beneficial for them to do so? Don’t the best individuals who try to live by this principle, along with their greatest actions, end up seeming somewhat exaggerated and distorted due to their excessive strain? And in the future, won’t we be surrounded by a grey haze of failure because we see everywhere struggling athletes and grand gestures, but nowhere a champion celebrated with a laurel, rejoicing in their success?

560.

What we are Free to do.—We can act as the gardeners of our impulses, and—which few people know—we may cultivate the seeds of anger, pity, vanity, or excessive brooding, and make these things fecund and productive, just as we can train a beautiful plant to grow along trellis-work. We may do this with the good or bad taste of a [pg 389] gardener, and as it were, in the French, English, Dutch, or Chinese style. We may let nature take its own course, only trimming and embellishing a little here and there; and finally, without any knowledge or consideration, we may even allow the plants to spring up in accordance with their own natural growth and limitations, and fight out their battle among themselves,—nay, we can even take delight in such chaos, though we may possibly have a hard time with it! All this is at our option: but how many know that it is? Do not the majority of people believe in themselves as complete and perfect facts? and have not the great philosophers set their seal on this prejudice through their doctrine of the unchangeability of character?

What we are allowed to do.—We can be the caretakers of our impulses, and—something not many realize—we can nurture the seeds of anger, pity, vanity, or excessive reflection, and turn these feelings into something fruitful, just like we can train a beautiful plant to climb a trellis. We can manage this with the good or bad taste of a [pg 389] gardener, and in styles that could be French, English, Dutch, or Chinese. We can let nature take its course, only pruning and enhancing a bit here and there; or, without any awareness or thought, we might even let the plants grow according to their own natural inclinations and struggles, even finding joy in that chaos, though we might find it challenging! All this is up to us: but how many are aware of it? Don't most people view themselves as finished and perfect beings? And haven't the great philosophers endorsed this view with their teachings about the unchangeability of character?

561.

Letting our Happiness also Shine.—In the same way as painters are unable to reproduce the deep brilliant hue of the natural sky, and are compelled to use all the colours they require for their landscapes a few shades deeper than nature has made them—just as they, by means of this trick, succeed in approaching the brilliancy and harmony of nature's own hues, so also must poets and philosophers, for whom the luminous rays of happiness are inaccessible, endeavour to find an expedient. By picturing all things a shade or two darker than they really are, their light, in which they excel, will produce almost exactly the same effect as the sunlight, and will resemble the light of true happiness.—The pessimist, on the other hand, who paints [pg 390] all things in the blackest and most sombre hues, only makes use of bright flames, lightning, celestial glories, and everything that possesses a glaring, dazzling power, and bewilders our eyes: to him light only serves the purpose of increasing the horror, and of making us look upon things as being more dreadful than they really are.

Letting our happiness shine.—Just like painters can't capture the vivid colors of the natural sky and must use shades that are a bit deeper than what nature provides, poets and philosophers, who find the bright rays of happiness out of reach, need to come up with their own solutions. By portraying everything a little darker than it actually is, their light, which they excel at creating, will have an effect almost identical to sunlight and will resemble the light of true happiness. In contrast, the pessimist, who depicts everything in the darkest and most somber tones, only uses bright flames, lightning, heavenly glories, and anything that dazzles and confuses our eyes: for them, light only amplifies the horror and makes us see things as more terrifying than they truly are.

562.

The Settled and the Free.—It is only in the Underworld that we catch a glimpse of that gloomy background of all that bliss of adventure which forms an everlasting halo around Ulysses and his like, rivalling the eternal phosphorescence of the sea,—that background which we can never forget: the mother of Ulysses died of grief and yearning for her child. The one is driven on from place to place, and the heart of the other, the tender stay-at-home friend, breaks through it—so it always is. Affliction breaks the hearts of those who live to see that those whom they love best are deserting their former views and faith,—it is a tragedy brought about by the free spirits,—a tragedy which, indeed, occasionally comes to their own knowledge. Then, perhaps, they too, like Ulysses, will be forced to descend among the dead to get rid of their sorrow and to relieve their affliction.

The Settled and the Free.—It’s only in the Underworld that we catch a glimpse of the dark backdrop to all the adventure and joy that create an everlasting glow around Ulysses and those like him, matching the eternal shimmer of the sea—that backdrop we can never forget: Ulysses' mother died from grief and longing for her child. One person is constantly moving from place to place, while the heart of the other, the caring stay-at-home friend, shatters—this is how it always goes. Suffering wears down those who remain, seeing their loved ones abandon their former beliefs and ideals—it is a tragedy caused by the free spirits—a tragedy that, indeed, sometimes becomes apparent to them as well. Then, maybe like Ulysses, they too will have to descend to the land of the dead to escape their sorrow and ease their suffering.

563.

The Illusion of the Moral Order of the Universe.—There is no “eternal justice” which [pg 391] requires that every fault shall be atoned and paid for,—the belief that such a justice existed was a terrible delusion, and useful only to a limited extent; just as it is also a delusion that everything is guilt which is felt as such. It is not the things themselves, but the opinions about things that do not exist, which have been such a source of trouble to mankind.

The Illusion of the Moral Order of the Universe.—There is no “everlasting justice” which [pg 391] necessitates that every wrong must be atoned for and paid back. The belief that such a justice exists is a cruel delusion, useful only to a certain extent; just as it is also a delusion that everything felt as guilt is truly guilt. It is not the things themselves, but the opinions about non-existent things that have caused so much trouble for humanity.

564.

By the Side of Experience.—Even great intellects have only a hand-breadth experience—in the immediate proximity of this experience their reflection ceases, and its place is taken by unlimited vacuity and stupidity.

By the Side of Experience.—Even brilliant minds have only a limited amount of experience—in the close presence of this experience their thinking stops, and it is replaced by empty space and foolishness.

565.

Dignity and Ignorance.—Wherever we understand we become amiable, happy, and ingenious; and when we have learnt enough, and have trained our eyes and ears, our souls show greater plasticity and charm. We understand so little, however, and are so insufficiently informed, that it rarely happens that we seize upon a thing and make ourselves lovable at the same time,—on the contrary we pass through cities, nature, and history with stiffness and indifference, at the same time taking a pride in our stiff and indifferent attitude, as if it were simply due to superiority. Thus our ignorance and our mediocre desire for knowledge understand quite well how to assume a mask of dignity and character.

Dignity and Ignorance.—Wherever we gain understanding, we become friendly, content, and creative; and when we’ve learned enough and tuned our senses, our souls become more adaptable and appealing. However, we understand so little and are so poorly informed that it’s rare for us to truly grasp something and become likable at the same time. Instead, we move through cities, nature, and history with rigidity and apathy, often taking pride in this stiff and indifferent demeanor as if it showcases our superiority. In this way, our ignorance and our average desire for knowledge know how to wear a mask of dignity and character.

[pg 392]

566.

Living Cheaply.—The cheapest and most innocent mode of life is that of the thinker; for, to mention at once its most important feature, he has the greatest need of those very things which others neglect and look upon with contempt. In the second place he is easily pleased and has no desire for any expensive pleasures. His task is not difficult, but, so to speak, southern; his days and nights are not wasted by remorse; he moves, eats, drinks, and sleeps in a manner suited to his intellect, in order that it may grow calmer, stronger, and clearer. Again, he takes pleasure in his body and has no reason to fear it; he does not require society, except from time to time in order that he may afterwards go back to his solitude with even greater delight. He seeks and finds in the dead compensation for the living, and can even replace his friends in this way—viz., by seeking out among the dead the best who have ever lived.—Let us consider whether it is not the contrary desires and habits which have made the life of man expensive, and as a consequence difficult and often unbearable. In another sense, however, the thinker's life is certainly the most expensive, for nothing is too good for him; and it would be an intolerable privation for him to be deprived of the best.

Living on a budget.—The cheapest and most innocent way to live is as a thinker; because, to highlight its most significant aspect, he needs those very things that others ignore and look down on. Additionally, he finds joy in simple things and has no craving for costly pleasures. His job isn't hard, but rather straightforward; his days and nights aren't wasted by regret; he moves, eats, drinks, and sleeps in a way that suits his mind, allowing it to become calmer, stronger, and clearer. Furthermore, he enjoys his body and has no reason to be afraid of it; he doesn't need social interaction, except occasionally, so he can return to his solitude with even more pleasure. He seeks and finds in the dead what the living can’t provide, even replacing his friends this way—by discovering among the dead the best people who have ever lived. Let's think about whether it’s those opposing desires and habits that have made life expensive for humans, making it difficult and often unbearable. In another way, though, the thinker’s life is indeed the most costly, since nothing is too good for him; it would be unbearably restrictive for him to be denied the best.

567.

In the Field.“We should take things more cheerfully than they deserve; especially because for [pg 393] a very long time we have taken them more seriously than they deserved.” So speak the brave soldiers of knowledge.

In the Field."We should look at things more positively than they deserve; especially since for [pg 393] a very long time, we've taken them more seriously than they should be." That's how the courageous soldiers of knowledge talk.

568.

Poet and Bird.—The bird Phœnix showed the poet a glowing scroll which was being gradually consumed in the flames. “Be not alarmed,” said the bird, “it is your work! It does not contain the spirit of the age, and to a still less extent the spirit of those who are against the age: so it must be burnt. But that is a good sign. There is many a dawn of day.”

Poet and Bird.—The bird Phoenix showed the poet a glowing scroll that was slowly burning away. "Don't stress," said the bird, "It’s your work! It doesn’t capture the spirit of the times, and even less so the spirit of those challenging the times: so it must be destroyed. But that’s actually a positive sign. Many new beginnings are on the horizon."

569.

To the Lonely Ones.—If we do not respect the honour of others in our soliloquies as well as in what we say publicly, we are not gentlemen.

To the Lonely Ones.—If we don't value the dignity of others in our private thoughts as well as in our public statements, we're not gentlemen.

570.

Losses.—There are some losses which communicate to the soul a sublimity in which it ceases from wailing, and wanders about silently, as if in the shade of some high and dark cypresses.

Losses.—There are certain losses that bring a deep sense of grandeur to the soul, causing it to stop crying and instead roam quietly, as if under the shadow of tall, dark cypress trees.

571.

The Battle-Field Dispensary of the Soul.—What is the most efficacious remedy?—Victory.

The Soul's Battle-Field Dispensary.—What is the most effective remedy?—Success.

572.

Life shall Comfort Us.—If, like the thinker, we live habitually amid the great current of ideas [pg 394] and feelings, and even our dreams follow this current, we expect comfort and peacefulness from life, while others wish to rest from life when they give themselves up to meditation.

Life will comfort us.—If, like the thinker, we routinely exist within the flow of big ideas [pg 394] and emotions, and even our dreams go along with this flow, we look for comfort and tranquility from life, while others seek to escape from life when they engage in meditation.

573.

Casting One's Skin.—The snake that cannot cast its skin perishes. So too with those minds which are prevented from changing their views: they cease to be minds.

Casting One's Skin.—A snake that can't shed its skin dies. The same goes for minds that can’t change their opinions: they stop being minds.

574.

Never Forget!—The higher we soar the smaller we appear to those who cannot fly.

Never forget!—The higher we rise, the smaller we seem to those who cannot lift off.

575.

We Aeronauts of the Intellect.—All those daring birds that soar far and ever farther into space, will somewhere or other be certain to find themselves unable to continue their flight, and they will perch on a mast or some narrow ledge—and will be grateful even for this miserable accommodation! But who could conclude from this that there was not an endless free space stretching far in front of them, and that they had flown as far as they possibly could? In the end, however, all our great teachers and predecessors have come to a standstill, and it is by no means in the noblest or most graceful attitude that their weariness has brought them to a pause: the same thing will happen to you and me! but what does this matter [pg 395] to either of us? Other birds will fly farther! Our minds and hopes vie with them far out and on high; they rise far above our heads and our failures, and from this height they look far into the distant horizon and see hundreds of birds much more powerful than we are, striving whither we ourselves have also striven, and where all is sea, sea, and nothing but sea!

We Thinkers of the Sky.—All those brave adventurers that fly further and further into the sky will eventually find themselves unable to continue their journey, and they will settle on a pole or some small ledge—and they will be thankful even for this meager refuge! But who could think from this that there isn't an endless expanse open ahead of them, and that they’ve reached the limits of their flight? In the end, however, all our great teachers and predecessors have come to a halt, and it’s certainly not in the most noble or graceful pose that their exhaustion has brought them to a stop: the same will happen to you and me! But what does this mean for either of us? [pg 395] Other birds will fly higher! Our thoughts and dreams compete with them far out and high above; they rise above our heads and our setbacks, and from this vantage point, they look far into the distant horizon and see countless birds much stronger than we are, heading towards the same destinations we have also aimed for, where it’s all ocean, ocean, and nothing but ocean!

And where, then, are we aiming at? Do we wish to cross the sea? whither does this over-powering passion urge us, this passion which we value more highly than any other delight? Why do we fly precisely in this direction, where all the suns of humanity have hitherto set? Is it possible that people may one day say of us that we also steered westward, hoping to reach India—but that it was our fate to be wrecked on the infinite? Or, my brethren? or—?

And where are we aiming? Do we want to cross the sea? What is this overwhelming passion pushing us towards, this passion we value more than any other pleasure? Why are we heading in this direction, where all of humanity's hopes have previously failed? Is it possible that someday people will say we also sailed westward, hoping to reach India, only to be doomed to fail in the vastness? Or, my friends? Or—?


References

1.
The book was first published in 1881, the preface being added to the second edition, 1886.—Tr.
2.
This refers, of course, to the different genders of the nouns in other languages. In German, for example, the sun is feminine, and in French masculine.—Tr.
3.
M. Henri Albert points out that this refers to a line of Paul Gerhardt's well-known song: "Guide your paths." Tr.
4.
"Formal education" is the name given in Germany to those branches of learning which tend to develop the logical faculties, as opposed to "material" education which deals with the acquisition of facts and all kinds of helpful knowledge.—Tr.
5.
The reference is to the Odyssey, xx. 18: “Tell me, my heart; and what else did you experience…” etc. Κύντερος, from κύων, “a dog,” lit. more dog-like, i.e. shameless, horrible, audacious.—Tr.
6.
If this aphorism seems obscure, the reader may take Tolstoi as an example of the first class and Nietzsche as an example of the second. Tolstoi's inconsistencies are generally glossed over, because he professed the customary moral theories of the age, while Nietzsche has had to endure the most searching criticism because he did not. In Nietzsche's case, however, the scrutiny has been in vain; for, having no unworkable Christian theories to uphold, unlike Tolstoi, Nietzsche's life is not a series of compromises. The career of the great pagan philosopher was, in essence, much more saintly than that of the great Christian. How different from Tolstoi, too, was that noble Christian, Pascal, who, from the inevitable clash of his creed and his nature, died at thirty-eight, while his weaker epigone lived in the fulness of his fame until he was over eighty!—Tr.
7.
A hit at the German Empire, which Nietzsche always despised, since it led to the utter extinction of the old German spirit. "Realm" (in "Kingdom of God") and "Empire" are both represented by the one German word Reich.—Tr.
8.
This sentence is a complete refutation of a book which caused so much stir in Germany about a decade ago, and in England quite recently, Chamberlain's 1800s, in which a purely imaginary Teutonic race is held up as the Chosen People of the world. Nietzsche says elsewhere, "People and Countries," aphorism 21, "Don't associate with anyone who is involved in the dishonest race scam."Tr.
9.
The fiercest protests against Nietzsche's teaching even now come from the “emotionless people.” Hence the difficulty—now happily past—of introducing him into Anglo-Saxon countries.—Tr.
10.
The German Jews are well known for their charity, by means of which they probably wish to prove that they are not so bad as the Anti-Semites paint them.—Tr.
11.
That is, do not speak either of God or the devil. The German proverb runs: "One shouldn't paint the devil on the wall, or else he'll come."Tr.
12.
The case of that other witty Venetian, Casanova.—Tr.
13.
The play upon the words thorough (thorough) thinkers, and Underground (lit. those underground) cannot be rendered in English.—Tr.
14.
A variation of the well-known proverb, Home is where the heart is.—Tr.
15.
Hence the violence of all fanatics, who do not wish to shout down the outer world so much as to shout down their own inner enemy, viz. truth.—Tr.
16.
This omission is in the original.—Tr.
17.
This, of course, refers to Richard Wagner, as does also the following paragraph.—Tr.
18.
The play upon the words Progress (leading) and Progress (progress) cannot be rendered in English.—Tr.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!